# ncurses 6.3 - patch 20211225 - Thomas E. Dickey # # ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # # Ncurses 6.3 is at # ftp://ftp.invisible-island.net/ncurses/ # https://invisible-mirror.net/archives/ncurses/ # https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ncurses/ # # Patches for ncurses 6.3 can be found at # ftp://ftp.invisible-island.net/ncurses/6.3 # https://invisible-mirror.net/archives/ncurses/6.3 # # ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # ftp://ftp.invisible-island.net/ncurses/6.3/ncurses-6.3-20211225.patch.gz # patch by Thomas E. Dickey # created Sun Dec 26 02:01:14 UTC 2021 # ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # Ada95/gen/Makefile.in | 29 # NEWS | 6 # VERSION | 2 # dist.mk | 5 # doc/html/ada/funcs/T.htm | 2 # doc/html/ada/table.html | 25 # doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html | 6 # doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html | 8 # doc/html/man/clear.1.html | 26 # doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html | 10 # doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html | 8 # doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html | 16 # doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html | 16 # doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html | 20 # doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html | 12 # doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html | 8 # doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html | 2 # doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html | 20 # doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html | 8 # doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html | 14 # doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html | 12 # doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html | 10 # doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html | 14 # doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html | 12 # doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html | 16 # doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html | 8 # doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html | 12 # doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html | 8 # doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form.3x.html | 8 # doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html | 8 # doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html | 6 # doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html | 8 # doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html | 8 # doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html | 4 # doc/html/man/menu.3x.html | 8 # doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html | 30 # doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html | 6 # doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/panel.3x.html | 10 # doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html | 6 # doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html | 12 # doc/html/man/tabs.1.html | 8 # doc/html/man/term.5.html | 16 # doc/html/man/term.7.html | 4 # doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html | 10 # doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html | 10 # doc/html/man/tic.1m.html | 6 # doc/html/man/toe.1m.html | 6 # doc/html/man/tput.1.html | 20 # doc/html/man/tset.1.html | 164 +-- # doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html | 26 # doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html | 6 # man/MKada_config.in | 20 # man/MKncu_config.in | 40 # man/captoinfo.1m | 64 - # man/clear.1 | 34 # man/curs_add_wch.3x | 44 # man/curs_add_wchstr.3x | 62 - # man/curs_addch.3x | 118 +- # man/curs_addchstr.3x | 60 - # man/curs_addstr.3x | 58 - # man/curs_addwstr.3x | 62 - # man/curs_attr.3x | 252 ++--- # man/curs_beep.3x | 28 # man/curs_bkgd.3x | 48 - # man/curs_bkgrnd.3x | 56 - # man/curs_border.3x | 122 +- # man/curs_border_set.3x | 220 ++-- # man/curs_clear.3x | 74 - # man/curs_color.3x | 190 ++-- # man/curs_delch.3x | 34 # man/curs_deleteln.3x | 56 - # man/curs_extend.3x | 22 # man/curs_get_wch.3x | 114 +- # man/curs_get_wstr.3x | 140 +-- # man/curs_getcchar.3x | 12 # man/curs_getch.3x | 146 +-- # man/curs_getstr.3x | 72 - # man/curs_getyx.3x | 66 - # man/curs_in_wch.3x | 30 # man/curs_in_wchstr.3x | 86 - # man/curs_inch.3x | 38 # man/curs_inchstr.3x | 60 - # man/curs_initscr.3x | 120 +- # man/curs_inopts.3x | 268 ++--- # man/curs_ins_wch.3x | 26 # man/curs_ins_wstr.3x | 66 - # man/curs_insch.3x | 34 # man/curs_insstr.3x | 58 - # man/curs_instr.3x | 52 - # man/curs_inwstr.3x | 64 - # man/curs_kernel.3x | 194 ++-- # man/curs_memleaks.3x | 20 # man/curs_mouse.3x | 164 +-- # man/curs_move.3x | 28 # man/curs_opaque.3x | 126 +- # man/curs_outopts.3x | 136 +- # man/curs_overlay.3x | 56 - # man/curs_pad.3x | 110 +- # man/curs_print.3x | 24 # man/curs_printw.3x | 76 - # man/curs_refresh.3x | 94 +- # man/curs_scanw.3x | 82 - # man/curs_scr_dump.3x | 74 - # man/curs_scroll.3x | 36 # man/curs_slk.3x | 162 +-- # man/curs_sp_funcs.3x | 286 +++--- # man/curs_termattrs.3x | 112 +- # man/curs_termcap.3x | 152 +-- # man/curs_terminfo.3x | 340 +++---- # man/curs_threads.3x | 38 # man/curs_touch.3x | 68 - # man/curs_trace.3x | 82 - # man/curs_util.3x | 172 +-- # man/curs_variables.3x | 72 - # man/curs_window.3x | 148 +-- # man/default_colors.3x | 14 # man/define_key.3x | 8 # man/form.3x | 192 ++-- # man/form_cursor.3x | 20 # man/form_data.3x | 18 # man/form_driver.3x | 46 - # man/form_field.3x | 36 # man/form_field_attributes.3x | 36 # man/form_field_buffer.3x | 34 # man/form_field_info.3x | 22 # man/form_field_just.3x | 24 # man/form_field_new.3x | 36 # man/form_field_opts.3x | 28 # man/form_field_userptr.3x | 20 # man/form_field_validation.3x | 64 - # man/form_fieldtype.3x | 48 - # man/form_hook.3x | 44 # man/form_new.3x | 24 # man/form_new_page.3x | 24 # man/form_opts.3x | 30 # man/form_page.3x | 36 # man/form_post.3x | 26 # man/form_requestname.3x | 24 # man/form_userptr.3x | 18 # man/form_variables.3x | 36 # man/form_win.3x | 34 # man/infocmp.1m | 314 +++--- # man/infotocap.1m | 42 # man/key_defined.3x | 6 # man/keybound.3x | 8 # man/keyok.3x | 8 # man/legacy_coding.3x | 6 # man/make_sed.sh | 10 # man/manhtml.externs | 12 # man/menu.3x | 170 +-- # man/menu_attributes.3x | 56 - # man/menu_cursor.3x | 20 # man/menu_driver.3x | 38 # man/menu_format.3x | 26 # man/menu_hook.3x | 42 # man/menu_items.3x | 36 # man/menu_mark.3x | 30 # man/menu_new.3x | 26 # man/menu_opts.3x | 26 # man/menu_pattern.3x | 30 # man/menu_post.3x | 30 # man/menu_requestname.3x | 24 # man/menu_spacing.3x | 36 # man/menu_userptr.3x | 16 # man/menu_win.3x | 34 # man/mitem_current.3x | 38 # man/mitem_name.3x | 22 # man/mitem_new.3x | 26 # man/mitem_opts.3x | 28 # man/mitem_userptr.3x | 16 # man/mitem_value.3x | 26 # man/mitem_visible.3x | 14 # man/ncurses.3x | 1240 +++++++++++++-------------- # man/new_pair.3x | 6 # man/panel.3x | 126 +- # man/resizeterm.3x | 56 - # man/scr_dump.5 | 14 # man/tabs.1 | 32 # man/term.5 | 10 # man/term.7 | 52 - # man/term_variables.3x | 52 - # man/terminfo.head | 24 # man/terminfo.tail | 400 ++++---- # man/tic.1m | 258 ++--- # man/toe.1m | 50 - # man/tput.1 | 276 +++--- # man/tset.1 | 128 +- # man/user_caps.5 | 22 # man/wresize.3x | 22 # package/debian-mingw/changelog | 4 # package/debian-mingw64/changelog | 4 # package/debian/changelog | 4 # package/mingw-ncurses.nsi | 4 # package/mingw-ncurses.spec | 2 # package/ncurses.spec | 2 # package/ncursest.spec | 2 # 287 files changed, 6089 insertions(+), 6076 deletions(-) # ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Index: Ada95/gen/Makefile.in Prereq: 1.97 --- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/Ada95/gen/Makefile.in 2021-07-03 15:45:33.000000000 +0000 +++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/Ada95/gen/Makefile.in 2021-12-25 22:34:44.000000000 +0000 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ # Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1996 # and: Thomas E. Dickey, 1997 # -# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.97 2021/07/03 15:45:33 tom Exp $ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.98 2021/12/25 22:34:44 tom Exp $ # .SUFFIXES: @@ -301,23 +301,24 @@ $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=table.m4 $$f | $(DEL_ADAMODE) >> $@ ;\ done; +TABLE_TITLE=Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions + $(HTML_DIR)/table.html : instab.tmp @-touch $@ @-chmod +w $@ - @echo ' $@ - @echo 'PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 3.0//EN">' >> $@ - @echo '' >> $@ - @echo '' >> $@ - @echo 'Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions' >>$@ - @echo '' >> $@ - @echo '' >> $@ - @echo '

Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions

' >>$@ - @echo '

Sorted by C function name

' >>$@ - @echo '' >>$@ - @echo '' >>$@ - @echo '' >>$@ + @echo '' > $@ + @echo '' >> $@ + @echo '' >> $@ + @echo '$(TABLE_TITLE)' >>$@ + @echo '' >> $@ + @echo '' >> $@ + @echo '

$(TABLE_TITLE)

' >>$@ + @echo '

Sorted by C function name

' >>$@ + @echo '
C nameAda nameman page
' >>$@ + @echo '' >>$@ + @echo '' >>$@ @sort < instab.tmp >> $@ - @echo '
C nameAda nameman page
' >>$@ + @echo '' >>$@ @rm -f instab.tmp adahtml: Index: NEWS Prereq: 1.3759 --- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/NEWS 2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000 +++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/NEWS 2021-12-26 00:29:27.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ -- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written -- -- authorization. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --- $Id: NEWS,v 1.3759 2021/12/19 11:24:57 tom Exp $ +-- $Id: NEWS,v 1.3761 2021/12/26 00:29:27 tom Exp $ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This is a log of changes that ncurses has gone through since Zeyd started @@ -46,6 +46,10 @@ Changes through 1.9.9e did not credit all contributions; it is not possible to add this information. +20211225 + + improve markup, e.g., for external manpage links in the manpages + (prompted by report by Helge Kreutzmann). + 20211219 + install ncurses-examples programs in libexecdir, adding a wrapper script to invoke those. Index: VERSION --- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/VERSION 2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000 +++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/VERSION 2021-12-24 20:26:19.000000000 +0000 @@ -1 +1 @@ -5:0:10 6.3 20211219 +5:0:10 6.3 20211225 Index: dist.mk Prereq: 1.1456 --- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/dist.mk 2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000 +++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/dist.mk 2021-12-25 22:11:07.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ # use or other dealings in this Software without prior written # # authorization. # ############################################################################## -# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.1456 2021/12/19 11:24:57 tom Exp $ +# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.1458 2021/12/25 22:11:07 tom Exp $ # Makefile for creating ncurses distributions. # # This only needs to be used directly as a makefile by developers, but @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ # These define the major/minor/patch versions of ncurses. NCURSES_MAJOR = 6 NCURSES_MINOR = 3 -NCURSES_PATCH = 20211219 +NCURSES_PATCH = 20211225 # We don't append the patch to the version, since this only applies to releases VERSION = $(NCURSES_MAJOR).$(NCURSES_MINOR) @@ -126,7 +126,6 @@ @misc/csort < subst.tmp | uniq > subst.sed @echo '/<\/TITLE>/a\' >> subst.sed @echo '\' >> subst.sed - @echo '' >> subst.sed @rm -f subst.tmp @for f in man/*.[0-9]* ; do \ m=`basename $$f` ;\ Index: doc/html/ada/funcs/T.htm --- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/ada/funcs/T.htm 2020-02-15 21:18:26.000000000 +0000 +++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/ada/funcs/T.htm 2021-12-26 00:04:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
  • tgetnum
  • tgetstr - terminal_interface-curses-termcap.adb:109
  • tgetstr - terminal_interface-curses-termcap.adb:130 -
  • TGoto
  • tgoto +
  • TGoto
  • tigetflag
  • tigetstr - terminal_interface-curses-terminfo.adb:88
  • tigetstr - terminal_interface-curses-terminfo.adb:109 Index: doc/html/ada/table.html --- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/ada/table.html 2017-04-22 18:35:30.000000000 +0000 +++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/ada/table.html 2021-12-25 22:36:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ - - - -Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions - - -

    Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions

    -

    Sorted by C function name

    - - - + + + +Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions + + +

    Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions

    +

    Sorted by C function name

    +
    C nameAda nameman page
    + + @@ -338,4 +337,4 @@ -
    C nameAda nameman page
    assume_default_colors()Assume_Default_Colorsdefault_colors.3x
    baudrate()Baudratecurs_termattrs.3x
    beep()Beepcurs_beep.3x
    wtimeout()Set_Timeout_Modecurs_inopts.3x
    wtouchln()Change_Line_Statuscurs_touch.3x
    wvline()Vertical_Linecurs_border.3x
    + Index: doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html --- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html 2021-10-20 23:22:39.000000000 +0000 +++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html 2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written * * authorization. * **************************************************************************** - * @Id: MKada_config.in,v 1.13 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp @ + * @Id: MKada_config.in,v 1.14 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @ --> @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ ADACURSES 1 User Commands - +

    ADACURSES 1 User Commands

    @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

    SEE ALSO

            curses(3x)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html	2021-10-20 23:22:39.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 captoinfo 1m
 
-
+
 
 
 
    captoinfo 1m
    
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

    SEE ALSO

            infocmp(1m), curses(3x), terminfo(5)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).

    AUTHOR

    Index: doc/html/man/clear.1.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/clear.1.html	2021-10-20 23:22:39.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/clear.1.html	2021-12-26 00:19:27.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 clear 1
 
-
+
 
 
 
    clear 1
    
@@ -57,11 +57,11 @@

    DESCRIPTION

    -       clear  clears your screen if this is possible, including its scrollback
-       buffer (if the extended "E3" capability is defined).   clear  looks  in
-       the environment for the terminal type given by the environment variable
-       TERM, and then in the terminfo database to determine how to  clear  the
-       screen.
+       clear  clears your terminal's screen if this is possible, including the
+       terminal's scrollback  buffer  (if  the  extended  "E3"  capability  is
+       defined).   clear  looks in the environment for the terminal type given
+       by the environment variable TERM, and then in the terminfo database  to
+       determine how to clear the screen.
 
        clear  writes  to  the  standard output.  You can redirect the standard
        output to a file (which  prevents  clear  from  actually  clearing  the
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 
        The E3 extension came later:
 
-       o   In  June  1999, xterm provided an extension to the standard control
+       o   In  June  1999, xterm provided an extension to the standard control
            sequence for clearing the screen.  Rather than  clearing  just  the
            visible part of the screen using
 
@@ -118,14 +118,14 @@
                printf '\033[3J'
 
            This  is  documented  in  XTerm  Control  Sequences  as  a  feature
-           originating with xterm.
+           originating with xterm.
 
        o   A few other terminal developers adopted the feature, e.g., PuTTY in
            2006.
 
        o   In  April  2011, a Red Hat developer submitted a patch to the Linux
            kernel, modifying its console driver to do  the  same  thing.   The
-           Linux  change,  part  of  the  3.0  release, did not mention xterm,
+           Linux  change,  part  of  the  3.0  release, did not mention xterm,
            although it was cited in the Red Hat bug report (#683733) which led
            to the change.
 
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@

    SEE ALSO

    -       tput(1), terminfo(5)
+       tput(1), terminfo(5), xterm(1).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_add_wch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_add_wch 3x
    
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@
 
        o   NetBSD curses defines the symbols as a wchar_t within a cchar_t.
 
-       o   HPUX curses equates some of the ACS_ symbols to the analogous WACS_
-           symbols  as  if  the  ACS_  symbols  were  wide  characters.    The
+       o   HPUX curses equates some of the ACS_ symbols to the analogous WACS_
+           symbols  as  if  the  ACS_  symbols  were  wide  characters.    The
            misdefined  symbols  are the arrows and other symbols which are not
            used for line-drawing.
 
Index: doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_add_wchstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_add_wchstr 3x
    
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
        o   they truncate the string if it crosses  the  right  margin,  rather
            than wrapping it around to the new line.
 
-       These  functions  end  successfully  on encountering a null cchar_t, or
+       These  functions  end  successfully  on encountering a null cchar_t, or
        when they have filled the current line.  If a complex character  cannot
        completely  fit  at  the end of the current line, the remaining columns
        are filled with the background character and rendition.
Index: doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.56 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.58 2021/12/25 20:18:06 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 curs_addch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_addch 3x
    
@@ -198,9 +198,9 @@

    ACS Symbols

    -       X/Open Curses states that the ACS_ definitions are char constants.  For
+       X/Open Curses states that the ACS_ definitions are char constants.  For
        the  wide-character  implementation  (see  curs_add_wch),   there   are
-       analogous   WACS_   definitions  which  are  cchar_t  constants.   Some
+       analogous   WACS_   definitions  which  are  cchar_t  constants.   Some
        implementations are problematic:
 
        o   Some implementations define the ACS symbols to a constant (such  as
@@ -210,8 +210,8 @@
            NetBSD also uses an array, actually named _acs_char, with a #define
            for compatibility.
 
-       o   HPUX curses equates some of the ACS_ symbols to the analogous WACS_
-           symbols  as  if  the  ACS_  symbols  were  wide  characters.    The
+       o   HPUX curses equates some of the ACS_ symbols to the analogous WACS_
+           symbols  as  if  the  ACS_  symbols  were  wide  characters.    The
            misdefined  symbols  are the arrows and other symbols which are not
            used for line-drawing.
 
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
            implementations use i (lowercase).
 
            None  of the terminal descriptions on Unix platforms use uppercase-
-           I,  except  for  Solaris  (i.e.,  screen's  terminal   description,
+           I,  except  for  Solaris  (i.e.,  screen's  terminal   description,
            apparently  based on the X/Open documentation around 1995).  On the
            other hand, the terminal description gs6300 (AT&T PC6300 with EMOTS
            Terminal Emulator) uses lowercase-i.
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
        second-hand  list  of  their  character descriptions has come to light.
        The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for ncurses(3x).
 
-       The displayed values for the ACS_ and WACS_ constants depend on
+       The displayed values for the ACS_ and WACS_ constants depend on
 
        o   the library configuration, i.e., ncurses versus ncursesw, where the
            latter  is  capable  of displaying Unicode while the former is not,
Index: doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_addchstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_addchstr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_addstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_addstr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_addwstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_addwstr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_beep 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_beep 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.32 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.33 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_bkgd 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_bkgd 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_bkgrnd 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_bkgrnd 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_border 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_border 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_border_set 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_border_set 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_clear 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_clear 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html	2021-09-04 20:05:41.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.66 2021/09/04 19:42:20 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.67 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_color 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_color 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_delch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_delch 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_deleteln 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_deleteln 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
   * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999-on
-  * @Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.26 2021/03/13 13:43:05 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.27 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 curs_extend 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_extend 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_get_wch.3x,v 1.15 2021/05/22 22:33:19 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_get_wch.3x,v 1.16 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_get_wch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_get_wch 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_get_wstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_get_wstr 3x
    
@@ -135,13 +135,13 @@
        X/Open curses documented these functions to pass an array of wchar_t in
        1997, but that was an error because of this part of the description:
 
-              The effect of get_wstr() is as  though  a  series  of  calls  to
-              get_wch()  were  made,  until  a  newline character, end-of-line
-              character, or end-of-file character is processed.
-
-       The latter function  get_wch()  can  return  a  negative  value,  while
-       wchar_t  is  a  unsigned type.  All of the vendors implement this using
-       wint_t, following the standard.
+              The effect of get_wstr is as though a series of calls to get_wch
+              were  made, until a newline character, end-of-line character, or
+              end-of-file character is processed.
+
+       The latter function get_wch can return a negative value, while  wchar_t
+       is  a  unsigned  type.  All of the vendors implement this using wint_t,
+       following the standard.
 
        X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) is unclear regarding whether  the  termi-
        nating null wchar_t value is counted in the length parameter n.  X/Open
Index: doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.25 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.27 2021/12/25 20:35:03 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_getcchar 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_getcchar 3x
    
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
        o   HP-UX 10  uses  an  opaque  structure with 28 bytes, which is large
            enough for the 6 wchar_t values.
 
-       o   Solaris xpg4 curses uses a single array of 6 wchar_t values.
+       o   Solaris xpg4 curses uses a single array of 6 wchar_t values.
 
        This implementation's cchar_t was defined in 1995 using 5 for the total
        of  spacing and non-spacing characters (CCHARW_MAX).  That was probably
Index: doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html	2021-12-26 00:04:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 curs_getch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_getch 3x
    
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
            the  long  terminfo capability names for the keys, and were defined
            long ago, in the 1980s.
 
-                  Name            Key name
+                  Name            Key name
                   -------------------------------------------------
                   KEY_BREAK       Break key
                   KEY_DOWN        The four arrow keys ...
@@ -264,8 +264,8 @@
 
        o   KEY_MOUSE  is returned for mouse-events (see curs_mouse(3x)).  This
            code relies upon whether or not keypad(3x) has  been  enabled,  be-
-           cause  (e.g., with xterm mouse prototocol) ncurses must read escape
-           sequences, just like a function key.
+           cause  (e.g., with xterm(1) mouse prototocol) ncurses must read es-
+           cape sequences, just like a function key.

    Testing key-codes

    Index: doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.33 2021/05/22 21:36:35 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.35 2021/12/25 20:14:56 tom Exp @
   * X/Open says also until EOf
   * X/Open says then an EOS is added to the result
   * X/Open doesn't mention n<0
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
 curs_getstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_getstr 3x
    
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
            into account when deciding whether to handle echoing within getnstr
            or as a side-effect of the getch calls.
 
-       o   The original ncurses (as pcurses in 1986) set noraw and cbreak when
+       o   The original ncurses (as pcurses in 1986) set noraw and cbreak when
            accepting input for getnstr.  That may have been done to make func-
            tion- and cursor-keys work; it is not necessary with ncurses.
 
Index: doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_getyx 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_getyx 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_in_wch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_in_wch 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_in_wchstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_in_wchstr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.26 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.27 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 curs_inch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_inch 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_inchstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_inchstr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_initscr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_initscr 3x
    
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

    set_term

            The  set_term  routine  is  used to switch between different terminals.
-       The screen reference new becomes the new current terminal.  The  previ-
+       The screen reference new becomes the new current terminal.  The  previ-
        ous  terminal  is  returned  by  the routine.  This is the only routine
        which manipulates SCREEN pointers; all other routines affect  only  the
        current terminal.
Index: doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_inopts 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_inopts 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_ins_wch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_ins_wch 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_ins_wstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_ins_wstr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_insch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_insch 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.27 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.28 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_insstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_insstr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_instr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_instr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_inwstr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_inwstr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_kernel 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_kernel 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_legacy 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_legacy 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_memleaks.3x,v 1.11 2021/01/02 23:47:51 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_memleaks.3x,v 1.12 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_memleaks 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_memleaks 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html	2021-12-26 00:04:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 curs_mouse 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_mouse 3x
    
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

    Mouse events

            Here are the mouse event type masks which may be defined:
 
-       Name                     Description
+       Name                     Description
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        BUTTON1_PRESSED          mouse button 1 down
        BUTTON1_RELEASED         mouse button 1 up
@@ -177,8 +177,8 @@
        reserve lines on top or bottom of the screen for  other  purposes  (see
        the ripoffline and slk_init(3x) calls, for example).
 
-       o   If the parameter to_screen is TRUE, the pointers pY, pX must refer-
-           ence the coordinates of a location inside the window win.  They are
+       o   If the parameter to_screen is TRUE, the pointers pY, pX must refer-
+           ence the coordinates of a location inside the window win.  They are
            converted  to  window-relative coordinates and returned through the
            pointers.  If the conversion was successful, the  function  returns
            TRUE.
@@ -186,9 +186,9 @@
        o   If one of the parameters was NULL or the location is not inside the
            window, FALSE is returned.
 
-       o   If to_screen is FALSE, the pointers pY, pX must  reference  window-
+       o   If to_screen is FALSE, the pointers pY, pX must  reference  window-
            relative  coordinates.  They are converted to stdscr-relative coor-
-           dinates if the window win encloses this point.  In  this  case  the
+           dinates if the window win encloses this point.  In  this  case  the
            function returns TRUE.
 
        o   If  one  of  the  parameters is NULL or the point is not inside the
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

    mouse_trafo

            The mouse_trafo function performs the same translation as wmouse_trafo,
-       using stdscr for win.
+       using stdscr for win.

    mouseinterval

    @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
        These  calls  were  designed for ncurses(3x), and are not found in SVr4
        curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous version of curses.
 
-       SVr4 curses had support for the mouse in a variant  of  xterm.   It  is
+       SVr4 curses had support for the mouse in a variant of xterm(1).  It  is
        mentioned in a few places, but with no supporting documentation:
 
        o   the  "libcurses" manual page lists functions for this feature which
Index: doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_move 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_move 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_opaque 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_opaque 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_outopts 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_outopts 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_overlay 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_overlay 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_pad 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_pad 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_print 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_print 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_printw 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_printw 3x
    
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
        would be output from printf(3) would instead be output using waddstr on
        the given window.  SVr3 also added vwprintw, saying that the third  pa-
        rameter  is a va_list, defined in <varargs.h>, and referring the reader
-       to the manual pages for varargs and vprintf for detailed descriptions.
+       to the manual pages for varargs and vprintf for detailed descriptions.
 
        SVr4 added  no  new  variations  of  printw,  but  provided  for  using
        <varargs.h> or <stdarg.h> to define the va_list type.
Index: doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_refresh 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_refresh 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_scanw 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_scanw 3x
    
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
        The vwscanw and vw_scanw routines are  analogous  to  vscanf(3).   They
        perform a wscanw using a variable argument list.  The third argument is
-       a va_list, a pointer to a list of arguments, as defined in <stdarg.h>.
+       a va_list, a pointer to a list of arguments, as defined in <stdarg.h>.

    RETURN VALUE

    @@ -108,9 +108,9 @@
        be  output  from  scanf(3) would instead be output using waddstr on the
        given window.  SVr3 also added vwscanw, saying that the third parameter
        is  a  va_list, defined in <varargs.h>, and referring the reader to the
-       manual  pages  for  varargs  and  vprintf  for  detailed  descriptions.
-       (Because the SVr3 documentation does not mention vscanf, that reference
-       to vprintf may not be an error).
+       manual  pages  for  varargs  and  vprintf  for  detailed  descriptions.
+       (Because the SVr3 documentation does not mention vscanf, that reference
+       to vprintf may not be an error).
 
        SVr4  added  no  new  variations  of  scanw,  but  provided  for  using
        <varargs.h> or <stdarg.h> to define the va_list type.
Index: doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html	2021-10-20 23:22:41.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.17 2021/10/20 22:37:48 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:12:41 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_scr_dump 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_scr_dump 3x
    
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
        initialize the curses data structures about what the terminal currently
        has on its screen.  If the data is determined to be valid, curses bases
        its  next update of the screen on this information rather than clearing
-       the screen and starting from scratch.  scr_init is used  after  initscr
-       or  a  system  call  to share the screen with another process which has
-       done a scr_dump after its endwin(3x) call.  The data  is  declared  in-
-       valid
+       the  screen  and  starting  from  scratch.   scr_init  is  used   after
+       initscr(3x)  or  a  system(3)  call  to  share  the screen with another
+       process which has done a scr_dump after its endwin(3x) call.  The  data
+       is declared invalid
 
        o   if the terminfo capabilities rmcup and nrrmc exist, also
 
Index: doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_scroll 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_scroll 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.38 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.39 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_slk 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_slk 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_sp_funcs.3x,v 1.25 2021/05/22 22:12:46 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_sp_funcs.3x,v 1.26 2021/12/25 17:54:00 tom Exp @
   * ***************************************************************************
   * ***************************************************************************
   * ***************************************************************************
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
 curs_sp_funcs 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_sp_funcs 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_termattrs 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_termattrs 3x
    
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@
        If  a  given  terminal  does  not  support  a  video  attribute that an
        application program is trying to use, curses may substitute a different
        video  attribute for it.  The termattrs and term_attrs functions return
-       a logical OR of all video attributes supported by the terminal using A_
-       and  WA_  constants  respectively.   This  information is useful when a
+       a logical OR of all video attributes supported by the terminal using A_
+       and  WA_  constants  respectively.   This  information is useful when a
        curses program needs  complete  control  over  the  appearance  of  the
        screen.
 
Index: doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html	2021-12-26 00:04:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.49 2021/04/03 21:17:09 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.52 2021/12/25 21:31:00 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_termcap 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_termcap 3x
    
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
        o   Because  the  capability may have padding characters, the output of
            tgoto should be passed to tputs rather than some other output func-
-           tion such as printf.
+           tion such as printf(3).
 
        o   While  tgoto is assumed to be used for the two-parameter cursor po-
            sitioning capability, termcap applications also use it for  single-
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
        was written several years before C was  standardized.   However,  there
        were two different termcap.h header files in the BSD sources:
 
-       o   One  was used internally by the jove editor in 2BSD through 4.4BSD.
+       o   One  was used internally by the jove editor in 2BSD through 4.4BSD.
            It defined global symbols for the termcap variables which it used.
 
        o   The other appeared in 4.4BSD Lite Release 2 (mid-1993) as  part  of
@@ -290,12 +290,12 @@
        that instance, it was libedit which differed from BSD termcap.
 
        A copy of GNU termcap 1.3 was bundled with bash in mid-1993, to support
-       the readline library.
+       the readline(3) library.
 
        A  termcap.h  file was provided in ncurses 1.8.1 (November 1993).  That
-       reflected influence by emacs (rather than jove) and GNU termcap:
+       reflected influence by emacs(1) (rather than jove(1)) and GNU termcap:
 
-       o   it provided declarations for a few global symbols used by emacs
+       o   it provided declarations for a few global symbols used by emacs
 
        o   it provided function prototypes (using const).
 
Index: doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html	2021-09-04 20:05:42.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html	2021-12-26 00:04:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.76 2021/09/04 19:58:03 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.79 2021/12/25 21:34:58 tom Exp @
   * ***************************************************************************
   * ***************************************************************************
   * ***************************************************************************
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 curs_terminfo 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_terminfo 3x
    
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
        o   pair of type short for the color-pair number.
 
        The vid_attr and vid_puts routines are designed to  use  the  attribute
-       constants with the WA_ prefix.
+       constants with the WA_ prefix.
 
        X/Open  Curses  reserves  the opts argument for future use, saying that
        applications must provide a null pointer for that argument.  As an  ex-
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
 
        While putp and mvcur are low-level functions which do not use the high-
        level curses state, they are declared in <curses.h> because SystemV did
-       this (see HISTORY).
+       this (see HISTORY).

    Terminal Capability Functions

    @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

    Compatibility macros

            This  implementation  provides a few macros for compatibility with sys-
-       tems  before  SVr4  (see  HISTORY).   Those  include  crmode,  fixterm,
+       tems  before  SVr4  (see  HISTORY).   Those  include  crmode,  fixterm,
        gettmode, nocrmode, resetterm, saveterm, and setterm.
 
        In  SVr4,  those  are  found in <curses.h>, but except for setterm, are
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
 
        There are other low-level functions declared in the curses header files
        on Unix systems, but none were documented.  The functions marked "obso-
-       lete" remained in use by the Unix vi editor.
+       lete" remained in use by the Unix vi(1) editor.

    PORTABILITY

    Index: doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 curs_threads 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_threads 3x
    
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

    DESCRIPTION

            This  implementation  can  be configured to provide rudimentary support
        for multi-threaded applications.  This makes a  different  set  of  li-
-       braries, e.g., libncursest since the binary interfaces are different.
+       braries, e.g., libncursest since the binary interfaces are different.
 
        Rather  than  modify  the interfaces to pass a thread specifier to each
        function, it adds a few functions which can be used in  any  configura-
@@ -109,12 +109,12 @@
           o   global data, e.g., used in the low-level terminfo or termcap in-
               terfaces.
 
-          o   terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to set_curterm.  The
+          o   terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to set_curterm.  The
               terminal data are initialized when screens are created.
 
-          o   screen data, e.g., associated with a call to newterm or initscr.
+          o   screen data, e.g., associated with a call to newterm or initscr.
 
-          o   window data, e.g., associated with a call to newwin  or  subwin.
+          o   window data, e.g., associated with a call to newwin  or  subwin.
               Windows  are  associated with screens.  Pads are not necessarily
               associated with a particular screen.
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
             COLOR_PAIR              reentrant
             COLOR_PAIRS             screen (readonly)
             COLS                    screen (readonly)
-            ESCDELAY                screen (readonly, see set_escdelay)
+            ESCDELAY                screen (readonly, see set_escdelay)
             LINES                   screen (readonly)
             PAIR_NUMBER             reentrant
             PC                      global
Index: doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.24 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.25 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_touch 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_touch 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_trace 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_trace 3x
    
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
        tions apply:
 
        o   Aside from curses_trace, the other functions are normally available
-           only with the debugging library e.g., libncurses_g.a.
+           only with the debugging library e.g., libncurses_g.a.
 
            All of the trace functions may be compiled into any model  (shared,
            static, profile) by defining the symbol TRACE.
Index: doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 curs_util 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_util 3x
    
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
 
        The use_env and use_tioctl routines combine as summarized here:
 
-           use_env   use_tioctl   Summary
+           use_env   use_tioctl   Summary
            ----------------------------------------------------------------
            TRUE      FALSE        This is the default  behavior.   ncurses
                                   uses operating system calls unless over-
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
        tioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 
 
-

    putwin/getwin

    +

    putwin/getwin file-format

            The putwin and getwin functions have several issues with portability:
 
        o   The  files  written  and read by these functions use an implementa-
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 
  • filter
    • 
 
  • keyname
    • 
 
  • nofilter/use_tioctl
    • 
-
  • putwin/getwin
    • 
+
  • putwin/getwin file-format
    • 
 
  • unctrl/wunctrl
    • 
 
  • use_env/use_tioctl
    • 
 
Index: doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_variables 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_variables 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.23 2021/06/17 21:11:08 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.24 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 curs_window 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    curs_window 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 default_colors 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    default_colors 3x
    
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
        Associated with this extension, the init_pair function accepts negative
        arguments to specify default foreground or background colors.
 
-       The  use_default_colors  function  was added to support ded.  This is a
+       The  use_default_colors  function  was added to support ded.  This is a
        full-screen application which uses curses to manage only  part  of  the
        screen.  The bottom portion of the screen, which is of adjustable size,
        is left uncolored to display the results from shell commands.  The  top
Index: doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 define_key 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    define_key 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form.3x.html	2021-10-20 23:22:41.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form 3x
    
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
        curses(3x) and related pages whose names  begin  "form_"  for  detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_cursor 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_cursor 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_data 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_data 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 form_driver 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_driver 3x
    
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

    Form-driver requests

            The form driver requests are as follows:
 
-       Name               Description
+       Name               Description
        ---------------------------------------------------------------------
        REQ_BEG_FIELD      Move to the beginning of the field.
        REQ_BEG_LINE       Move to the beginning of the line.
Index: doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_field 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_field 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_field_attributes 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_field_attributes 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_field_buffer 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_field_buffer 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_field_info 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_field_info 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_field_just 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_field_just 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_field_new 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_field_new 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_field_opts 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_field_opts 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_field_userptr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_field_userptr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 form_field_validation 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_field_validation 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_fieldtype 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_fieldtype 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_hook 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_hook 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_new 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_new 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_new_page 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_new_page 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_opts 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_opts 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_page 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_page 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_post 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_post 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_requestname 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_requestname 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_userptr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_userptr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 form_variables 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_variables 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 form_win 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    form_win 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html	2021-10-20 23:22:42.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.79 2021/08/15 20:01:31 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.80 2021/12/25 18:55:27 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 infocmp 1m
 
-
+
 
 
 
    infocmp 1m
    
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
 
        https://invisible-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).

    AUTHOR

    Index: doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html	2021-10-20 23:22:42.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 infotocap 1m
 
-
+
 
 
 
    infotocap 1m
    
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

    SEE ALSO

            infocmp(1m), tic(1m), curses(3x), terminfo(5)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).

    AUTHOR

    Index: doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 key_defined 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    key_defined 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 keybound 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    keybound 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 keyok 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    keyok 3x
    
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@

    DESCRIPTION

            This  is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an application
-       to disable specific keycodes, rather than use the  keypad  function  to
+       to disable specific keycodes, rather than use the  keypad  function  to
        disable all keycodes.  Keys that have been disabled can be re-enabled.
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html	2021-08-21 23:11:21.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
   * Author: Thomas E. Dickey
-  * @Id: legacy_coding.3x,v 1.9 2021/08/15 19:32:05 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: legacy_coding.3x,v 1.10 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 legacy_coding 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    legacy_coding 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html	2021-10-20 23:22:42.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu 3x
    
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
        curses(3x) and related pages whose names  begin  "menu_"  for  detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_attributes 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_attributes 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_cursor 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_cursor 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 menu_driver 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_driver 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_format 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_format 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_hook 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_hook 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_items 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_items 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_mark 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_mark 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_new 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_new 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_opts 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_opts 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 menu_pattern 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_pattern 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_post 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_post 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_requestname 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_requestname 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_spacing 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_spacing 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_userptr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_userptr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 menu_win 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    menu_win 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 mitem_current 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    mitem_current 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 mitem_name 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    mitem_name 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:28.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 mitem_new 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    mitem_new 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 mitem_opts 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    mitem_opts 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 mitem_userptr 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    mitem_userptr 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 mitem_value 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    mitem_value 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 mitem_visible 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    mitem_visible 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html	2021-10-20 23:22:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html	2021-12-26 00:04:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.153 2021/08/22 17:17:16 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.156 2021/12/25 21:19:26 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 ncurses 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    ncurses 3x
    
@@ -60,15 +60,15 @@
        method of updating  character  screens  with  reasonable  optimization.
        This  implementation  is  "new  curses"  (ncurses)  and is the approved
        replacement for 4.4BSD classic curses,  which  has  been  discontinued.
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
        The  ncurses  library emulates the curses library of System V Release 4
        UNIX, and XPG4 (X/Open Portability Guide) curses  (also  known  as  XSI
        curses).   XSI  stands  for  X/Open  System  Interfaces Extension.  The
        ncurses library is freely redistributable in source form.   Differences
-       from   the   SVr4  curses  are  summarized  under  the  EXTENSIONS  and
-       PORTABILITY sections below and described in detail  in  the  respective
-       EXTENSIONS, PORTABILITY and BUGS sections of individual man pages.
+       from   the   SVr4  curses  are  summarized  under  the  EXTENSIONS  and
+       PORTABILITY sections below and described in detail  in  the  respective
+       EXTENSIONS, PORTABILITY and BUGS sections of individual man pages.
 
        The  ncurses  library  also  provides  many  useful  extensions,  i.e.,
        features which cannot be implemented by a  simple  add-on  library  but
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

    Initialization

            The  library uses the locale which the calling program has initialized.
-       That is normally done with setlocale:
+       That is normally done with setlocale(3):
 
            setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

    Routine and Argument Names

            Many  curses routines have two or more versions.  The routines prefixed
-       with w require a window argument.  The routines prefixed with p require
+       with w require a window argument.  The routines prefixed with p require
        a pad argument.  Those without a prefix generally use stdscr.
 
        The  routines  prefixed with mv require a y and x coordinate to move to
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@
        Ncurses may use tabs as part of the cursor movement  optimization.   In
        some  cases,  your  terminal driver may not handle these properly.  Set
        this environment variable to disable the feature.  You can also  adjust
-       your stty settings to avoid the problem.
+       your stty(1) settings to avoid the problem.

    NCURSES_NO_MAGIC_COOKIE

    @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@
 
        Set  the  NCURSES_NO_PADDING  environment  variable  to disable all but
        mandatory padding.  Mandatory padding is used  as  a  part  of  special
-       control sequences such as flash.
+       control sequences such as flash.

    NCURSES_NO_SETBUF

    @@ -1030,10 +1030,10 @@
 
        If you set TERM in your environment, it has no effect on the  operation
        of  the  terminal  emulator.  It only affects the way applications work
-       within the terminal.  Likewise, as a general rule (xterm being  a  rare
-       exception),  terminal  emulators  which  allow you to specify TERM as a
-       parameter or configuration value do not change their behavior to  match
-       that setting.
+       within the terminal.  Likewise, as a general  rule  (xterm(1)  being  a
+       rare  exception), terminal emulators which allow you to specify TERM as
+       a parameter or configuration value do  not  change  their  behavior  to
+       match that setting.

    TERMCAP

    @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@

    AUTHORS

    -       Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.  Based on pcurses
+       Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.  Based on pcurses
        by Pavel Curtis.
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html	2021-10-20 23:22:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.5 2021/06/17 21:20:30 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.6 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 ncurses6-config 1
 
-
+
 
 
 
    ncurses6-config 1
    
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

    SEE ALSO

            curses(3x)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
   * Author: Thomas E. Dickey
-  * @Id: new_pair.3x,v 1.16 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: new_pair.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 20:10:40 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 new_pair 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    new_pair 3x
    
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
            allocated entry using free_pair and allocates a new color pair.
 
        All  of  the  color  pairs are allocated from a table of possible color
-       pairs.  The size of the table  is  determined  by  the  terminfo  pairs
+       pairs.  The size of the table  is  determined  by  the  terminfo  pairs
        capability.   The  table  is  shared with init_pair; in fact alloc_pair
        calls init_pair after updating the ncurses library's fast index to  the
        colors versus color pairs.
Index: doc/html/man/panel.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html	2021-10-20 23:22:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 resizeterm 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    resizeterm 3x
    
Index: doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html	2021-06-26 13:11:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.17 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:13:38 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 scr_dump 5
 
-
+
 
 
 
    scr_dump 5
    
@@ -138,13 +138,13 @@
 
        X/Open's documentation for enhanced curses says only:
 
-          The getwin( ) function reads window-related data stored in the  file
+          The getwin( ) function reads window-related data stored in the  file
           by  putwin( ).   The  function  then  creates  and initializes a new
           window using that data.
 
-          The putwin( ) function writes all data associated with win into  the
-          stdio  stream  to  which  filep points, using an unspecified format.
-          This information can be retrieved later using getwin( ).
+          The putwin( ) function writes all data associated with win into  the
+          stdio(3)  stream to which filep points, using an unspecified format.
+          This information can be retrieved later using getwin( ).
 
        In the mid-1990s when the X/Open Curses  document  was  written,  there
        were  still  systems  using older, less capable curses libraries (aside
Index: doc/html/man/tabs.1.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html	2021-10-20 23:22:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: tabs.1,v 1.32 2021/10/16 13:37:43 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: tabs.1,v 1.35 2021/12/25 19:04:39 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 tabs 1
 
-
+
 
 
 
    tabs 1
    
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@

    DESCRIPTION

            The  tabs program clears and sets tab-stops on the terminal.  This uses
-       the terminfo clear_all_tabs and set_tab  capabilities.   If  either  is
+       the terminfo clear_all_tabs and set_tab  capabilities.   If  either  is
        absent,  tabs is unable to clear/set tab-stops.  The terminal should be
        configured to use hard tabs, e.g.,
 
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@

    SEE ALSO

            infocmp(1m), tset(1), curses(3x), terminfo(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/term.5.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/term.5.html	2021-08-21 23:11:22.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/term.5.html	2021-12-25 22:12:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: term.5,v 1.40 2021/08/15 19:38:47 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: term.5,v 1.43 2021/12/25 21:28:59 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 term 5
 
-
+
 
 
 
    term 5
    
@@ -283,11 +283,11 @@

    Magic codes

            The  magic  number  in a binary terminfo file is the first 16-bits (two
        bytes).  Besides making it more reliable for the library to check  that
-       a  file  is terminfo, utilities such as file also use that to tell what
-       the file-format is.  System V defined more than one magic number,  with
-       0433, 0435 as screen-dumps (see scr_dump(5)).  This implementation uses
-       01036 as a continuation of that sequence, but with  a  different  high-
-       order byte to avoid confusion.
+       a  file  is  terminfo,  utilities such as file(1) also use that to tell
+       what the file-format is.  System V defined more than one magic  number,
+       with 0433, 0435 as screen-dumps (see scr_dump(5)).  This implementation
+       uses 01036 as a continuation of that sequence,  but  with  a  different
+       high-order byte to avoid confusion.

    The TERMTYPE structure

    @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
        extended number support for ncurses 6.1
 
        Eric S. Raymond
-       documented legacy terminfo format, e.g., from pcurses.
+       documented legacy terminfo format, e.g., from pcurses.
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/term.7.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/term.7.html	2021-08-21 23:11:22.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/term.7.html	2021-12-25 22:12:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: term.7,v 1.30 2021/08/15 19:39:57 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: term.7,v 1.31 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 term 7
 
-
+
 
 
 
    term 7
    
Index: doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 term_variables 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    term_variables 3x
    
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
        set_term.
 
 
-

    Terminfo Names

    +

    Terminfo Lookup Tables

            The tic(1) and infocmp(1) programs use lookup tables for the  long  and
        short  names  of  terminfo  capabilities,  as well as the corresponding
        names for termcap capabilities.  These are available to other  applica-
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 
Index: doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html	2021-10-20 23:22:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html	2021-12-25 22:12:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: terminfo.head,v 1.41 2021/08/15 19:32:53 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: terminfo.head,v 1.42 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
   * Head of terminfo man page ends here
   ****************************************************************************
   * Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.108 2021/10/09 23:13:23 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.110 2021/12/25 20:14:56 tom Exp @
   *.in -2
   *.in +2
   *.in -2
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 
 terminfo 5   File Formats
 
-
+
 
 
 
    terminfo 5   File Formats
    
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
        have, by specifying how to perform screen operations, and by specifying
        padding requirements and initialization sequences.
 
-       This manual describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This manual describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).

    Terminfo Entry Syntax

    @@ -2647,7 +2647,7 @@

    AUTHORS

    -       Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.  Based on pcurses
+       Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.  Based on pcurses
        by Pavel Curtis.
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/tic.1m.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html	2021-10-20 23:22:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html	2021-12-25 22:12:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: tic.1m,v 1.80 2021/08/15 20:01:19 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: tic.1m,v 1.81 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 tic 1m
 
-
+
 
 
 
    tic 1m
    
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
        captoinfo(1m),   infocmp(1m),   infotocap(1m),   toe(1m),   curses(3x),
        term(5).  terminfo(5).  user_caps(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).

    AUTHOR

    Index: doc/html/man/toe.1m.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html	2021-10-20 23:22:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html	2021-12-25 22:12:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: toe.1m,v 1.34 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: toe.1m,v 1.35 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 toe 1m
 
-
+
 
 
 
    toe 1m
    
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
        captoinfo(1m),   infocmp(1m),   infotocap(1m),   tic(1m),   curses(3x),
        terminfo(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/tput.1.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/tput.1.html	2021-10-20 23:22:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/tput.1.html	2021-12-26 00:04:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: tput.1,v 1.72 2021/10/02 21:41:00 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: tput.1,v 1.75 2021/12/25 21:31:59 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 tput 1
 
-
+
 
 
 
    tput 1
    
@@ -399,14 +399,14 @@
            incorporated  from  the  reset  feature of BSD tset written by Eric
            Allman.
 
-       o   SVr4  added  color  initialization  using   the   orig_colors   and
-           orig_pairs capabilities in the init subcommand.
+       o   SVr4 added color initialization using the orig_colors and orig_pair
+           capabilities in the init subcommand.
 
        Keith  Bostic  replaced  the  BSD  tput  command  in  1989  with  a new
        implementation based on the AT&T System V program tput.  Like the  AT&T
        program,  Bostic's  version accepted some parameters named for terminfo
-       capabilities (clear, init, longname and reset).   However  (because  he
-       had  only  termcap  available),  it  accepted  termcap  names for other
+       capabilities (clear, init, longname and reset).   However  (because  he
+       had  only  termcap  available),  it  accepted  termcap  names for other
        capabilities.  Also, Bostic's BSD tput did not modify the terminal  I/O
        modes as the earlier BSD tset had done.
 
@@ -443,14 +443,14 @@
            Until  changes made after ncurses 6.0, tput did not modify terminal
            modes.  tput now uses a similar scheme, using functions shared with
            tset  (and ultimately based on the 4.4BSD tset).  If it is not able
-           to open a terminal, e.g., when running in cron, tput will return an
-           error.
+           to open a terminal, e.g., when running in cron(1), tput will return
+           an error.
 
        o   AT&T tput guesses the type of its capname operands by seeing if all
            of the characters are numeric, or not.
 
            Most implementations which provide support for capname operands use
-           the  tparm  function  to  expand  parameters  in it.  That function
+           the  tparm  function  to  expand  parameters  in it.  That function
            expects a mixture of numeric and string parameters, requiring  tput
            to know which type to use.
 
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@

    SEE ALSO

            clear(1), stty(1), tabs(1), tset(1), curs_termcap(3x), terminfo(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/tset.1.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/tset.1.html	2021-10-20 23:22:44.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/tset.1.html	2021-12-26 00:04:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: tset.1,v 1.58 2021/09/18 21:21:55 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: tset.1,v 1.61 2021/12/25 21:27:03 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 tset 1
 
-
+
 
 
 
    tset 1
    
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@
 
        3. (BSD systems only.) The terminal type associated with  the  standard
        error  output  device  in the /etc/ttys file.  (On System-V-like UNIXes
-       and systems using that convention, getty does this job by setting  TERM
-       according to the type passed to it by /etc/inittab.)
+       and systems using that convention, getty(1) does this  job  by  setting
+       TERM according to the type passed to it by /etc/inittab.)
 
        4. The default terminal type, "unknown".
 
@@ -206,165 +206,167 @@
        When the -s option is specified, the commands to enter the  information
        into  the  shell's  environment are written to the standard output.  If
        the SHELL environmental variable ends in "csh", the  commands  are  for
-       csh,  otherwise, they are for sh.  Note, the csh commands set and unset
-       the shell variable noglob, leaving it unset.  The following line in the
-       .login or .profile files will initialize the environment correctly:
+       csh,  otherwise,  they  are  for sh(1).  Note, the csh commands set and
+       unset the shell variable noglob, leaving it unset.  The following  line
+       in  the  .login  or  .profile  files  will  initialize  the environment
+       correctly:
 
            eval `tset -s options ... `

    TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING

    -       When  the  terminal  is  not  hardwired into the system (or the current
-       system information is incorrect) the terminal  type  derived  from  the
-       /etc/ttys  file  or  the TERM environmental variable is often something
-       generic like network, dialup, or unknown.   When  tset  is  used  in  a
-       startup  script  it is often desirable to provide information about the
+       When the terminal is not hardwired into  the  system  (or  the  current
+       system  information  is  incorrect)  the terminal type derived from the
+       /etc/ttys file or the TERM environmental variable  is  often  something
+       generic  like  network,  dialup,  or  unknown.   When tset is used in a
+       startup script it is often desirable to provide information  about  the
        type of terminal used on such ports.
 
-       The -m options maps from some set of conditions  to  a  terminal  type,
+       The  -m  options  maps  from some set of conditions to a terminal type,
        that is, to tell tset "If I'm on this port at a particular speed, guess
        that I'm on that kind of terminal".
 
-       The argument to the -m option consists of an  optional  port  type,  an
-       optional  operator,  an  optional  baud rate specification, an optional
-       colon (":") character and a terminal type.  The port type is  a  string
-       (delimited  by  either  the  operator  or  the  colon  character).  The
-       operator may be any combination of ">", "<", "@", and  "!";  ">"  means
-       greater  than,  "<" means less than, "@" means equal to and "!" inverts
-       the sense of the test.  The baud rate is specified as a number  and  is
-       compared  with  the speed of the standard error output (which should be
+       The  argument  to  the  -m option consists of an optional port type, an
+       optional operator, an optional baud  rate  specification,  an  optional
+       colon  (":")  character and a terminal type.  The port type is a string
+       (delimited by  either  the  operator  or  the  colon  character).   The
+       operator  may  be  any combination of ">", "<", "@", and "!"; ">" means
+       greater than, "<" means less than, "@" means equal to and  "!"  inverts
+       the  sense  of the test.  The baud rate is specified as a number and is
+       compared with the speed of the standard error output (which  should  be
        the control terminal).  The terminal type is a string.
 
-       If the terminal type is not specified  on  the  command  line,  the  -m
-       mappings  are  applied to the terminal type.  If the port type and baud
-       rate match the mapping, the terminal  type  specified  in  the  mapping
-       replaces  the current type.  If more than one mapping is specified, the
+       If  the  terminal  type  is  not  specified on the command line, the -m
+       mappings are applied to the terminal type.  If the port type  and  baud
+       rate  match  the  mapping,  the  terminal type specified in the mapping
+       replaces the current type.  If more than one mapping is specified,  the
        first applicable mapping is used.
 
-       For example, consider the following  mapping:  dialup>9600:vt100.   The
+       For  example,  consider  the following mapping: dialup>9600:vt100.  The
        port type is dialup , the operator is >, the baud rate specification is
        9600, and the terminal type is vt100.  The result of this mapping is to
-       specify  that  if  the  terminal  type  is dialup, and the baud rate is
+       specify that if the terminal type is  dialup,  and  the  baud  rate  is
        greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of vt100 will be used.
 
-       If no baud rate is specified, the terminal type  will  match  any  baud
-       rate.   If  no port type is specified, the terminal type will match any
-       port type.  For example, -m dialup:vt100  -m  :?xterm  will  cause  any
+       If  no  baud  rate  is specified, the terminal type will match any baud
+       rate.  If no port type is specified, the terminal type will  match  any
+       port  type.   For  example,  -m  dialup:vt100 -m :?xterm will cause any
        dialup port, regardless of baud rate, to match the terminal type vt100,
-       and any non-dialup port type to match the terminal type ?xterm.   Note,
-       because  of  the  leading  question mark, the user will be queried on a
+       and  any non-dialup port type to match the terminal type ?xterm.  Note,
+       because of the leading question mark, the user will  be  queried  on  a
        default port as to whether they are actually using an xterm terminal.
 
-       No whitespace characters are  permitted  in  the  -m  option  argument.
-       Also,  to avoid problems with meta-characters, it is suggested that the
+       No  whitespace  characters  are  permitted  in  the -m option argument.
+       Also, to avoid problems with meta-characters, it is suggested that  the
        entire -m option argument be placed within single quote characters, and
-       that   csh   users  insert  a  backslash  character  ("\")  before  any
+       that  csh  users  insert  a  backslash  character  ("\")   before   any
        exclamation marks ("!").

    HISTORY

    -       A reset command appeared in 1BSD (March 1978), written by Kurt  Shoens.
-       This  program set the erase and kill characters to ^H (backspace) and @
+       A  reset command appeared in 1BSD (March 1978), written by Kurt Shoens.
+       This program set the erase and kill characters to ^H (backspace) and  @
        respectively.  Mark Horton improved that in 3BSD (October 1979), adding
-       intr,  quit,  start/stop  and  eof  characters  as well as changing the
-       program to avoid modifying any user settings.  That  version  of  reset
+       intr, quit, start/stop and eof  characters  as  well  as  changing  the
+       program  to  avoid  modifying any user settings.  That version of reset
        did not use the termcap database.
 
-       A  separate tset command was provided in 1BSD by Eric Allman, using the
-       termcap database.  Allman's comments in the source code  indicate  that
+       A separate tset command was provided in 1BSD by Eric Allman, using  the
+       termcap  database.   Allman's comments in the source code indicate that
        he began work in October 1977, continuing development over the next few
        years.
 
        According to comments in the source code, the tset program was modified
-       in  September  1980,  to use logic copied from the 3BSD "reset" when it
+       in September 1980, to use logic copied from the 3BSD  "reset"  when  it
        was invoked as reset.  This version appeared in 4.1cBSD, late in 1982.
 
        Other developers (e.g., Keith Bostic and Jim Bloom) continued to modify
        tset until 4.4BSD was released in 1993.
 
-       The  ncurses implementation was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources
+       The ncurses implementation was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD  sources
        for a terminfo environment by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>.

    COMPATIBILITY

    -       Neither IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open  Group  Base  Specifications  Issue  7
+       Neither  IEEE  Std  1003.1/The  Open  Group Base Specifications Issue 7
        (POSIX.1-2008) nor X/Open Curses Issue 7 documents tset or reset.
 
-       The  AT&T  tput utility (AIX, HPUX, Solaris) incorporated the terminal-
-       mode manipulation as well as termcap-based features such  as  resetting
-       tabstops  from  tset  in  BSD  (4.1c), presumably with the intention of
-       making tset obsolete.  However, each of those  systems  still  provides
-       tset.   In fact, the commonly-used reset utility is always an alias for
+       The AT&T tput utility (AIX, HPUX, Solaris) incorporated  the  terminal-
+       mode  manipulation  as well as termcap-based features such as resetting
+       tabstops from tset in BSD (4.1c),  presumably  with  the  intention  of
+       making  tset  obsolete.   However, each of those systems still provides
+       tset.  In fact, the commonly-used reset utility is always an alias  for
        tset.
 
-       The  tset  utility  provides  for   backward-compatibility   with   BSD
-       environments  (under  most modern UNIXes, /etc/inittab and getty(1) can
-       set TERM appropriately for each dial-up line; this  obviates  what  was
-       tset's  most  important  use).  This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
+       The   tset   utility   provides  for  backward-compatibility  with  BSD
+       environments (under most modern UNIXes, /etc/inittab and  getty(1)  can
+       set  TERM  appropriately  for each dial-up line; this obviates what was
+       tset's most important use).  This implementation  behaves  like  4.4BSD
        tset, with a few exceptions specified here.
 
-       A few options are different because the TERMCAP variable is  no  longer
+       A  few  options are different because the TERMCAP variable is no longer
        supported under terminfo-based ncurses:
 
-       o   The  -S  option  of  BSD  tset  no longer works; it prints an error
+       o   The -S option of BSD tset no  longer  works;  it  prints  an  error
            message to the standard error and dies.
 
        o   The -s option only sets TERM, not TERMCAP.
 
-       There was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature that invoking tset via a  link
-       named  "TSET"  (or  via  any  other  name  beginning with an upper-case
+       There  was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature that invoking tset via a link
+       named "TSET" (or via  any  other  name  beginning  with  an  upper-case
        letter) set the terminal to use upper-case only.  This feature has been
        omitted.
 
        The -A, -E, -h, -u and -v options were deleted from the tset utility in
-       4.4BSD.  None of them were documented in 4.3BSD and all are of  limited
-       utility  at  best.   The  -a,  -d,  and  -p  options  are similarly not
-       documented or useful, but  were  retained  as  they  appear  to  be  in
-       widespread  use.   It  is  strongly recommended that any usage of these
+       4.4BSD.   None of them were documented in 4.3BSD and all are of limited
+       utility at best.   The  -a,  -d,  and  -p  options  are  similarly  not
+       documented  or  useful,  but  were  retained  as  they  appear to be in
+       widespread use.  It is strongly recommended that  any  usage  of  these
        three options be changed to use the -m option instead.  The -a, -d, and
        -p options are therefore omitted from the usage summary above.
 
-       Very  old  systems,  e.g., 3BSD, used a different terminal driver which
-       was replaced in 4BSD in the early 1980s.  To  accommodate  these  older
-       systems,  the  4BSD  tset  provided a -n option to specify that the new
-       terminal driver should be used.  This implementation does  not  provide
+       Very old systems, e.g., 3BSD, used a different  terminal  driver  which
+       was  replaced  in  4BSD in the early 1980s.  To accommodate these older
+       systems, the 4BSD tset provided a -n option to  specify  that  the  new
+       terminal  driver  should be used.  This implementation does not provide
        that choice.
 
-       It  is  still permissible to specify the -e, -i, and -k options without
+       It is still permissible to specify the -e, -i, and -k  options  without
        arguments, although it is strongly recommended that such usage be fixed
        to explicitly specify the character.
 
-       As  of 4.4BSD, executing tset as reset no longer implies the -Q option.
+       As of 4.4BSD, executing tset as reset no longer implies the -Q  option.
        Also, the interaction between the - option and the terminal argument in
        some historic implementations of tset has been removed.
 
-       The  -c  and  -w  options  are  not  found  in earlier implementations.
+       The -c and  -w  options  are  not  found  in  earlier  implementations.
        However, a different window size-change feature was provided in 4.4BSD.
 
-       o   In 4.4BSD, tset uses the window size from the  termcap  description
-           to  set  the  window  size if tset is not able to obtain the window
+       o   In  4.4BSD,  tset uses the window size from the termcap description
+           to set the window size if tset is not able  to  obtain  the  window
            size from the operating system.
 
        o   In ncurses, tset obtains the window size using setupterm, which may
-           be  from  the  operating  system, the LINES and COLUMNS environment
+           be from the operating system, the  LINES  and  COLUMNS  environment
            variables or the terminal description.
 
-       Obtaining the window size from the terminal description  is  common  to
-       both  implementations,  but considered obsolescent.  Its only practical
+       Obtaining  the  window  size from the terminal description is common to
+       both implementations, but considered obsolescent.  Its  only  practical
        use is for hardware terminals.  Generally speaking, a window size would
-       be  unset  only if there were some problem obtaining the value from the
-       operating system (and setupterm would still fail).   For  that  reason,
-       the  LINES  and COLUMNS environment variables may be useful for working
-       around window-size problems.  Those  have  the  drawback  that  if  the
-       window  is  resized, those variables must be recomputed and reassigned.
-       To do this more easily, use the resize(1) program.
+       be unset only if there were some problem obtaining the value  from  the
+       operating  system  (and  setupterm would still fail).  For that reason,
+       the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables may be useful  for  working
+       around  window-size  problems.   Those  have  the  drawback that if the
+       window is resized, those variables must be recomputed  and  reassigned.
+       To do this more easily, use the resize(1) program.

    ENVIRONMENT

            The tset command uses these environment variables:
 
        SHELL
-            tells tset whether to initialize TERM using sh or csh syntax.
+            tells  tset  whether  to  initialize  TERM  using  sh(1) or csh(1)
+            syntax.
 
        TERM Denotes your terminal  type.   Each  terminal  type  is  distinct,
             though many are similar.
@@ -389,7 +391,7 @@
        csh(1),   sh(1),   stty(1),   curs_terminfo(3x),  tty(4),  terminfo(5),
        ttys(5), environ(7)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211021).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.3 (patch 20211225).
 
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html	2021-06-26 13:11:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html	2021-12-26 00:04:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: user_caps.5,v 1.17 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: user_caps.5,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:09:22 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 user_caps 5
 
-
+
 
 
 
    user_caps 5
    
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
                     (box1) box characters primary set
 
            The memory lock/unlock capabilities were included because they were
-           used in  the  X11R6  terminal  description  for  xterm.   The  box1
+           used in the X11R6 terminal  description  for  xterm(1).   The  box1
            capability  is  used  in  tic  to  help  with terminal descriptions
            written for AIX.
 
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
            predefined function-key names, to which a series  of  keys  can  be
            assigned,   that  is  insufficient  for  more  than  a  dozen  keys
            multiplied by more than a couple  of  modifier  combinations.   The
-           ncurses  database  uses  a  convention  based  on  xterm to provide
+           ncurses  database  uses  a  convention based on xterm(1) to provide
            extended special-key names.
 
            Fitting that into termcap's limitation of 2-character  names  would
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
              Set this capability to a nonzero value to enable it.
 
           XM string, override ncurses's built-in string which enables/disables
-             xterm mouse mode.
+             xterm(1) mouse mode.
 
              ncurses  sends a character sequence to the terminal to initialize
              mouse mode, and when the user clicks the  mouse  buttons  or  (in
@@ -310,17 +310,17 @@
        combinations of modified special keys.  There is no standard  for  what
        those keys can send.
 
-       Since 1999, xterm has supported shift, control, alt, and meta modifiers
-       which produce distinct special-key strings.  In a terminal description,
-       ncurses  has  no special knowledge of the modifiers used.  Applications
-       can use the naming convention  established  for  xterm  to  find  these
-       special keys in the terminal description.
+       Since  1999,  xterm(1)  has  supported  shift,  control,  alt, and meta
+       modifiers which produce distinct special-key strings.   In  a  terminal
+       description,  ncurses  has  no special knowledge of the modifiers used.
+       Applications can use the naming convention  established  for  xterm  to
+       find these special keys in the terminal description.
 
        Starting  with  the curses convention that key names begin with "k" and
        that shifted special keys are  an  uppercase  name,  ncurses'  terminal
        database defines these names to which a suffix is added:
 
-            Name   Description
+            Name   Description
             ---------------------------------------------------------------
             kDC    special form of kdch1 (delete character)
             kDN    special form of kcud1 (cursor down)
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
 
        These are the suffixes used to denote the modifiers:
 
-            Value   Description
+            Value   Description
             ----------------------------------
             2       Shift
             3       Alt
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
        the  terminal  descriptions.   Some  of those features are mentioned in
        screen(1) or tmux(1).
 
-       XTerm Control Sequences  provides  further  information  on  the  xterm
+       XTerm Control Sequences provides further information  on  the  xterm(1)
        features which are used in these extended capabilities.
 
 
Index: doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html	2021-06-26 13:11:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html	2021-12-25 22:12:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 wresize 3x
 
-
+
 
 
 
    wresize 3x
    
Index: man/MKada_config.in
Prereq:  1.13 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/MKada_config.in	2021-06-17 21:26:02.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/MKada_config.in	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,36 +27,36 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: MKada_config.in,v 1.13 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: MKada_config.in,v 1.14 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .ds C adacurses@USE_CFG_SUFFIX@\-config
 .TH ADACURSES "1" "" "" "User Commands"
 .SH NAME
 adacurses@USE_CFG_SUFFIX@\-config \- helper script for @ADA_LIBNAME@ libraries
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B \*C
-[\fIoptions\fR]
+[\fIoptions\fP]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This is a shell script which simplifies configuring an application to use
 the @ADA_LIBNAME@ library binding to ncurses.
 .SH OPTIONS
 .TP
-\fB\-\-cflags\fR
+\fB\-\-cflags\fP
 echos the gnat (Ada compiler) flags needed to compile with @ADA_LIBNAME@.
 .TP
-\fB\-\-libs\fR
+\fB\-\-libs\fP
 echos the gnat libraries needed to link with @ADA_LIBNAME@.
 .TP
-\fB\-\-version\fR
+\fB\-\-version\fP
 echos the release+patchdate version of the ncurses libraries used
 to configure and build @ADA_LIBNAME@.
 .TP
-\fB\-\-help\fR
+\fB\-\-help\fP
 prints a list of the \fB\*C\fP script's options.
 .PP
 If no options are given, \fB\*C\fP prints the combination
 of
-\fB\-\-cflags\fR and
-\fB\-\-libs\fR
+\fB\-\-cflags\fP and
+\fB\-\-libs\fP
 that \fBgnatmake\fP expects (see example).
 .SH EXAMPLE
 .PP
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 .PP
 you will compile and link the program.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X)
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
Index: man/MKncu_config.in
Prereq:  1.5 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/MKncu_config.in	2021-06-17 21:20:30.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/MKncu_config.in	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,73 +27,73 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.5 2021/06/17 21:20:30 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.6 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH @LIB_NAME@@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@@cf_cv_abi_version@-config 1 ""
 .SH NAME
 @LIB_NAME@@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@@cf_cv_abi_version@-config \- helper script for ncurses libraries
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B @LIB_NAME@@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@@cf_cv_abi_version@-config
-[\fIoptions\fR]
+[\fIoptions\fP]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This is a shell script which simplifies configuring applications against
 a particular set of ncurses libraries.
 .SH OPTIONS
 .TP
-\fB\-\-prefix\fR
+\fB\-\-prefix\fP
 echos the package\-prefix of ncurses
 .TP
-\fB\-\-exec\-prefix\fR
+\fB\-\-exec\-prefix\fP
 echos the executable\-prefix of ncurses
 .TP
-\fB\-\-cflags\fR
+\fB\-\-cflags\fP
 echos the C compiler flags needed to compile with ncurses
 .TP
-\fB\-\-libs\fR
+\fB\-\-libs\fP
 echos the libraries needed to link with ncurses
 .TP
-\fB\-\-version\fR
+\fB\-\-version\fP
 echos the release+patchdate version of ncurses
 .TP
-\fB\-\-abi\-version\fR
+\fB\-\-abi\-version\fP
 echos the ABI version of ncurses
 .TP
-\fB\-\-mouse\-version\fR
+\fB\-\-mouse\-version\fP
 echos the mouse\-interface version of ncurses
 .TP
-\fB\-\-bindir\fR
+\fB\-\-bindir\fP
 echos the directory containing ncurses programs
 .TP
-\fB\-\-datadir\fR
+\fB\-\-datadir\fP
 echos the directory containing ncurses data
 .TP
-\fB\-\-includedir\fR
+\fB\-\-includedir\fP
 echos the directory containing ncurses header files
 .TP
-\fB\-\-libdir\fR
+\fB\-\-libdir\fP
 echos the directory containing ncurses libraries
 .TP
-\fB\-\-mandir\fR
+\fB\-\-mandir\fP
 echos the directory containing ncurses manpages
 .TP
-\fB\-\-terminfo\fR
+\fB\-\-terminfo\fP
 echos the $TERMINFO terminfo database path, e.g.,
 .RS
 @TERMINFO@
 .RE
 .TP
-\fB\-\-terminfo\-dirs\fR
+\fB\-\-terminfo\-dirs\fP
 echos the $TERMINFO_DIRS directory list, e.g.,
 .RS
 @TERMINFO_DIRS@
 .RE
 .TP
-\fB\-\-termpath\fR
+\fB\-\-termpath\fP
 echos the $TERMPATH termcap list, if support for termcap is configured.
 .TP
-\fB\-\-help\fR
+\fB\-\-help\fP
 prints this message
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X)
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
Index: man/captoinfo.1m
Prereq:  1.30 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/captoinfo.1m	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/captoinfo.1m	2021-12-25 21:37:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,45 +28,45 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.30 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.32 2021/12/25 21:37:49 tom Exp $
 .TH @CAPTOINFO@ 1M ""
 .ds n 5
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .SH NAME
-\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR \- convert a \fItermcap\fR description into a \fIterminfo\fR description
+\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fP \- convert a \fItermcap\fP description into a \fIterminfo\fP description
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR [\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR]  [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR ...
+\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fP [\fB\-v\fP\fIn\fP \fIwidth\fP]  [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-1\fP] [\fB\-w\fP \fIwidth\fP] \fIfile\fP ...
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR looks in each given text
-\fIfile\fR for \fBtermcap\fR descriptions.
+\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fP looks in each given text
+\fIfile\fP for \fBtermcap\fP descriptions.
 For each
-one found, an equivalent \fBterminfo\fR description is written to standard
+one found, an equivalent \fBterminfo\fP description is written to standard
 output.
-Termcap \fBtc\fR capabilities are translated directly to terminfo
-\fBuse\fR capabilities.
+Termcap \fBtc\fP capabilities are translated directly to terminfo
+\fBuse\fP capabilities.
 .PP
-If no \fIfile\fR is given, then the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fR is used
+If no \fIfile\fP is given, then the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fP is used
 for the filename or entry.
-If \fBTERMCAP\fR is a full pathname to a file, only
-the terminal whose name is specified in the environment variable \fBTERM\fR is
+If \fBTERMCAP\fP is a full pathname to a file, only
+the terminal whose name is specified in the environment variable \fBTERM\fP is
 extracted from that file.
-If the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fR is not
-set, then the file \fB\*d\fR is read.
+If the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fP is not
+set, then the file \fB\*d\fP is read.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-v\fR
+\fB\-v\fP
 print out tracing information on standard error as the program runs.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fP
 print out the version of the program in use on standard error and exit.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-1\fR
+\fB\-1\fP
 cause the fields to print out one to a line.
 Otherwise, the fields
 will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60
 characters.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-w\fR
-change the output to \fIwidth\fR characters.
+\fB\-w\fP
+change the output to \fIwidth\fP characters.
 .SH FILES
 .TP 20
 \*d
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 .SH TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES
 .PP
 Some obsolete nonstandard capabilities will automatically be translated
-into standard (SVr4/XSI Curses) terminfo capabilities by \fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR.
+into standard (SVr4/XSI Curses) terminfo capabilities by \fB@CAPTOINFO@\fP.
 Whenever one of these automatic translations is done, the program
 will issue an notification to stderr, inviting the user to check that
 it has not mistakenly translated a completely unknown and random
@@ -153,9 +153,9 @@
 .TE
 .PP
 If the single-line capabilities occur in an entry, they will automatically
-be composed into an \fBacsc\fR string.
+be composed into an \fBacsc\fP string.
 The double-line capabilities and
-\fBGG\fR are discarded with a warning message.
+\fBGG\fP are discarded with a warning message.
 .PP
 IBM's AIX has a terminfo facility descended from SVr1 terminfo but incompatible
 with the SVr4 format.
@@ -174,19 +174,19 @@
 font3	s3ds
 .TE
 .PP
-Additionally, the AIX \fIbox1\fR capability will be automatically translated to
-an \fBacsc\fR string.
+Additionally, the AIX \fIbox1\fP capability will be automatically translated to
+an \fBacsc\fP string.
 .PP
 Hewlett-Packard's terminfo library supports two nonstandard terminfo
-capabilities \fBmeml\fR (memory lock) and \fBmemu\fR (memory unlock).
+capabilities \fBmeml\fP (memory lock) and \fBmemu\fP (memory unlock).
 These will be discarded with a warning message.
 .SH NOTES
-This utility is actually a link to \fB@TIC@\fR(1M), running in \fI\-I\fR mode.
-You can use other \fB@TIC@\fR options such as \fB\-f\fR and  \fB\-x\fR.
+This utility is actually a link to \fB@TIC@\fP(1M), running in \fI\-I\fP mode.
+You can use other \fB@TIC@\fP options such as \fB\-f\fP and  \fB\-x\fP.
 .PP
 The verbose option is not identical to SVr4's.
 Under SVr4, instead of following
-the \fB\-v\fR with a trace level n, you repeat it n times.
+the \fB\-v\fP with a trace level n, you repeat it n times.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) describes \fBtic\fP briefly,
 but omits this program.
@@ -194,11 +194,11 @@
 .PP
 NetBSD does not provide this application.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M),
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n)
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n)
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Eric S. Raymond 
Index: man/clear.1
Prereq:  1.24 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/clear.1	2021-11-14 00:33:00.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/clear.1	2021-12-26 00:13:25.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.24 2021/11/14 00:33:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.26 2021/12/26 00:13:25 tom Exp $
 .TH @CLEAR@ 1 ""
 .\" these would be fallbacks for DS/DE,
 .\" but groff changed the meaning of the macros.
@@ -55,33 +55,33 @@
 ..
 .ds n 5
 .SH NAME
-\fB@CLEAR@\fR \- clear the terminal screen
+\fB@CLEAR@\fP \- clear the terminal screen
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@CLEAR@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-x\fP]
+\fB@CLEAR@\fP [\fB\-T\fP\fItype\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-x\fP]
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-\fB@CLEAR@\fR clears your terminal's screen if this is possible,
+\fB@CLEAR@\fP clears your terminal's screen if this is possible,
 including the terminal's scrollback buffer
 (if the extended \*(``E3\*('' capability is defined).
-\fB@CLEAR@\fR looks in the environment for the terminal type
+\fB@CLEAR@\fP looks in the environment for the terminal type
 given by the environment variable \fBTERM\fP,
 and then in the
-\fBterminfo\fR database to determine how to clear the screen.
+\fBterminfo\fP database to determine how to clear the screen.
 .PP
-\fB@CLEAR@\fR writes to the standard output.
+\fB@CLEAR@\fP writes to the standard output.
 You can redirect the standard output to a file (which prevents
-\fB@CLEAR@\fR from actually clearing the screen),
+\fB@CLEAR@\fP from actually clearing the screen),
 and later \fBcat\fP the file to the screen, clearing it at that point.
 .SH OPTIONS
 .PP
 .TP 5
 .B \-T \fItype\fP
-indicates the \fItype\fR of terminal.
+indicates the \fItype\fP of terminal.
 Normally this option is
 unnecessary, because the default is taken from the environment
-variable \fBTERM\fR.
-If \fB\-T\fR is specified, then the shell
-variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR will also be ignored.
+variable \fBTERM\fP.
+If \fB\-T\fP is specified, then the shell
+variables \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP will also be ignored.
 .TP
 .B \-V
 reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 .PP
 The \fBE3\fP extension came later:
 .bP
-In June 1999, xterm provided an extension to the standard control
+In June 1999, \fBxterm\fP provided an extension to the standard control
 sequence for clearing the screen.
 Rather than clearing just the visible part of the screen using
 .NS
@@ -130,13 +130,13 @@
 .NE
 .IP
 This is documented in \fIXTerm Control Sequences\fP as a feature originating
-with xterm.
+with \fBxterm\fP.
 .bP
 A few other terminal developers adopted the feature, e.g., PuTTY in 2006.
 .bP
 In April 2011, a Red Hat developer submitted a patch to the Linux
 kernel, modifying its console driver to do the same thing.
-The Linux change, part of the 3.0 release, did not mention xterm,
+The Linux change, part of the 3.0 release, did not mention \fBxterm\fP,
 although it was cited in the Red Hat bug report (#683733)
 which led to the change.
 .bP
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 either via a shell script or by an alias (such as a symbolic link) to
 run \fB@TPUT@\fP as \fB@CLEAR@\fP.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fB@TPUT@\fR(1), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)
+\fB@TPUT@\fP(1), \fBterminfo\fP(\*n), \fBxterm\fP(1).
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
Index: man/curs_add_wch.3x
Prereq:  1.28 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_add_wch.3x	2020-10-17 23:10:38.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_add_wch.3x	2021-12-25 21:37:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2001-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_add_wch.3x,v 1.28 2020/10/17 23:10:38 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_add_wch.3x,v 1.31 2021/12/25 21:37:49 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_add_wch 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 \fBmvadd_wch\fP,
 \fBmvwadd_wch\fP,
 \fBecho_wchar\fP,
-\fBwecho_wchar\fP \- add a complex character and rendition to a \fBcurses\fR window, then advance the cursor
+\fBwecho_wchar\fP \- add a complex character and rendition to a \fBcurses\fP window, then advance the cursor
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .PP
 \fB#include \fP
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 .bP
 If the character part of \fIwch\fP is
 a tab, newline, backspace or other control character,
-the window is updated and the cursor moves as if \fBaddch\fR were called.
+the window is updated and the cursor moves as if \fBaddch\fP were called.
 .SS echo_wchar
 .PP
 The \fBecho_wchar\fP
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@
 l l l l l
 _ _ _ _ _
 lw(1.5i) lw5 lw5 lw5 lw20.
-\fBACS\fR	\fBUnicode\fP	\fBASCII\fR	\fBacsc\fP	\fBGlyph\fR
-\fBName\fR	\fBDefault\fP	\fBDefault\fR	\fBchar\fP	\fBName\fR
+\fBACS\fP	\fBUnicode\fP	\fBASCII\fP	\fBacsc\fP	\fBGlyph\fP
+\fBName\fP	\fBDefault\fP	\fBDefault\fP	\fBchar\fP	\fBName\fP
 WACS_BLOCK	0x25ae 	#	0	solid square block
 WACS_BOARD	0x2592 	#	h	board of squares
 WACS_BTEE	0x2534 	+	v	bottom tee
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@
 l l l l l
 _ _ _ _ _
 lw(1.5i) lw5 lw5 lw5 lw20.
-\fBACS\fR	\fBUnicode\fP	\fBASCII\fR	\fBacsc\fP	\fBGlyph\fR
-\fBName\fR	\fBDefault\fP	\fBDefault\fR	\fBchar\fP	\fBName\fR
+\fBACS\fP	\fBUnicode\fP	\fBASCII\fP	\fBacsc\fP	\fBGlyph\fP
+\fBName\fP	\fBDefault\fP	\fBDefault\fP	\fBchar\fP	\fBName\fP
 WACS_T_BTEE	0x253b	+	V	thick tee pointing up
 WACS_T_HLINE	0x2501	-	Q	thick horizontal line
 WACS_T_LLCORNER	0x2517	+	M	thick lower left corner
@@ -184,8 +184,8 @@
 l l l l l
 _ _ _ _ _
 lw(1.5i) lw5 lw5 lw5 lw20.
-\fBACS\fR	\fBUnicode\fP	\fBASCII\fR	\fBacsc\fP	\fBGlyph\fR
-\fBName\fR	\fBDefault\fP	\fBDefault\fR	\fBchar\fP	\fBName\fR
+\fBACS\fP	\fBUnicode\fP	\fBASCII\fP	\fBacsc\fP	\fBGlyph\fP
+\fBName\fP	\fBDefault\fP	\fBDefault\fP	\fBchar\fP	\fBName\fP
 WACS_D_BTEE	0x2569	+	H	double tee pointing up
 WACS_D_HLINE	0x2550	-	R	double horizontal line
 WACS_D_LLCORNER	0x255a	+	D	double lower left corner
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 U+2550 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 .PP
-All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 This implementation returns an error
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
 .PP
 The latter may be due to different causes:
 .bP
-If \fBscrollok\fR is not enabled,
+If \fBscrollok\fP is not enabled,
 writing a character at the lower right margin succeeds.
 However, an error is returned because
 it is not possible to wrap to a new line
@@ -248,13 +248,13 @@
 The defaults specified for line-drawing characters apply in the POSIX locale.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses makes it clear that the WACS_ symbols should be defined as
-a pointer to \fBcchar_t\fP data, e.g., in the discussion of \fBborder_set\fR.
+a pointer to \fBcchar_t\fP data, e.g., in the discussion of \fBborder_set\fP.
 A few implementations are problematic:
 .bP
 NetBSD curses defines the symbols as a \fBwchar_t\fP within a \fBcchar_t\fP.
 .bP
-HPUX curses equates some of the \fIACS_\fP symbols
-to the analogous \fIWACS_\fP symbols as if the \fIACS_\fP symbols were
+HPUX curses equates some of the \fBACS_\fP symbols
+to the analogous \fBWACS_\fP symbols as if the \fBACS_\fP symbols were
 wide characters.
 The misdefined symbols are the arrows
 and other symbols which are not used for line-drawing.
@@ -325,10 +325,10 @@
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .na
 .PP
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBputwc\fR(3)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBputwc\fP(3)
Index: man/curs_add_wchstr.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x	2020-12-19 21:39:06.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_add_wchstr.3x,v 1.15 2020/12/19 21:39:06 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_add_wchstr.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_add_wchstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,49 +40,49 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBadd_wchstr\fR,
-\fBadd_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBwadd_wchstr\fR,
-\fBwadd_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvadd_wchstr\fR,
-\fBmvadd_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwadd_wchstr\fR,
-\fBmvwadd_wchnstr\fR \- add an array of complex characters (and attributes) to a curses window
+\fBadd_wchstr\fP,
+\fBadd_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBwadd_wchstr\fP,
+\fBwadd_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvadd_wchstr\fP,
+\fBmvadd_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwadd_wchstr\fP,
+\fBmvwadd_wchnstr\fP \- add an array of complex characters (and attributes) to a curses window
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint add_wchstr(const cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint add_wchstr(const cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *\fR \fIwin\fR\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *\fP \fIwin\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *\fR \fIwin\fR\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *\fP \fIwin\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvadd_wchstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvadd_wchstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvadd_wchnstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvadd_wchnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions copy the (null-terminated)
-array of complex characters \fIwchstr\fR
+array of complex characters \fIwchstr\fP
 into the window image structure
 starting at the current cursor position.
-The four functions with \fIn\fR as the last
-argument copy at most \fIn\fR elements,
+The four functions with \fIn\fP as the last
+argument copy at most \fIn\fP elements,
 but no more than will fit on the line.
-If \fBn\fR=\fB\-1\fR then the whole array is copied,
+If \fBn\fP=\fB\-1\fP then the whole array is copied,
 to the maximum number of characters that will fit on the line.
 .PP
-The window cursor is \fInot\fR advanced.
-These functions work faster than \fBwaddnstr\fR.
+The window cursor is \fInot\fP advanced.
+These functions work faster than \fBwaddnstr\fP.
 On the other hand:
 .bP
 they do not perform checking
@@ -96,12 +96,12 @@
 rather than wrapping it around to the new line.
 .PP
 These functions end successfully
-on encountering a null \fIcchar_t\fR, or
+on encountering a null \fBcchar_t\fP, or
 when they have filled the current line.
 If a complex character cannot completely fit at the end of the current line,
 the remaining columns are filled with the background character and rendition.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All functions return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
+All functions return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 This implementation returns an error
@@ -111,13 +111,13 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-All functions except \fBwadd_wchnstr\fR may be macros.
+All functions except \fBwadd_wchnstr\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These entry points are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addwstr\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addwstr\fP(3X).
 .PP
 Comparable functions in the narrow-character (ncurses) library are
 described in
-\fBcurs_addchstr\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_addchstr\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_addch.3x
Prereq:  1.56 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_addch.3x	2021-06-17 21:30:22.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_addch.3x	2021-12-25 20:18:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.56 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.58 2021/12/25 20:18:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_addch 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -39,47 +39,47 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBaddch\fR,
-\fBwaddch\fR,
-\fBmvaddch\fR,
-\fBmvwaddch\fR,
-\fBechochar\fR,
-\fBwechochar\fR \- add a character (with attributes) to a \fBcurses\fR window, then advance the cursor
+\fBaddch\fP,
+\fBwaddch\fP,
+\fBmvaddch\fP,
+\fBmvwaddch\fP,
+\fBechochar\fP,
+\fBwechochar\fP \- add a character (with attributes) to a \fBcurses\fP window, then advance the cursor
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint addch(const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint addch(const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint waddch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint waddch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvaddch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvaddch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwaddch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwaddch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint echochar(const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint echochar(const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wechochar(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wechochar(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS Adding characters
-The \fBaddch\fR, \fBwaddch\fR, \fBmvaddch\fR and \fBmvwaddch\fR routines put
-the character \fIch\fR into the given window at its current window position,
+The \fBaddch\fP, \fBwaddch\fP, \fBmvaddch\fP and \fBmvwaddch\fP routines put
+the character \fIch\fP into the given window at its current window position,
 which is then advanced.
-They are analogous to \fBputchar\fR(3) in \fBstdio\fR(3).
+They are analogous to \fBputchar\fP(3) in \fBstdio\fP(3).
 If the advance is at the right margin:
 .bP
 The cursor automatically wraps to the beginning of the next line.
 .bP
 At the bottom of the current scrolling region,
-and if \fBscrollok\fR is enabled,
+and if \fBscrollok\fP is enabled,
 the scrolling region is scrolled up one line.
 .bP
-If \fBscrollok\fR is not enabled,
+If \fBscrollok\fP is not enabled,
 writing a character at the lower right margin succeeds.
 However, an error is returned because
 it is not possible to wrap to a new line
 .PP
-If \fIch\fR is a tab, newline, carriage return or backspace,
+If \fIch\fP is a tab, newline, carriage return or backspace,
 the cursor is moved appropriately within the window:
 .bP
 Backspace moves the cursor one character left; at the left
@@ -87,40 +87,40 @@
 .bP
 Carriage return moves the cursor to the window left margin on the current line.
 .bP
-Newline does a \fBclrtoeol\fR,
+Newline does a \fBclrtoeol\fP,
 then moves the cursor to the window left margin on the next line,
 scrolling the window if on the last line.
 .bP
 Tabs are considered to be at every eighth column.
-The tab interval may be altered by setting the \fBTABSIZE\fR variable.
+The tab interval may be altered by setting the \fBTABSIZE\fP variable.
 .PP
-If \fIch\fR is any other nonprintable character,
+If \fIch\fP is any other nonprintable character,
 it is drawn in printable form,
-i.e., the \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation used by \fBunctrl\fR(3X).
-Calling \fBwinch\fR after adding a
+i.e., the \fB^\fP\fIX\fP notation used by \fBunctrl\fP(3X).
+Calling \fBwinch\fP after adding a
 nonprintable character does not return the character itself,
 but instead returns the printable representation of the character.
 .PP
 Video attributes can be combined with a character argument passed to
-\fBaddch\fR or related functions by logical-ORing them into the character.
+\fBaddch\fP or related functions by logical-ORing them into the character.
 (Thus, text, including attributes, can be copied from one place to another
-using \fBinch\fR(3X) and \fBaddch\fR.)  See the \fBcurs_attr\fR(3X) page for
+using \fBinch\fP(3X) and \fBaddch\fP.)  See the \fBcurs_attr\fP(3X) page for
 values of predefined video attribute constants that can be usefully OR'ed
 into characters.
 .SS Echoing characters
 .PP
-The \fBechochar\fR and \fBwechochar\fR routines are equivalent to a call to
-\fBaddch\fR followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fR(3X), or a call to \fBwaddch\fR
-followed by a call to \fBwrefresh\fR.
+The \fBechochar\fP and \fBwechochar\fP routines are equivalent to a call to
+\fBaddch\fP followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fP(3X), or a call to \fBwaddch\fP
+followed by a call to \fBwrefresh\fP.
 The knowledge that only a single
 character is being output is used and, for non-control characters, a
 considerable performance gain may be seen by using these routines instead of
 their equivalents.
 .SS Line Graphics
 The following variables may be used to add line drawing characters to the
-screen with routines of the \fBaddch\fR family.
+screen with routines of the \fBaddch\fP family.
 The default character listed
-below is used if the \fBacsc\fR capability does not define a terminal-specific
+below is used if the \fBacsc\fP capability does not define a terminal-specific
 replacement for it,
 or if the terminal and locale configuration requires Unicode but the
 library is unable to use Unicode.
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@
 l l l l
 _ _ _ _
 l l l l.
-\fBACS\fR	\fBACS\fR	\fBacsc\fP	\fBGlyph\fR
-\fBName\fR	\fBDefault\fR	\fBchar\fP	\fBName\fR
+\fBACS\fP	\fBACS\fP	\fBacsc\fP	\fBGlyph\fP
+\fBName\fP	\fBDefault\fP	\fBchar\fP	\fBName\fP
 ACS_BLOCK	#	0	solid square block
 ACS_BOARD	#	h	board of squares
 ACS_BTEE	+	v	bottom tee
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@
 ACS_VLINE	|	x	vertical line
 .TE
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success
 (the SVr4 manuals specify only
-\*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fR\*('') upon successful completion,
+\*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fP\*('') upon successful completion,
 unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
 .PP
 Functions with a \*(``mv\*('' prefix first perform a cursor movement using
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 If it is not possible to add a complete character,
 an error is returned:
 .bP
-If \fBscrollok\fR is not enabled,
+If \fBscrollok\fP is not enabled,
 writing a character at the lower right margin succeeds.
 However, an error is returned because
 it is not possible to wrap to a new line
@@ -190,16 +190,16 @@
 or if it is not possible to add all of the resulting bytes in the window,
 an error is returned.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBaddch\fR, \fBmvaddch\fR, \fBmvwaddch\fR, and
-\fBechochar\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBaddch\fP, \fBmvaddch\fP, \fBmvwaddch\fP, and
+\fBechochar\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 All these functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 The defaults specified for forms-drawing characters apply in the POSIX locale.
 .SS ACS Symbols
 .LP
-X/Open Curses states that the \fIACS_\fP definitions are \fBchar\fP constants.
+X/Open Curses states that the \fBACS_\fP definitions are \fBchar\fP constants.
 For the wide-character implementation (see \fBcurs_add_wch\fP),
-there are analogous \fIWACS_\fP definitions which are \fBcchar_t\fP constants.
+there are analogous \fBWACS_\fP definitions which are \fBcchar_t\fP constants.
 Some implementations are problematic:
 .bP
 Some implementations define the ACS symbols to a constant
@@ -209,8 +209,8 @@
 NetBSD also uses an array, actually named \fB_acs_char\fP, with a \fB#define\fP
 for compatibility.
 .bP
-HPUX curses equates some of the \fIACS_\fP symbols
-to the analogous \fIWACS_\fP symbols as if the \fIACS_\fP symbols were
+HPUX curses equates some of the \fBACS_\fP symbols
+to the analogous \fBWACS_\fP symbols as if the \fBACS_\fP symbols were
 wide characters.
 The misdefined symbols are the arrows
 and other symbols which are not used for line-drawing.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
 and the various implementations use \fBi\fP (lowercase).
 .IP
 None of the terminal descriptions on Unix platforms use uppercase-I,
-except for Solaris (i.e., \fIscreen\fP's terminal description,
+except for Solaris (i.e., \fBscreen\fP's terminal description,
 apparently based on the X/Open documentation around 1995).
 On the other hand, the terminal description \fIgs6300\fP
 (AT&T PC6300 with EMOTS Terminal Emulator) uses lowercase-i.
@@ -237,12 +237,12 @@
 were not documented in
 any publicly released System V.
 However, many publicly available terminfos
-include \fBacsc\fR strings in which their key characters (pryz{|}) are
+include \fBacsc\fP strings in which their key characters (pryz{|}) are
 embedded, and a second-hand list of their character descriptions has come
 to light.
-The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for \fBncurses\fR(3X).
+The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for \fBncurses\fP(3X).
 .LP
-The \fIdisplayed\fP values for the \fIACS_\fP and \fIWACS_\fP constants
+The \fIdisplayed\fP values for the \fBACS_\fP and \fBWACS_\fP constants
 depend on
 .bP
 the library configuration, i.e., \fBncurses\fP versus \fBncursesw\fP,
@@ -292,23 +292,23 @@
 call \fBwadd_wch\fP for characters which cannot be handled by \fBwaddch\fP.
 .SS TABSIZE
 .LP
-The \fBTABSIZE\fR variable is implemented in SVr4 and other versions of curses,
+The \fBTABSIZE\fP variable is implemented in SVr4 and other versions of curses,
 but is not part of X/Open curses
-(see \fBcurs_variables\fR(3X) for more details).
+(see \fBcurs_variables\fP(3X) for more details).
 .LP
-If \fIch\fR is a carriage return,
+If \fIch\fP is a carriage return,
 the cursor is moved to the beginning of the current row of the window.
 This is true of other implementations, but is not documented.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_inch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBputc\fR(3).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_inch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBputc\fP(3).
 .PP
 Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) library are
 described in
-\fBcurs_add_wch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_add_wch\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_addchstr.3x
Prereq:  1.22 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_addchstr.3x	2020-12-19 21:39:20.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_addchstr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_addchstr.3x,v 1.22 2020/12/19 21:39:20 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_addchstr.3x,v 1.24 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_addchstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,49 +40,49 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBaddchstr\fR,
-\fBaddchnstr\fR,
-\fBwaddchstr\fR,
-\fBwaddchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvaddchstr\fR,
-\fBmvaddchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwaddchstr\fR,
-\fBmvwaddchnstr\fR \- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBaddchstr\fP,
+\fBaddchnstr\fP,
+\fBwaddchstr\fP,
+\fBwaddchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvaddchstr\fP,
+\fBmvaddchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwaddchstr\fP,
+\fBmvwaddchnstr\fP \- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a \fBcurses\fP window
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint addchstr(const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint addchstr(const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint addchnstr(const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint addchnstr(const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint waddchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint waddchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint waddchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint waddchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvaddchstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvaddchstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvaddchnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvaddchnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions copy the (null-terminated)
-\fIchstr\fR array
+\fIchstr\fP array
 into the window image structure
 starting at the current cursor position.
-The four functions with \fIn\fR as the last
-argument copy at most \fIn\fR elements,
+The four functions with \fIn\fP as the last
+argument copy at most \fIn\fP elements,
 but no more than will fit on the line.
-If \fBn\fR=\fB\-1\fR then the whole array is copied,
+If \fBn\fP=\fB\-1\fP then the whole array is copied,
 to the maximum number of characters that will fit on the line.
 .PP
-The window cursor is \fInot\fR advanced.
-These functions work faster than \fBwaddnstr\fR.
+The window cursor is \fInot\fP advanced.
+These functions work faster than \fBwaddnstr\fP.
 On the other hand:
 .bP
 they do not perform checking
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 they truncate the string if it crosses the right margin,
 rather than wrapping it around to the new line.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All functions return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
+All functions return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 This implementation returns an error
@@ -105,13 +105,13 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-All functions except \fBwaddchnstr\fR may be macros.
+All functions except \fBwaddchnstr\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These entry points are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X).
 .PP
 Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) library are
 described in
-\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_addstr.3x
Prereq:  1.23 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_addstr.3x	2020-10-17 23:11:02.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_addstr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_addstr.3x,v 1.23 2020/10/17 23:11:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_addstr.3x,v 1.25 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_addstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,51 +40,51 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBaddstr\fR,
-\fBaddnstr\fR,
-\fBwaddstr\fR,
-\fBwaddnstr\fR,
-\fBmvaddstr\fR,
-\fBmvaddnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwaddstr\fR,
-\fBmvwaddnstr\fR \- add a string of characters to a \fBcurses\fR window and advance cursor
+\fBaddstr\fP,
+\fBaddnstr\fP,
+\fBwaddstr\fP,
+\fBwaddnstr\fP,
+\fBmvaddstr\fP,
+\fBmvaddnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwaddstr\fP,
+\fBmvwaddnstr\fP \- add a string of characters to a \fBcurses\fP window and advance cursor
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint addstr(const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint addstr(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint addnstr(const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint addnstr(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint waddstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint waddstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint waddnstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint waddnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvaddstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvaddstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvaddnstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvaddnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwaddstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwaddstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const char *\fR\fIstr, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions write the (null-terminated) character string
-\fIstr\fR on the given window.
-It is similar to calling \fBwaddch\fR once for each byte in the string.
+\fIstr\fP on the given window.
+It is similar to calling \fBwaddch\fP once for each byte in the string.
 .PP
-The \fImv\fR functions perform cursor movement once, before writing any
+The \fImv\fP functions perform cursor movement once, before writing any
 characters.
 Thereafter, the cursor is advanced as a side-effect of writing to the window.
 .PP
-The four functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument
-write at most \fIn\fR bytes,
+The four functions with \fIn\fP as the last argument
+write at most \fIn\fP bytes,
 or until a terminating null is reached.
-If \fIn\fR is \-1, then the entire string will be added.
+If \fIn\fP is \-1, then the entire string will be added.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All functions return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
+All functions return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 This implementation returns an error
@@ -111,9 +111,9 @@
 returned after successfully writing a character to the lower-right corner
 of a window when \fBscrollok\fP is disabled.
 .SH NOTES
-All of these functions except \fBwaddnstr\fR may be macros.
+All of these functions except \fBwaddnstr\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_addwstr.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_addwstr.3x	2020-10-17 23:12:22.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_addwstr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_addwstr.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/17 23:12:22 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_addwstr.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_addwstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,53 +40,53 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBaddwstr\fR,
-\fBaddnwstr\fR,
-\fBwaddwstr\fR,
-\fBwaddnwstr\fR,
-\fBmvaddwstr\fR,
-\fBmvaddnwstr\fR,
-\fBmvwaddwstr\fR,
-\fBmvwaddnwstr\fR \- add a string of wide characters to a \fBcurses\fR window and advance cursor
+\fBaddwstr\fP,
+\fBaddnwstr\fP,
+\fBwaddwstr\fP,
+\fBwaddnwstr\fP,
+\fBmvaddwstr\fP,
+\fBmvaddnwstr\fP,
+\fBmvwaddwstr\fP,
+\fBmvwaddnwstr\fP \- add a string of wide characters to a \fBcurses\fP window and advance cursor
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint addwstr(const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint addwstr(const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint addnwstr(const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint addnwstr(const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint waddwstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint waddwstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint waddnwstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint waddnwstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvaddwstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvaddwstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvaddnwstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvaddnwstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions write the characters of the
-(null-terminated) \fBwchar_t\fR character string
-\fIwstr\fR on the given window.
-It is similar to constructing a \fBcchar_t\fR for each wchar_t in the string,
-then calling \fBwadd_wch\fR for the resulting \fBcchar_t\fR.
+(null-terminated) \fBwchar_t\fP character string
+\fIwstr\fP on the given window.
+It is similar to constructing a \fBcchar_t\fP for each wchar_t in the string,
+then calling \fBwadd_wch\fP for the resulting \fBcchar_t\fP.
 .PP
-The \fImv\fR functions perform cursor movement once, before writing any
+The \fImv\fP functions perform cursor movement once, before writing any
 characters.
 Thereafter, the cursor is advanced as a side-effect of writing to the window.
 .PP
-The four functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument
-write at most \fIn\fR \fBwchar_t\fR characters,
+The four functions with \fIn\fP as the last argument
+write at most \fIn\fP \fBwchar_t\fP characters,
 or until a terminating null is reached.
-If \fIn\fR is \-1, then the entire string will be added.
+If \fIn\fP is \-1, then the entire string will be added.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All functions return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
+All functions return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 This implementation returns an error
@@ -101,9 +101,9 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-All of these functions except \fBwaddnwstr\fR may be macros.
+All of these functions except \fBwaddnwstr\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_add_wch\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_add_wch\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_attr.3x
Prereq:  1.66 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_attr.3x	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_attr.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.66 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.70 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_attr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -57,97 +57,97 @@
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SH NAME
 .\" attr_get
-\fBattr_get\fR,
-\fBwattr_get\fR,
-\fBattr_set\fR,
-\fBwattr_set\fR,
+\fBattr_get\fP,
+\fBwattr_get\fP,
+\fBattr_set\fP,
+\fBwattr_set\fP,
 .\" .br
-\fBattr_off\fR,
-\fBwattr_off\fR,
-\fBattr_on\fR,
-\fBwattr_on\fR,
+\fBattr_off\fP,
+\fBwattr_off\fP,
+\fBattr_on\fP,
+\fBwattr_on\fP,
 .\" .br
-\fBattroff\fR,
-\fBwattroff\fR,
-\fBattron\fR,
-\fBwattron\fR,
-\fBattrset\fR,
-\fBwattrset\fR,
+\fBattroff\fP,
+\fBwattroff\fP,
+\fBattron\fP,
+\fBwattron\fP,
+\fBattrset\fP,
+\fBwattrset\fP,
 .\" .br
-\fBchgat\fR,
-\fBwchgat\fR,
-\fBmvchgat\fR,
-\fBmvwchgat\fR,
+\fBchgat\fP,
+\fBwchgat\fP,
+\fBmvchgat\fP,
+\fBmvwchgat\fP,
 .\" .br
-\fBcolor_set\fR,
-\fBwcolor_set\fR,
+\fBcolor_set\fP,
+\fBwcolor_set\fP,
 .\" .br
-\fBstandend\fR,
-\fBwstandend\fR,
-\fBstandout\fR,
-\fBwstandout\fR \- \fBcurses\fR character and window attribute control routines
+\fBstandend\fP,
+\fBwstandend\fP,
+\fBstandout\fP,
+\fBwstandout\fP \- \fBcurses\fP character and window attribute control routines
 .ad
 .hy
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint attr_get(attr_t *\fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint attr_get(attr_t *\fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wattr_get(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, attr_t *\fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIpair\fP\fB,\fR \fBvoid *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wattr_get(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, attr_t *\fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIpair\fP\fB,\fP \fBvoid *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint attr_set(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint attr_set(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wattr_set(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wattr_set(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint attr_off(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint attr_off(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wattr_off(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wattr_off(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint attr_on(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint attr_on(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wattr_on(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wattr_on(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint attroff(int \fP\fIattrs);\fR
+\fBint attroff(int \fP\fIattrs);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wattroff(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wattroff(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint attron(int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint attron(int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wattron(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wattron(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint attrset(int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint attrset(int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wattrset(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wattrset(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint chgat(int \fP\fIn\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB,\fR \fBconst void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint chgat(int \fP\fIn\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB,\fP \fBconst void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint wchgat(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB,\fP
-      \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB,\fR \fBshort \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, const void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+      \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB,\fP \fBshort \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, const void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint mvchgat(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB,\fP
-      \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB,\fR \fBshort \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, const void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+      \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB,\fP \fBshort \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, const void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint mvwchgat(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin, int \fP\fIy, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB,\fP
-      \fBint \fP\fIn,\fR \fBattr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, const void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+      \fBint \fP\fIn,\fP \fBattr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, const void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint color_set(short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void* \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint color_set(short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void* \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wcolor_set(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB,\fR \fBvoid* \fP\fIopts);\fR
+\fBint wcolor_set(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB,\fP \fBvoid* \fP\fIopts);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint standend(void);\fR
+\fBint standend(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wstandend(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wstandend(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint standout(void);\fR
+\fBint standout(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wstandout(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wstandout(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window,
 which then apply to all characters that are written into
-the window with \fBwaddch\fR, \fBwaddstr\fR and \fBwprintw\fR.
+the window with \fBwaddch\fP, \fBwaddstr\fP and \fBwprintw\fP.
 Attributes are
 a property of the character, and move with the character through any scrolling
 and insert/delete line/character operations.
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 .PP
 These routines do not affect the attributes used
 when erasing portions of the window.
-See \fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X) for functions which modify the attributes used for
+See \fBcurs_bkgd\fP(3X) for functions which modify the attributes used for
 erasing and clearing.
 .PP
 Routines which do not have a \fBWINDOW*\fP parameter apply to \fBstdscr\fP.
@@ -228,39 +228,39 @@
 but kept in X/Open Curses for the same reason that SVr4 curses kept it:
 compatibility.
 .PP
-The remaining \fBattr\fR* functions operate exactly like the corresponding
-\fBattr_\fR* functions, except that they take arguments of type \fBint\fR
-rather than \fBattr_t\fR.
+The remaining \fBattr\fP* functions operate exactly like the corresponding
+\fBattr_\fP* functions, except that they take arguments of type \fBint\fP
+rather than \fBattr_t\fP.
 .PP
 There is no corresponding \fBattrget\fP function as such in X/Open Curses,
 although ncurses provides \fBgetattrs\fP (see curs_legacy(3X)).
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SS Change character rendition
 .PP
-The routine \fBchgat\fR changes the attributes of a given number of characters
-starting at the current cursor location of \fBstdscr\fR.
+The routine \fBchgat\fP changes the attributes of a given number of characters
+starting at the current cursor location of \fBstdscr\fP.
 It does not update
 the cursor and does not perform wrapping.
 A character count of \-1 or greater
 than the remaining window width means to change attributes all the way to the
 end of the current line.
-The \fBwchgat\fR function generalizes this to any window;
-the \fBmvwchgat\fR function does a cursor move before acting.
+The \fBwchgat\fP function generalizes this to any window;
+the \fBmvwchgat\fP function does a cursor move before acting.
 .PP
 In these functions,
 the color \fIpair\fP argument is a color-pair index
-(as in the first argument of \fBinit_pair\fR, see \fBcurs_color\fR(3X)).
+(as in the first argument of \fBinit_pair\fP, see \fBcurs_color\fP(3X)).
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SS Change window color
-The routine \fBcolor_set\fR sets the current color of the given window to the
+The routine \fBcolor_set\fP sets the current color of the given window to the
 foreground/background combination described by the color \fIpair\fP parameter.
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SS Standout
 .PP
-The routine \fBstandout\fR is
-the same as \fBattron(A_STANDOUT)\fR.
-The routine \fBstandend\fR is the same
-as \fBattrset(A_NORMAL)\fR or \fBattrset(0)\fR, that is, it turns off all
+The routine \fBstandout\fP is
+the same as \fBattron(A_STANDOUT)\fP.
+The routine \fBstandend\fP is the same
+as \fBattrset(A_NORMAL)\fP or \fBattrset(0)\fP, that is, it turns off all
 attributes.
 .PP
 X/Open does not mark these \*(``restricted\*('', because
@@ -271,29 +271,29 @@
 might be combined with a color pair.
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SH VIDEO ATTRIBUTES
-The following video attributes, defined in \fB\fR, can be passed to
-the routines \fBattron\fR, \fBattroff\fR, and \fBattrset\fR, or OR'd with the
-characters passed to \fBaddch\fR (see \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X)).
+The following video attributes, defined in \fB\fP, can be passed to
+the routines \fBattron\fP, \fBattroff\fP, and \fBattrset\fP, or OR'd with the
+characters passed to \fBaddch\fP (see \fBcurs_addch\fP(3X)).
 .PP
 .RS
 .TS
 l l
 _ _ _
 l l .
-\fIName\fR	\fIDescription\fR
-\fBA_NORMAL\fR	Normal display (no highlight)
-\fBA_STANDOUT\fR	Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
-\fBA_UNDERLINE\fR	Underlining
-\fBA_REVERSE\fR	Reverse video
-\fBA_BLINK\fR	Blinking
-\fBA_DIM\fR	Half bright
-\fBA_BOLD\fR	Extra bright or bold
-\fBA_PROTECT\fR	Protected mode
-\fBA_INVIS\fR	Invisible or blank mode
-\fBA_ALTCHARSET\fR	Alternate character set
-\fBA_ITALIC\fR	Italics (non-X/Open extension)
-\fBA_CHARTEXT\fR	Bit-mask to extract a character
-\fBA_COLOR\fR	Bit-mask to extract a color (legacy routines)
+\fBName\fP	\fBDescription\fP
+\fBA_NORMAL\fP	Normal display (no highlight)
+\fBA_STANDOUT\fP	Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+\fBA_UNDERLINE\fP	Underlining
+\fBA_REVERSE\fP	Reverse video
+\fBA_BLINK\fP	Blinking
+\fBA_DIM\fP	Half bright
+\fBA_BOLD\fP	Extra bright or bold
+\fBA_PROTECT\fP	Protected mode
+\fBA_INVIS\fP	Invisible or blank mode
+\fBA_ALTCHARSET\fP	Alternate character set
+\fBA_ITALIC\fP	Italics (non-X/Open extension)
+\fBA_CHARTEXT\fP	Bit-mask to extract a character
+\fBA_COLOR\fP	Bit-mask to extract a color (legacy routines)
 .TE
 .RE
 .PP
@@ -304,26 +304,26 @@
 l l
 _ _ _
 l l .
-\fIName\fR	\fIDescription\fR
-\fBWA_HORIZONTAL\fR	Horizontal highlight
-\fBWA_LEFT\fR	Left highlight
-\fBWA_LOW\fR	Low highlight
-\fBWA_RIGHT\fR	Right highlight
-\fBWA_TOP\fR	Top highlight
-\fBWA_VERTICAL\fR	Vertical highlight
+\fBName\fP	\fBDescription\fP
+\fBWA_HORIZONTAL\fP	Horizontal highlight
+\fBWA_LEFT\fP	Left highlight
+\fBWA_LOW\fP	Low highlight
+\fBWA_RIGHT\fP	Right highlight
+\fBWA_TOP\fP	Top highlight
+\fBWA_VERTICAL\fP	Vertical highlight
 .TE
 .RE
 .PP
 The return values of many of these routines are not meaningful (they are
 implemented as macro-expanded assignments and simply return their argument).
-The SVr4 manual page claims (falsely) that these routines always return \fB1\fR.
+The SVr4 manual page claims (falsely) that these routines always return \fB1\fP.
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SH NOTES
 These functions may be macros:
 .sp
 .RS
-\fBattroff\fR, \fBwattroff\fR, \fBattron\fR, \fBwattron\fR,
-\fBattrset\fR, \fBwattrset\fR, \fBstandend\fR and \fBstandout\fR.
+\fBattroff\fP, \fBwattroff\fP, \fBattron\fP, \fBwattron\fP,
+\fBattrset\fP, \fBwattrset\fP, \fBstandend\fP and \fBstandout\fP.
 .RE
 .PP
 Color pair values can only be OR'd with attributes if the pair
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
 l l l l l l
 _ _ _ _ _ _
 l l l l l l .
-\fIYear\fR	\fISystem\fR	\fIArch\fP	\fIColor\fR	\fIChar\fR	\fINotes\fR
+\fBYear\fP	\fBSystem\fP	\fBArch\fP	\fBColor\fP	\fBChar\fP	\fBNotes\fP
 1992	Solaris 5.2	32	6	17	SVr4 curses
 1992	HPUX 9	32	no	8	SVr2 curses
 1992	AIX 3.2	32	no	23	SVr2 curses
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@
 Other interfaces are rarely used now:
 .bP
 BSD curses was improved slightly in 1993/1994 using Keith Bostic's
-modification to make the library 8-bit clean for \fBnvi\fP.
+modification to make the library 8-bit clean for \fBnvi\fP(1).
 He moved \fIstandout\fP attribute to a structure member.
 .IP
 The resulting 4.4BSD curses was replaced by ncurses over the next ten years.
@@ -503,31 +503,31 @@
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are supported in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 The standard defined the dedicated type for highlights,
-\fBattr_t\fR, which was not defined in SVr4 curses.
-The functions taking \fBattr_t\fR arguments were not supported under SVr4.
+\fBattr_t\fP, which was not defined in SVr4 curses.
+The functions taking \fBattr_t\fP arguments were not supported under SVr4.
 .PP
 Very old versions of this library did not force an update of the screen
 when changing the attributes.
-Use \fBtouchwin\fR to force the screen to match the updated attributes.
+Use \fBtouchwin\fP to force the screen to match the updated attributes.
 .PP
 The XSI Curses standard states that whether the traditional functions
-\fBattron\fR/\fBattroff\fR/\fBattrset\fR can manipulate attributes other than
-\fBA_BLINK\fR, \fBA_BOLD\fR, \fBA_DIM\fR, \fBA_REVERSE\fR, \fBA_STANDOUT\fR, or
-\fBA_UNDERLINE\fR is \*(``unspecified\*(''.
+\fBattron\fP/\fBattroff\fP/\fBattrset\fP can manipulate attributes other than
+\fBA_BLINK\fP, \fBA_BOLD\fP, \fBA_DIM\fP, \fBA_REVERSE\fP, \fBA_STANDOUT\fP, or
+\fBA_UNDERLINE\fP is \*(``unspecified\*(''.
 Under this implementation as well as
 SVr4 curses, these functions correctly manipulate all other highlights
-(specifically, \fBA_ALTCHARSET\fR, \fBA_PROTECT\fR, and \fBA_INVIS\fR).
+(specifically, \fBA_ALTCHARSET\fP, \fBA_PROTECT\fP, and \fBA_INVIS\fP).
 .PP
 XSI Curses added these entry points:
 .sp
 .RS
-\fBattr_get\fR, \fBattr_on\fR,
-\fBattr_off\fR, \fBattr_set\fR, \fBwattr_on\fR, \fBwattr_off\fR,
-\fBwattr_get\fR, \fBwattr_set\fR
+\fBattr_get\fP, \fBattr_on\fP,
+\fBattr_off\fP, \fBattr_set\fP, \fBwattr_on\fP, \fBwattr_off\fP,
+\fBwattr_get\fP, \fBwattr_set\fP
 .RE
 .PP
 The new functions are intended to work with
-a new series of highlight macros prefixed with \fBWA_\fR.
+a new series of highlight macros prefixed with \fBWA_\fP.
 The older macros have direct counterparts in the newer set of names:
 .PP
 .RS
@@ -536,15 +536,15 @@
 l l
 _ _ _
 l l .
-\fIName\fR	\fIDescription\fR
-\fBWA_NORMAL\fR	Normal display (no highlight)
-\fBWA_STANDOUT\fR	Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
-\fBWA_UNDERLINE\fR	Underlining
-\fBWA_REVERSE\fR	Reverse video
-\fBWA_BLINK\fR	Blinking
-\fBWA_DIM\fR	Half bright
-\fBWA_BOLD\fR	Extra bright or bold
-\fBWA_ALTCHARSET\fR	Alternate character set
+\fBName\fP	\fBDescription\fP
+\fBWA_NORMAL\fP	Normal display (no highlight)
+\fBWA_STANDOUT\fP	Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+\fBWA_UNDERLINE\fP	Underlining
+\fBWA_REVERSE\fP	Reverse video
+\fBWA_BLINK\fP	Blinking
+\fBWA_DIM\fP	Half bright
+\fBWA_BOLD\fP	Extra bright or bold
+\fBWA_ALTCHARSET\fP	Alternate character set
 .TE
 .RE
 .PP
@@ -552,8 +552,8 @@
 nor does it state whether or not they are related to the
 similarly-named A_NORMAL, etc.:
 .bP
-The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corresponding \fBA_\fR
-and \fBWA_\fR-using functions operates on the same current-highlight
+The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corresponding \fBA_\fP
+and \fBWA_\fP-using functions operates on the same current-highlight
 information.
 .bP
 However, in some implementations, those symbols have unrelated values.
@@ -570,14 +570,14 @@
 \fBchtype\fP and \fBcchar_t\fP variables.
 .PP
 The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new highlights
-\fBA_HORIZONTAL\fR, \fBA_LEFT\fR, \fBA_LOW\fR, \fBA_RIGHT\fR, \fBA_TOP\fR,
-\fBA_VERTICAL\fR (and corresponding \fBWA_\fR macros for each).
+\fBA_HORIZONTAL\fP, \fBA_LEFT\fP, \fBA_LOW\fP, \fBA_RIGHT\fP, \fBA_TOP\fP,
+\fBA_VERTICAL\fP (and corresponding \fBWA_\fP macros for each).
 As of August 2013,
 no known terminal provides these highlights
 (i.e., via the \fBsgr1\fP capability).
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBOK\fR on success, or \fBERR\fP on failure.
+All routines return the integer \fBOK\fP on success, or \fBERR\fP on failure.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 .PP
@@ -597,9 +597,9 @@
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .na
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_bkgd\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_printw\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_beep.3x
Prereq:  1.14 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_beep.3x	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_beep.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,35 +27,35 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.14 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.16 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_beep 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBbeep\fR, \fBflash\fR \- \fBcurses\fR bell and screen flash routines
+\fBbeep\fP, \fBflash\fP \- \fBcurses\fP bell and screen flash routines
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint beep(void);\fR
+\fBint beep(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint flash(void);\fR
+\fBint flash(void);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBbeep\fR and \fBflash\fR routines are used to alert the terminal user.
-The routine \fBbeep\fR sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible;
+The \fBbeep\fP and \fBflash\fP routines are used to alert the terminal user.
+The routine \fBbeep\fP sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible;
 otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell).
-The routine \fBflash\fR
+The routine \fBflash\fP
 flashes the screen, and if that is not possible, sounds the alert.
 If neither
 alert is possible, nothing happens.
 Nearly all terminals have an audible alert
 (bell or beep), but only some can flash the screen.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-These routines return \fBOK\fR if they succeed in beeping or flashing,
-\fBERR\fR otherwise.
+These routines return \fBOK\fP if they succeed in beeping or flashing,
+\fBERR\fP otherwise.
 .SH EXTENSIONS
-SVr4's beep and flash routines always returned \fBOK\fR, so it was not
+SVr4's beep and flash routines always returned \fBOK\fP, so it was not
 possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
-Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return \fBOK\fR.
+Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return \fBOK\fP.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_bkgd.3x
Prereq:  1.32 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_bkgd.3x	2021-06-17 21:30:22.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_bkgd.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,37 +27,37 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.32 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.33 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .TH curs_bkgd 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBbkgdset\fR, \fBwbkgdset\fR,
-\fBbkgd\fR, \fBwbkgd\fR,
-\fBgetbkgd\fR \- \fBcurses\fR window background manipulation routines
+\fBbkgdset\fP, \fBwbkgdset\fP,
+\fBbkgd\fP, \fBwbkgd\fP,
+\fBgetbkgd\fP \- \fBcurses\fP window background manipulation routines
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBvoid bkgdset(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid bkgdset(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid wbkgdset(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid wbkgdset(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint bkgd(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint bkgd(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wbkgd(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wbkgd(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBchtype getbkgd(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchtype getbkgd(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS bkgdset
-The \fBbkgdset\fR and \fBwbkgdset\fR routines manipulate the
+The \fBbkgdset\fP and \fBwbkgdset\fP routines manipulate the
 background of the named window.
-The window background is a \fBchtype\fR consisting of
+The window background is a \fBchtype\fP consisting of
 any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character.
 The attribute part of the background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank
-characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fR.
+characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fP.
 Both the character and attribute parts of the background are combined with
 the blank characters.
 The background becomes a property of the
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 as the graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
 .SS bkgd
 .PP
-The \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR functions
+The \fBbkgd\fP and \fBwbkgd\fP functions
 set the background property of the current or specified window
 and then apply this setting to every character position in that window.
 According to X/Open Curses, it should do this:
@@ -121,20 +121,20 @@
 the new background character's color attribute will be ignored.
 .SS getbkgd
 .PP
-The \fBgetbkgd\fR function returns the given window's current background
+The \fBgetbkgd\fP function returns the given window's current background
 character/attribute pair.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 .PP
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
-It specifies that \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR return \fBERR\fR on failure,
+It specifies that \fBbkgd\fP and \fBwbkgd\fP return \fBERR\fP on failure,
 but gives no failure conditions.
 .PP
-The routines \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR return the integer \fBOK\fR,
+The routines \fBbkgd\fP and \fBwbkgd\fP return the integer \fBOK\fP,
 unless the library has not been initialized.
 .PP
 In contrast,
-the SVr4.0 manual says \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR may return \fBOK\fP
-"or a non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set",
+the SVr4.0 manual says \fBbkgd\fP and \fBwbkgd\fP may return \fBOK\fP
+"or a non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fP is set",
 which refers to the return value from \fBwrefresh\fP
 (used to implement the immediate repainting).
 The SVr4 curses \fBwrefresh\fP returns the number of characters
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 This implementation does not do that.
 .SH NOTES
 .PP
-Note that \fBbkgdset\fR and \fBbkgd\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBbkgdset\fP and \fBbkgd\fP may be macros.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses mentions that the character part of the background must
 be a single-byte value.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .na
 .PP
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_bkgrnd.3x
Prereq:  1.12 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x	2020-10-17 23:13:15.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,44 +27,44 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_bkgrnd.3x,v 1.12 2020/10/17 23:13:15 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_bkgrnd.3x,v 1.14 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .TH curs_bkgrnd 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBbkgrnd\fR,
-\fBwbkgrnd\fR,
-\fBbkgrndset\fR,
-\fBwbkgrndset\fR,
-\fBgetbkgrnd\fR,
-\fBwgetbkgrnd\fR \- \fBcurses\fR window complex background manipulation routines
+\fBbkgrnd\fP,
+\fBwbkgrnd\fP,
+\fBbkgrndset\fP,
+\fBwbkgrndset\fP,
+\fBgetbkgrnd\fP,
+\fBwgetbkgrnd\fP \- \fBcurses\fP window complex background manipulation routines
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .PP
 .B #include 
 .sp
-\fBint bkgrnd(\fR\fB const cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint bkgrnd(\fP\fB const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wbkgrnd(\fR\fB WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wbkgrnd(\fP\fB WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid bkgrndset(const cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR \fB);\fR
+\fBvoid bkgrndset(const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP \fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid wbkgrndset(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid wbkgrndset(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint getbkgrnd(cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint getbkgrnd(cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS bkgrndset
 .PP
-The \fBbkgrndset\fR and \fBwbkgrndset\fR routines manipulate the
+The \fBbkgrndset\fP and \fBwbkgrndset\fP routines manipulate the
 background of the named window.
-The window background is a \fBcchar_t\fR consisting of
+The window background is a \fBcchar_t\fP consisting of
 any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a complex character.
 The attribute part of the background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank
-characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fR.
+characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fP.
 Both
 the character and attribute parts of the background are combined with
 the blank characters.
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 as the graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
 .SS bkgrnd
 .PP
-The \fBbkgrnd\fR and \fBwbkgrnd\fR functions
+The \fBbkgrnd\fP and \fBwbkgrnd\fP functions
 set the background property of the current or specified window
 and then apply this setting to every character position in that window:
 .bP
@@ -88,15 +88,15 @@
 appears, it is changed to the new background character.
 .SS getbkgrnd
 .PP
-The \fBgetbkgrnd\fR function returns the given window's current background
-character/attribute pair via the \fBwch\fR pointer.
+The \fBgetbkgrnd\fP function returns the given window's current background
+character/attribute pair via the \fBwch\fP pointer.
 If the given window pointer is null,
 the character is not updated (but no error returned).
 .SH NOTES
 Note that
-\fBbkgrnd\fR,
-\fBbkgrndset\fR, and
-\fBgetbkgrnd\fR
+\fBbkgrnd\fP,
+\fBbkgrndset\fP, and
+\fBgetbkgrnd\fP
 may be macros.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses does not provide details on how the rendition is changed.
@@ -104,10 +104,10 @@
 which is explained in the manual page for \fBwbkgd\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 .PP
-The \fBbkgrndset\fR and \fBwbkgrndset\fR routines do not return a value.
+The \fBbkgrndset\fP and \fBwbkgrndset\fP routines do not return a value.
 .PP
-Upon successful completion, the other functions return \fBOK\fR.
-Otherwise, they return \fBERR\fR:
+Upon successful completion, the other functions return \fBOK\fP.
+Otherwise, they return \fBERR\fP:
 .bP
 A null window pointer is treated as an error.
 .bP
@@ -117,5 +117,5 @@
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4
 (X/Open Curses).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_bkgd\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_border.3x
Prereq:  1.27 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_border.3x	2020-10-18 00:33:06.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_border.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.27 2020/10/18 00:33:06 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.29 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_border 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -36,112 +36,112 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBborder\fR,
-\fBwborder\fR,
-\fBbox\fR,
-\fBhline\fR,
-\fBwhline\fR,
-\fBvline\fR,
-\fBwvline\fR,
-\fBmvhline\fR,
-\fBmvwhline\fR,
-\fBmvvline\fR,
-\fBmvwvline\fR \- create \fBcurses\fR borders, horizontal and vertical lines
+\fBborder\fP,
+\fBwborder\fP,
+\fBbox\fP,
+\fBhline\fP,
+\fBwhline\fP,
+\fBvline\fP,
+\fBwvline\fP,
+\fBmvhline\fP,
+\fBmvwhline\fP,
+\fBmvvline\fP,
+\fBmvwvline\fP \- create \fBcurses\fP borders, horizontal and vertical lines
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint border(chtype \fP\fIls\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIrs\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIts\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbs\fP\fB,\fR
-           \fBchtype \fP\fItl\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fItr\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbl\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint border(chtype \fP\fIls\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIrs\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIts\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbs\fP\fB,\fP
+           \fBchtype \fP\fItl\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fItr\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbl\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wborder(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIls\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIrs\fP\fB,\fR
-            \fBchtype \fP\fIts\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbs\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fItl\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fItr\fP\fB,\fR
-            \fBchtype \fP\fIbl\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wborder(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIls\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIrs\fP\fB,\fP
+            \fBchtype \fP\fIts\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbs\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fItl\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fItr\fP\fB,\fP
+            \fBchtype \fP\fIbl\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIbr\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint box(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIverch\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIhorch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint box(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIverch\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIhorch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint hline(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint hline(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint whline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint whline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint vline(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint vline(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wvline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wvline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvhline(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvhline(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwhline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwhline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvvline(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvvline(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwvline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwvline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBborder\fR, \fBwborder\fR and \fBbox\fR routines
+The \fBborder\fP, \fBwborder\fP and \fBbox\fP routines
 draw a box around the edges of a window.
 Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes:
 .sp
 .RS
-\fIls\fR \- left side,
+\fIls\fP \- left side,
 .br
-\fIrs\fR \- right side,
+\fIrs\fP \- right side,
 .br
-\fIts\fR \- top side,
+\fIts\fP \- top side,
 .br
-\fIbs\fR \- bottom side,
+\fIbs\fP \- bottom side,
 .br
-\fItl\fR \- top left-hand corner,
+\fItl\fP \- top left-hand corner,
 .br
-\fItr\fR \- top right-hand corner,
+\fItr\fP \- top right-hand corner,
 .br
-\fIbl\fR \- bottom left-hand corner, and
+\fIbl\fP \- bottom left-hand corner, and
 .br
-\fIbr\fR \- bottom right-hand corner.
+\fIbr\fP \- bottom right-hand corner.
 .RE
 .PP
 If any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding
-default values (defined in \fBcurses.h\fR) are used instead:
+default values (defined in \fBcurses.h\fP) are used instead:
 .sp
 .RS
-\fBACS_VLINE\fR,
+\fBACS_VLINE\fP,
 .br
-\fBACS_VLINE\fR,
+\fBACS_VLINE\fP,
 .br
-\fBACS_HLINE\fR,
+\fBACS_HLINE\fP,
 .br
-\fBACS_HLINE\fR,
+\fBACS_HLINE\fP,
 .br
-\fBACS_ULCORNER\fR,
+\fBACS_ULCORNER\fP,
 .br
-\fBACS_URCORNER\fR,
+\fBACS_URCORNER\fP,
 .br
-\fBACS_LLCORNER\fR,
+\fBACS_LLCORNER\fP,
 .br
-\fBACS_LRCORNER\fR.
+\fBACS_LRCORNER\fP.
 .RE
 .PP
-\fBbox(\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, \fR\fIverch\fR\fB, \fR\fIhorch\fR\fB)\fR is a shorthand
-for the following call: \fBwborder(\fR\fIwin\fR\fB,\fR \fIverch\fR\fB,\fR
-\fIverch\fR\fB,\fR \fIhorch\fR\fB,\fR \fIhorch\fR\fB, 0, 0, 0, 0)\fR.
+\fBbox(\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, \fP\fIverch\fP\fB, \fP\fIhorch\fP\fB)\fP is a shorthand
+for the following call: \fBwborder(\fP\fIwin\fP\fB,\fP \fIverch\fP\fB,\fP
+\fIverch\fP\fB,\fP \fIhorch\fP\fB,\fP \fIhorch\fP\fB, 0, 0, 0, 0)\fP.
 .PP
-The \fBhline\fR and \fBwhline\fR functions draw a horizontal (left to right)
-line using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window.
+The \fBhline\fP and \fBwhline\fP functions draw a horizontal (left to right)
+line using \fIch\fP starting at the current cursor position in the window.
 The
 current cursor position is not changed.
-The line is at most \fIn\fR characters
+The line is at most \fIn\fP characters
 long, or as many as fit into the window.
 .PP
-The \fBvline\fR and \fBwvline\fR functions draw a vertical (top to bottom) line
-using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window.
+The \fBvline\fP and \fBwvline\fP functions draw a vertical (top to bottom) line
+using \fIch\fP starting at the current cursor position in the window.
 The
 current cursor position is not changed.
-The line is at most \fIn\fR characters
+The line is at most \fIn\fP characters
 long, or as many as fit into the window.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBOK\fR.
+All routines return the integer \fBOK\fP.
 The SVr4.0 manual says "or a
-non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set", but this appears to be an error.
+non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fP is set", but this appears to be an error.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 This implementation returns an error
@@ -151,13 +151,13 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-The borders generated by these functions are \fIinside\fR borders (this
+The borders generated by these functions are \fIinside\fP borders (this
 is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is not documented).
 .PP
-Note that \fBborder\fR and \fBbox\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBborder\fP and \fBbox\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
-The standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure,
+The standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fP on failure,
 but specifies no error conditions.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_border_set.3x
Prereq:  1.13 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_border_set.3x	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_border_set.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2011,2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_border_set.3x,v 1.13 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_border_set.3x,v 1.15 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_border_set 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -36,168 +36,168 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBborder_set\fR,
-\fBwborder_set\fR,
-\fBbox_set\fR,
-\fBhline_set\fR,
-\fBwhline_set\fR,
-\fBmvhline_set\fR,
-\fBmvwhline_set\fR,
-\fBvline_set\fR,
-\fBwvline_set\fR,
-\fBmvvline_set\fR,
-\fBmvwvline_set\fR \- create \fBcurses\fR borders or lines using complex characters and renditions
+\fBborder_set\fP,
+\fBwborder_set\fP,
+\fBbox_set\fP,
+\fBhline_set\fP,
+\fBwhline_set\fP,
+\fBmvhline_set\fP,
+\fBmvwhline_set\fP,
+\fBvline_set\fP,
+\fBwvline_set\fP,
+\fBmvvline_set\fP,
+\fBmvwvline_set\fP \- create \fBcurses\fP borders or lines using complex characters and renditions
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .PP
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint border_set(\fR
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIls\fR, \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIrs\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIts\fR, \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIbs\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fItl\fR, \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fItr\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIbl\fR, \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIbr\fR
-\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint wborder_set(\fR
-   \fBWINDOW *win\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIls\fR, \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIrs\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIts\fR, \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIbs\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fItl\fR, \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fItr\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIbl\fR, \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIbr\fR\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint box_set(\fR
-   \fBWINDOW *win\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIverch\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIhorch\fR\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint hline_set(\fR
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR, \fBint \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint whline_set(\fR
-   \fBWINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR, \fBint \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint mvhline_set(\fR
-   \fBint \fR\fIy\fR, \fBint \fR\fIx\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR, \fBint \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint mvwhline_set(\fR
-   \fBWINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR,
-   \fBint \fR\fIy\fR, \fBint \fR\fIx\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR, \fBint \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint vline_set(\fR
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR, \fBint \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint wvline_set(\fR
-   \fBWINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR, \fBint \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint mvvline_set(\fR
-   \fBint \fR\fIy\fR, \fBint \fR\fIx\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR, \fBint \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
-.br
-\fBint mvwvline_set(\fR
-   \fBWINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR,
-   \fBint \fR\fIy\fR, \fBint \fR\fIx\fR,
-   \fBconst cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR, \fBint \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint border_set(\fP
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIls\fP, \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIrs\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIts\fP, \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIbs\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fItl\fP, \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fItr\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIbl\fP, \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIbr\fP
+\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint wborder_set(\fP
+   \fBWINDOW *win\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIls\fP, \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIrs\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIts\fP, \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIbs\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fItl\fP, \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fItr\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIbl\fP, \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIbr\fP\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint box_set(\fP
+   \fBWINDOW *win\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIverch\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIhorch\fP\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint hline_set(\fP
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP, \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint whline_set(\fP
+   \fBWINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP, \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint mvhline_set(\fP
+   \fBint \fP\fIy\fP, \fBint \fP\fIx\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP, \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint mvwhline_set(\fP
+   \fBWINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP,
+   \fBint \fP\fIy\fP, \fBint \fP\fIx\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP, \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint vline_set(\fP
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP, \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint wvline_set(\fP
+   \fBWINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP, \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint mvvline_set(\fP
+   \fBint \fP\fIy\fP, \fBint \fP\fIx\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP, \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
+.br
+\fBint mvwvline_set(\fP
+   \fBWINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP,
+   \fBint \fP\fIy\fP, \fBint \fP\fIx\fP,
+   \fBconst cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP, \fBint \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 The
-\fBborder_set\fR
+\fBborder_set\fP
 and
-\fBwborder_set\fR
+\fBwborder_set\fP
 functions draw a border around the edges of the current or specified window.
 These functions do not change the cursor position, and do not wrap.
 .PP
 Other than the window, each argument is a complex character with attributes:
 .RS
-\fIls\fR \- left side,
+\fIls\fP \- left side,
 .br
-\fIrs\fR \- right side,
+\fIrs\fP \- right side,
 .br
-\fIts\fR \- top side,
+\fIts\fP \- top side,
 .br
-\fIbs\fR \- bottom side,
+\fIbs\fP \- bottom side,
 .br
-\fItl\fR \- top left-hand corner,
+\fItl\fP \- top left-hand corner,
 .br
-\fItr\fR \- top right-hand corner,
+\fItr\fP \- top right-hand corner,
 .br
-\fIbl\fR \- bottom left-hand corner, and
+\fIbl\fP \- bottom left-hand corner, and
 .br
-\fIbr\fR \- bottom right-hand corner.
+\fIbr\fP \- bottom right-hand corner.
 .RE
 .PP
 If any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding
-default values (defined in \fBcurses.h\fR) are used instead:
+default values (defined in \fBcurses.h\fP) are used instead:
 .RS
-\fBWACS_VLINE\fR,
+\fBWACS_VLINE\fP,
 .br
-\fBWACS_VLINE\fR,
+\fBWACS_VLINE\fP,
 .br
-\fBWACS_HLINE\fR,
+\fBWACS_HLINE\fP,
 .br
-\fBWACS_HLINE\fR,
+\fBWACS_HLINE\fP,
 .br
-\fBWACS_ULCORNER\fR,
+\fBWACS_ULCORNER\fP,
 .br
-\fBWACS_URCORNER\fR,
+\fBWACS_URCORNER\fP,
 .br
-\fBWACS_LLCORNER\fR, and
+\fBWACS_LLCORNER\fP, and
 .br
-\fBWACS_LRCORNER\fR.
+\fBWACS_LRCORNER\fP.
 .RE
 .PP
-\fBbox_set(\fR\fIwin\fR, \fIverch\fR\fB, \fR\fIhorch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBbox_set(\fP\fIwin\fP, \fIverch\fP\fB, \fP\fIhorch\fP\fB);\fP
 is a shorthand for the following call:
 .PP
-\fBwborder_set(\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, \fR\fIverch\fR\fB, \fR\fIverch\fR\fB,\fR
-    \fIhorch\fR\fB, \fR\fIhorch\fR\fB, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);\fR
+\fBwborder_set(\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, \fP\fIverch\fP\fB, \fP\fIverch\fP\fB,\fP
+    \fIhorch\fP\fB, \fP\fIhorch\fP\fB, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);\fP
 .PP
 The
-\fB*line_set\fR
+\fB*line_set\fP
 functions use
-\fIwch\fR
+\fIwch\fP
 to draw a line starting at the current cursor position in the window.
-The line is at most \fIn\fR characters long or as many as fit into the window.
+The line is at most \fIn\fP characters long or as many as fit into the window.
 The current cursor position is not changed.
 .PP
 The
-\fBhline_set\fR,
-\fBmvhline_set\fR,
-\fBmvwhline_set\fR, and
-\fBwhline_set\fR
+\fBhline_set\fP,
+\fBmvhline_set\fP,
+\fBmvwhline_set\fP, and
+\fBwhline_set\fP
 functions draw a line proceeding toward the last column of the same line.
 .PP
 The
-\fBvline_set\fR,
-\fBmvvline_set\fR,
-\fBmvwvline_set\fR, and
-\fBwvline_set\fR
+\fBvline_set\fP,
+\fBmvvline_set\fP,
+\fBmvwvline_set\fP, and
+\fBwvline_set\fP
 functions draw a line proceeding toward the last line of the window.
 .br
 .SH NOTES
 .PP
 Note that
-\fBborder_set\fR,
-\fBhline_set\fR,
-\fBmvhline_set\fR,
-\fBmvvline_set\fR,
-\fBmvwhline_set\fR,
-\fBmvwvline_set\fR, and
-\fBvline_set\fR
+\fBborder_set\fP,
+\fBhline_set\fP,
+\fBmvhline_set\fP,
+\fBmvvline_set\fP,
+\fBmvwhline_set\fP,
+\fBmvwvline_set\fP, and
+\fBvline_set\fP
 may be macros.
 .br
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 .PP
 Upon successful completion, these functions return
-\fBOK\fR.
+\fBOK\fP.
 Otherwise, they return
-\fBERR\fR.
+\fBERR\fP.
 .PP
 Functions using a window parameter return an error if it is null.
 .PP
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBncurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_add_wch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_border\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
+\fBncurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_add_wch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_border\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_clear.3x
Prereq:  1.20 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_clear.3x	2020-10-24 09:19:37.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_clear.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.20 2020/10/24 09:19:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.22 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_clear 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -36,56 +36,56 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBerase\fR,
-\fBwerase\fR,
-\fBclear\fR,
-\fBwclear\fR,
-\fBclrtobot\fR,
-\fBwclrtobot\fR,
-\fBclrtoeol\fR,
-\fBwclrtoeol\fR \- clear all or part of a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBerase\fP,
+\fBwerase\fP,
+\fBclear\fP,
+\fBwclear\fP,
+\fBclrtobot\fP,
+\fBwclrtobot\fP,
+\fBclrtoeol\fP,
+\fBwclrtoeol\fP \- clear all or part of a \fBcurses\fP window
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint erase(void);\fR
+\fBint erase(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint werase(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint werase(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint clear(void);\fR
+\fBint clear(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wclear(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wclear(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint clrtobot(void);\fR
+\fBint clrtobot(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wclrtobot(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wclrtobot(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint clrtoeol(void);\fR
+\fBint clrtoeol(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wclrtoeol(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wclrtoeol(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBerase\fR and \fBwerase\fR routines copy blanks to every
+The \fBerase\fP and \fBwerase\fP routines copy blanks to every
 position in the window, clearing the screen.
 .PP
-The \fBclear\fR and \fBwclear\fR routines are like \fBerase\fR and
-\fBwerase\fR, but they also call \fBclearok\fR, so that the screen is
-cleared completely on the next call to \fBwrefresh\fR for that window
+The \fBclear\fP and \fBwclear\fP routines are like \fBerase\fP and
+\fBwerase\fP, but they also call \fBclearok\fP, so that the screen is
+cleared completely on the next call to \fBwrefresh\fP for that window
 and repainted from scratch.
 .PP
-The \fBclrtobot\fR and \fBwclrtobot\fR routines erase from the cursor to the
+The \fBclrtobot\fP and \fBwclrtobot\fP routines erase from the cursor to the
 end of screen.
 That is, they erase all lines below the cursor in the window.
 Also, the current line to the right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
 .PP
-The \fBclrtoeol\fR and \fBwclrtoeol\fR routines erase the current line
+The \fBclrtoeol\fP and \fBwclrtoeol\fP routines erase the current line
 to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end of the current line.
 .PP
 Blanks created by erasure have the current background rendition (as set
-by \fBwbkgdset\fR) merged into them.
+by \fBwbkgdset\fP) merged into them.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBOK\fR on success and \fBERR\fP on failure.
+All routines return the integer \fBOK\fP on success and \fBERR\fP on failure.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 In this implementation,
@@ -95,23 +95,23 @@
 \fBwclrtoeol\fP returns an error
 if the cursor position is about to wrap.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBerase\fR, \fBwerase\fR, \fBclear\fR, \fBwclear\fR,
-\fBclrtobot\fR, and \fBclrtoeol\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBerase\fP, \fBwerase\fP, \fBclear\fP, \fBwclear\fP,
+\fBclrtobot\fP, and \fBclrtoeol\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 The
-standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no
+standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fP on failure, but specifies no
 error conditions.
 .PP
 The SVr4.0 manual says that these functions could
-return "a non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set",
+return "a non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fP is set",
 referring to the return-value of \fBwrefresh\fP.
 In that implementation, \fBwrefresh\fP would return a count of
 the number of characters written to the terminal.
 .PP
 Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature, the
-ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fR by saying
-\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR.
+ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fP by saying
+\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fP or \fBclear(stdscr)\fP.
 This will not work under
 ncurses.
 .PP
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 If you do not want to clear the screen during the next \fBwrefresh\fP,
 use \fBwerase\fP instead.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_color.3x
Prereq:  1.66 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_color.3x	2021-09-04 19:42:20.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_color.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.66 2021/09/04 19:42:20 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.67 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_color 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -41,81 +41,81 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBstart_color\fR,
-\fBhas_colors\fR,
-\fBcan_change_color\fR,
-\fBinit_pair\fR,
-\fBinit_color\fR,
-\fBinit_extended_pair\fR,
-\fBinit_extended_color\fR,
-\fBcolor_content\fR,
-\fBpair_content\fR,
-\fBextended_color_content\fR,
-\fBextended_pair_content\fR,
-\fBreset_color_pairs\fR,
-\fBCOLOR_PAIR\fR,
-\fBPAIR_NUMBER\fR \- \fBcurses\fR color manipulation routines
+\fBstart_color\fP,
+\fBhas_colors\fP,
+\fBcan_change_color\fP,
+\fBinit_pair\fP,
+\fBinit_color\fP,
+\fBinit_extended_pair\fP,
+\fBinit_extended_color\fP,
+\fBcolor_content\fP,
+\fBpair_content\fP,
+\fBextended_color_content\fP,
+\fBextended_pair_content\fP,
+\fBreset_color_pairs\fP,
+\fBCOLOR_PAIR\fP,
+\fBPAIR_NUMBER\fP \- \fBcurses\fP color manipulation routines
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint start_color(void);\fR
+\fBint start_color(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBbool has_colors(void);\fR
+\fBbool has_colors(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool can_change_color(void);\fR
+\fBbool can_change_color(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint init_pair(short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, short \fP\fIf\fP\fB, short \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint init_pair(short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, short \fP\fIf\fP\fB, short \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint init_color(short \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, short \fP\fIr\fP\fB, short \fP\fIg\fP\fB, short \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint init_color(short \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, short \fP\fIr\fP\fB, short \fP\fIg\fP\fB, short \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 /* extensions */
 .br
-\fBint init_extended_pair(int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, int \fP\fIf\fP\fB, int \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint init_extended_pair(int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, int \fP\fIf\fP\fB, int \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint init_extended_color(int \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, int \fP\fIr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint init_extended_color(int \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, int \fP\fIr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint color_content(short \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIr\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIg\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint color_content(short \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIr\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIg\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint pair_content(short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIf\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint pair_content(short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIf\fP\fB, short *\fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 /* extensions */
 .br
-\fBint extended_color_content(int \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIr\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIg\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint extended_color_content(int \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIr\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIg\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint extended_pair_content(int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIf\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint extended_pair_content(int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIf\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
 /* extensions */
 .br
-\fBvoid reset_color_pairs(void);\fR
+\fBvoid reset_color_pairs(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint COLOR_PAIR(int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint COLOR_PAIR(int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBPAIR_NUMBER(\fR\fIattrs\fR\fB);\fP
+\fBPAIR_NUMBER(\fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS Overview
-\fBcurses\fR supports color attributes on terminals with that capability.
-To use these routines \fBstart_color\fR must be called, usually right after
-\fBinitscr\fR.
+\fBcurses\fP supports color attributes on terminals with that capability.
+To use these routines \fBstart_color\fP must be called, usually right after
+\fBinitscr\fP.
 Colors are always used in pairs (referred to as color-pairs).
 A color-pair consists of a foreground color (for characters) and a background
 color (for the blank field on which the characters are displayed).
-A programmer initializes a color-pair with the routine \fBinit_pair\fR.
-After it has been initialized, \fBCOLOR_PAIR\fR(\fIn\fR)
+A programmer initializes a color-pair with the routine \fBinit_pair\fP.
+After it has been initialized, \fBCOLOR_PAIR\fP(\fIn\fP)
 can be used to convert the pair to a video attribute.
 .PP
 If a terminal is capable of redefining colors, the programmer can use the
-routine \fBinit_color\fR to change the definition of a color.
-The routines \fBhas_colors\fR and \fBcan_change_color\fR
-return \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR,
+routine \fBinit_color\fP to change the definition of a color.
+The routines \fBhas_colors\fP and \fBcan_change_color\fP
+return \fBTRUE\fP or \fBFALSE\fP,
 depending on whether the terminal has color capabilities and whether the
 programmer can change the colors.
-The routine \fBcolor_content\fR allows a
+The routine \fBcolor_content\fP allows a
 programmer to extract the amounts of red, green, and blue components in an
 initialized color.
-The routine \fBpair_content\fR allows a programmer to find
+The routine \fBpair_content\fP allows a programmer to find
 out how a given color-pair is currently defined.
 .SS Color Rendering
 The \fBcurses\fP library combines these inputs to produce the
@@ -163,20 +163,20 @@
 the background character.
 .SH CONSTANTS
 .PP
-In \fB\fR the following macros are defined.
+In \fB\fP the following macros are defined.
 These are the standard colors (ISO-6429).
-\fBcurses\fR also assumes that \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR is the default
+\fBcurses\fP also assumes that \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fP is the default
 background color for all terminals.
 .PP
 .nf
-      \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR
-      \fBCOLOR_RED\fR
-      \fBCOLOR_GREEN\fR
-      \fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fR
-      \fBCOLOR_BLUE\fR
-      \fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fR
-      \fBCOLOR_CYAN\fR
-      \fBCOLOR_WHITE\fR
+      \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fP
+      \fBCOLOR_RED\fP
+      \fBCOLOR_GREEN\fP
+      \fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fP
+      \fBCOLOR_BLUE\fP
+      \fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fP
+      \fBCOLOR_CYAN\fP
+      \fBCOLOR_WHITE\fP
 .fi
 .PP
 Some terminals support more than the eight (8) \*(``ANSI\*('' colors.
@@ -190,14 +190,14 @@
 the terminal can support.
 .SH FUNCTIONS
 .SS start_color
-The \fBstart_color\fR routine requires no arguments.
+The \fBstart_color\fP routine requires no arguments.
 It must be called if the programmer wants to use colors, and before any other
 color manipulation routine is called.
-It is good practice to call this routine right after \fBinitscr\fR.
-\fBstart_color\fR does this:
+It is good practice to call this routine right after \fBinitscr\fP.
+\fBstart_color\fP does this:
 .bP
-It initializes two global variables, \fBCOLORS\fR and
-\fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fR (respectively defining the maximum number of colors
+It initializes two global variables, \fBCOLORS\fP and
+\fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP (respectively defining the maximum number of colors
 and color-pairs the terminal can support).
 .bP
 It initializes the special color pair \fB0\fP to the default foreground
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@
 These limits apply to color values and color pairs.
 Values outside these limits are not legal, and may result in a runtime error:
 .bP
-\fBCOLORS\fP corresponds to the terminal database's \fBmax_colors\fR capability,
-(see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)).
+\fBCOLORS\fP corresponds to the terminal database's \fBmax_colors\fP capability,
+(see \fBterminfo\fP(\*n)).
 .bP
 color values are expected to be in the range \fB0\fP to \fBCOLORS\-1\fP,
 inclusive (including \fB0\fP and \fBCOLORS\-1\fP).
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
 .bP
 \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP corresponds to
 the terminal database's \fBmax_pairs\fP capability,
-(see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)).
+(see \fBterminfo\fP(\*n)).
 .bP
 legal color pair values are in the range \fB1\fP to \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\-1\fP,
 inclusive.
@@ -260,22 +260,22 @@
 It cannot be modified by the application.
 .SS has_colors
 .PP
-The \fBhas_colors\fR routine requires no arguments.
-It returns \fBTRUE\fR if
-the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise, it returns \fBFALSE\fR.
+The \fBhas_colors\fP routine requires no arguments.
+It returns \fBTRUE\fP if
+the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise, it returns \fBFALSE\fP.
 This routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.
 For example, a programmer can use it to decide
 whether to use color or some other video attribute.
 .SS can_change_color
 .PP
-The \fBcan_change_color\fR routine requires no arguments.
-It returns \fBTRUE\fR if the terminal supports colors
+The \fBcan_change_color\fP routine requires no arguments.
+It returns \fBTRUE\fP if the terminal supports colors
 and can change their definitions;
-other, it returns \fBFALSE\fR.
+other, it returns \fBFALSE\fP.
 This routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.
 .SS init_pair
 .PP
-The \fBinit_pair\fR routine changes the definition of a color-pair.
+The \fBinit_pair\fP routine changes the definition of a color-pair.
 It takes three arguments:
 the number of the color-pair to be changed, the foreground
 color number, and the background color number.
@@ -293,9 +293,9 @@
 are changed to the new definition.
 .PP
 As an extension, ncurses allows you to set color pair \fB0\fP via
-the \fBassume_default_colors\fR(3X) routine, or to specify the use of
-default colors (color number \fB\-1\fR) if you first invoke the
-\fBuse_default_colors\fR(3X) routine.
+the \fBassume_default_colors\fP(3X) routine, or to specify the use of
+default colors (color number \fB\-1\fP) if you first invoke the
+\fBuse_default_colors\fP(3X) routine.
 .SS init_extended_pair
 .PP
 Because \fBinit_pair\fP uses signed \fBshort\fPs for its parameters,
@@ -306,19 +306,19 @@
 allowing a larger number of colors to be supported.
 .SS init_color
 .PP
-The \fBinit_color\fR routine changes the definition of a color.
+The \fBinit_color\fP routine changes the definition of a color.
 It takes four arguments:
 the number of the color to be changed followed by three RGB values
 (for the amounts of red, green, and blue components).
 .bP
 The first argument must be a legal color value;
 default colors are not allowed here.
-(See the section \fBColors\fR for the default color index.)
+(See the section \fBColors\fP for the default color index.)
 .bP
 Each of the last three arguments
 must be a value in the range \fB0\fP through \fB1000\fP.
 .PP
-When \fBinit_color\fR is used, all
+When \fBinit_color\fP is used, all
 occurrences of that color on the screen immediately change to the new
 definition.
 .SS init_extended_color
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
 allowing a larger number of colors to be supported.
 .SS color_content
 .PP
-The \fBcolor_content\fR routine gives programmers a way to find the intensity
+The \fBcolor_content\fP routine gives programmers a way to find the intensity
 of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components in a color.
 It requires four arguments: the color number, and three addresses
 of \fBshort\fRs for storing
@@ -357,18 +357,18 @@
 allowing a larger number of colors to be supported.
 .SS pair_content
 .PP
-The \fBpair_content\fR routine allows programmers to find out what colors a
+The \fBpair_content\fP routine allows programmers to find out what colors a
 given color-pair consists of.
 It requires three arguments: the color-pair
 number, and two addresses of \fBshort\fRs for storing the foreground and the
 background color numbers.
 .bP
 The first argument must be a legal color value,
-i.e., in the range \fB1\fP through \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\-1\fR, inclusive.
+i.e., in the range \fB1\fP through \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\-1\fP, inclusive.
 .bP
 The values that are stored at the addresses pointed
 to by the second and third arguments are in the
-range \fB0\fP through \fBCOLORS\fR, inclusive.
+range \fB0\fP through \fBCOLORS\fP, inclusive.
 .SS extended_pair_content
 .PP
 Because \fBpair_content\fP uses signed \fBshort\fPs for its parameters,
@@ -385,27 +385,27 @@
 switch color palettes rapidly.
 .SS PAIR_NUMBER
 .PP
-\fBPAIR_NUMBER(\fR\fIattrs\fR) extracts the color
+\fBPAIR_NUMBER(\fP\fIattrs\fP) extracts the color
 value from its \fIattrs\fP parameter and returns it as a color pair number.
 .SS COLOR_PAIR
-Its inverse \fBCOLOR_PAIR(\fR\fIn\fR\fB)\fR converts a color pair number
+Its inverse \fBCOLOR_PAIR(\fP\fIn\fP\fB)\fP converts a color pair number
 to an attribute.
 Attributes can hold color pairs in the range 0 to 255.
 If you need a color pair larger than that, you must use functions
 such as \fBattr_set\fP (which pass the color pair as a separate parameter)
 rather than the legacy functions such as \fBattrset\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The routines \fBcan_change_color\fR and \fBhas_colors\fR return \fBTRUE\fR
-or \fBFALSE\fR.
+The routines \fBcan_change_color\fP and \fBhas_colors\fP return \fBTRUE\fP
+or \fBFALSE\fP.
 .PP
-All other routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR
+All other routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and an \fBOK\fP
 (SVr4 specifies only \*(``an integer value
-other than \fBERR\fR\*('') upon successful completion.
+other than \fBERR\fP\*('') upon successful completion.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 SVr4 does document some error conditions which apply in general:
 .bP
-This implementation will return \fBERR\fR on attempts to
+This implementation will return \fBERR\fP on attempts to
 use color values outside the range \fB0\fP to \fBCOLORS\fP\-1
 (except for the default colors extension),
 or use color pairs outside the range \fB0\fP to \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\-1\fP.
@@ -440,10 +440,10 @@
 returns an error if the color table cannot be allocated.
 .RE
 .SH NOTES
-In the \fBncurses\fR implementation, there is a separate color activation flag,
+In the \fBncurses\fP implementation, there is a separate color activation flag,
 color palette, color pairs table,
 and associated \fBCOLORS\fP and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP counts
-for each screen; the \fBstart_color\fR function only affects the current
+for each screen; the \fBstart_color\fP function only affects the current
 screen.
 The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in mind, and
 historical implementations may use a single shared color palette.
@@ -452,13 +452,13 @@
 character cells that a character write operation explicitly touches.
 To change
 the background color used when parts of a window are blanked by erasing or
-scrolling operations, see \fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X).
+scrolling operations, see \fBcurs_bkgd\fP(3X).
 .PP
 Several caveats apply on older x86 machines
 (e.g., i386, i486) with VGA-compatible graphics:
 .bP
 COLOR_YELLOW is actually brown.
-To get yellow, use COLOR_YELLOW combined with the \fBA_BOLD\fR attribute.
+To get yellow, use COLOR_YELLOW combined with the \fBA_BOLD\fP attribute.
 .bP
 The A_BLINK attribute should in theory cause the background to go bright.
 This often fails to work, and even some cards for which it mostly works
@@ -517,15 +517,15 @@
 by the size of the bitfield.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maximums
-for \fBCOLORS\fR and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fR.
+for \fBCOLORS\fP and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP.
 .PP
 The \fBinit_pair\fP routine accepts negative values of foreground
-and background color to support the \fBuse_default_colors\fR(3X) extension,
+and background color to support the \fBuse_default_colors\fP(3X) extension,
 but only if that routine has been first invoked.
 .PP
-The assumption that \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR is the default
+The assumption that \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fP is the default
 background color for all terminals can be modified using the
-\fBassume_default_colors\fR(3X) extension.
+\fBassume_default_colors\fP(3X) extension.
 .PP
 This implementation checks the pointers,
 e.g., for the values returned by
@@ -543,8 +543,8 @@
 .PP
 The \fBreset_color_pairs\fP function is an extension of ncurses.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBdefault_colors\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBdefault_colors\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_delch.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_delch.3x	2020-10-24 09:36:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_delch.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,50 +27,50 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/24 09:36:43 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_delch 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBdelch\fR,
-\fBwdelch\fR,
-\fBmvdelch\fR,
-\fBmvwdelch\fR \- delete character under the cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBdelch\fP,
+\fBwdelch\fP,
+\fBmvdelch\fP,
+\fBmvwdelch\fP \- delete character under the cursor in a \fBcurses\fP window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint delch(void);\fR
+\fBint delch(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wdelch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wdelch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvdelch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvdelch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwdelch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwdelch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the
 right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the
 last character on the line is filled with a blank.
 The cursor position does
-not change (after moving to \fIy\fR, \fIx\fR, if specified).
+not change (after moving to \fIy\fP, \fIx\fP, if specified).
 (This does not
 imply use of the hardware delete character feature.)
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4
-specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and an \fBOK\fP (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful
 completion.
 .PP
 Functions with a \*(``mv\*('' prefix first perform a cursor movement using
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBdelch\fR, \fBmvdelch\fR, and \fBmvwdelch\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBdelch\fP, \fBmvdelch\fP, and \fBmvwdelch\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 The
-standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no
+standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fP on failure, but specifies no
 error conditions.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_deleteln.3x
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_deleteln.3x	2020-10-18 00:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_deleteln.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,51 +27,51 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.17 2020/10/18 00:28:51 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_deleteln 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBdeleteln\fR,
-\fBwdeleteln\fR,
-\fBinsdelln\fR,
-\fBwinsdelln\fR,
-\fBinsertln\fR,
-\fBwinsertln\fR \- delete and insert lines in a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBdeleteln\fP,
+\fBwdeleteln\fP,
+\fBinsdelln\fP,
+\fBwinsdelln\fP,
+\fBinsertln\fP,
+\fBwinsertln\fP \- delete and insert lines in a \fBcurses\fP window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint deleteln(void);\fR
+\fBint deleteln(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wdeleteln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wdeleteln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint insdelln(int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint insdelln(int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winsdelln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint winsdelln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint insertln(void);\fR
+\fBint insertln(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winsertln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint winsertln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBdeleteln\fR and \fBwdeleteln\fR routines delete the line under the
+The \fBdeleteln\fP and \fBwdeleteln\fP routines delete the line under the
 cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line.
 The bottom line of the window is cleared.
 The cursor position does not change.
 .PP
-The \fBinsdelln\fR and \fBwinsdelln\fR routines, for positive \fIn\fR, insert
-\fIn\fR lines into the specified window above the current line.
-The \fIn\fR
+The \fBinsdelln\fP and \fBwinsdelln\fP routines, for positive \fIn\fP, insert
+\fIn\fP lines into the specified window above the current line.
+The \fIn\fP
 bottom lines are lost.
-For negative \fIn\fR, delete \fIn\fR lines (starting
+For negative \fIn\fP, delete \fIn\fP lines (starting
 with the one under the cursor), and move the remaining lines up.
 The bottom
-\fIn\fR lines are cleared.
+\fIn\fP lines are cleared.
 The current cursor position remains the same.
 .PP
-The \fBinsertln\fR and \fBwinsertln\fR routines insert a blank line above the
+The \fBinsertln\fP and \fBwinsertln\fP routines insert a blank line above the
 current line and the bottom line is lost.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4
-specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and an \fBOK\fP (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful
 completion.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 The
-standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no
+standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fP on failure, but specifies no
 error conditions.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that all but \fBwinsdelln\fR may be macros.
+Note that all but \fBwinsdelln\fP may be macros.
 .PP
 These routines do not require a hardware line delete or insert feature in the
 terminal.
 In fact, they will not use hardware line delete/insert unless
-\fBidlok(..., TRUE)\fR has been set on the current window.
+\fBidlok(..., TRUE)\fP has been set on the current window.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_extend.3x
Prereq:  1.26 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_extend.3x	2021-03-13 13:43:05.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_extend.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999-on
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.26 2021/03/13 13:43:05 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.27 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_extend 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -83,15 +83,15 @@
 It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_print\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_util\fR(3X),
-\fBdefault_colors\fR(3X),
-\fBdefine_key\fR(3X),
-\fBkeybound\fR(3X),
-\fBkeyok\fR(3X),
-\fBresizeterm\fR(3X),
-\fBwresize\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_print\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_util\fP(3X),
+\fBdefault_colors\fP(3X),
+\fBdefine_key\fP(3X),
+\fBkeybound\fP(3X),
+\fBkeyok\fP(3X),
+\fBresizeterm\fP(3X),
+\fBwresize\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey.
Index: man/curs_get_wch.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_get_wch.3x	2021-05-22 22:33:19.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_get_wch.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_get_wch.3x,v 1.15 2021/05/22 22:33:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_get_wch.3x,v 1.16 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_get_wch 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -40,58 +40,58 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBget_wch\fR,
-\fBwget_wch\fR,
-\fBmvget_wch\fR,
-\fBmvwget_wch\fR,
-\fBunget_wch\fR \- get (or push back) a wide character from curses terminal keyboard
+\fBget_wch\fP,
+\fBwget_wch\fP,
+\fBmvget_wch\fP,
+\fBmvwget_wch\fP,
+\fBunget_wch\fP \- get (or push back) a wide character from curses terminal keyboard
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint get_wch(wint_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint get_wch(wint_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wget_wch(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, wint_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wget_wch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, wint_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvget_wch(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wint_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvget_wch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wint_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwget_wch(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wint_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwget_wch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wint_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint unget_wch(const wchar_t \fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint unget_wch(const wchar_t \fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS wget_wch
 The
-\fBget_wch\fR,
-\fBwget_wch\fR,
-\fBmvget_wch\fR, and
-\fBmvwget_wch\fR
+\fBget_wch\fP,
+\fBwget_wch\fP,
+\fBmvget_wch\fP, and
+\fBmvwget_wch\fP
 functions read a character
 from the terminal associated with the current or specified window.
 In no-delay mode,
-if no input is waiting, the value \fBERR\fR is returned.
+if no input is waiting, the value \fBERR\fP is returned.
 In delay mode,
 the program waits until the system passes text through to the program.
-Depending on the setting of \fBcbreak\fR,
+Depending on the setting of \fBcbreak\fP,
 this is after one character (cbreak mode),
 or after the first newline (nocbreak mode).
 In half-delay mode,
 the program waits until the user types a character or the specified
 timeout interval has elapsed.
 .PP
-Unless \fBnoecho\fR has been set,
+Unless \fBnoecho\fP has been set,
 these routines echo the character into the designated window.
 .PP
 If the window is not a pad and has been moved or modified since the
-last call to \fBwrefresh\fR,
-\fBwrefresh\fR will be called before another character is read.
+last call to \fBwrefresh\fP,
+\fBwrefresh\fP will be called before another character is read.
 .PP
-If \fBkeypad\fR is enabled,
+If \fBkeypad\fP is enabled,
 these functions respond to
 the pressing of a function key by setting the object pointed to by
-\fIwch\fR
+\fIwch\fP
 to the keycode assigned to the function key,
-and returning \fBKEY_CODE_YES\fR.
+and returning \fBKEY_CODE_YES\fP.
 If a character (such as escape) that could be the
 beginning of a function key is received, curses sets a timer.
 If the remainder
@@ -105,27 +105,27 @@
 returned by \fBwgetch\fP:
 .bP
 The predefined function
-keys are listed in \fB\fR as macros with values outside the range
+keys are listed in \fB\fP as macros with values outside the range
 of 8-bit characters.
-Their names begin with \fBKEY_\fR.
+Their names begin with \fBKEY_\fP.
 .bP
 Other (user-defined) function keys
 which may be defined using \fBdefine_key\fP(3X) have no names,
 but also are expected to have values outside the range of 8-bit characters.
 .SS unget_wch
 The
-\fBunget_wch\fR
+\fBunget_wch\fP
 function pushes the wide character
-\fIwch\fR
+\fIwch\fP
 back onto the head of the input queue, so the wide character
 is returned by the next call to
-\fBget_wch\fR.
+\fBget_wch\fP.
 The pushback of
 one character is guaranteed.
 If the program calls
-\fBunget_wch\fR
+\fBunget_wch\fP
 too many times without an intervening call to
-\fBget_wch\fR,
+\fBget_wch\fP,
 the operation may fail.
 .PP
 Unlike \fBungetch\fP and \fBwgetch\fP,
@@ -133,62 +133,62 @@
 returned by \fBwget_wch\fP from ordinary characters.
 An application can push special keys
 which it may read via \fBwget_wch\fP
-by checking for the \fBKEY_CODE_YES\fR result,
+by checking for the \fBKEY_CODE_YES\fP result,
 and using \fBungetch\fP for those special keys.
 .SH NOTES
 The header file
-\fB\fR
+\fB\fP
 automatically
 includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+\fB\fP.
 .PP
 Applications should not define the escape key by itself as a single-character
 function.
 .PP
 When using
-\fBget_wch\fR,
-\fBwget_wch\fR,
-\fBmvget_wch\fR, or
-\fBmvwget_wch\fR, applications should
+\fBget_wch\fP,
+\fBwget_wch\fP,
+\fBmvget_wch\fP, or
+\fBmvwget_wch\fP, applications should
 not use
-\fBnocbreak\fR
+\fBnocbreak\fP
 mode and
-\fBecho\fR
+\fBecho\fP
 mode
 at the same time.
 Depending on the state of the tty driver when each character
 is typed, the program may produce undesirable results.
 .PP
-All functions except \fBwget_wch\fR and \fBunget_wch\fR
+All functions except \fBwget_wch\fP and \fBunget_wch\fP
 may be macros.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 When
-\fBget_wch\fR,
-\fBwget_wch\fR,
-\fBmvget_wch\fR, and
-\fBmvwget_wch\fR
+\fBget_wch\fP,
+\fBwget_wch\fP,
+\fBmvget_wch\fP, and
+\fBmvwget_wch\fP
 functions successfully
 report the pressing of a function key, they return
-\fBKEY_CODE_YES\fR.
+\fBKEY_CODE_YES\fP.
 When they successfully report a wide character, they return
-\fBOK\fR.
+\fBOK\fP.
 Otherwise, they return
-\fBERR\fR.
+\fBERR\fP.
 .PP
 Upon successful completion,
-\fBunget_wch\fR
+\fBunget_wch\fP
 returns
-\fBOK\fR.
+\fBOK\fP.
 Otherwise, the function returns
-\fBERR\fR.
+\fBERR\fP.
 .PP
 Functions with a \*(``mv\*('' prefix first perform a cursor movement using
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_ins_wch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_move\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_ins_wch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_move\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_get_wstr.3x
Prereq:  1.21 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_get_wstr.3x	2020-10-17 23:17:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_get_wstr.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_get_wstr.3x,v 1.21 2020/10/17 23:17:24 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_get_wstr.3x,v 1.25 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_get_wstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,127 +40,127 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBget_wstr\fR,
-\fBgetn_wstr\fR,
-\fBwget_wstr\fR,
-\fBwgetn_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvget_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvgetn_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvwget_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvwgetn_wstr\fR \- get an array of wide characters from a curses terminal keyboard
+\fBget_wstr\fP,
+\fBgetn_wstr\fP,
+\fBwget_wstr\fP,
+\fBwgetn_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvget_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvgetn_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvwget_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvwgetn_wstr\fP \- get an array of wide characters from a curses terminal keyboard
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint get_wstr(wint_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint get_wstr(wint_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint getn_wstr(wint_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint getn_wstr(wint_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wget_wstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, wint_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wget_wstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, wint_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, wint_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, wint_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvget_wstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wint_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvget_wstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wint_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvgetn_wstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wint_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvgetn_wstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wint_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wint_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wint_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wint_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wint_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The effect of
-\fBget_wstr\fR
+\fBget_wstr\fP
 is as though a series of calls
 to
-\fBget_wch\fR(3X)
+\fBget_wch\fP(3X)
 were made, until a newline, other end-of-line,
 or end-of-file condition is processed.
-An end-of-file condition is represented by \fBWEOF\fR,
-as defined in \fB\fR.
+An end-of-file condition is represented by \fBWEOF\fP,
+as defined in \fB\fP.
 The newline and end-of-line conditions are represented
-by the \fB\\n\fR \fBwchar_t\fR value.
-In all instances, the end of the string is terminated by a null \fBwchar_t\fR.
-The routine places resulting values in the area pointed to by \fIwstr\fR.
+by the \fB\\n\fP \fBwchar_t\fP value.
+In all instances, the end of the string is terminated by a null \fBwchar_t\fP.
+The routine places resulting values in the area pointed to by \fIwstr\fP.
 .PP
 The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.
 If keypad
-mode is on for the window, \fBKEY_LEFT\fR and \fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fR
+mode is on for the window, \fBKEY_LEFT\fP and \fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fP
 are both considered equivalent to the user's kill character.
 .PP
-Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fR is currently on.
+Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fP is currently on.
 In that case,
 backspace is echoed as deletion of the previous character (typically a left
 motion).
 .PP
 The effect of
-\fBwget_wstr\fR
+\fBwget_wstr\fP
 is as though a series of
 calls to
-\fBwget_wch\fR
+\fBwget_wch\fP
 were made.
 .PP
 The effect of
-\fBmvget_wstr\fR
+\fBmvget_wstr\fP
 is as though a call to
-\fBmove\fR
+\fBmove\fP
 and then a series of calls to
-\fBget_wch\fR
+\fBget_wch\fP
 were
 made.
 .PP
 The effect of
-\fBmvwget_wstr\fR
+\fBmvwget_wstr\fP
 is as though a call to
-\fBwmove\fR
+\fBwmove\fP
 and then a series of calls to
-\fBwget_wch\fR
+\fBwget_wch\fP
 were made.
 .PP
 The
-\fBgetn_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvgetn_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvwgetn_wstr\fR, and
-\fBwgetn_wstr\fR
+\fBgetn_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvgetn_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvwgetn_wstr\fP, and
+\fBwgetn_wstr\fP
 functions are identical
 to the
-\fBget_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvget_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvwget_wstr\fR, and
-\fBwget_wstr\fR
+\fBget_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvget_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvwget_wstr\fP, and
+\fBwget_wstr\fP
 functions, respectively,
 except that the
-\fB*n_*\fR
+\fB*n_*\fP
 versions read at most
-\fIn\fR
+\fIn\fP
 characters, letting the application prevent overflow of the
 input buffer.
 .SH NOTES
 Using
-\fBget_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvget_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvwget_wstr\fR, or
-\fBwget_wstr\fR
+\fBget_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvget_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvwget_wstr\fP, or
+\fBwget_wstr\fP
 to read a line that
 overflows the array pointed to by
-\fBwstr\fR
+\fBwstr\fP
 causes undefined
 results.
 The use of
-\fBgetn_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvgetn_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvwgetn_wstr\fR, or
-\fBwgetn_wstr\fR, respectively, is recommended.
+\fBgetn_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvgetn_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvwgetn_wstr\fP, or
+\fBwgetn_wstr\fP, respectively, is recommended.
 .PP
-These functions cannot return \fBKEY_\fR values because there
-is no way to distinguish a \fBKEY_\fR value from a valid \fBwchar_t\fR value.
+These functions cannot return \fBKEY_\fP values because there
+is no way to distinguish a \fBKEY_\fP value from a valid \fBwchar_t\fP value.
 .PP
-All of these routines except \fBwgetn_wstr\fR may be macros.
+All of these routines except \fBwgetn_wstr\fP may be macros.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All of these functions return \fBOK\fR upon successful completion.
-Otherwise, they return \fBERR\fR.
+All of these functions return \fBOK\fP upon successful completion.
+Otherwise, they return \fBERR\fP.
 .PP
 Functions using a window parameter return an error if it is null.
 .RS
@@ -176,23 +176,23 @@
 These functions are described in The Single Unix Specification, Version 2.
 No error conditions are defined.
 This implementation returns \fBERR\fP if the window pointer is null,
-or if the lower-level \fBwget_wch\fR call returns an \fBERR\fP.
+or if the lower-level \fBwget_wch\fP call returns an \fBERR\fP.
 In the latter case,
 an \fBERR\fP return without other data is treated as an end-of-file condition,
-and the returned array contains a \fBWEOF\fR followed by a null \fBwchar_t\fR.
+and the returned array contains a \fBWEOF\fP followed by a null \fBwchar_t\fP.
 .PP
-X/Open curses documented these functions to pass an array of \fBwchar_t\fR
+X/Open curses documented these functions to pass an array of \fBwchar_t\fP
 in 1997, but that was an error because of this part of the description:
 .RS
 .PP
-The effect of \fIget_wstr()\fP is as though a series of calls to
-\fIget_wch()\fP were made, until a newline character, end-of-line character, or
+The effect of \fBget_wstr\fP is as though a series of calls to
+\fBget_wch\fP were made, until a newline character, end-of-line character, or
 end-of-file character is processed.
 .RE
 .PP
-The latter function \fIget_wch()\fP can return a negative value,
+The latter function \fIget_wch\fP can return a negative value,
 while \fBwchar_t\fP is a unsigned type.
-All of the vendors implement this using \fBwint_t\fR, following the standard.
+All of the vendors implement this using \fBwint_t\fP, following the standard.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) is unclear regarding whether
 the terminating \fInull \fP\fBwchar_t\fP
@@ -214,6 +214,6 @@
 treating a \fB\-1\fP as an indefinite number of characters.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 Functions:
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_get_wch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_get_wch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_getcchar.3x
Prereq:  1.25 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_getcchar.3x	2021-06-17 21:26:02.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_getcchar.3x	2021-12-25 20:35:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.25 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.27 2021/12/25 20:35:03 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_getcchar 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 HP-UX\ 10 uses an opaque structure with 28 bytes,
 which is large enough for the 6 \fBwchar_t\fP values.
 .bP
-Solaris xpg4 curses uses a single array of 6 \fBwchar_t\fP values.
+Solaris \fIxpg4\fP curses uses a single array of 6 \fBwchar_t\fP values.
 .PP
 This implementation's \fBcchar_t\fP was defined in 1995
 using \fB5\fP for the total of spacing and non-spacing characters
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .PP
 Functions:
-\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_color\fR(3X),
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBwcwidth\fR(3).
+\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_color\fP(3X),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBwcwidth\fP(3).
Index: man/curs_getch.3x
Prereq:  1.57 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_getch.3x	2020-12-19 21:38:20.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_getch.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.57 2020/12/19 21:38:20 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.61 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_getch 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -41,55 +41,55 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBgetch\fR,
-\fBwgetch\fR,
-\fBmvgetch\fR,
-\fBmvwgetch\fR,
-\fBungetch\fR,
-\fBhas_key\fR \- get (or push back) characters from \fBcurses\fR terminal keyboard
+\fBgetch\fP,
+\fBwgetch\fP,
+\fBmvgetch\fP,
+\fBmvwgetch\fP,
+\fBungetch\fP,
+\fBhas_key\fP \- get (or push back) characters from \fBcurses\fP terminal keyboard
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint getch(void);\fR
+\fBint getch(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wgetch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin);\fR
+\fBint wgetch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvgetch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvgetch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwgetch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwgetch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint ungetch(int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint ungetch(int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
 /* extension */
 .br
-\fBint has_key(int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint has_key(int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS Reading characters
-The \fBgetch\fR, \fBwgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR and \fBmvwgetch\fR, routines read
+The \fBgetch\fP, \fBwgetch\fP, \fBmvgetch\fP and \fBmvwgetch\fP, routines read
 a character from the window.
-In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value \fBERR\fR is returned.
+In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value \fBERR\fP is returned.
 In delay mode, the program waits until the system
 passes text through to the program.
-Depending on the setting of \fBcbreak\fR,
+Depending on the setting of \fBcbreak\fP,
 this is after one character (cbreak mode),
 or after the first newline (nocbreak mode).
 In half-delay mode,
 the program waits until a character is typed or the
 specified timeout has been reached.
 .PP
-If \fBecho\fR is enabled, and the window is not a pad,
+If \fBecho\fP is enabled, and the window is not a pad,
 then the character will also be echoed into the
 designated window according to the following rules:
 .bP
 If the character is the current erase character, left arrow, or backspace,
 the cursor is moved one space to the left and that screen position is erased
-as if \fBdelch\fR had been called.
+as if \fBdelch\fP had been called.
 .bP
-If the character value is any other \fBKEY_\fR define, the user is alerted
-with a \fBbeep\fR call.
+If the character value is any other \fBKEY_\fP define, the user is alerted
+with a \fBbeep\fP call.
 .bP
 If the character is a carriage-return,
 and if \fBnl\fP is enabled,
@@ -98,17 +98,17 @@
 Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
 .PP
 If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modified since the last
-call to \fBwrefresh\fR, \fBwrefresh\fR will be called before another character
+call to \fBwrefresh\fP, \fBwrefresh\fP will be called before another character
 is read.
 .SS Keypad mode
 .PP
-If \fBkeypad\fR is \fBTRUE\fR, and a function key is pressed, the token for
+If \fBkeypad\fP is \fBTRUE\fP, and a function key is pressed, the token for
 that function key is returned instead of the raw characters:
 .bP
 The predefined function
-keys are listed in \fB\fR as macros with values outside the range
+keys are listed in \fB\fP as macros with values outside the range
 of 8-bit characters.
-Their names begin with \fBKEY_\fR.
+Their names begin with \fBKEY_\fP.
 .bP
 Other (user-defined) function keys which may be defined
 using \fBdefine_key\fP(3X)
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 .PP
 When a character that could be the beginning of a function key is received
 (which, on modern terminals, means an escape character),
-\fBcurses\fR sets a timer.
+\fBcurses\fP sets a timer.
 If the remainder of the sequence does not come in within the designated
 time, the character is passed through;
 otherwise, the function key value is returned.
@@ -137,15 +137,15 @@
 until another key is pressed.
 .SS Ungetting characters
 .PP
-The \fBungetch\fR routine places \fIch\fR back onto the input queue to be
-returned by the next call to \fBwgetch\fR.
+The \fBungetch\fP routine places \fIch\fP back onto the input queue to be
+returned by the next call to \fBwgetch\fP.
 There is just one input queue for all windows.
 .PP
 .SS Predefined key-codes
-The following special keys are defined in \fB\fR.
+The following special keys are defined in \fB\fP.
 .bP
 Except for the special case \fBKEY_RESIZE\fP,
-it is necessary to enable \fBkeypad\fR for \fBgetch\fP to return these codes.
+it is necessary to enable \fBkeypad\fP for \fBgetch\fP to return these codes.
 .bP
 Not all of these are necessarily supported on any particular terminal.
 .bP
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 .TS
 center tab(/) ;
 l l .
-\fIName\fR/\fIKey\fR \fIname\fR
+\fBName\fP/\fBKey\fP \fBname\fP
 _
 KEY_BREAK/Break key
 KEY_DOWN/The four arrow keys ...
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@
 KEY_F0/T{
 Function keys; space for 64 keys is reserved.
 T}
-KEY_F(\fIn\fR)/T{
-For 0 \(<= \fIn\fR \(<= 63
+KEY_F(\fIn\fP)/T{
+For 0 \(<= \fIn\fP \(<= 63
 T}
 KEY_DL/Delete line
 KEY_IL/Insert line
@@ -262,27 +262,27 @@
 .TS
 center allbox tab(/) ;
 c c c .
-\fBA1\fR/\fBup\fR/\fBA3\fR
-\fBleft\fR/\fBB2\fR/\fBright\fR
-\fBC1\fR/\fBdown\fR/\fBC3\fR
+\fBA1\fP/\fBup\fP/\fBA3\fP
+\fBleft\fP/\fBB2\fP/\fBright\fP
+\fBC1\fP/\fBdown\fP/\fBC3\fP
 .TE
 .sp
 A few of these predefined values do \fInot\fP correspond to a real key:
 .bP
 .B KEY_RESIZE
 is returned when the \fBSIGWINCH\fP signal has been detected
-(see \fBinitscr\fP(3X) and \fBresizeterm\fR(3X)).
+(see \fBinitscr\fP(3X) and \fBresizeterm\fP(3X)).
 This code is returned whether or not \fBkeypad\fP has been enabled.
 .bP
 .B KEY_MOUSE
-is returned for mouse-events (see \fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)).
+is returned for mouse-events (see \fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)).
 This code relies upon whether or not \fBkeypad\fP(3X) has been enabled,
-because (e.g., with \fIxterm\fP mouse prototocol) ncurses must
+because (e.g., with \fBxterm\fP(1) mouse prototocol) ncurses must
 read escape sequences,
 just like a function key.
 .SS Testing key-codes
 .PP
-The \fBhas_key\fR routine takes a key-code value from the above list, and
+The \fBhas_key\fP routine takes a key-code value from the above list, and
 returns \fBTRUE\fP or \fBFALSE\fP according to whether
 the current terminal type recognizes a key with that value.
 .PP
@@ -298,8 +298,8 @@
 .RE
 .PP
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an integer value
-other than \fBERR\fR (\fBOK\fR in the case of \fBungetch\fP) upon successful
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and an integer value
+other than \fBERR\fP (\fBOK\fP in the case of \fBungetch\fP) upon successful
 completion.
 .RS 3
 .TP 5
@@ -311,8 +311,8 @@
 returns \fBERR\fP
 if the window pointer is null, or
 if its timeout expires without having any data, or
-if the execution was interrupted by a signal (\fBerrno\fR will be set to
-\fBEINTR\fR).
+if the execution was interrupted by a signal (\fBerrno\fP will be set to
+\fBEINTR\fP).
 .RE
 .PP
 Functions with a \*(``mv\*('' prefix first perform a cursor movement using
@@ -330,9 +330,9 @@
 Some curses implementations may differ according to whether they
 treat these control keys specially (and ignore the terminfo), or
 use the terminfo definitions.
-\fBNcurses\fR uses the terminfo definition.
+\fBNcurses\fP uses the terminfo definition.
 If it says that \fBKEY_ENTER\fP is control/M,
-\fBgetch\fR will return \fBKEY_ENTER\fP
+\fBgetch\fP will return \fBKEY_ENTER\fP
 when you press control/M.
 .PP
 Generally, \fBKEY_ENTER\fP denotes the character(s) sent by the \fIEnter\fP
@@ -349,42 +349,42 @@
 .bP
 \*(``Enter or send\*('' is the standard description for this key.
 .PP
-When using \fBgetch\fR, \fBwgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR, or
-\fBmvwgetch\fR, nocbreak mode (\fBnocbreak\fR) and echo mode
-(\fBecho\fR) should not be used at the same time.
+When using \fBgetch\fP, \fBwgetch\fP, \fBmvgetch\fP, or
+\fBmvwgetch\fP, nocbreak mode (\fBnocbreak\fP) and echo mode
+(\fBecho\fP) should not be used at the same time.
 Depending on the
 state of the tty driver when each character is typed, the program may
 produce undesirable results.
 .PP
-Note that \fBgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR, and \fBmvwgetch\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBgetch\fP, \fBmvgetch\fP, and \fBmvwgetch\fP may be macros.
 .PP
 Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined by the extremely
 function-key-rich keyboard of the AT&T 7300, aka 3B1, aka Safari 4.
 Modern
 personal computers usually have only a small subset of these.
 IBM PC-style
-consoles typically support little more than \fBKEY_UP\fR, \fBKEY_DOWN\fR,
-\fBKEY_LEFT\fR, \fBKEY_RIGHT\fR, \fBKEY_HOME\fR, \fBKEY_END\fR,
-\fBKEY_NPAGE\fR, \fBKEY_PPAGE\fR, and function keys 1 through 12.
+consoles typically support little more than \fBKEY_UP\fP, \fBKEY_DOWN\fP,
+\fBKEY_LEFT\fP, \fBKEY_RIGHT\fP, \fBKEY_HOME\fP, \fBKEY_END\fP,
+\fBKEY_NPAGE\fP, \fBKEY_PPAGE\fP, and function keys 1 through 12.
 The Ins key
-is usually mapped to \fBKEY_IC\fR.
+is usually mapped to \fBKEY_IC\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 They
 read single-byte characters only.
 The standard specifies that they return
-\fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+\fBERR\fP on failure, but specifies no error conditions.
 .PP
-The echo behavior of these functions on input of \fBKEY_\fR or backspace
+The echo behavior of these functions on input of \fBKEY_\fP or backspace
 characters was not specified in the SVr4 documentation.
 This description is
 adopted from the XSI Curses standard.
 .PP
-The behavior of \fBgetch\fR and friends in the presence of handled signals is
+The behavior of \fBgetch\fP and friends in the presence of handled signals is
 unspecified in the SVr4 and XSI Curses documentation.
 Under historical curses
 implementations, it varied depending on whether the operating system's
-implementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a \fBread\fR(2) call in
+implementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a \fBread\fP(2) call in
 progress or not, and also (in some implementations) depending on whether an
 input timeout or non-blocking mode has been set.
 .PP
@@ -396,23 +396,23 @@
 NetBSD curses later added this extension.
 .PP
 Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared for either of two
-cases: (a) signal receipt does not interrupt \fBgetch\fR; (b) signal receipt
-interrupts \fBgetch\fR and causes it to return \fBERR\fP with \fBerrno\fR set to
-\fBEINTR\fR.
+cases: (a) signal receipt does not interrupt \fBgetch\fP; (b) signal receipt
+interrupts \fBgetch\fP and causes it to return \fBERR\fP with \fBerrno\fP set to
+\fBEINTR\fP.
 .PP
-The \fBhas_key\fR function is unique to \fBncurses\fR.
+The \fBhas_key\fP function is unique to \fBncurses\fP.
 We recommend that
-any code using it be conditionalized on the \fBNCURSES_VERSION\fR feature macro.
+any code using it be conditionalized on the \fBNCURSES_VERSION\fP feature macro.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_move\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBresizeterm\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_move\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBresizeterm\fP(3X).
 .PP
 Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) library are
 described in
-\fBcurs_get_wch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_get_wch\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_getstr.3x
Prereq:  1.33 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_getstr.3x	2021-05-22 21:36:35.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_getstr.3x	2021-12-25 20:14:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.33 2021/05/22 21:36:35 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.35 2021/12/25 20:14:56 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_getstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,52 +40,52 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBgetstr\fR,
-\fBgetnstr\fR,
-\fBwgetstr\fR,
-\fBwgetnstr\fR,
-\fBmvgetstr\fR,
-\fBmvgetnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwgetstr\fR,
-\fBmvwgetnstr\fR \- accept character strings from \fBcurses\fR terminal keyboard
+\fBgetstr\fP,
+\fBgetnstr\fP,
+\fBwgetstr\fP,
+\fBwgetnstr\fP,
+\fBmvgetstr\fP,
+\fBmvgetnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwgetstr\fP,
+\fBmvwgetnstr\fP \- accept character strings from \fBcurses\fP terminal keyboard
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint getstr(char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint getstr(char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint getnstr(char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint getnstr(char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wgetstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wgetstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wgetnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wgetnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvgetstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvgetstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwgetstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwgetstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvgetnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvgetnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBgetstr\fR is equivalent to a series of calls to \fBgetch\fR,
+The function \fBgetstr\fP is equivalent to a series of calls to \fBgetch\fP,
 until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is
 not included in the returned string).
 .\" X/Open says also until EOf
 .\" X/Open says then an EOS is added to the result
 .\" X/Open doesn't mention n<0
 The resulting value is placed in the
-area pointed to by the character pointer \fIstr\fR,
+area pointed to by the character pointer \fIstr\fP,
 followed by a NUL.
 .PP
-The \fBgetnstr\fR function reads
-from the \fIstdscr\fR default window.
+The \fBgetnstr\fP function reads
+from the \fIstdscr\fP default window.
 The other functions, such as \fBwgetnstr\fP,
 read from the window given as a parameter.
 .PP
-\fBgetnstr\fR reads at most \fIn\fR characters, thus preventing a possible
+\fBgetnstr\fP reads at most \fIn\fP characters, thus preventing a possible
 overflow of the input buffer.
 Any attempt to enter more characters (other
 than the terminating newline or carriage return) causes a beep.
@@ -98,19 +98,19 @@
 at the end of the buffer, moving the cursor to the left.
 .IP
 If \fIkeypad\fP mode is on for the window,
-\fBKEY_LEFT\fR and \fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fR
+\fBKEY_LEFT\fP and \fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fP
 are both considered equivalent to the user's erase character.
 .bP
 The \fIkill\fP character (e.g., \fB^U\fP) erases the entire buffer,
 leaving the cursor at the beginning of the buffer.
 .PP
-Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fR is currently on.
+Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fP is currently on.
 In that case,
 backspace is echoed as deletion of the previous character (typically a left
 motion).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4
-specifies only \*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fR\*('') upon successful
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and an \fBOK\fP (SVr4
+specifies only \*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fP\*('') upon successful
 completion.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
@@ -128,27 +128,27 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBgetstr\fR, \fBmvgetstr\fR, and \fBmvwgetstr\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBgetstr\fP, \fBmvgetstr\fP, and \fBmvwgetstr\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 They read single-byte characters only.
 The standard does not define any error conditions.
 This implementation returns \fBERR\fP if the window pointer is null,
-or if the lower-level \fBwgetch\fR(3X) call returns an \fBERR\fP.
+or if the lower-level \fBwgetch\fP(3X) call returns an \fBERR\fP.
 .PP
 SVr3 and early SVr4 curses implementations did not reject function keys;
 the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that \*(``special keys\*(''
 (such as function keys,
 \*(``home\*('' key,
 \*(``clear\*('' key,
-\fIetc\fR.) are \*(``interpreted\*('',
+\fIetc\fP.) are \*(``interpreted\*('',
 without giving details.
 It lied.
 In fact, the \*(``character\*('' value appended to the
 string by those implementations was predictable but not useful
 (being, in fact, the low-order eight bits of the key's KEY_ value).
 .PP
-The functions \fBgetnstr\fR, \fBmvgetnstr\fR, and \fBmvwgetnstr\fR were
+The functions \fBgetnstr\fP, \fBmvgetnstr\fP, and \fBmvwgetnstr\fP were
 present but not documented in SVr4.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses, Issue 5 (2007) stated that these functions
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
 mode set by the caller into account when deciding whether to handle
 echoing within \fBgetnstr\fP or as a side-effect of the \fBgetch\fP calls.
 .bP
-The original ncurses (as pcurses in 1986) set \fBnoraw\fP and \fBcbreak\fP
+The original ncurses (as \fIpcurses\fP in 1986) set \fBnoraw\fP and \fBcbreak\fP
 when accepting input for \fBgetnstr\fP.
 That may have been done to make function- and cursor-keys work;
 it is not necessary with ncurses.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 rather than \fBnoraw\fP and \fBcbreak\fP for better compatibility with
 SVr4-curses, e.g., allowing one to enter a \fB^C\fP into the buffer.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_getyx.3x
Prereq:  1.20 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_getyx.3x	2020-10-24 09:38:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_getyx.3x	2021-12-25 21:50:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                          *
+.\" Copyright 2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,58 +27,58 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_getyx.3x,v 1.20 2020/10/24 09:38:43 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_getyx.3x,v 1.22 2021/12/25 21:50:36 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_getyx 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBgetyx\fR,
-\fBgetparyx\fR,
-\fBgetbegyx\fR,
-\fBgetmaxyx\fR \- get \fBcurses\fR cursor and window coordinates
+\fBgetyx\fP,
+\fBgetparyx\fP,
+\fBgetbegyx\fP,
+\fBgetmaxyx\fP \- get \fBcurses\fP cursor and window coordinates
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid getyx(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid getyx(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid getparyx(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid getparyx(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid getbegyx(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid getbegyx(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid getmaxyx(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid getmaxyx(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBgetyx\fR macro places the current cursor position of the given window in
-the two integer variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
+The \fBgetyx\fP macro places the current cursor position of the given window in
+the two integer variables \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP.
 .PP
-If \fIwin\fR is a subwindow, the \fBgetparyx\fR macro places the beginning
+If \fIwin\fP is a subwindow, the \fBgetparyx\fP macro places the beginning
 coordinates of the subwindow relative to the parent window into two integer
-variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
-Otherwise, \fB\-1\fR is placed into \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
+variables \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP.
+Otherwise, \fB\-1\fP is placed into \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP.
 .PP
-Like \fBgetyx\fR, the \fBgetbegyx\fR and \fBgetmaxyx\fR macros store
+Like \fBgetyx\fP, the \fBgetbegyx\fP and \fBgetmaxyx\fP macros store
 the current beginning coordinates and size of the specified window.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 The return values of these macros are undefined (i.e.,
 they should not be used as the right-hand side of assignment statements).
 .SH NOTES
 All of these interfaces are macros.
-A "\fB&\fR" is not necessary before the variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
+A "\fB&\fP" is not necessary before the variables \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 The
-\fBgetyx\fR,
-\fBgetparyx\fR,
-\fBgetbegyx\fR and
-\fBgetmaxyx\fR
+\fBgetyx\fP,
+\fBgetparyx\fP,
+\fBgetbegyx\fP and
+\fBgetmaxyx\fP
 macros are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 .PP
 This implementation also provides functions
-\fBgetbegx\fR,
-\fBgetbegy\fR,
-\fBgetcurx\fR,
-\fBgetcury\fR,
-\fBgetmaxx\fR,
-\fBgetmaxy\fR,
-\fBgetparx\fR and
-\fBgetpary\fR
+\fBgetbegx\fP,
+\fBgetbegy\fP,
+\fBgetcurx\fP,
+\fBgetcury\fP,
+\fBgetmaxx\fP,
+\fBgetmaxy\fP,
+\fBgetparx\fP and
+\fBgetpary\fP
 for compatibility with older versions of curses.
 .PP
 Although X/Open Curses does not address this,
@@ -96,6 +96,6 @@
 other implementations.
 The difference is hidden by means of the macro \fBgetmaxyx\fP.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_legacy\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_legacy\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_in_wch.3x
Prereq:  1.10 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_in_wch.3x	2020-10-17 23:19:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_in_wch.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,35 +27,35 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.10 2020/10/17 23:19:29 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.12 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_in_wch 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBin_wch\fR,
-\fBmvin_wch\fR,
-\fBmvwin_wch\fR,
-\fBwin_wch\fR \- extract a complex character and rendition from a window
+\fBin_wch\fP,
+\fBmvin_wch\fP,
+\fBmvwin_wch\fP,
+\fBwin_wch\fP \- extract a complex character and rendition from a window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint in_wch(cchar_t *\fR\fIwcval\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint in_wch(cchar_t *\fP\fIwcval\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint win_wch(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwcval\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint win_wch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwcval\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvin_wch(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwcval\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvin_wch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwcval\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwin_wch(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwcval\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwin_wch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwcval\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions extract the complex character and rendition from
-the current position in the named window into the \fBcchar_t\fR object
+the current position in the named window into the \fBcchar_t\fP object
 referenced by wcval.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 No errors are defined in the XSI Curses standard.
 This implementation checks for null pointers, returns \fBERR\fP in that case.
-Also, the \fImv\fR routines check for error moving the cursor,
+Also, the \fImv\fP routines check for error moving the cursor,
 returning \fBERR\fP in that case.
 Otherwise they return \fBOK\fP.
 .PP
@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_inch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_inch\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_in_wchstr.3x
Prereq:  1.14 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x	2020-10-17 23:19:44.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_in_wchstr.3x,v 1.14 2020/10/17 23:19:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_in_wchstr.3x,v 1.16 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_in_wchstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -36,79 +36,79 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBin_wchstr\fR,
-\fBin_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBwin_wchstr\fR,
-\fBwin_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvin_wchstr\fR,
-\fBmvin_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwin_wchstr\fR,
-\fBmvwin_wchnstr\fR \- get an array of complex characters and renditions from a curses window
+\fBin_wchstr\fP,
+\fBin_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBwin_wchstr\fP,
+\fBwin_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvin_wchstr\fP,
+\fBmvin_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwin_wchstr\fP,
+\fBmvwin_wchnstr\fP \- get an array of complex characters and renditions from a curses window
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint in_wchstr(cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint in_wchstr(cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint in_wchnstr(cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint in_wchnstr(cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint win_wchstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint win_wchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint win_wchnstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint win_wchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvin_wchstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvin_wchstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvin_wchnstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvin_wchnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, cchar_t *\fR\fIwchstr\fR, int \fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIwchstr\fP, int \fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return an array of complex characters in \fIwchstr\fR,
+These functions return an array of complex characters in \fIwchstr\fP,
 starting at the current cursor position in the named window.
 Attributes (rendition) are stored with the characters.
 .PP
 The
-\fBin_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvin_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwin_wchnstr\fR
+\fBin_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvin_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwin_wchnstr\fP
 and
-\fBwin_wchnstr\fR
+\fBwin_wchnstr\fP
 fill the array
 with at most
-\fIn\fR
-\fBcchar_t\fR
+\fIn\fP
+\fBcchar_t\fP
 elements.
 .br
 .SH NOTES
 Note that all routines except
-\fBwin_wchnstr\fR
+\fBwin_wchnstr\fP
 may be
 macros.
 .PP
 Reading a line that overflows the array pointed to by
-\fIwchstr\fR
+\fIwchstr\fP
 with
-\fBin_wchstr\fR,
-\fBmvin_wchstr\fR,
-\fBmvwin_wchstr\fR
+\fBin_wchstr\fP,
+\fBmvin_wchstr\fP,
+\fBmvwin_wchstr\fP
 or
-\fBwin_wchstr\fR
+\fBwin_wchstr\fP
 causes undefined results.
 Therefore, the use of
-\fBin_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvin_wchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwin_wchnstr\fR, or
-\fBwin_wchnstr\fR
+\fBin_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvin_wchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwin_wchnstr\fP, or
+\fBwin_wchnstr\fP
 is recommended.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 Upon successful completion, these functions return
-\fBOK\fR.
+\fBOK\fP.
 Otherwise, they return
-\fBERR\fR.
+\fBERR\fP.
 .PP
 Functions with a \*(``mv\*('' prefix first perform a cursor movement using
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@
 returning \fBERR\fP in that case.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 Functions:
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_in_wch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_inwstr\fR(3X)
-\fBcurs_inchstr\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_in_wch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_inwstr\fP(3X)
+\fBcurs_inchstr\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_inch.3x
Prereq:  1.26 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_inch.3x	2021-06-17 21:30:22.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_inch.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.26 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.27 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_inch 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -39,38 +39,38 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBinch\fR,
-\fBwinch\fR,
-\fBmvinch\fR,
-\fBmvwinch\fR \- get a character and attributes from a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBinch\fP,
+\fBwinch\fP,
+\fBmvinch\fP,
+\fBmvwinch\fP \- get a character and attributes from a \fBcurses\fP window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBchtype inch(void);\fR
+\fBchtype inch(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBchtype winch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchtype winch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBchtype mvinch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchtype mvinch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchtype mvwinch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchtype mvwinch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines return the character, of type \fBchtype\fR, at the current
+These routines return the character, of type \fBchtype\fP, at the current
 position in the named window.
 If any attributes are set for that position,
 their values are OR'ed into the value returned.
 Constants defined in
-\fB\fR can be used with the \fB&\fR (logical AND) operator to
+\fB\fP can be used with the \fB&\fP (logical AND) operator to
 extract the character or attributes alone.
 .
 .SS Attributes
-The following bit-masks may be AND-ed with characters returned by \fBwinch\fR.
+The following bit-masks may be AND-ed with characters returned by \fBwinch\fP.
 .
 .TS
 l l .
-\fBA_CHARTEXT\fR	Bit-mask to extract character
-\fBA_ATTRIBUTES\fR	Bit-mask to extract attributes
-\fBA_COLOR\fR	Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
+\fBA_CHARTEXT\fP	Bit-mask to extract character
+\fBA_ATTRIBUTES\fP	Bit-mask to extract attributes
+\fBA_COLOR\fP	Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
 .TE
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 Functions with a \*(``mv\*('' prefix first perform a cursor movement using
@@ -108,12 +108,12 @@
 should use the wide-character equivalents to these functions.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .TP 5
-\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X)
 gives an overview of the WINDOW and \fBchtype\fP data types.
 .TP 5
-\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
+\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
 goes into more detail, pointing out portability problems and
 constraints on the use of \fBchtype\fP for returning window information.
 .TP 5
-\fBcurs_in_wch\fR(3X)
+\fBcurs_in_wch\fP(3X)
 describes comparable functions for the wide-character (ncursesw) library.
Index: man/curs_inchstr.3x
Prereq:  1.21 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_inchstr.3x	2020-10-18 00:24:36.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_inchstr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.21 2020/10/18 00:24:36 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.23 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_inchstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,48 +40,48 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBinchstr\fR,
-\fBinchnstr\fR,
-\fBwinchstr\fR,
-\fBwinchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvinchstr\fR,
-\fBmvinchnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinchstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinchnstr\fR \- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBinchstr\fP,
+\fBinchnstr\fP,
+\fBwinchstr\fP,
+\fBwinchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvinchstr\fP,
+\fBmvinchnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwinchstr\fP,
+\fBmvwinchnstr\fP \- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a \fBcurses\fP window
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint inchstr(chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint inchstr(chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint inchnstr(chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint inchnstr(chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint winchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint winchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvinchstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvinchstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvinchnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvinchnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwinchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwinchstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype *\fP\fIchstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines return a NULL-terminated array of \fBchtype\fR quantities,
+These routines return a NULL-terminated array of \fBchtype\fP quantities,
 starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the
 right margin of the window.
-The four functions with \fIn\fR as
-the last argument, return a leading substring at most \fIn\fR characters long
+The four functions with \fIn\fP as
+the last argument, return a leading substring at most \fIn\fP characters long
 (exclusive of the trailing (chtype)0).
-Constants defined in \fB\fR can be used with the \fB&\fR (logical
+Constants defined in \fB\fP can be used with the \fB&\fP (logical
 AND) operator to extract the character or the attribute alone from any position
-in the \fIchstr\fR [see \fBcurs_inch\fR(3X)].
+in the \fIchstr\fP [see \fBcurs_inch\fP(3X)].
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an integer value
-other than \fBERR\fR upon successful completion (the number of characters
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and an integer value
+other than \fBERR\fP upon successful completion (the number of characters
 retrieved, exclusive of the trailing 0).
 .PP
 X/Open Curses defines no error conditions.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that all routines except \fBwinchnstr\fR may be macros.
+Note that all routines except \fBwinchnstr\fP may be macros.
 SVr4 does not
 document whether the result string is zero-terminated; it does not document
 whether a length limit argument includes any trailing 0; and it does not
@@ -105,10 +105,10 @@
 It is no
 more specific than the SVr4 documentation on the trailing 0.
 It does specify
-that the successful return of the functions is \fBOK\fR.
+that the successful return of the functions is \fBOK\fP.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_inch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBcurs_inch\fP(3X).
 .PP
 Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) library are
 described in
-\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_initscr.3x
Prereq:  1.33 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_initscr.3x	2020-10-17 23:20:48.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_initscr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.33 2020/10/17 23:20:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.36 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_initscr 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -40,75 +40,75 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBinitscr\fR,
-\fBnewterm\fR,
-\fBendwin\fR,
-\fBisendwin\fR,
-\fBset_term\fR,
-\fBdelscreen\fR \- \fBcurses\fR screen initialization and manipulation routines
+\fBinitscr\fP,
+\fBnewterm\fP,
+\fBendwin\fP,
+\fBisendwin\fP,
+\fBset_term\fP,
+\fBdelscreen\fP \- \fBcurses\fP screen initialization and manipulation routines
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBWINDOW *initscr(void);\fR
+\fBWINDOW *initscr(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint endwin(void);\fR
+\fBint endwin(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBbool isendwin(void);\fR
+\fBbool isendwin(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBSCREEN *newterm(const char *\fP\fItype\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIoutfd\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIinfd\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBSCREEN *newterm(const char *\fP\fItype\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIoutfd\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIinfd\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBSCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *\fP\fInew\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBSCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *\fP\fInew\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid delscreen(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid delscreen(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS initscr
-\fBinitscr\fR is normally the first \fBcurses\fR routine to call when
+\fBinitscr\fP is normally the first \fBcurses\fP routine to call when
 initializing a program.
 A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it;
-these are \fBslk_init\fR(3X), \fBfilter\fR, \fBripoffline\fR,
-\fBuse_env\fR.
+these are \fBslk_init\fP(3X), \fBfilter\fP, \fBripoffline\fP,
+\fBuse_env\fP.
 For multiple-terminal applications,
-\fBnewterm\fR may be called before \fBinitscr\fR.
+\fBnewterm\fP may be called before \fBinitscr\fP.
 .PP
-The initscr code determines the terminal type and initializes all \fBcurses\fR
+The initscr code determines the terminal type and initializes all \fBcurses\fP
 data structures.
-\fBinitscr\fR also causes the first call to \fBrefresh\fR(3X)
+\fBinitscr\fP also causes the first call to \fBrefresh\fP(3X)
 to clear the screen.
-If errors occur, \fBinitscr\fR writes an appropriate error
+If errors occur, \fBinitscr\fP writes an appropriate error
 message to standard error and exits;
-otherwise, a pointer is returned to \fBstdscr\fR.
+otherwise, a pointer is returned to \fBstdscr\fP.
 .SS newterm
 .PP
-A program that outputs to more than one terminal should use the \fBnewterm\fR
-routine for each terminal instead of \fBinitscr\fR.
+A program that outputs to more than one terminal should use the \fBnewterm\fP
+routine for each terminal instead of \fBinitscr\fP.
 A program that needs to inspect capabilities,
 so it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode if the
 terminal cannot support a screen-oriented program, would also use
-\fBnewterm\fR.
-The routine \fBnewterm\fR should be called once for each terminal.
-It returns a variable of type \fBSCREEN *\fR which should be saved
+\fBnewterm\fP.
+The routine \fBnewterm\fP should be called once for each terminal.
+It returns a variable of type \fBSCREEN *\fP which should be saved
 as a reference to that terminal.
 \fBnewterm\fP's arguments are
 .bP
-the \fItype\fR of the terminal to be used in place of \fB$TERM\fR,
+the \fItype\fP of the terminal to be used in place of \fB$TERM\fP,
 .bP
 a file pointer for output to the terminal, and
 .bP
 another file pointer for input from the terminal
 .PP
-If the \fItype\fR parameter is \fBNULL\fR, \fB$TERM\fR will be used.
+If the \fItype\fP parameter is \fBNULL\fP, \fB$TERM\fP will be used.
 .SS endwin
 .PP
 The program must also call
-\fBendwin\fR for each terminal being used before exiting from \fBcurses\fR.
-If \fBnewterm\fR is called more than once for the same terminal, the first
-terminal referred to must be the last one for which \fBendwin\fR is called.
+\fBendwin\fP for each terminal being used before exiting from \fBcurses\fP.
+If \fBnewterm\fP is called more than once for the same terminal, the first
+terminal referred to must be the last one for which \fBendwin\fP is called.
 .PP
-A program should always call \fBendwin\fR before exiting or escaping from
-\fBcurses\fR mode temporarily.
+A program should always call \fBendwin\fP before exiting or escaping from
+\fBcurses\fP mode temporarily.
 This routine
 .bP
 resets colors to correspond with the default color pair 0,
@@ -123,32 +123,32 @@
 .bP
 restores tty modes (see \fBreset_shell_mode\fP(3X)).
 .PP
-Calling \fBrefresh\fR(3X) or \fBdoupdate\fR(3X) after a
+Calling \fBrefresh\fP(3X) or \fBdoupdate\fP(3X) after a
 temporary escape causes the program to resume visual mode.
 .SS isendwin
 .PP
-The \fBisendwin\fR routine returns \fBTRUE\fR if \fBendwin\fR has been
-called without any subsequent calls to \fBwrefresh\fR,
-and \fBFALSE\fR otherwise.
+The \fBisendwin\fP routine returns \fBTRUE\fP if \fBendwin\fP has been
+called without any subsequent calls to \fBwrefresh\fP,
+and \fBFALSE\fP otherwise.
 .SS set_term
 .PP
-The \fBset_term\fR routine is used to switch between different terminals.
-The screen reference \fBnew\fR becomes the new current terminal.
+The \fBset_term\fP routine is used to switch between different terminals.
+The screen reference \fInew\fP becomes the new current terminal.
 The previous terminal is returned by the routine.
-This is the only routine which manipulates \fBSCREEN\fR pointers;
+This is the only routine which manipulates \fBSCREEN\fP pointers;
 all other routines affect only the current terminal.
 .SS delscreen
 .PP
-The \fBdelscreen\fR routine frees storage associated with the
-\fBSCREEN\fR data structure.
-The \fBendwin\fR routine does not do
-this, so \fBdelscreen\fR should be called after \fBendwin\fR if a
-particular \fBSCREEN\fR is no longer needed.
+The \fBdelscreen\fP routine frees storage associated with the
+\fBSCREEN\fP data structure.
+The \fBendwin\fP routine does not do
+this, so \fBdelscreen\fP should be called after \fBendwin\fP if a
+particular \fBSCREEN\fP is no longer needed.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBendwin\fR returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+\fBendwin\fP returns the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
 upon successful completion.
 .PP
-Routines that return pointers always return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers always return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 In this implementation
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 As of 2015, the current document is X/Open Curses, Issue 7.
 .SS Differences
 X/Open specifies that portable applications must not
-call \fBinitscr\fR more than once:
+call \fBinitscr\fP more than once:
 .bP
 The portable way to use \fBinitscr\fP is once only,
 using \fBrefresh\fP (see curs_refresh(3X))
@@ -177,8 +177,8 @@
 This implementation allows using \fBinitscr\fP after \fBendwin\fP.
 .PP
 Old versions of curses, e.g., BSD 4.4, may have returned a null pointer
-from \fBinitscr\fR when an error is detected, rather than exiting.
-It is safe but redundant to check the return value of \fBinitscr\fR
+from \fBinitscr\fP when an error is detected, rather than exiting.
+It is safe but redundant to check the return value of \fBinitscr\fP
 in XSI Curses.
 .SS Unset TERM Variable
 .PP
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 input with \fBflushinput\fP (see curs_util(3X)), and repaints the screen
 assuming that it has been completely altered.
 It also updates the saved terminal modes with \fBdef_shell_mode\fP
-(see \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)).
+(see \fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)).
 .TP 5
 .B SIGWINCH
 This handles the window-size changes which were ignored in
@@ -251,10 +251,10 @@
 standard screen \fBstdscr\fP,
 and update other data such as \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLS\fP.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_util\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_util\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_inopts.3x
Prereq:  1.33 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_inopts.3x	2020-12-05 19:38:18.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_inopts.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.33 2020/12/05 19:38:18 Benno.Schulenberg Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.35 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_inopts 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -36,67 +36,67 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBcbreak\fR,
-\fBnocbreak\fR,
-\fBecho\fR,
-\fBnoecho\fR,
-\fBhalfdelay\fR,
-\fBintrflush\fR,
-\fBkeypad\fR,
-\fBmeta\fR,
-\fBnl\fR,
-\fBnonl\fR,
-\fBnodelay\fR,
-\fBnotimeout\fR,
-\fBraw\fR,
-\fBnoraw\fR,
-\fBqiflush\fR,
-\fBnoqiflush\fR,
-\fBtimeout\fR,
-\fBwtimeout\fR,
-\fBtypeahead\fR \- \fBcurses\fR input options
+\fBcbreak\fP,
+\fBnocbreak\fP,
+\fBecho\fP,
+\fBnoecho\fP,
+\fBhalfdelay\fP,
+\fBintrflush\fP,
+\fBkeypad\fP,
+\fBmeta\fP,
+\fBnl\fP,
+\fBnonl\fP,
+\fBnodelay\fP,
+\fBnotimeout\fP,
+\fBraw\fP,
+\fBnoraw\fP,
+\fBqiflush\fP,
+\fBnoqiflush\fP,
+\fBtimeout\fP,
+\fBwtimeout\fP,
+\fBtypeahead\fP \- \fBcurses\fP input options
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint cbreak(void);\fR
+\fBint cbreak(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint nocbreak(void);\fR
+\fBint nocbreak(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint echo(void);\fR
+\fBint echo(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint noecho(void);\fR
+\fBint noecho(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint intrflush(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint intrflush(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint keypad(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint keypad(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint meta(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint meta(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint nodelay(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint nodelay(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint notimeout(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint notimeout(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint nl(void);\fR
+\fBint nl(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint nonl(void);\fR
+\fBint nonl(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint raw(void);\fR
+\fBint raw(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint noraw(void);\fR
+\fBint noraw(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid qiflush(void);\fR
+\fBvoid qiflush(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid noqiflush(void);\fR
+\fBvoid noqiflush(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint halfdelay(int \fP\fItenths\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint halfdelay(int \fP\fItenths\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid timeout(int \fP\fIdelay\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid timeout(int \fP\fIdelay\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid wtimeout(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIdelay\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid wtimeout(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIdelay\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint typeahead(int \fP\fIfd\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint typeahead(int \fP\fIfd\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The \fBncurses\fP library provides several functions which let an application
@@ -111,74 +111,74 @@
 .SS cbreak/nocbreak
 Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage
 return is typed.
-The \fBcbreak\fR routine disables line buffering and
+The \fBcbreak\fP routine disables line buffering and
 erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow control characters are
 unaffected), making characters typed by the user immediately available to the
 program.
-The \fBnocbreak\fR routine returns the terminal to normal (cooked)
+The \fBnocbreak\fP routine returns the terminal to normal (cooked)
 mode.
 .PP
-Initially the terminal may or may not be in \fBcbreak\fR mode, as the mode is
-inherited; therefore, a program should call \fBcbreak\fR or \fBnocbreak\fR
+Initially the terminal may or may not be in \fBcbreak\fP mode, as the mode is
+inherited; therefore, a program should call \fBcbreak\fP or \fBnocbreak\fP
 explicitly.
-Most interactive programs using \fBcurses\fR set the \fBcbreak\fR
+Most interactive programs using \fBcurses\fP set the \fBcbreak\fP
 mode.
-Note that \fBcbreak\fR overrides \fBraw\fR.
-[See \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X) for a
-discussion of how these routines interact with \fBecho\fR and \fBnoecho\fR.]
+Note that \fBcbreak\fP overrides \fBraw\fP.
+[See \fBcurs_getch\fP(3X) for a
+discussion of how these routines interact with \fBecho\fP and \fBnoecho\fP.]
 .\"
 .SS echo/noecho
 .PP
-The \fBecho\fR and \fBnoecho\fR routines control whether characters typed by
-the user are echoed by \fBgetch\fR(3X) as they are typed.
+The \fBecho\fP and \fBnoecho\fP routines control whether characters typed by
+the user are echoed by \fBgetch\fP(3X) as they are typed.
 Echoing by the tty
-driver is always disabled, but initially \fBgetch\fR is in echo mode, so
+driver is always disabled, but initially \fBgetch\fP is in echo mode, so
 characters typed are echoed.
 Authors of most interactive programs prefer to do
 their own echoing in a controlled area of the screen, or not to echo at all, so
-they disable echoing by calling \fBnoecho\fR.
-[See \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X) for a
-discussion of how these routines interact with \fBcbreak\fR and
-\fBnocbreak\fR.]
+they disable echoing by calling \fBnoecho\fP.
+[See \fBcurs_getch\fP(3X) for a
+discussion of how these routines interact with \fBcbreak\fP and
+\fBnocbreak\fP.]
 .\"
 .SS halfdelay
 .PP
-The \fBhalfdelay\fR routine is used for half-delay mode, which is similar to
-\fBcbreak\fR mode in that characters typed by the user are immediately
+The \fBhalfdelay\fP routine is used for half-delay mode, which is similar to
+\fBcbreak\fP mode in that characters typed by the user are immediately
 available to the program.
-However, after blocking for \fItenths\fR tenths of
+However, after blocking for \fItenths\fP tenths of
 seconds, \fBERR\fP is returned if nothing has been typed.
-The value of \fItenths\fR
+The value of \fItenths\fP
 must be a number between 1 and 255.
-Use \fBnocbreak\fR to leave half-delay
+Use \fBnocbreak\fP to leave half-delay
 mode.
 .\"
 .SS intrflush
 .PP
-If the \fBintrflush\fR option is enabled (\fIbf\fR is \fBTRUE\fR), and an
+If the \fBintrflush\fP option is enabled (\fIbf\fP is \fBTRUE\fP), and an
 interrupt key is pressed on the keyboard (interrupt, break, quit), all output in
 the tty driver queue will be flushed, giving the effect of faster response to
-the interrupt, but causing \fBcurses\fR to have the wrong idea of what is on
+the interrupt, but causing \fBcurses\fP to have the wrong idea of what is on
 the screen.
-Disabling the option (\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR) prevents the
+Disabling the option (\fIbf\fP is \fBFALSE\fP) prevents the
 flush.
 The default for the option is inherited from the tty driver settings.
 The window argument is ignored.
 .\"
 .SS keypad
 .PP
-The \fBkeypad\fR option enables the keypad of the user's terminal.
+The \fBkeypad\fP option enables the keypad of the user's terminal.
 If
-enabled (\fIbf\fR is \fBTRUE\fR), the user can press a function key
-(such as an arrow key) and \fBwgetch\fR(3X) returns a single value
-representing the function key, as in \fBKEY_LEFT\fR.
+enabled (\fIbf\fP is \fBTRUE\fP), the user can press a function key
+(such as an arrow key) and \fBwgetch\fP(3X) returns a single value
+representing the function key, as in \fBKEY_LEFT\fP.
 If disabled
-(\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), \fBcurses\fR does not treat function keys
+(\fIbf\fP is \fBFALSE\fP), \fBcurses\fP does not treat function keys
 specially and the program has to interpret the escape sequences
 itself.
 If the keypad in the terminal can be turned on (made to
 transmit) and off (made to work locally), turning on this option
-causes the terminal keypad to be turned on when \fBwgetch\fR(3X) is
+causes the terminal keypad to be turned on when \fBwgetch\fP(3X) is
 called.
 The default value for keypad is \fBFALSE\fP.
 .\"
@@ -186,101 +186,101 @@
 .PP
 Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant bits on
 input depends on the control mode of the tty driver [see \fBtermios\fP(3)].
-To force 8 bits to be returned, invoke \fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR,
-\fBTRUE\fR); this is equivalent, under POSIX, to setting the CS8 flag
+To force 8 bits to be returned, invoke \fBmeta\fP(\fIwin\fP,
+\fBTRUE\fP); this is equivalent, under POSIX, to setting the CS8 flag
 on the terminal.
 To force 7 bits to be returned, invoke
-\fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR, \fBFALSE\fR); this is equivalent, under POSIX,
+\fBmeta\fP(\fIwin\fP, \fBFALSE\fP); this is equivalent, under POSIX,
 to setting the CS7 flag on the terminal.
 The window argument,
-\fIwin\fR, is always ignored.
-If the terminfo capabilities \fBsmm\fR
-(meta_on) and \fBrmm\fR (meta_off) are defined for the terminal,
-\fBsmm\fR is sent to the terminal when \fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR,
-\fBTRUE\fR) is called and \fBrmm\fR is sent when \fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR,
-\fBFALSE\fR) is called.
+\fIwin\fP, is always ignored.
+If the terminfo capabilities \fBsmm\fP
+(meta_on) and \fBrmm\fP (meta_off) are defined for the terminal,
+\fBsmm\fP is sent to the terminal when \fBmeta\fP(\fIwin\fP,
+\fBTRUE\fP) is called and \fBrmm\fP is sent when \fBmeta\fP(\fIwin\fP,
+\fBFALSE\fP) is called.
 .\"
 .SS nl/nonl
 .PP
-The \fBnl\fR and \fBnonl\fR routines control whether the underlying display
+The \fBnl\fP and \fBnonl\fP routines control whether the underlying display
 device translates the return key into newline on input.
 .\"
 .SS nodelay
 .PP
-The \fBnodelay\fR option causes \fBgetch\fR to be a non-blocking call.
-If no input is ready, \fBgetch\fR returns \fBERR\fR.
+The \fBnodelay\fP option causes \fBgetch\fP to be a non-blocking call.
+If no input is ready, \fBgetch\fP returns \fBERR\fP.
 If disabled
-(\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), \fBgetch\fR waits until a key is pressed.
+(\fIbf\fP is \fBFALSE\fP), \fBgetch\fP waits until a key is pressed.
 .SS notimeout
 .PP
-When interpreting an escape sequence, \fBwgetch\fR(3X) sets a timer
+When interpreting an escape sequence, \fBwgetch\fP(3X) sets a timer
 while waiting for the next character.
-If \fBnotimeout(\fR\fIwin\fR,
-\fBTRUE\fR) is called, then \fBwgetch\fR does not set a timer.
+If \fBnotimeout(\fP\fIwin\fP,
+\fBTRUE\fP) is called, then \fBwgetch\fP does not set a timer.
 The
 purpose of the timeout is to differentiate between sequences received
 from a function key and those typed by a user.
 .\"
 .SS raw/noraw
 .PP
-The \fBraw\fR and \fBnoraw\fR routines place the terminal into or out of raw
+The \fBraw\fP and \fBnoraw\fP routines place the terminal into or out of raw
 mode.
-Raw mode is similar to \fBcbreak\fR mode, in that characters typed are
+Raw mode is similar to \fBcbreak\fP mode, in that characters typed are
 immediately passed through to the user program.
 The differences are that in
 raw mode, the interrupt, quit, suspend, and flow control characters are all
 passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating a signal.
 The behavior of
 the BREAK key depends on other bits in the tty driver that are not set by
-\fBcurses\fR.
+\fBcurses\fP.
 .\"
 .SS qiflush/noqiflush
 .PP
-When the \fBnoqiflush\fR routine is used, normal flush of input and
-output queues associated with the \fBINTR\fR, \fBQUIT\fR and
-\fBSUSP\fR characters will not be done [see \fBtermios\fP(3)].
+When the \fBnoqiflush\fP routine is used, normal flush of input and
+output queues associated with the \fBINTR\fP, \fBQUIT\fP and
+\fBSUSP\fP characters will not be done [see \fBtermios\fP(3)].
 When
-\fBqiflush\fR is called, the queues will be flushed when these control
+\fBqiflush\fP is called, the queues will be flushed when these control
 characters are read.
-You may want to call \fBnoqiflush\fR in a signal
+You may want to call \fBnoqiflush\fP in a signal
 handler if you want output to continue as though the interrupt
 had not occurred, after the handler exits.
 .\"
 .SS timeout/wtimeout
 .PP
-The \fBtimeout\fR and \fBwtimeout\fR routines set blocking or
+The \fBtimeout\fP and \fBwtimeout\fP routines set blocking or
 non-blocking read for a given window.
-If \fIdelay\fR is negative,
+If \fIdelay\fP is negative,
 blocking read is used (i.e., waits indefinitely for
 input).
-If \fIdelay\fR is zero, then non-blocking read is used
-(i.e., read returns \fBERR\fR if no input is waiting).
+If \fIdelay\fP is zero, then non-blocking read is used
+(i.e., read returns \fBERR\fP if no input is waiting).
 If
-\fIdelay\fR is positive, then read blocks for \fIdelay\fR
-milliseconds, and returns \fBERR\fR if there is still no input.
-Hence, these routines provide the same functionality as \fBnodelay\fR,
+\fIdelay\fP is positive, then read blocks for \fIdelay\fP
+milliseconds, and returns \fBERR\fP if there is still no input.
+Hence, these routines provide the same functionality as \fBnodelay\fP,
 plus the additional capability of being able to block for only
-\fIdelay\fR milliseconds (where \fIdelay\fR is positive).
+\fIdelay\fP milliseconds (where \fIdelay\fP is positive).
 .\"
 .SS typeahead
 .PP
-The \fBcurses\fR library does \*(``line-breakout optimization\*(''
+The \fBcurses\fP library does \*(``line-breakout optimization\*(''
 by looking for typeahead periodically while updating the screen.
 If input is found, and it is coming from a tty,
 the current update is postponed until
-\fBrefresh\fR(3X) or \fBdoupdate\fR is called again.
+\fBrefresh\fP(3X) or \fBdoupdate\fP is called again.
 This allows faster response to commands typed in advance.
 Normally, the input FILE
-pointer passed to \fBnewterm\fR, or \fBstdin\fR in the case that
-\fBinitscr\fR was used, will be used to do this typeahead checking.
-The \fBtypeahead\fR routine specifies that the file descriptor
-\fIfd\fR is to be used to check for typeahead instead.
-If \fIfd\fR is
+pointer passed to \fBnewterm\fP, or \fBstdin\fP in the case that
+\fBinitscr\fP was used, will be used to do this typeahead checking.
+The \fBtypeahead\fP routine specifies that the file descriptor
+\fIfd\fP is to be used to check for typeahead instead.
+If \fIfd\fP is
 \-1, then no typeahead checking is done.
 .\"
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fP
-(SVr4 specifies only \*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fR\*('')
+All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 specifies only \*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fP\*('')
 upon successful completion,
 unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
 .PP
@@ -302,13 +302,13 @@
 AT&T curses implementations, in that the echo bit is cleared when curses
 initializes the terminal state.
 BSD curses differed from this slightly; it
-left the echo bit on at initialization, but the BSD \fBraw\fR call turned it
+left the echo bit on at initialization, but the BSD \fBraw\fP call turned it
 off as a side-effect.
 For best portability, set \fBecho \fPor \fBnoecho\fP explicitly
 just after initialization, even if your program remains in cooked mode.
 .PP
-The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on the question of whether \fBraw\fR
-should disable the CRLF translations controlled by \fBnl\fR and \fBnonl\fR.
+The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on the question of whether \fBraw\fP
+should disable the CRLF translations controlled by \fBnl\fP and \fBnonl\fP.
 BSD curses did turn off these translations; AT&T curses (at least as late as
 SVr1) did not.
 We chose to do so, on the theory that a programmer requesting
@@ -352,29 +352,29 @@
 the later definition is the one used.
 .SH NOTES
 Note that
-\fBecho\fR,
-\fBnoecho\fR,
-\fBhalfdelay\fR,
-\fBintrflush\fR,
-\fBmeta\fR,
-\fBnl\fR,
-\fBnonl\fR,
-\fBnodelay\fR,
-\fBnotimeout\fR,
-\fBnoqiflush\fR,
-\fBqiflush\fR,
-\fBtimeout\fR, and
-\fBwtimeout\fR may be macros.
+\fBecho\fP,
+\fBnoecho\fP,
+\fBhalfdelay\fP,
+\fBintrflush\fP,
+\fBmeta\fP,
+\fBnl\fP,
+\fBnonl\fP,
+\fBnodelay\fP,
+\fBnotimeout\fP,
+\fBnoqiflush\fP,
+\fBqiflush\fP,
+\fBtimeout\fP, and
+\fBwtimeout\fP may be macros.
 .PP
-The \fBnoraw\fR and \fBnocbreak\fR calls follow historical practice in that
+The \fBnoraw\fP and \fBnocbreak\fP calls follow historical practice in that
 they attempt to restore to normal (\*(``cooked\*('') mode
 from raw and cbreak modes respectively.
 Mixing raw/noraw and cbreak/nocbreak calls leads to tty driver
 control states that are hard to predict or understand; it is not recommended.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_util\fR(3X),
-\fBdefine_key\fR(3X),
-\fBtermios\fR(3)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_util\fP(3X),
+\fBdefine_key\fP(3X),
+\fBtermios\fP(3)
Index: man/curs_ins_wch.3x
Prereq:  1.10 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_ins_wch.3x	2020-10-18 00:22:21.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_ins_wch.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,29 +27,29 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_ins_wch.3x,v 1.10 2020/10/18 00:22:21 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_ins_wch.3x,v 1.12 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_ins_wch 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBins_wch\fR,
-\fBmvins_wch\fR,
-\fBmvwins_wch\fR,
-\fBwins_wch\fR \- insert a complex character and rendition into a window
+\fBins_wch\fP,
+\fBmvins_wch\fP,
+\fBmvwins_wch\fP,
+\fBwins_wch\fP \- insert a complex character and rendition into a window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 #include 
 .sp
-\fBint ins_wch(const cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint ins_wch(const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wins_wch(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wins_wch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvins_wch(int \fR\fIy\fP\fB, int \fR\fIx\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvins_wch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwins_wch(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fR\fIy\fP\fB, int \fR\fIx\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fR\fIwch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwins_wch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines, insert the complex character \fIwch\fR with rendition
+These routines, insert the complex character \fIwch\fP with rendition
 before the character under the cursor.
 All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right,
 with the possibility of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
@@ -64,5 +64,5 @@
 .SH ERRORS
 No errors are defined.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_insch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_insch\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_ins_wstr.3x
Prereq:  1.11 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x	2020-10-17 23:21:25.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_ins_wstr.3x,v 1.11 2020/10/17 23:21:25 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_ins_wstr.3x,v 1.13 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_ins_wstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -36,56 +36,56 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBins_wstr\fR,
-\fBins_nwstr\fR,
-\fBwins_wstr\fR,
-\fBwins_nwstr\fR,
-\fBmvins_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvins_nwstr\fR,
-\fBmvwins_wstr\fR,
-\fBmvwins_nwstr\fR \- insert a wide-character string into a curses window
+\fBins_wstr\fP,
+\fBins_nwstr\fP,
+\fBwins_wstr\fP,
+\fBwins_nwstr\fP,
+\fBmvins_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvins_nwstr\fP,
+\fBmvwins_wstr\fP,
+\fBmvwins_nwstr\fP \- insert a wide-character string into a curses window
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint ins_wstr(const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr);\fR
+\fBint ins_wstr(const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr);\fP
 .br
-\fBint ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wins_wstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wins_wstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wins_nwstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint wins_nwstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvins_wstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvins_wstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvins_nwstr(int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvins_nwstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, const wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines insert a \fBwchar_t\fR character string
+These routines insert a \fBwchar_t\fP character string
 (as many characters as will fit on the line)
 before the character under the cursor.
 All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right,
 with the possibility of the rightmost characters on the line being lost.
 No wrapping is performed.
 The cursor position does not change
-(after moving to \fIy\fR, \fIx\fR, if specified).
-The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last argument
-insert a leading substring of at most \fIn\fR \fBwchar_t\fR characters.
-If \fIn\fR is less than 1, the entire string is inserted.
+(after moving to \fIy\fP, \fIx\fP, if specified).
+The four routines with \fIn\fP as the last argument
+insert a leading substring of at most \fIn\fP \fBwchar_t\fP characters.
+If \fIn\fP is less than 1, the entire string is inserted.
 .PP
-If a character in \fIwstr\fR is a tab, newline, carriage return or
+If a character in \fIwstr\fP is a tab, newline, carriage return or
 backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately within the window.
-A newline also does a \fBclrtoeol\fR before moving.
+A newline also does a \fBclrtoeol\fP before moving.
 Tabs are considered to be at every eighth column.
-If a character in \fIwstr\fR is another control character,
-it is drawn in the \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation.
-Calling \fBwin_wch\fR after adding a control character
+If a character in \fIwstr\fP is another control character,
+it is drawn in the \fB^\fP\fIX\fP notation.
+Calling \fBwin_wch\fP after adding a control character
 (and moving to it, if necessary)
 does not return the control character,
 but instead returns a character in the ^-representation
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_insstr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_in_wch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_ins_wch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_insstr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_in_wch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_ins_wch\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_insch.3x
Prereq:  1.19 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_insch.3x	2020-10-18 00:21:39.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_insch.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,37 +27,37 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.19 2020/10/18 00:21:39 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.21 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_insch 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBinsch\fR,
-\fBwinsch\fR,
-\fBmvinsch\fR,
-\fBmvwinsch\fR \- insert a character before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBinsch\fP,
+\fBwinsch\fP,
+\fBmvinsch\fP,
+\fBmvwinsch\fP \- insert a character before cursor in a \fBcurses\fP window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint insch(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint insch(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winsch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint winsch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvinsch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvinsch(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwinsch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwinsch(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines insert the character \fIch\fR before the character under the
+These routines insert the character \fIch\fP before the character under the
 cursor.
 All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the
 right, with the possibility of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
 The insertion operation does not change the cursor position.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fP
-(SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR")
+All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP")
 upon successful completion,
 unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
 .PP
@@ -68,12 +68,12 @@
 These routines do not necessarily imply use of a hardware insert character
 feature.
 .PP
-Note that \fBinsch\fR, \fBmvinsch\fR, and \fBmvwinsch\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBinsch\fP, \fBmvinsch\fP, and \fBmvwinsch\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X).
 .PP
 Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) library are
 described in
-\fBcurs_ins_wch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_ins_wch\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_insstr.3x
Prereq:  1.27 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_insstr.3x	2021-06-17 21:26:02.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_insstr.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,39 +27,39 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.27 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.28 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_insstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBinsstr\fR,
-\fBinsnstr\fR,
-\fBwinsstr\fR,
-\fBwinsnstr\fR,
-\fBmvinsstr\fR,
-\fBmvinsnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinsstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinsnstr\fR \- insert string before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBinsstr\fP,
+\fBinsnstr\fP,
+\fBwinsstr\fP,
+\fBwinsnstr\fP,
+\fBmvinsstr\fP,
+\fBmvinsnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwinsstr\fP,
+\fBmvwinsnstr\fP \- insert string before cursor in a \fBcurses\fP window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .br
-\fBint insstr(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint insstr(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint insnstr(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint insnstr(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winsstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint winsstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winsnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint winsnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvinsstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvinsstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvinsnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvinsnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwinsstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwinsstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines insert a character string
@@ -68,15 +68,15 @@
 All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right
 with the possibility of the rightmost characters on the line being lost.
 The cursor position does not change
-(after moving to \fIy\fR, \fIx\fR, if specified).
-The functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument
-insert a leading substring of at most \fIn\fR characters.
-If \fIn\fR<=0, then the entire string is inserted.
+(after moving to \fIy\fP, \fIx\fP, if specified).
+The functions with \fIn\fP as the last argument
+insert a leading substring of at most \fIn\fP characters.
+If \fIn\fP<=0, then the entire string is inserted.
 .PP
 Special characters are handled as in \fBaddch\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fP
-(SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR")
+All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP")
 upon successful completion,
 unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
 .PP
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that all but \fBwinsnstr\fR may be macros.
+Note that all but \fBwinsnstr\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, which adds
 const qualifiers to the arguments.
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 This is probably an error, since it makes this group of functions inconsistent.
 Also, no implementation of curses documents this inconsistency.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_util\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_inch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_util\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_inch\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_instr.3x
Prereq:  1.22 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_instr.3x	2020-10-18 00:18:27.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_instr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.22 2020/10/18 00:18:27 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.24 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_instr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -38,42 +38,42 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBinstr\fR,
-\fBinnstr\fR,
-\fBwinstr\fR,
-\fBwinnstr\fR,
-\fBmvinstr\fR,
-\fBmvinnstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinnstr\fR \- get a string of characters from a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBinstr\fP,
+\fBinnstr\fP,
+\fBwinstr\fP,
+\fBwinnstr\fP,
+\fBmvinstr\fP,
+\fBmvinnstr\fP,
+\fBmvwinstr\fP,
+\fBmvwinnstr\fP \- get a string of characters from a \fBcurses\fP window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint instr(char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint instr(char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint innstr(char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint innstr(char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint winstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint winnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvinstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvinstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvinnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvinnstr(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwinstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwinstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwinnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwinnstr(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines return a string of characters in \fIstr\fR, extracted starting
+These routines return a string of characters in \fIstr\fP, extracted starting
 at the current cursor position in the named window.
 Attributes are stripped from the characters.
 The four
-functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument return a leading substring at most
-\fIn\fR characters long (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
+functions with \fIn\fP as the last argument return a leading substring at most
+\fIn\fP characters long (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All of the functions return \fBERR\fR upon failure,
+All of the functions return \fBERR\fP upon failure,
 or the number of characters actually read into the string.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses defines no error conditions.
@@ -87,13 +87,13 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that all routines except \fBwinnstr\fR may be macros.
+Note that all routines except \fBwinnstr\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 SVr4 does not
 document whether a length limit includes or excludes the trailing NUL.
 .PP
 The ncurses library extends the XSI description by allowing a negative
-value for \fIn\fR.
+value for \fIn\fP.
 In this case, the functions return the string ending at the right margin.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_inwstr.3x
Prereq:  1.14 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_inwstr.3x	2020-10-17 23:22:11.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_inwstr.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2002-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,58 +27,58 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inwstr.3x,v 1.14 2020/10/17 23:22:11 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inwstr.3x,v 1.16 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_inwstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBinwstr\fR,
-\fBinnwstr\fR,
-\fBwinwstr\fR,
-\fBwinnwstr\fR,
-\fBmvinwstr\fR,
-\fBmvinnwstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinwstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinnwstr\fR \- get a string of \fBwchar_t\fR characters from a curses window
+\fBinwstr\fP,
+\fBinnwstr\fP,
+\fBwinwstr\fP,
+\fBwinnwstr\fP,
+\fBmvinwstr\fP,
+\fBmvinnwstr\fP,
+\fBmvwinwstr\fP,
+\fBmvwinnwstr\fP \- get a string of \fBwchar_t\fP characters from a curses window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include  \fR
+\fB#include  \fP
 .sp
-\fBint inwstr(\fR\fBwchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint inwstr(\fP\fBwchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint innwstr(\fR\fBwchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint innwstr(\fP\fBwchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winwstr(\fR\fBWINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint winwstr(\fP\fBWINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint winnwstr(\fR\fBWINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint winnwstr(\fP\fBWINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvinwstr(\fR\fBint \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvinwstr(\fP\fBint \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvinnwstr(\fR\fBint \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvinnwstr(\fP\fBint \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwinwstr(\fR\fBWINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwinwstr(\fP\fBWINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwinnwstr(\fR\fBWINDOW *\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, int \fR\fIy\fR\fB, int \fR\fIx\fR\fB, wchar_t *\fR\fIwstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIn\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwinnwstr(\fP\fBWINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIwstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These routines return a string of \fBwchar_t\fR wide characters in \fIwstr\fR,
+These routines return a string of \fBwchar_t\fP wide characters in \fIwstr\fP,
 extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window.
 .PP
-The four functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument return
-a leading substring at most \fIn\fR characters long
+The four functions with \fIn\fP as the last argument return
+a leading substring at most \fIn\fP characters long
 (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
-Transfer stops at the end of the current line, or when \fIn\fR characters have
-been stored at the location referenced by \fIwstr\fR.
+Transfer stops at the end of the current line, or when \fIn\fP characters have
+been stored at the location referenced by \fIwstr\fP.
 .PP
-If the size \fIn\fR is not large enough to store a complete complex character,
+If the size \fIn\fP is not large enough to store a complete complex character,
 an error is generated.
 .SH NOTES
 .PP
 All routines except
-\fBwinnwstr\fR
+\fBwinnwstr\fP
 may be macros.
 .PP
 Each cell in the window holds a complex character (i.e., base-
@@ -88,12 +88,12 @@
 Use \fBin_wchstr\fP to return the complex characters from a window.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 All routines return
-\fBERR\fR
+\fBERR\fP
 upon failure.
 Upon
-successful completion, the *\fBinwstr\fR
+successful completion, the *\fBinwstr\fP
 routines return
-\fBOK\fR, and the *\fBinnwstr\fR
+\fBOK\fP, and the *\fBinnwstr\fP
 routines return the
 number of characters read into the string.
 .PP
@@ -101,6 +101,6 @@
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_kernel.3x
Prereq:  1.29 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_kernel.3x	2020-10-17 23:22:35.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_kernel.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.29 2020/10/17 23:22:35 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.31 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
@@ -40,116 +40,116 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBdef_prog_mode\fR,
-\fBdef_shell_mode\fR,
-\fBreset_prog_mode\fR,
-\fBreset_shell_mode\fR,
-\fBresetty\fR,
-\fBsavetty\fR,
-\fBgetsyx\fR,
-\fBsetsyx\fR,
-\fBripoffline\fR,
-\fBcurs_set\fR,
-\fBnapms\fR \- low-level \fBcurses\fR routines
+\fBdef_prog_mode\fP,
+\fBdef_shell_mode\fP,
+\fBreset_prog_mode\fP,
+\fBreset_shell_mode\fP,
+\fBresetty\fP,
+\fBsavetty\fP,
+\fBgetsyx\fP,
+\fBsetsyx\fP,
+\fBripoffline\fP,
+\fBcurs_set\fP,
+\fBnapms\fP \- low-level \fBcurses\fP routines
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint def_prog_mode(void);\fR
+\fBint def_prog_mode(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint def_shell_mode(void);\fR
+\fBint def_shell_mode(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint reset_prog_mode(void);\fR
+\fBint reset_prog_mode(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint reset_shell_mode(void);\fR
+\fBint reset_shell_mode(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint resetty(void);\fR
+\fBint resetty(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint savetty(void);\fR
+\fBint savetty(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid getsyx(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid getsyx(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid setsyx(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid setsyx(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint ripoffline(int \fP\fIline\fP\fB, int (*\fP\fIinit\fP\fB)(WINDOW *, int));\fR
+\fBint ripoffline(int \fP\fIline\fP\fB, int (*\fP\fIinit\fP\fB)(WINDOW *, int));\fP
 .br
-\fBint curs_set(int \fP\fIvisibility\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint curs_set(int \fP\fIvisibility\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint napms(int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint napms(int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The following routines give low-level access
-to various \fBcurses\fR capabilities.
+to various \fBcurses\fP capabilities.
 These routines typically are used inside library routines.
 .SS def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode
 .PP
-The \fBdef_prog_mode\fR and \fBdef_shell_mode\fR routines save the
-current terminal modes as the \*(``program\*('' (in \fBcurses\fR) or \*(``shell\*(''
-(not in \fBcurses\fR) state for use by the \fBreset_prog_mode\fR and
-\fBreset_shell_mode\fR routines.
-This is done automatically by \fBinitscr\fR.
+The \fBdef_prog_mode\fP and \fBdef_shell_mode\fP routines save the
+current terminal modes as the \*(``program\*('' (in \fBcurses\fP) or \*(``shell\*(''
+(not in \fBcurses\fP) state for use by the \fBreset_prog_mode\fP and
+\fBreset_shell_mode\fP routines.
+This is done automatically by \fBinitscr\fP.
 There is one such save area for each screen context
-allocated by \fBnewterm\fR.
+allocated by \fBnewterm\fP.
 .SS reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode
 .PP
-The \fBreset_prog_mode\fR and \fBreset_shell_mode\fR routines restore
-the terminal to \*(``program\*('' (in \fBcurses\fR) or \*(``shell\*('' (out of
-\fBcurses\fR) state.
-These are done automatically by \fBendwin\fR(3X) and,
-after an \fBendwin\fR, by \fBdoupdate\fR,
+The \fBreset_prog_mode\fP and \fBreset_shell_mode\fP routines restore
+the terminal to \*(``program\*('' (in \fBcurses\fP) or \*(``shell\*('' (out of
+\fBcurses\fP) state.
+These are done automatically by \fBendwin\fP(3X) and,
+after an \fBendwin\fP, by \fBdoupdate\fP,
 so they normally are not called.
 .SS resetty, savetty
 .PP
-The \fBresetty\fR and \fBsavetty\fR routines save and restore the
+The \fBresetty\fP and \fBsavetty\fP routines save and restore the
 state of the terminal modes.
-\fBsavetty\fR saves the current state in
-a buffer and \fBresetty\fR restores the state to what it was at the
-last call to \fBsavetty\fR.
+\fBsavetty\fP saves the current state in
+a buffer and \fBresetty\fP restores the state to what it was at the
+last call to \fBsavetty\fP.
 .SS getsyx
 .PP
-The \fBgetsyx\fR routine returns the current coordinates
-of the \fIvirtual screen\fP cursor in \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
-If \fBleaveok\fR is currently \fBTRUE\fR, then
-\fB\-1\fR,\fB\-1\fR is returned.
+The \fBgetsyx\fP routine returns the current coordinates
+of the \fIvirtual screen\fP cursor in \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP.
+If \fBleaveok\fP is currently \fBTRUE\fP, then
+\fB\-1\fP,\fB\-1\fP is returned.
 If lines have been removed from the top of the
-screen, using \fBripoffline\fR, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR include these lines;
-therefore, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR should be used only as arguments for
-\fBsetsyx\fR.
+screen, using \fBripoffline\fP, \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP include these lines;
+therefore, \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP should be used only as arguments for
+\fBsetsyx\fP.
 .PP
 Few applications will use this feature,
 most use \fBgetyx\fP instead.
 .SS setsyx
 .PP
-The \fBsetsyx\fR routine sets
-the \fIvirtual screen\fP cursor to \fIy\fR, \fIx\fR.
-If \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR are both \fB\-1\fR, then
-\fBleaveok\fR is set.
-The two routines \fBgetsyx\fR and \fBsetsyx\fR
+The \fBsetsyx\fP routine sets
+the \fIvirtual screen\fP cursor to \fIy\fP, \fIx\fP.
+If \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP are both \fB\-1\fP, then
+\fBleaveok\fP is set.
+The two routines \fBgetsyx\fP and \fBsetsyx\fP
 are designed to be used by a library routine, which manipulates
-\fBcurses\fR windows but does not want to change the current position
+\fBcurses\fP windows but does not want to change the current position
 of the program's cursor.
-The library routine would call \fBgetsyx\fR
+The library routine would call \fBgetsyx\fP
 at the beginning, do its manipulation of its own windows, do a
-\fBwnoutrefresh\fR on its windows, call \fBsetsyx\fR, and then call
-\fBdoupdate\fR.
+\fBwnoutrefresh\fP on its windows, call \fBsetsyx\fP, and then call
+\fBdoupdate\fP.
 .PP
 Few applications will use this feature,
 most use \fBwmove\fP instead.
 .SS ripoffline
 .PP
-The \fBripoffline\fR routine provides access to the same facility that
-\fBslk_init\fR [see \fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)] uses to reduce the size of the
+The \fBripoffline\fP routine provides access to the same facility that
+\fBslk_init\fP [see \fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)] uses to reduce the size of the
 screen.
-\fBripoffline\fR must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or
-\fBnewterm\fR is called, to prepare these initial actions:
+\fBripoffline\fP must be called before \fBinitscr\fP or
+\fBnewterm\fP is called, to prepare these initial actions:
 .bP
-If \fIline\fR is positive, a line is removed from the top of \fBstdscr\fR.
+If \fIline\fP is positive, a line is removed from the top of \fBstdscr\fP.
 .bP
-if \fIline\fR is negative, a line is removed from the bottom.
+if \fIline\fP is negative, a line is removed from the bottom.
 .PP
-When the resulting initialization is done inside \fBinitscr\fR, the
-routine \fBinit\fR (supplied by the user) is called with two
+When the resulting initialization is done inside \fBinitscr\fP, the
+routine \fBinit\fP (supplied by the user) is called with two
 arguments:
 .bP
 a window pointer to the one-line window that has been
@@ -157,37 +157,37 @@
 .bP
 an integer with the number of columns in the window.
 .PP
-Inside this initialization routine, the integer variables \fBLINES\fR
-and \fBCOLS\fR (defined in \fB\fR) are not guaranteed to be
-accurate and \fBwrefresh\fR or \fBdoupdate\fR must not be called.
-It is allowable to call \fBwnoutrefresh\fR during the initialization routine.
+Inside this initialization routine, the integer variables \fBLINES\fP
+and \fBCOLS\fP (defined in \fB\fP) are not guaranteed to be
+accurate and \fBwrefresh\fP or \fBdoupdate\fP must not be called.
+It is allowable to call \fBwnoutrefresh\fP during the initialization routine.
 .PP
-\fBripoffline\fR can be called up to five times before calling \fBinitscr\fR or
-\fBnewterm\fR.
+\fBripoffline\fP can be called up to five times before calling \fBinitscr\fP or
+\fBnewterm\fP.
 .SS curs_set
 .PP
-The \fBcurs_set\fR routine sets the cursor state to invisible,
-normal, or very visible for \fBvisibility\fR equal to \fB0\fR,
-\fB1\fR, or \fB2\fR respectively.
-If the terminal supports the \fIvisibility\fR requested,
-the previous \fIcursor\fR state is returned;
-otherwise, \fBERR\fR is returned.
+The \fBcurs_set\fP routine sets the cursor state to invisible,
+normal, or very visible for \fBvisibility\fP equal to \fB0\fP,
+\fB1\fP, or \fB2\fP respectively.
+If the terminal supports the \fIvisibility\fP requested,
+the previous \fIcursor\fP state is returned;
+otherwise, \fBERR\fP is returned.
 .SS napms
 .PP
-The \fBnapms\fR routine is used to sleep for \fIms\fR milliseconds.
+The \fBnapms\fP routine is used to sleep for \fIms\fP milliseconds.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Except for \fBcurs_set\fR, these routines always return \fBOK\fR.
+Except for \fBcurs_set\fP, these routines always return \fBOK\fP.
 .PP
-\fBcurs_set\fR
-returns the previous cursor state, or \fBERR\fR if the
-requested \fIvisibility\fR is not supported.
+\fBcurs_set\fP
+returns the previous cursor state, or \fBERR\fP if the
+requested \fIvisibility\fP is not supported.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 In this implementation
 .TP 5
 .na
 .hy 0
-\fBdef_prog_mode\fR, \fBdef_shell_mode\fR, \fBreset_prog_mode\fR, \fBreset_shell_mode\fR
+\fBdef_prog_mode\fP, \fBdef_shell_mode\fP, \fBreset_prog_mode\fP, \fBreset_shell_mode\fP
 .hy
 .ad
 return an error
@@ -198,34 +198,34 @@
 returns an error if the maximum number of ripped-off lines
 exceeds the maximum (NRIPS = 5).
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBgetsyx\fR is a macro, so \fB&\fR is not necessary before
-the variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
+Note that \fBgetsyx\fP is a macro, so \fB&\fP is not necessary before
+the variables \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP.
 .PP
 Older SVr4 man pages warn that the return value
-of \fBcurs_set\fR \*(``is currently incorrect\*(''.
+of \fBcurs_set\fP \*(``is currently incorrect\*(''.
 This implementation gets it right, but it may be unwise to count
 on the correctness of the return value anywhere else.
 .PP
-Both ncurses and SVr4 will call \fBcurs_set\fR in \fBendwin\fR
-if \fBcurs_set\fR
+Both ncurses and SVr4 will call \fBcurs_set\fP in \fBendwin\fP
+if \fBcurs_set\fP
 has been called to make the cursor other than normal, i.e., either
 invisible or very visible.
 There is no way for ncurses to determine the initial cursor state to
 restore that.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-The \fIvirtual screen\fP functions \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR
+The \fIvirtual screen\fP functions \fBsetsyx\fP and \fBgetsyx\fP
 are not described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 All other functions are as described in XSI Curses.
 .PP
-The SVr4 documentation describes \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR
+The SVr4 documentation describes \fBsetsyx\fP and \fBgetsyx\fP
 as having return type int.
 This is misleading, as they are macros with no documented semantics
 for the return value.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_scr_dump\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_memleaks.3x
Prereq:  1.11 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_memleaks.3x	2021-01-02 23:47:51.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_memleaks.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_memleaks.3x,v 1.11 2021/01/02 23:47:51 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_memleaks.3x,v 1.12 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_memleaks 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -37,25 +37,25 @@
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
 \fBexit_curses\fP,
-\fBexit_terminfo\fP \- \fBcurses\fR memory-leak checking
+\fBexit_terminfo\fP \- \fBcurses\fP memory-leak checking
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .br
-\fBvoid exit_curses(int \fP\fIcode\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid exit_curses(int \fP\fIcode\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .br
-\fBvoid exit_terminfo(int \fP\fIcode\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid exit_terminfo(int \fP\fIcode\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
 /* deprecated (intentionally not declared in curses.h or term.h) */
 .br
-\fBvoid _nc_freeall(void);\fR
+\fBvoid _nc_freeall(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid _nc_free_and_exit(int \fP\fIcode\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid _nc_free_and_exit(int \fP\fIcode\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid _nc_free_tinfo(int \fP\fIcode\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid _nc_free_tinfo(int \fP\fIcode\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions are used to simplify analysis of memory leaks in the ncurses
 library.
@@ -103,4 +103,4 @@
 These functions are not part of X/Open Curses;
 nor do other implementations of curses provide a similar feature.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_mouse.3x
Prereq:  1.53 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_mouse.3x	2020-10-17 23:25:08.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_mouse.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.53 2020/10/17 23:25:08 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.57 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
@@ -55,51 +55,51 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBhas_mouse\fR,
-\fBgetmouse\fR, \fBungetmouse\fR,
-\fBmousemask\fR, \fBwenclose\fR,
-\fBmouse_trafo\fR, \fBwmouse_trafo\fR,
-\fBmouseinterval\fR \- mouse interface through curses
+\fBhas_mouse\fP,
+\fBgetmouse\fP, \fBungetmouse\fP,
+\fBmousemask\fP, \fBwenclose\fP,
+\fBmouse_trafo\fP, \fBwmouse_trafo\fP,
+\fBmouseinterval\fP \- mouse interface through curses
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBtypedef unsigned long mmask_t;\fR
+\fBtypedef unsigned long mmask_t;\fP
 .PP
 .nf
-\fBtypedef struct {\fR
-\fB    short id;         \fR\fI/* ID to distinguish multiple devices */\fR
-\fB    int x, y, z;      \fR\fI/* event coordinates */\fR
-\fB    mmask_t bstate;   \fR\fI/* button state bits */\fR
-\fB} MEVENT;\fR
+\fBtypedef struct {\fP
+\fB    short id;         \fP\fI/* ID to distinguish multiple devices */\fP
+\fB    int x, y, z;      \fP\fI/* event coordinates */\fP
+\fB    mmask_t bstate;   \fP\fI/* button state bits */\fP
+\fB} MEVENT;\fP
 .fi
 .PP
-\fBbool has_mouse(void);\fR
+\fBbool has_mouse(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint getmouse(MEVENT *\fP\fIevent\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint getmouse(MEVENT *\fP\fIevent\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint ungetmouse(MEVENT *\fP\fIevent\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint ungetmouse(MEVENT *\fP\fIevent\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBmmask_t mousemask(mmask_t \fP\fInewmask\fP\fB, mmask_t *\fP\fIoldmask\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBmmask_t mousemask(mmask_t \fP\fInewmask\fP\fB, mmask_t *\fP\fIoldmask\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBbool wenclose(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool wenclose(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBbool mouse_trafo(int* \fP\fIpY\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIpX\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIto_screen\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool mouse_trafo(int* \fP\fIpY\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIpX\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIto_screen\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW* \fP\fIwin\fP\fB,\fR
-                  \fBint* \fP\fIpY\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIpX\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIto_screen\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW* \fP\fIwin\fP\fB,\fP
+                  \fBint* \fP\fIpY\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIpX\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIto_screen\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mouseinterval(int \fP\fIerval\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mouseinterval(int \fP\fIerval\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions provide an interface to mouse events from
-\fBncurses\fR(3X).
-Mouse events are represented by \fBKEY_MOUSE\fR
-pseudo-key values in the \fBwgetch\fR(3X) input stream.
+\fBncurses\fP(3X).
+Mouse events are represented by \fBKEY_MOUSE\fP
+pseudo-key values in the \fBwgetch\fP(3X) input stream.
 .SS mousemask
 .PP
-To make mouse events visible, use the \fBmousemask\fR function.
+To make mouse events visible, use the \fBmousemask\fP function.
 This will set
 the mouse events to be reported.
 By default, no mouse events are reported.
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 l l
 _ _
 l l.
-\fIName\fR	\fIDescription\fR
+\fBName\fP	\fBDescription\fP
 BUTTON1_PRESSED	mouse button 1 down
 BUTTON1_RELEASED	mouse button 1 up
 BUTTON1_CLICKED	mouse button 1 clicked
@@ -161,13 +161,13 @@
 .SS getmouse
 .PP
 Once a class of mouse events has been made visible in a window,
-calling the \fBwgetch\fR function on that window may return
-\fBKEY_MOUSE\fR as an indicator that a mouse event has been queued.
+calling the \fBwgetch\fP function on that window may return
+\fBKEY_MOUSE\fP as an indicator that a mouse event has been queued.
 To read the event data and pop the event off the queue, call
-\fBgetmouse\fR.
-This function will return \fBOK\fR if a mouse event
-is actually visible in the given window, \fBERR\fR otherwise.
-When \fBgetmouse\fR returns \fBOK\fR, the data deposited as y and
+\fBgetmouse\fP.
+This function will return \fBOK\fP if a mouse event
+is actually visible in the given window, \fBERR\fP otherwise.
+When \fBgetmouse\fP returns \fBOK\fP, the data deposited as y and
 x in the event structure coordinates will be screen-relative character-cell
 coordinates.
 The returned state mask will have exactly one bit set to
@@ -177,62 +177,62 @@
 item from the queue.
 .SS ungetmouse
 .PP
-The \fBungetmouse\fR function behaves analogously to \fBungetch\fR.
+The \fBungetmouse\fP function behaves analogously to \fBungetch\fP.
 It pushes
-a \fBKEY_MOUSE\fR event onto the input queue, and associates with that event
+a \fBKEY_MOUSE\fP event onto the input queue, and associates with that event
 the given state data and screen-relative character-cell coordinates.
 .SS wenclose
 .PP
-The \fBwenclose\fR function tests whether a given pair of screen-relative
+The \fBwenclose\fP function tests whether a given pair of screen-relative
 character-cell coordinates is enclosed by a given window, returning \fBTRUE\fP
 if it is and \fBFALSE\fP otherwise.
 It is useful for determining what subset of
 the screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.
 .SS wmouse_trafo
 .PP
-The \fBwmouse_trafo\fR function transforms a given pair of coordinates
+The \fBwmouse_trafo\fP function transforms a given pair of coordinates
 from stdscr-relative coordinates
 to coordinates relative to the given window or vice versa.
 The resulting stdscr-relative coordinates are not always identical
 to window-relative coordinates due to the mechanism to reserve lines on top
 or bottom of the screen for other purposes
-(see the \fBripoffline\fP and \fBslk_init\fR(3X) calls, for example).
+(see the \fBripoffline\fP and \fBslk_init\fP(3X) calls, for example).
 .bP
-If the parameter \fBto_screen\fR is \fBTRUE\fR, the pointers
-\fBpY, pX\fR must reference the coordinates of a location
-inside the window \fBwin\fR.
+If the parameter \fIto_screen\fP is \fBTRUE\fP, the pointers
+\fIpY, pX\fP must reference the coordinates of a location
+inside the window \fIwin\fP.
 They are converted to window-relative coordinates and returned
 through the pointers.
-If the conversion was successful, the function returns \fBTRUE\fR.
+If the conversion was successful, the function returns \fBTRUE\fP.
 .bP
 If one of the parameters was NULL or the location is
-not inside the window, \fBFALSE\fR is returned.
+not inside the window, \fBFALSE\fP is returned.
 .bP
-If \fBto_screen\fR is
-\fBFALSE\fR, the pointers \fBpY, pX\fR must reference window-relative
+If \fIto_screen\fP is
+\fBFALSE\fP, the pointers \fIpY, pX\fP must reference window-relative
 coordinates.
 They are converted to stdscr-relative coordinates if the
-window \fBwin\fR encloses this point.
-In this case the function returns \fBTRUE\fR.
+window \fIwin\fP encloses this point.
+In this case the function returns \fBTRUE\fP.
 .bP
 If one of the parameters is NULL or the point is not inside the
-window, \fBFALSE\fR is returned.
+window, \fBFALSE\fP is returned.
 The referenced coordinates
 are only replaced by the converted coordinates if the transformation was
 successful.
 .SS mouse_trafo
 .PP
-The \fBmouse_trafo\fR function performs the same translation
-as \fBwmouse_trafo\fR,
-using stdscr for \fBwin\fR.
+The \fBmouse_trafo\fP function performs the same translation
+as \fBwmouse_trafo\fP,
+using stdscr for \fIwin\fP.
 .SS mouseinterval
 .PP
-The \fBmouseinterval\fR function sets the maximum time (in thousands of a
+The \fBmouseinterval\fP function sets the maximum time (in thousands of a
 second) that can elapse between press and release events for them to
 be recognized as a click.
-Use \fBmouseinterval(0)\fR to disable click resolution.
+Use \fBmouseinterval(0)\fP to disable click resolution.
 This function returns the previous interval value.
-Use \fBmouseinterval(\-1)\fR to obtain the interval without altering it.
+Use \fBmouseinterval(\-1)\fP to obtain the interval without altering it.
 The default is one sixth of a second.
 .SS has_mouse
 .PP
@@ -241,11 +241,11 @@
 .PP
 Note that mouse events will be ignored when input is in cooked mode, and will
 cause an error beep when cooked mode is being simulated in a window by a
-function such as \fBgetstr\fR that expects a linefeed for input-loop
+function such as \fBgetstr\fP that expects a linefeed for input-loop
 termination.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBgetmouse\fR and \fBungetmouse\fR
-return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure or \fBOK\fR
+\fBgetmouse\fP and \fBungetmouse\fP
+return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure or \fBOK\fP
 upon successful completion:
 .RS 3
 .TP 5
@@ -261,22 +261,22 @@
 returns an error if the FIFO is full.
 .RE
 .PP
-\fBmousemask\fR
+\fBmousemask\fP
 returns the mask of reportable events.
 .PP
-\fBmouseinterval\fR
+\fBmouseinterval\fP
 returns the previous interval value, unless
 the terminal was not initialized.
 In that case, it returns the maximum interval value (166).
 .PP
-\fBwenclose\fR and \fBwmouse_trafo\fR
-are boolean functions returning \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR depending
+\fBwenclose\fP and \fBwmouse_trafo\fP
+are boolean functions returning \fBTRUE\fP or \fBFALSE\fP depending
 on their test result.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These calls were designed for \fBncurses\fR(3X), and are not found in SVr4
+These calls were designed for \fBncurses\fP(3X), and are not found in SVr4
 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous version of curses.
 .PP
-SVr4 curses had support for the mouse in a variant of \fBxterm\fP.
+SVr4 curses had support for the mouse in a variant of \fBxterm\fP(1).
 It is mentioned in a few places, but with no supporting documentation:
 .bP
 the \*(``libcurses\*('' manual page lists functions for this feature
@@ -322,11 +322,11 @@
 making it unnecessary to be concerned about compatibility with the
 escape sequences.
 .PP
-The feature macro \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fR is provided so the preprocessor
+The feature macro \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fP is provided so the preprocessor
 can be used to test whether these features are present.
-If the interface is changed, the value of \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fR will be
+If the interface is changed, the value of \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fP will be
 incremented.
-These values for \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fR may be
+These values for \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fP may be
 specified when configuring ncurses:
 .RS 3
 .TP 3
@@ -340,10 +340,10 @@
 The mask uses 29 bits.
 .RE
 .PP
-The order of the \fBMEVENT\fR structure members is not guaranteed.
+The order of the \fBMEVENT\fP structure members is not guaranteed.
 Additional fields may be added to the structure in the future.
 .PP
-Under \fBncurses\fR(3X), these calls are implemented using either
+Under \fBncurses\fP(3X), these calls are implemented using either
 xterm's built-in mouse-tracking API or
 platform-specific drivers including
 .RS 3
@@ -357,13 +357,13 @@
 .PP
 If you are using an unsupported configuration,
 mouse events will not be visible to
-\fBncurses\fR(3X) (and the \fBmousemask\fR function will always
-return \fB0\fR).
+\fBncurses\fP(3X) (and the \fBmousemask\fP function will always
+return \fB0\fP).
 .PP
-If the terminfo entry contains a \fBXM\fR string,
+If the terminfo entry contains a \fBXM\fP string,
 this is used in the xterm mouse driver to control the
 way the terminal is initialized for mouse operation.
-The default, if \fBXM\fR is not found,
+The default, if \fBXM\fP is not found,
 corresponds to private mode 1000 of xterm:
 .PP
 .RS 3
@@ -388,21 +388,21 @@
 presses of buttons 4 or 5 without matching button-releases.
 .SH BUGS
 Mouse events under xterm will not in fact be ignored during cooked mode,
-if they have been enabled by \fBmousemask\fR.
+if they have been enabled by \fBmousemask\fP.
 Instead, the xterm mouse
 report sequence will appear in the string read.
 .PP
 Mouse events under xterm will not be detected correctly in a window with
 its keypad bit off, since they are interpreted as a variety of function key.
-Your terminfo description should have \fBkmous\fR set to \*(``\\E[M\*(''
+Your terminfo description should have \fBkmous\fP set to \*(``\\E[M\*(''
 (the beginning of the response from xterm for mouse clicks).
-Other values for \fBkmous\fR are permitted,
+Other values for \fBkmous\fP are permitted,
 but under the same assumption,
 i.e., it is the beginning of the response.
 .PP
 Because there are no standard terminal responses that would serve to identify
-terminals which support the xterm mouse protocol, \fBncurses\fR assumes that
-if \fBkmous\fR is defined in the terminal description,
+terminals which support the xterm mouse protocol, \fBncurses\fP assumes that
+if \fBkmous\fP is defined in the terminal description,
 or if the terminal description's primary name or aliases
 contain the string \*(``xterm\*('',
 then the terminal may send mouse events.
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
 allowing the use of newer xterm mouse protocols
 such as xterm's private mode 1006.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_move.3x
Prereq:  1.19 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_move.3x	2020-10-24 09:39:41.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_move.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,40 +27,40 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.19 2020/10/24 09:39:41 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.21 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_move 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBmove\fR,
-\fBwmove\fR \- move \fBcurses\fR window cursor
+\fBmove\fP,
+\fBwmove\fP \- move \fBcurses\fP window cursor
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint move(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint move(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wmove(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wmove(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line \fIy\fR and
-column \fIx\fR.
+These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line \fIy\fP and
+column \fIx\fP.
 This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal
-until \fBrefresh\fR(3X) is called.
+until \fBrefresh\fP(3X) is called.
 The position specified is relative to the upper
 left-hand corner of the window, which is (0,0).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fP (SVr4
-specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+These routines return \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP (SVr4
+specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful
 completion.
 .PP
 Specifically, they return an error
 if the window pointer is null, or
 if the position is outside the window.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBmove\fR may be a macro.
+Note that \fBmove\fP may be a macro.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_opaque.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_opaque.3x	2020-10-24 09:41:22.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_opaque.3x	2021-12-25 21:50:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                          *
+.\" Copyright 2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
 .\" Copyright 2007-2014,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_opaque.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/24 09:41:22 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_opaque.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:50:36 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_opaque 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -36,107 +36,107 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBis_cleared\fR,
-\fBis_idlok\fR,
-\fBis_idcok\fR,
-\fBis_immedok\fR,
-\fBis_keypad\fR,
-\fBis_leaveok\fR,
-\fBis_nodelay\fR,
-\fBis_notimeout\fR,
-\fBis_pad\fR,
-\fBis_scrollok\fR,
-\fBis_subwin\fR,
-\fBis_syncok\fR,
-\fBwgetdelay\fR,
-\fBwgetparent\fR,
-\fBwgetscrreg\fR \- \fBcurses\fR window properties
+\fBis_cleared\fP,
+\fBis_idlok\fP,
+\fBis_idcok\fP,
+\fBis_immedok\fP,
+\fBis_keypad\fP,
+\fBis_leaveok\fP,
+\fBis_nodelay\fP,
+\fBis_notimeout\fP,
+\fBis_pad\fP,
+\fBis_scrollok\fP,
+\fBis_subwin\fP,
+\fBis_syncok\fP,
+\fBwgetdelay\fP,
+\fBwgetparent\fP,
+\fBwgetscrreg\fP \- \fBcurses\fP window properties
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBbool is_cleared(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_cleared(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_idcok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_idcok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_idlok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_idlok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_immedok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_immedok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_keypad(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_keypad(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_leaveok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_leaveok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_nodelay(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_nodelay(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_notimeout(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_notimeout(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_pad(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_pad(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_scrollok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_scrollok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_subwin(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_subwin(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_syncok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_syncok(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW * wgetparent(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW * wgetparent(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wgetdelay(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wgetdelay(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wgetscrreg(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int *\fP\fItop\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIbottom\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wgetscrreg(const WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int *\fP\fItop\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIbottom\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This implementation provides functions which return properties
 set in the WINDOW structure, allowing it to be \*(``opaque\*('' if
-the symbol \fBNCURSES_OPAQUE\fR is defined:
+the symbol \fBNCURSES_OPAQUE\fP is defined:
 .TP 5
-\fBis_cleared\fR
-returns the value set in \fBclearok\fR
+\fBis_cleared\fP
+returns the value set in \fBclearok\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_idcok\fR
-returns the value set in \fBidcok\fR
+\fBis_idcok\fP
+returns the value set in \fBidcok\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_idlok\fR
-returns the value set in \fBidlok\fR
+\fBis_idlok\fP
+returns the value set in \fBidlok\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_immedok\fR
-returns the value set in \fBimmedok\fR
+\fBis_immedok\fP
+returns the value set in \fBimmedok\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_keypad\fR
-returns the value set in \fBkeypad\fR
+\fBis_keypad\fP
+returns the value set in \fBkeypad\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_leaveok\fR
-returns the value set in \fBleaveok\fR
+\fBis_leaveok\fP
+returns the value set in \fBleaveok\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_nodelay\fR
-returns the value set in \fBnodelay\fR
+\fBis_nodelay\fP
+returns the value set in \fBnodelay\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_notimeout\fR
-returns the value set in \fBnotimeout\fR
+\fBis_notimeout\fP
+returns the value set in \fBnotimeout\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_pad\fR
+\fBis_pad\fP
 returns \fBTRUE\fP if the window is a pad
 i.e., created by \fBnewpad\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_scrollok\fR
-returns the value set in \fBscrollok\fR
+\fBis_scrollok\fP
+returns the value set in \fBscrollok\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_subwin\fR
+\fBis_subwin\fP
 returns \fBTRUE\fP if the window is a subwindow,
 i.e., created by \fBsubwin\fP or \fBderwin\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBis_syncok\fR
-returns the value set in \fBsyncok\fR
+\fBis_syncok\fP
+returns the value set in \fBsyncok\fP
 .TP 5
-\fBwgetdelay\fR
+\fBwgetdelay\fP
 returns the delay timeout as set in \fBwtimeout\fP.
 .TP 5
-\fBwgetparent\fR
+\fBwgetparent\fP
 returns the parent WINDOW pointer for subwindows,
 or NULL for windows having no parent.
 .TP 5
-\fBwgetscrreg\fR
+\fBwgetscrreg\fP
 returns the top and bottom rows for the scrolling margin
 as set in \fBwsetscrreg\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses extensions
 be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_outopts.3x
Prereq:  1.33 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_outopts.3x	2020-10-03 22:04:09.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_outopts.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.33 2020/10/03 22:04:09 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.35 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_outopts 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -36,58 +36,58 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBclearok\fR,
-\fBidlok\fR,
-\fBidcok\fR,
-\fBimmedok\fR,
-\fBleaveok\fR,
-\fBsetscrreg\fR,
-\fBwsetscrreg\fR,
-\fBscrollok\fR \- \fBcurses\fR output options
+\fBclearok\fP,
+\fBidlok\fP,
+\fBidcok\fP,
+\fBimmedok\fP,
+\fBleaveok\fP,
+\fBsetscrreg\fP,
+\fBwsetscrreg\fP,
+\fBscrollok\fP \- \fBcurses\fP output options
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint clearok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint clearok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint idlok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint idlok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid idcok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid idcok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid immedok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid immedok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint leaveok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint leaveok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint scrollok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scrollok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint setscrreg(int \fP\fItop\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbot\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint setscrreg(int \fP\fItop\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbot\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wsetscrreg(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fItop\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbot\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wsetscrreg(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fItop\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbot\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 These routines set options that change the style of output within
-\fBcurses\fR.
-All options are initially \fBFALSE\fR, unless otherwise stated.
-It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling \fBendwin\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP.
+All options are initially \fBFALSE\fP, unless otherwise stated.
+It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling \fBendwin\fP(3X).
 .SS clearok
 .PP
-If \fBclearok\fR is called with \fBTRUE\fR as argument, the next
-call to \fBwrefresh\fR with this window will clear the screen completely and
+If \fBclearok\fP is called with \fBTRUE\fP as argument, the next
+call to \fBwrefresh\fP with this window will clear the screen completely and
 redraw the entire screen from scratch.
 This is useful when the contents of the
 screen are uncertain, or in some cases for a more pleasing visual effect.
 If
-the \fIwin\fR argument to \fBclearok\fR is the global variable \fBcurscr\fR,
-the next call to \fBwrefresh\fR with any window causes the screen to be cleared
+the \fIwin\fP argument to \fBclearok\fP is the global variable \fBcurscr\fP,
+the next call to \fBwrefresh\fP with any window causes the screen to be cleared
 and repainted from scratch.
 .SS idlok
 .PP
-If \fBidlok\fR is called with \fBTRUE\fR as second argument, \fBcurses\fR
+If \fBidlok\fP is called with \fBTRUE\fP as second argument, \fBcurses\fP
 considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of terminals so
 equipped.
-Calling \fBidlok\fR with \fBFALSE\fR as second argument disables use
+Calling \fBidlok\fP with \fBFALSE\fP as second argument disables use
 of line insertion and deletion.
 This option should be enabled only if the
 application needs insert/delete line, for example, for a screen editor.
@@ -95,66 +95,66 @@
 disabled by default because insert/delete line tends to be visually annoying
 when used in applications where it is not really needed.
 If insert/delete line
-cannot be used, \fBcurses\fR redraws the changed portions of all lines.
+cannot be used, \fBcurses\fP redraws the changed portions of all lines.
 .SS idcok
 .PP
-If \fBidcok\fR is called with \fBFALSE\fR as second argument, \fBcurses\fR
+If \fBidcok\fP is called with \fBFALSE\fP as second argument, \fBcurses\fP
 no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete character feature of
 terminals so equipped.
 Use of character insert/delete is enabled by default.
-Calling \fBidcok\fR with \fBTRUE\fR as second argument re-enables use
+Calling \fBidcok\fP with \fBTRUE\fP as second argument re-enables use
 of character insertion and deletion.
 .SS immedok
 .PP
-If \fBimmedok\fR is called with \fBTRUE as argument\fR, any change
-in the window image, such as the ones caused by \fBwaddch, wclrtobot, wscrl\fR,
-etc., automatically cause a call to \fBwrefresh\fR.
+If \fBimmedok\fP is called with \fBTRUE as argument\fP, any change
+in the window image, such as the ones caused by \fBwaddch, wclrtobot, wscrl\fP,
+etc., automatically cause a call to \fBwrefresh\fP.
 However, it may
-degrade performance considerably, due to repeated calls to \fBwrefresh\fR.
+degrade performance considerably, due to repeated calls to \fBwrefresh\fP.
 It is disabled by default.
 .SS leaveok
 .PP
 Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of the window cursor
 being refreshed.
-The \fBleaveok\fR option allows the cursor to be left
+The \fBleaveok\fP option allows the cursor to be left
 wherever the update happens to leave it.
 It is useful for applications where
 the cursor is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor motions.
 .SS scrollok
 .PP
-The \fBscrollok\fR option controls what happens when the cursor of a window is
+The \fBscrollok\fP option controls what happens when the cursor of a window is
 moved off the edge of the window or scrolling region, either as a result of a
 newline action on the bottom line, or typing the last character of the last
 line.
-If disabled, (\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), the cursor is left on the bottom
+If disabled, (\fIbf\fP is \fBFALSE\fP), the cursor is left on the bottom
 line.
-If enabled, (\fIbf\fR is \fBTRUE\fR), the window is scrolled up one line
+If enabled, (\fIbf\fP is \fBTRUE\fP), the window is scrolled up one line
 (Note that to get the physical scrolling effect on the terminal, it is
-also necessary to call \fBidlok\fR).
+also necessary to call \fBidlok\fP).
 .SS  setscrreg/wsetscrreg
 .PP
-The \fBsetscrreg\fR and \fBwsetscrreg\fR routines allow the application
+The \fBsetscrreg\fP and \fBwsetscrreg\fP routines allow the application
 programmer to set a software scrolling region in a window.
-The \fItop\fR and
-\fIbot\fR parameters
+The \fItop\fP and
+\fIbot\fP parameters
 are the line numbers of the top and bottom margin of the scrolling
 region.
 (Line 0 is the top line of the window.)  If this option and
-\fBscrollok\fR are enabled, an attempt to move off the bottom margin line
+\fBscrollok\fP are enabled, an attempt to move off the bottom margin line
 causes all lines in the scrolling region to scroll one line in the direction
 of the first line.
 Only the text of the window is scrolled.
 (Note that this
 has nothing to do with the use of a physical scrolling region capability in the
 terminal, like that in the VT100.
-If \fBidlok\fR is enabled and the terminal
+If \fBidlok\fP is enabled and the terminal
 has either a scrolling region or insert/delete line capability, they will
 probably be used by the output routines.)
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The functions \fBsetscrreg\fR and \fBwsetscrreg\fR return \fBOK\fR upon success
-and \fBERR\fR upon failure.
+The functions \fBsetscrreg\fP and \fBwsetscrreg\fP return \fBOK\fP upon success
+and \fBERR\fP upon failure.
 All other routines that return an integer always
-return \fBOK\fR.
+return \fBOK\fP.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses does not define any error conditions.
 .PP
@@ -187,37 +187,37 @@
 to eliminate their effect on output.
 .PP
 Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature, the
-ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fR by saying
-\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR.
+ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fP by saying
+\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fP or \fBclear(stdscr)\fP.
 This will not work under ncurses.
 .PP
-Earlier System V curses implementations specified that with \fBscrollok\fR
+Earlier System V curses implementations specified that with \fBscrollok\fP
 enabled, any window modification triggering a scroll also forced a physical
 refresh.
-XSI Curses does not require this, and \fBncurses\fR avoids doing
-it to perform better vertical-motion optimization at \fBwrefresh\fR
+XSI Curses does not require this, and \fBncurses\fP avoids doing
+it to perform better vertical-motion optimization at \fBwrefresh\fP
 time.
 .PP
 The XSI Curses standard does not mention that the cursor should be
-made invisible as a side-effect of \fBleaveok\fR.
+made invisible as a side-effect of \fBleaveok\fP.
 SVr4 curses documentation does this, but the code does not.
-Use \fBcurs_set\fR to make the cursor invisible.
+Use \fBcurs_set\fP to make the cursor invisible.
 .SH NOTES
 Note that
-\fBclearok\fR,
-\fBleaveok\fR,
-\fBscrollok\fR,
-\fBidcok\fR, and
-\fBsetscrreg\fR may be macros.
+\fBclearok\fP,
+\fBleaveok\fP,
+\fBscrollok\fP,
+\fBidcok\fP, and
+\fBsetscrreg\fP may be macros.
 .PP
-The \fBimmedok\fR routine is useful for windows that are used as terminal
+The \fBimmedok\fP routine is useful for windows that are used as terminal
 emulators.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .na
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_scroll\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_scroll\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_overlay.3x
Prereq:  1.19 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_overlay.3x	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_overlay.3x	2021-12-25 21:50:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                          *
+.\" Copyright 2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2013,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,48 +27,48 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_overlay.3x,v 1.19 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_overlay.3x,v 1.21 2021/12/25 21:50:36 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_overlay 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBoverlay\fR,
-\fBoverwrite\fR,
-\fBcopywin\fR \- overlay and manipulate overlapped \fBcurses\fR windows
+\fBoverlay\fP,
+\fBoverwrite\fP,
+\fBcopywin\fP \- overlay and manipulate overlapped \fBcurses\fP windows
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint overlay(const WINDOW *\fP\fIsrcwin\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIdstwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint overlay(const WINDOW *\fP\fIsrcwin\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIdstwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint overwrite(const WINDOW *\fP\fIsrcwin\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIdstwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint overwrite(const WINDOW *\fP\fIsrcwin\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIdstwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint copywin(const WINDOW *\fP\fIsrcwin\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIdstwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsminrow\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fIsmincol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIdminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIdmincol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIdmaxrow\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fIdmaxcol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoverlay\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint copywin(const WINDOW *\fP\fIsrcwin\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIdstwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsminrow\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fIsmincol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIdminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIdmincol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIdmaxrow\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fIdmaxcol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoverlay\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS overlay, overwrite
-The \fBoverlay\fR and \fBoverwrite\fR routines overlay \fIsrcwin\fR on
-top of \fIdstwin\fR.
-\fIscrwin\fR and \fIdstwin\fR are not required
+The \fBoverlay\fP and \fBoverwrite\fP routines overlay \fIsrcwin\fP on
+top of \fIdstwin\fP.
+\fIscrwin\fP and \fIdstwin\fP are not required
 to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied.
-The difference is that \fBoverlay\fR is non-destructive
-(blanks are not copied) whereas \fBoverwrite\fR is destructive.
+The difference is that \fBoverlay\fP is non-destructive
+(blanks are not copied) whereas \fBoverwrite\fP is destructive.
 .SS copywin
 .PP
-The \fBcopywin\fR routine provides a finer granularity of control over the
-\fBoverlay\fR and \fBoverwrite\fR routines.
-As in the \fBprefresh\fR routine,
-a rectangle is specified in the destination window, (\fIdminrow\fR,
-\fIdmincol\fR) and (\fIdmaxrow\fR, \fIdmaxcol\fR), and the upper-left-corner
-coordinates of the source window, (\fIsminrow\fR, \fIsmincol\fR).
-If the argument \fIoverlay\fR is \fBtrue\fR,
+The \fBcopywin\fP routine provides a finer granularity of control over the
+\fBoverlay\fP and \fBoverwrite\fP routines.
+As in the \fBprefresh\fP routine,
+a rectangle is specified in the destination window, (\fIdminrow\fP,
+\fIdmincol\fP) and (\fIdmaxrow\fP, \fIdmaxcol\fP), and the upper-left-corner
+coordinates of the source window, (\fIsminrow\fP, \fIsmincol\fP).
+If the argument \fIoverlay\fP is \fBtrue\fP,
 then copying is non-destructive,
-as in \fBoverlay\fR.
+as in \fBoverlay\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure, and \fBOK\fR
-(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure, and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful
 completion.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
@@ -78,11 +78,11 @@
 if either of the window pointers are null, or
 if some part of the window would be placed off-screen.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBoverlay\fR and \fBoverwrite\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBoverlay\fP and \fBoverwrite\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions (adding the const
 qualifiers).
 It further specifies their behavior in the presence of characters
 with multibyte renditions (not yet supported in this implementation).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_pad\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBcurs_pad\fP(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_pad.3x
Prereq:  1.26 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_pad.3x	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_pad.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.26 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.28 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
@@ -36,36 +36,36 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBnewpad\fR,
-\fBsubpad\fR,
-\fBprefresh\fR,
-\fBpnoutrefresh\fR,
-\fBpechochar\fR,
-\fBpecho_wchar\fR \- create and display \fBcurses\fR pads
+\fBnewpad\fP,
+\fBsubpad\fP,
+\fBprefresh\fP,
+\fBpnoutrefresh\fP,
+\fBpechochar\fP,
+\fBpecho_wchar\fP \- create and display \fBcurses\fP pads
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBWINDOW *newpad(int \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW *newpad(int \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *\fP\fIorig\fP\fB, int \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *\fP\fIorig\fP\fB, int \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint prefresh(WINDOW *\fP\fIpad\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpmincol\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fIsminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmincol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmaxrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmaxcol\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint prefresh(WINDOW *\fP\fIpad\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpmincol\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fIsminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmincol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmaxrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmaxcol\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *\fP\fIpad\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpmincol\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fIsminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmincol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmaxrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmaxcol\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *\fP\fIpad\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpmincol\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fIsminrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmincol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmaxrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIsmaxcol\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint pechochar(WINDOW *\fP\fIpad\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint pechochar(WINDOW *\fP\fIpad\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint pecho_wchar(WINDOW *\fP\fIpad\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint pecho_wchar(WINDOW *\fP\fIpad\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS newpad
-The \fBnewpad\fR routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data
-structure with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fR, and columns,
-\fIncols\fR.
+The \fBnewpad\fP routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data
+structure with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fP, and columns,
+\fIncols\fP.
 A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the
 screen size, and is not necessarily associated with a particular part of the
 screen.
@@ -75,36 +75,36 @@
 (e.g., from scrolling or echoing of input) do not occur.
 .PP
 It is not
-legal to call \fBwrefresh\fR with a \fIpad\fR as an argument; the routines
-\fBprefresh\fR or \fBpnoutrefresh\fR should be called instead.
+legal to call \fBwrefresh\fP with a \fIpad\fP as an argument; the routines
+\fBprefresh\fP or \fBpnoutrefresh\fP should be called instead.
 Note that these
 routines require additional parameters to specify the part of the pad to be
 displayed and the location on the screen to be used for the display.
 .SS subpad
 .PP
-The \fBsubpad\fR routine creates and returns a pointer to a subwindow within a
-pad with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fR, and columns, \fIncols\fR.
-Unlike \fBsubwin\fR, which uses screen coordinates, the window is at position
-(\fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR\fB,\fR \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR) on the pad.
+The \fBsubpad\fP routine creates and returns a pointer to a subwindow within a
+pad with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fP, and columns, \fIncols\fP.
+Unlike \fBsubwin\fP, which uses screen coordinates, the window is at position
+(\fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fP\fB,\fP \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fP) on the pad.
 The window is
-made in the middle of the window \fIorig\fR, so that changes made to one window
+made in the middle of the window \fIorig\fP, so that changes made to one window
 affect both windows.
 During the use of this routine, it will often be
-necessary to call \fBtouchwin\fR or \fBtouchline\fR on \fIorig\fR before
-calling \fBprefresh\fR.
+necessary to call \fBtouchwin\fP or \fBtouchline\fP on \fIorig\fP before
+calling \fBprefresh\fP.
 .SS prefresh, pnoutrefresh
 .PP
-The \fBprefresh\fR and \fBpnoutrefresh\fR routines are analogous to
-\fBwrefresh\fR and \fBwnoutrefresh\fR except that they relate to pads instead
+The \fBprefresh\fP and \fBpnoutrefresh\fP routines are analogous to
+\fBwrefresh\fP and \fBwnoutrefresh\fP except that they relate to pads instead
 of windows.
 The additional parameters are needed to indicate what part of the
 pad and screen are involved.
 .bP
-The \fIpminrow\fR and \fIpmincol\fR parameters specify the upper
+The \fIpminrow\fP and \fIpmincol\fP parameters specify the upper
 left-hand corner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad.
 .bP
-The \fIsminrow\fR,
-\fIsmincol\fR, \fIsmaxrow\fR, and \fIsmaxcol\fR
+The \fIsminrow\fP,
+\fIsmincol\fP, \fIsmaxrow\fP, and \fIsmaxcol\fP
 parameters specify the edges of the
 rectangle to be displayed on the screen.
 .PP
@@ -114,34 +114,34 @@
 Both rectangles must be entirely
 contained within their respective structures.
 Negative values of
-\fIpminrow\fR, \fIpmincol\fR, \fIsminrow\fR, or \fIsmincol\fR are treated as if
+\fIpminrow\fP, \fIpmincol\fP, \fIsminrow\fP, or \fIsmincol\fP are treated as if
 they were zero.
 .SS pechochar
 .PP
-The \fBpechochar\fR routine is functionally equivalent to a call to \fBaddch\fR
-followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fR(3X),
-a call to \fBwaddch\fR followed by a call
-to \fBwrefresh\fR, or a call to \fBwaddch\fR followed by a call to
-\fBprefresh\fR.
+The \fBpechochar\fP routine is functionally equivalent to a call to \fBaddch\fP
+followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fP(3X),
+a call to \fBwaddch\fP followed by a call
+to \fBwrefresh\fP, or a call to \fBwaddch\fP followed by a call to
+\fBprefresh\fP.
 The knowledge that only a single character is being output is
 taken into consideration and, for non-control characters, a considerable
 performance gain might be seen by using these routines instead of their
 equivalents.
-In the case of \fBpechochar\fR, the last location of the pad on
-the screen is reused for the arguments to \fBprefresh\fR.
+In the case of \fBpechochar\fP, the last location of the pad on
+the screen is reused for the arguments to \fBprefresh\fP.
 .SS pecho_wchar
 .PP
-The \fBpecho_wchar\fR function is the analogous wide-character
-form of \fBpechochar\fR.
+The \fBpecho_wchar\fP function is the analogous wide-character
+form of \fBpechochar\fP.
 It outputs one character to a pad and immediately refreshes the pad.
-It does this by a call to \fBwadd_wch\fR followed by a call to \fBprefresh\fR.
+It does this by a call to \fBwadd_wch\fP followed by a call to \fBprefresh\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
-(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful
 completion.
 .PP
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error, and set \fBerrno\fR
-to \fBENOMEM\fR.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error, and set \fBerrno\fP
+to \fBENOMEM\fP.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 In this implementation
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
 to \fBwecho_wchar\fP returns an error.
 .RE
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBpechochar\fR may be a macro.
+Note that \fBpechochar\fP may be a macro.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 BSD curses has no \fIpad\fP feature.
 .PP
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
 ensures that \fBdupwin\fP and \fBgetwin\fP treat
 pads versus windows consistently.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_touch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_touch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_print.3x
Prereq:  1.16 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_print.3x	2020-10-24 09:25:14.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_print.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,19 +27,19 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.16 2020/10/24 09:25:14 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_print 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBmcprint\fR \- ship binary data to printer
+\fBmcprint\fP \- ship binary data to printer
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint mcprint(char *\fP\fIdata\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlen\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mcprint(char *\fP\fIdata\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlen\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-This function uses the \fBmc5p\fR or \fBmc4\fR and \fBmc5\fR capabilities,
+This function uses the \fBmc5p\fP or \fBmc4\fP and \fBmc5\fP capabilities,
 if they are present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal.
 .PP
-Note that the \fBmcprint\fR code has no way to do flow control with the printer
+Note that the \fBmcprint\fP code has no way to do flow control with the printer
 or to know how much buffering it has.
 Your application is responsible for
 keeping the rate of writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 rule of thumb is to sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line.
 .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The \fBmcprint\fR function returns \fBERR\fR if the write operation aborted
+The \fBmcprint\fP function returns \fBERR\fP if the write operation aborted
 for some reason.
 In this case, \fBerrno\fP will contain either an error associated
 with \fBwrite\fP(2) or one of the following:
@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@
 ENOMEM
 Couldn't allocate sufficient memory to buffer the printer write.
 .PP
-When \fBmcprint\fR succeeds, it returns the number of characters actually
+When \fBmcprint\fP succeeds, it returns the number of characters actually
 sent to the printer.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-The \fBmcprint\fR call was designed for \fBncurses\fR(3X), and is not found
+The \fBmcprint\fP call was designed for \fBncurses\fP(3X), and is not found
 in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous version of curses.
 .SH BUGS
-Padding in the \fBmc5p\fR, \fBmc4\fR and \fBmc5\fR capabilities will not be
+Padding in the \fBmc5p\fP, \fBmc4\fP and \fBmc5\fP capabilities will not be
 interpreted.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_printw.3x
Prereq:  1.28 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_printw.3x	2020-10-24 09:22:45.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_printw.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.28 2020/10/24 09:22:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.31 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_printw 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,44 +40,44 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBprintw\fR,
-\fBwprintw\fR,
-\fBmvprintw\fR,
-\fBmvwprintw\fR,
-\fBvwprintw\fR, \fBvw_printw\fR \- print formatted output in \fBcurses\fR windows
+\fBprintw\fP,
+\fBwprintw\fP,
+\fBmvprintw\fP,
+\fBmvwprintw\fP,
+\fBvwprintw\fP, \fBvw_printw\fP \- print formatted output in \fBcurses\fP windows
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint printw(const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBint printw(const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wprintw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBint wprintw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvprintw(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBint mvprintw(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwprintw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBint mvwprintw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
-\fBint vw_printw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, va_list \fP\fIvarglist\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint vw_printw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, va_list \fP\fIvarglist\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
 /* obsolete */
 .br
-\fBint vwprintw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, va_list \fP\fIvarglist\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint vwprintw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, va_list \fP\fIvarglist\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBprintw\fR, \fBwprintw\fR, \fBmvprintw\fR and \fBmvwprintw\fR
-routines are analogous to \fBprintf\fR [see \fBprintf\fR(3)].
+The \fBprintw\fP, \fBwprintw\fP, \fBmvprintw\fP and \fBmvwprintw\fP
+routines are analogous to \fBprintf\fP [see \fBprintf\fP(3)].
 In
-effect, the string that would be output by \fBprintf\fR is output
-instead as though \fBwaddstr\fR were used on the given window.
+effect, the string that would be output by \fBprintf\fP is output
+instead as though \fBwaddstr\fP were used on the given window.
 .PP
-The \fBvwprintw\fR and \fBvw_printw\fR routines are analogous
-to \fBvprintf\fR [see \fBprintf\fR(3)]
-and perform a \fBwprintw\fR using a variable argument list.
-The third argument is a \fBva_list\fR, a pointer to a
-list of arguments, as defined in \fB\fR.
+The \fBvwprintw\fP and \fBvw_printw\fP routines are analogous
+to \fBvprintf\fP [see \fBprintf\fP(3)]
+and perform a \fBwprintw\fP using a variable argument list.
+The third argument is a \fBva_list\fP, a pointer to a
+list of arguments, as defined in \fB\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
-(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful
 completion.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 SVr3 also added \fBvwprintw\fP, saying that the third parameter
 is a \fBva_list\fP, defined in ,
 and referring the reader to the manual pages for \fIvarargs\fP and
-\fIvprintf\fP for detailed descriptions.
+\fBvprintf\fP for detailed descriptions.
 .PP
 SVr4 added no new variations of \fBprintw\fP,
 but provided for using  or  to define the \fBva_list\fP
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@
 .bP
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 described these functions.
 The function
-\fBvwprintw\fR is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be replaced by a function
-\fBvw_printw\fR using the \fB\fR interface.
+\fBvwprintw\fP is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be replaced by a function
+\fBvw_printw\fP using the \fB\fP interface.
 .bP
 The Single Unix Specification, Version 2 states that
-\fBvw_printw\fR  is preferred to \fBvwprintw\fR since the latter requires
-including \fB\fR, which
-cannot be used in the same file as \fB\fR.
-This implementation uses \fB\fR for both,
-because that header is included in \fB.
+\fBvw_printw\fP  is preferred to \fBvwprintw\fP since the latter requires
+including \fB\fP, which
+cannot be used in the same file as \fB\fP.
+This implementation uses \fB\fP for both,
+because that header is included in \fB.
 .bP
 X/Open Curses, Issue 5 (December 2007) marked \fBvwprintw\fP (along with
 \fBvwscanw\fP and the termcap interface) as withdrawn.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .na
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_scanw\fR(3X),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_scanw\fP(3X),
 \fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X),
-\fBprintf\fR(3),
-\fBvprintf\fR(3).
+\fBprintf\fP(3),
+\fBvprintf\fP(3).
Index: man/curs_refresh.3x
Prereq:  1.22 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_refresh.3x	2020-10-24 09:43:49.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_refresh.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.22 2020/10/24 09:43:49 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.24 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_refresh 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,95 +40,95 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBdoupdate\fR,
-\fBredrawwin\fR,
-\fBrefresh\fR,
-\fBwnoutrefresh\fR,
-\fBwredrawln\fR,
-\fBwrefresh\fR \- refresh \fBcurses\fR windows and lines
+\fBdoupdate\fP,
+\fBredrawwin\fP,
+\fBrefresh\fP,
+\fBwnoutrefresh\fP,
+\fBwredrawln\fP,
+\fBwrefresh\fP \- refresh \fBcurses\fP windows and lines
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint refresh(void);\fR
+\fBint refresh(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wrefresh(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wrefresh(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint doupdate(void);\fR
+\fBint doupdate(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint redrawwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint redrawwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wredrawln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbeg_line\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_lines\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wredrawln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbeg_line\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_lines\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS refresh/wrefresh
-The \fBrefresh\fR and \fBwrefresh\fR routines (or \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and
-\fBdoupdate\fR) must be called to get actual output to the terminal,
+The \fBrefresh\fP and \fBwrefresh\fP routines (or \fBwnoutrefresh\fP and
+\fBdoupdate\fP) must be called to get actual output to the terminal,
 as other routines merely manipulate data structures.
-The routine \fBwrefresh\fR copies
+The routine \fBwrefresh\fP copies
 the named window to the \fIphysical screen\fP,
 taking into account what is already there to do optimizations.
-The \fBrefresh\fR routine is the
-same, using \fBstdscr\fR as the default window.
-Unless \fBleaveok\fR has been
+The \fBrefresh\fP routine is the
+same, using \fBstdscr\fP as the default window.
+Unless \fBleaveok\fP has been
 enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal is left at the location of the
 cursor for that window.
 .SS wnoutrefresh/doupdate
 .PP
-The \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and \fBdoupdate\fR routines allow multiple updates with
-more efficiency than \fBwrefresh\fR alone.
+The \fBwnoutrefresh\fP and \fBdoupdate\fP routines allow multiple updates with
+more efficiency than \fBwrefresh\fP alone.
 In addition to all the window
-structures, \fBcurses\fR keeps two data structures representing the terminal
+structures, \fBcurses\fP keeps two data structures representing the terminal
 screen:
 .bP
 a \fIphysical screen\fP, describing what is actually on the screen, and
 .bP
 a \fIvirtual screen\fP, describing what the programmer wants to have on the screen.
 .PP
-The routine \fBwrefresh\fR works by
+The routine \fBwrefresh\fP works by
 .bP
-first calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fR,
+first calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fP,
 which copies the named window to the \fIvirtual screen\fP, and
 .bP
-then calling \fBdoupdate\fR, which compares
+then calling \fBdoupdate\fP, which compares
 the \fIvirtual screen\fP to the \fIphysical screen\fP
 and does the actual update.
 .PP
 If the programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a series
-of calls to \fBwrefresh\fR results in alternating calls to \fBwnoutrefresh\fR
-and \fBdoupdate\fR, causing several bursts of output to the screen.
+of calls to \fBwrefresh\fP results in alternating calls to \fBwnoutrefresh\fP
+and \fBdoupdate\fP, causing several bursts of output to the screen.
 By first
-calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fR for each window, it is then possible to call
-\fBdoupdate\fR once, resulting in only one burst of output, with fewer total
+calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fP for each window, it is then possible to call
+\fBdoupdate\fP once, resulting in only one burst of output, with fewer total
 characters transmitted and less CPU time used.
 .PP
-If the \fIwin\fR argument to
-\fBwrefresh\fR is the \fIphysical screen\fP
-(i.e., the global variable \fBcurscr\fR),
+If the \fIwin\fP argument to
+\fBwrefresh\fP is the \fIphysical screen\fP
+(i.e., the global variable \fBcurscr\fP),
 the screen is immediately cleared and repainted from scratch.
 .PP
 The phrase \*(``copies the named window
 to the virtual screen\*('' above is ambiguous.
-What actually happens is that all \fItouched\fR (changed) lines in the window
+What actually happens is that all \fItouched\fP (changed) lines in the window
 are copied to the virtual screen.
 This affects programs that use overlapping
 windows; it means that if two windows overlap, you can refresh them in either
 order and the overlap region will be modified only when it is explicitly
 changed.
-(But see the section on \fBPORTABILITY\fR below for a warning about
+(But see the section on \fBPORTABILITY\fP below for a warning about
 exploiting this behavior.)
 .SS wredrawln/redrawwin
 .PP
-The \fBwredrawln\fR routine indicates to \fBcurses\fR that some screen lines
+The \fBwredrawln\fP routine indicates to \fBcurses\fP that some screen lines
 are corrupted and should be thrown away before anything is written over them.
 It touches the indicated lines (marking them changed).
-The routine \fBredrawwin\fR touches the entire window.
+The routine \fBredrawwin\fP touches the entire window.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure, and \fBOK\fR
-(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure, and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful
 completion.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
@@ -145,19 +145,19 @@
 if the associated call to \fBtouchln\fP returns an error.
 .RE
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBrefresh\fR and \fBredrawwin\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBrefresh\fP and \fBredrawwin\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
 .PP
-Whether \fBwnoutrefresh\fR copies to the virtual screen the entire contents
+Whether \fBwnoutrefresh\fP copies to the virtual screen the entire contents
 of a window or just its changed portions has never been well-documented in
 historic curses versions (including SVr4).
 It might be unwise to rely on
 either behavior in programs that might have to be linked with other curses
 implementations.
-Instead, you can do an explicit \fBtouchwin\fR before the
-\fBwnoutrefresh\fR call to guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
+Instead, you can do an explicit \fBtouchwin\fP before the
+\fBwnoutrefresh\fP call to guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_scanw.3x
Prereq:  1.28 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_scanw.3x	2020-10-24 09:29:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_scanw.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.28 2020/10/24 09:29:26 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.31 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_scanw 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -38,46 +38,46 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBscanw\fR,
-\fBwscanw\fR,
-\fBmvscanw\fR,
-\fBmvwscanw\fR,
-\fBvwscanw\fR, \fBvw_scanw\fR \- convert formatted input from a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBscanw\fP,
+\fBwscanw\fP,
+\fBmvscanw\fP,
+\fBmvwscanw\fP,
+\fBvwscanw\fP, \fBvw_scanw\fP \- convert formatted input from a \fBcurses\fP window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint scanw(const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBint scanw(const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wscanw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBint wscanw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvscanw(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBint mvscanw(int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwscanw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBint mvwscanw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint vw_scanw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, va_list \fP\fIvarglist\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint vw_scanw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, va_list \fP\fIvarglist\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
 /* obsolete */
 .br
-\fBint vwscanw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, va_list \fP\fIvarglist\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint vwscanw(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfmt\fP\fB, va_list \fP\fIvarglist\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBscanw\fR, \fBwscanw\fR and \fBmvscanw\fR routines are analogous to
-\fBscanf\fR [see \fBscanf\fR(3)].
+The \fBscanw\fP, \fBwscanw\fP and \fBmvscanw\fP routines are analogous to
+\fBscanf\fP [see \fBscanf\fP(3)].
 The effect of these routines is as though
-\fBwgetstr\fR were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input
-for \fBsscanf\fR(3).
-Fields which do not map to a variable in the \fIfmt\fR
+\fBwgetstr\fP were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input
+for \fBsscanf\fP(3).
+Fields which do not map to a variable in the \fIfmt\fP
 field are lost.
 .PP
-The \fBvwscanw\fR and \fBvw_scanw\fR routines are analogous to \fBvscanf\fR(3).
-They perform a \fBwscanw\fR using a variable argument list.
-The third argument is a \fIva_list\fR,
-a pointer to a list of arguments, as defined in \fB\fR.
+The \fBvwscanw\fP and \fBvw_scanw\fP routines are analogous to \fBvscanf\fP(3).
+They perform a \fBwscanw\fP using a variable argument list.
+The third argument is a \fBva_list\fP,
+a pointer to a list of arguments, as defined in \fB\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBvwscanw\fR returns \fBERR\fR on failure and an integer equal to the
+\fBvwscanw\fP returns \fBERR\fP on failure and an integer equal to the
 number of fields scanned on success.
 .PP
-Applications may use the return value from the \fBscanw\fR, \fBwscanw\fR,
-\fBmvscanw\fR and \fBmvwscanw\fR routines to determine the number of fields
+Applications may use the return value from the \fBscanw\fP, \fBwscanw\fP,
+\fBmvscanw\fP and \fBmvwscanw\fP routines to determine the number of fields
 which were mapped in the call.
 .PP
 Functions with a \*(``mv\*('' prefix first perform a cursor movement using
@@ -111,9 +111,9 @@
 SVr3 also added \fBvwscanw\fP, saying that the third parameter
 is a \fBva_list\fP, defined in ,
 and referring the reader to the manual pages for \fIvarargs\fP and
-\fIvprintf\fP for detailed descriptions.
-(Because the SVr3 documentation does not mention \fIvscanf\fP,
-that reference to \fIvprintf\fP may not be an error).
+\fBvprintf\fP for detailed descriptions.
+(Because the SVr3 documentation does not mention \fBvscanf\fP,
+that reference to \fBvprintf\fP may not be an error).
 .PP
 SVr4 added no new variations of \fBscanw\fP,
 but provided for using  or  to define the \fBva_list\fP
@@ -128,15 +128,15 @@
 .bP
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 described these functions,
 noting that the function
-\fBvwscanw\fR is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be replaced by a function
-\fBvw_scanw\fR using the \fB\fR interface.
+\fBvwscanw\fP is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be replaced by a function
+\fBvw_scanw\fP using the \fB\fP interface.
 .bP
 The Single Unix Specification, Version 2 states that
-\fBvw_scanw\fR  is preferred to \fBvwscanw\fR since the latter requires
-including \fB\fR, which
-cannot be used in the same file as \fB\fR.
-This implementation uses \fB\fR for both, because that header
-is included in \fB.
+\fBvw_scanw\fP  is preferred to \fBvwscanw\fP since the latter requires
+including \fB\fP, which
+cannot be used in the same file as \fB\fP.
+This implementation uses \fB\fP for both, because that header
+is included in \fB.
 .bP
 X/Open Curses, Issue 5 (December 2007) marked \fBvwscanw\fP (along with
 \fBvwprintw\fP and the termcap interface) as withdrawn.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 Both XSI and The Single Unix Specification, Version 2 state that these
 functions return \fBERR\fP or \fBOK\fP.
 .bP
-Since the underlying \fBscanf\fR(3) can return the number of items scanned,
+Since the underlying \fBscanf\fP(3) can return the number of items scanned,
 and the SVr4 code was documented to use this feature,
 this is probably an editing error which was introduced in XSI,
 rather than being done intentionally.
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@
 at the end of the format string to ensure that something was processed.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .na
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_printw\fP(3X),
 \fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X),
-\fBscanf\fR(3).
+\fBscanf\fP(3).
Index: man/curs_scr_dump.3x
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_scr_dump.3x	2021-10-20 22:37:48.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_scr_dump.3x	2021-12-25 21:12:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.17 2021/10/20 22:37:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:12:41 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_scr_dump 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,81 +40,81 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBscr_dump\fR,
-\fBscr_restore\fR,
-\fBscr_init\fR,
-\fBscr_set\fR \- read (write) a \fBcurses\fR screen from (to) a file
+\fBscr_dump\fP,
+\fBscr_restore\fP,
+\fBscr_init\fP,
+\fBscr_set\fP \- read (write) a \fBcurses\fP screen from (to) a file
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint scr_dump(const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scr_dump(const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint scr_restore(const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scr_restore(const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint scr_init(const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scr_init(const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint scr_set(const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scr_set(const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS scr_dump
 .PP
-The \fBscr_dump\fR routine dumps the current contents
+The \fBscr_dump\fP routine dumps the current contents
 of the \fIvirtual screen\fP
-to the file \fIfilename\fR.
+to the file \fIfilename\fP.
 .SS scr_restore
 .PP
-The \fBscr_restore\fR routine sets the \fIvirtual screen\fP to the contents
-of \fIfilename\fR, which must have been written using \fBscr_dump\fR.
-The next call to \fBdoupdate\fR restores
+The \fBscr_restore\fP routine sets the \fIvirtual screen\fP to the contents
+of \fIfilename\fP, which must have been written using \fBscr_dump\fP.
+The next call to \fBdoupdate\fP restores
 the \fIphysical screen\fP to the way it looked in the dump file.
 .SS scr_init
 .PP
-The \fBscr_init\fR routine reads in the contents of \fIfilename\fR and uses
-them to initialize the \fBcurses\fR data structures about what the terminal
+The \fBscr_init\fP routine reads in the contents of \fIfilename\fP and uses
+them to initialize the \fBcurses\fP data structures about what the terminal
 currently has on its screen.
 If the data is determined to be valid,
-\fBcurses\fR bases its next update of the screen on this information rather
+\fBcurses\fP bases its next update of the screen on this information rather
 than clearing the screen and starting from scratch.
-\fBscr_init\fR is used
-after \fBinitscr\fR or a \fBsystem\fR call to share
-the screen with another process which has done a \fBscr_dump\fR after its
-\fBendwin\fR(3X) call.
+\fBscr_init\fP is used
+after \fBinitscr\fP(3X) or a \fBsystem\fP(3) call to share
+the screen with another process which has done a \fBscr_dump\fP after its
+\fBendwin\fP(3X) call.
 The data is declared invalid
 .bP
-if the terminfo capabilities \fBrmcup\fR and \fBnrrmc\fR exist, also
+if the terminfo capabilities \fBrmcup\fP and \fBnrrmc\fP exist, also
 .bP
-if the terminal has been written to since the preceding \fBscr_dump\fR call.
+if the terminal has been written to since the preceding \fBscr_dump\fP call.
 .SS scr_set
 .PP
-The \fBscr_set\fR routine is a combination of \fBscr_restore\fR and
-\fBscr_init\fR.  It tells the program that the information in \fIfilename\fR is
+The \fBscr_set\fP routine is a combination of \fBscr_restore\fP and
+\fBscr_init\fP.  It tells the program that the information in \fIfilename\fP is
 what is currently on the screen, and also what the program wants on the screen.
 This can be thought of as a screen inheritance function.
 .PP
-To read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the \fBgetwin\fR and
-\fBputwin\fR routines [see \fBcurs_util\fR(3X)].
+To read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the \fBgetwin\fP and
+\fBputwin\fP routines [see \fBcurs_util\fP(3X)].
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
 upon success.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 In this implementation,
 each will return an error if the file cannot be opened.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBscr_init\fR, \fBscr_set\fR, and \fBscr_restore\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBscr_init\fP, \fBscr_set\fP, and \fBscr_restore\fP may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these functions (adding the const
 qualifiers).
 .PP
-The SVr4 docs merely say under \fBscr_init\fR that the dump data is also
+The SVr4 docs merely say under \fBscr_init\fP that the dump data is also
 considered invalid "if the time-stamp of the tty is old" but do not define
 \*(``old\*(''.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_util\fR(3X),
-\fBscr_dump\fR(5),
-\fBsystem\fR(3)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_util\fP(3X),
+\fBscr_dump\fP(5),
+\fBsystem\fP(3)
Index: man/curs_scroll.3x
Prereq:  1.19 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_scroll.3x	2020-10-24 09:45:48.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_scroll.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.19 2020/10/24 09:45:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.21 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_scroll 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -36,39 +36,39 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBscroll\fR,
-\fBscrl\fR,
-\fBwscrl\fR \- scroll a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBscroll\fP,
+\fBscrl\fP,
+\fBwscrl\fP \- scroll a \fBcurses\fP window
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint scroll(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scroll(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint scrl(int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scrl(int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wscrl(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wscrl(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBscroll\fR routine scrolls the window up one line.
+The \fBscroll\fP routine scrolls the window up one line.
 This involves moving
 the lines in the window data structure.
 As an optimization, if the scrolling
 region of the window is the entire screen,
 the \fIphysical screen\fP may be scrolled at the same time.
 .PP
-For positive \fIn\fR, the \fBscrl\fR and \fBwscrl\fR routines scroll the
-window up \fIn\fR lines (line \fIi\fR+\fIn\fR becomes \fIi\fR); otherwise
-scroll the window down \fIn\fR lines.
+For positive \fIn\fP, the \fBscrl\fP and \fBwscrl\fP routines scroll the
+window up \fIn\fP lines (line \fIi\fP+\fIn\fP becomes \fIi\fP); otherwise
+scroll the window down \fIn\fP lines.
 This involves moving the lines in the
 window character image structure.
 The current cursor position is not changed.
 .PP
-For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via \fBscrollok\fR.
+For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via \fBscrollok\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure, and \fBOK\fR (SVr4 only specifies
-"an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful completion.
+These routines return \fBERR\fP upon failure, and \fBOK\fP (SVr4 only specifies
+"an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful completion.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 .PP
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 if the window pointer is null, or
 if scrolling is not enabled in the window, e.g., with \fBscrollok\fP.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBscrl\fR and \fBscroll\fR may be macros.
+Note that \fBscrl\fP and \fBscroll\fP may be macros.
 .PP
 The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of physically scrolling
 immediately if the scroll region is the entire screen \*(``is\*('' performed, not
@@ -92,4 +92,4 @@
 .SH PORTABILITY
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_slk.3x
Prereq:  1.38 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_slk.3x	2021-06-17 21:26:02.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_slk.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.38 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.39 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_slk 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -36,75 +36,75 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBslk_init\fR,
-\fBslk_set\fR,
-\fBslk_wset\fR,
-\fBslk_refresh\fR,
-\fBslk_noutrefresh\fR,
-\fBslk_label\fR,
-\fBslk_clear\fR,
-\fBslk_restore\fR,
-\fBslk_touch\fR,
-\fBslk_attron\fR,
-\fBslk_attrset\fR,
-\fBslk_attroff\fR,
-\fBslk_attr_on\fR,
-\fBslk_attr_set\fR,
-\fBslk_attr_off\fR,
-\fBslk_attr\fR,
-\fBslk_color\fR,
-\fBextended_slk_color\fR \- \fBcurses\fR soft label routines
+\fBslk_init\fP,
+\fBslk_set\fP,
+\fBslk_wset\fP,
+\fBslk_refresh\fP,
+\fBslk_noutrefresh\fP,
+\fBslk_label\fP,
+\fBslk_clear\fP,
+\fBslk_restore\fP,
+\fBslk_touch\fP,
+\fBslk_attron\fP,
+\fBslk_attrset\fP,
+\fBslk_attroff\fP,
+\fBslk_attr_on\fP,
+\fBslk_attr_set\fP,
+\fBslk_attr_off\fP,
+\fBslk_attr\fP,
+\fBslk_color\fP,
+\fBextended_slk_color\fP \- \fBcurses\fP soft label routines
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint slk_init(int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_init(int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint slk_set(int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIlabel\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_set(int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIlabel\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 /* extension */
 .br
-\fBint slk_wset(int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIlabel\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_wset(int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB, const wchar_t *\fP\fIlabel\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBchar *slk_label(int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *slk_label(int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint slk_refresh(void);\fR
+\fBint slk_refresh(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_noutrefresh(void);\fR
+\fBint slk_noutrefresh(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_clear(void);\fR
+\fBint slk_clear(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_restore(void);\fR
+\fBint slk_restore(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_touch(void);\fR
+\fBint slk_touch(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint slk_attron(const chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attron(const chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_attroff(const chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attroff(const chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_attrset(const chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attrset(const chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_attr_on(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void* \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attr_on(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void* \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_attr_off(const attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void * \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attr_off(const attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, void * \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_attr_set(const attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void* \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attr_set(const attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void* \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBattr_t slk_attr(void);\fR
+\fBattr_t slk_attr(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint slk_color(short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_color(short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 /* extension */
 .br
-\fBint extended_slk_color(int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint extended_slk_color(int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on
 many terminals.
 For those terminals that do not have soft labels,
-\fBcurses\fR takes over the bottom line of \fBstdscr\fR, reducing the size of
-\fBstdscr\fR and the variable \fBLINES\fR.
-\fBcurses\fR standardizes on eight
+\fBcurses\fP takes over the bottom line of \fBstdscr\fP, reducing the size of
+\fBstdscr\fP and the variable \fBLINES\fP.
+\fBcurses\fP standardizes on eight
 labels of up to eight characters each.
 In addition to this, the ncurses
 implementation supports a mode where it simulates 12 labels of up to five
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@
 mode.
 .SS Initialization
 .PP
-The \fBslk_init\fR routine must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR
+The \fBslk_init\fP routine must be called before \fBinitscr\fP or \fBnewterm\fP
 is called.
-If \fBinitscr\fR eventually uses a line from \fBstdscr\fR to
+If \fBinitscr\fP eventually uses a line from \fBstdscr\fP to
 emulate the soft labels,
-then \fIfmt\fR determines how the labels are arranged on the screen:
+then \fIfmt\fP determines how the labels are arranged on the screen:
 .RS 3
 .TP 3
 .B 0
@@ -140,13 +140,13 @@
 .RE
 .SS Labels
 .PP
-The \fBslk_set\fR routine
-(and the \fBslk_wset\fR routine for the wide-character library)
+The \fBslk_set\fP routine
+(and the \fBslk_wset\fP routine for the wide-character library)
 has three parameters:
 .RS 3
 .TP 5
 .I labnum
-is the label number, from \fB1\fR to \fB8\fR
+is the label number, from \fB1\fP to \fB8\fP
 (12 for \fIfmt\fP in \fBslk_init\fP is \fB2\fP or \fB3\fP);
 .TP
 .I label
@@ -158,55 +158,55 @@
 .TP
 .I fmt
 is either
-\fB0\fR, \fB1\fR, or \fB2\fR, indicating whether the label is to be
+\fB0\fP, \fB1\fP, or \fB2\fP, indicating whether the label is to be
 left-justified, centered, or right-justified, respectively, within the
 label.
 .RE
 .PP
-The \fBslk_label\fR routine returns the current label for label number
-\fIlabnum\fR, with leading and trailing blanks stripped.
+The \fBslk_label\fP routine returns the current label for label number
+\fIlabnum\fP, with leading and trailing blanks stripped.
 .SS Screen updates
 .PP
-The \fBslk_refresh\fR and \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR routines correspond to
-the \fBwrefresh\fR and \fBwnoutrefresh\fR routines.
+The \fBslk_refresh\fP and \fBslk_noutrefresh\fP routines correspond to
+the \fBwrefresh\fP and \fBwnoutrefresh\fP routines.
 .PP
-The \fBslk_clear\fR routine clears the soft labels from the screen.
+The \fBslk_clear\fP routine clears the soft labels from the screen.
 .PP
-The \fBslk_restore\fR routine restores the soft labels to the screen
-after a \fBslk_clear\fR has been performed.
+The \fBslk_restore\fP routine restores the soft labels to the screen
+after a \fBslk_clear\fP has been performed.
 .PP
-The \fBslk_touch\fR routine forces all the soft labels to be output
-the next time a \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR is performed.
+The \fBslk_touch\fP routine forces all the soft labels to be output
+the next time a \fBslk_noutrefresh\fP is performed.
 .SS Video attributes
 .PP
 The
-\fBslk_attron\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR, \fBslk_attroff\fR and \fBslk_attr\fR
+\fBslk_attron\fP, \fBslk_attrset\fP, \fBslk_attroff\fP and \fBslk_attr\fP
 routines correspond to
-\fBattron\fR, \fBattrset\fR, \fBattroff\fR and \fBattr_get\fR, respectively.
+\fBattron\fP, \fBattrset\fP, \fBattroff\fP and \fBattr_get\fP, respectively.
 They have an effect only if soft labels are simulated on the bottom line of
 the screen.
 The default highlight for soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in
 System V curses, which does not document this fact).
 .SS Colors
 .PP
-The \fBslk_color\fR routine corresponds to \fBcolor_set\fR.
+The \fBslk_color\fP routine corresponds to \fBcolor_set\fP.
 It has an effect only
 if soft labels are simulated on the bottom line of the screen.
 .PP
-Because \fBslk_color\fR accepts only \fBshort\fP (signed 16-bit integer) values,
+Because \fBslk_color\fP accepts only \fBshort\fP (signed 16-bit integer) values,
 this implementation provides
-\fBextended_slk_color\fR which accepts an integer value, e.g., 32-bits.
+\fBextended_slk_color\fP which accepts an integer value, e.g., 32-bits.
 .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure
-and \fBOK\fP (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR")
+These routines return \fBERR\fP upon failure
+and \fBOK\fP (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP")
 upon successful completion.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 In this implementation
 .RS 3
 .TP 5
-\fBslk_attr\fR
+\fBslk_attr\fP
 returns the attribute used for the soft keys.
 .TP 5
 .na
@@ -231,12 +231,12 @@
 if the terminal or the softkeys were not initialized, or
 the color pair is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS\-1.
 .TP 5
-\fBslk_init\fR
+\fBslk_init\fP
 returns an error
 if the format parameter is outside the range 0..3.
 .TP 5
-\fBslk_label\fR
-returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+\fBslk_label\fP
+returns \fBNULL\fP on error.
 .TP 5
 \fBslk_set\fP
 returns an error
@@ -280,16 +280,16 @@
 if \fIopts\fP is set it is treated as a pointer to \fBint\fP,
 and used to  set  the  color pair instead of the \fBshort\fP pair parameter.
 .SH NOTES
-Most applications would use \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR because a
-\fBwrefresh\fR is likely to follow soon.
+Most applications would use \fBslk_noutrefresh\fP because a
+\fBwrefresh\fP is likely to follow soon.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, described the soft-key functions,
 with some differences from SVr4 curses:
 .bP
 It added functions like the SVr4
-attribute-manipulation functions \fBslk_attron\fR,
-\fBslk_attroff\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR,
-but which use \fBattr_t\fR parameters (rather than \fBchtype\fP),
+attribute-manipulation functions \fBslk_attron\fP,
+\fBslk_attroff\fP, \fBslk_attrset\fP,
+but which use \fBattr_t\fP parameters (rather than \fBchtype\fP),
 along with a reserved \fIopts\fP parameter.
 .IP
 Two of these new functions (unlike the SVr4 functions) have no provision
@@ -297,12 +297,12 @@
 .IP
 The third function (\fBslk_attr_set\fP) has a color-pair parameter.
 .bP
-It added \fBconst\fR qualifiers to parameters (unnecessarily), and
+It added \fBconst\fP qualifiers to parameters (unnecessarily), and
 .bP
 It added \fBslk_color\fP.
 .PP
-The format codes \fB2\fR and \fB3\fR for \fBslk_init\fR and the
-function \fBslk_attr\fR are specific to ncurses.
+The format codes \fB2\fP and \fB3\fP for \fBslk_init\fP and the
+function \fBslk_attr\fP are specific to ncurses.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses does not specify a limit for the number of colors and
 color pairs which a terminal can support.
@@ -313,8 +313,8 @@
 which use \fBshort\fP parameters,
 allowing applications to use larger color- and pair-numbers.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_sp_funcs.3x
Prereq:  1.25 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x	2021-05-22 22:12:46.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x	2021-12-25 17:54:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_sp_funcs.3x,v 1.25 2021/05/22 22:12:46 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_sp_funcs.3x,v 1.26 2021/12/25 17:54:00 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_sp_funcs 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -36,286 +36,286 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-curs_sp_funcs \- \fBcurses\fR screen-pointer extension
+curs_sp_funcs \- \fBcurses\fP screen-pointer extension
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .nf
 .sp
-\fBint alloc_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint alloc_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint assume_default_colors_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint assume_default_colors_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint baudrate_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint baudrate_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint beep_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint beep_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool can_change_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool can_change_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint cbreak_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint cbreak_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint color_content_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIr\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIg\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint color_content_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIr\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIg\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint curs_set_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIvisibility\fP);\fR
+\fBint curs_set_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIvisibility\fP);\fP
 .br
-\fBint def_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint def_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint def_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint def_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint define_key_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char * \fP\fIdefinition\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeycode\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint define_key_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char * \fP\fIdefinition\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeycode\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint delay_output_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint delay_output_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint doupdate_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint doupdate_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint echo_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint echo_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint endwin_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint endwin_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar erasechar_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar erasechar_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint erasewchar_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint erasewchar_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint extended_color_content_sp(SCREEN * \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIr\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIg\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint extended_color_content_sp(SCREEN * \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIr\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIg\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint extended_pair_content_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint extended_pair_content_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int * \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint extended_slk_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint extended_slk_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid filter_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid filter_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint find_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint find_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint flash_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint flash_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint flushinp_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint flushinp_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint free_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint free_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint get_escdelay_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint get_escdelay_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint getmouse_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, MEVENT* \fP\fBevent\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint getmouse_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, MEVENT* \fP\fBevent\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW* getwin_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, FILE* \fP\fIfilep\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW* getwin_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, FILE* \fP\fIfilep\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint halfdelay_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fItenths\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint halfdelay_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fItenths\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool has_colors_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool has_colors_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBbool has_ic_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool has_ic_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool has_il_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool has_il_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint has_key_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint has_key_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool has_mouse_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool has_mouse_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint init_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, short \fP\fIr\fP\fB, short \fP\fIg\fP\fB, short \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint init_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, short \fP\fIr\fP\fB, short \fP\fIg\fP\fB, short \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint init_extended_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, int \fP\fIr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint init_extended_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor\fP\fB, int \fP\fIr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIb\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint init_extended_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint init_extended_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint init_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, short \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, short \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint init_pair_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, short \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, short \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint intrflush_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, WINDOW* \fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint intrflush_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, WINDOW* \fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_term_resized_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_term_resized_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBbool isendwin_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool isendwin_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint key_defined_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIdefinition\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint key_defined_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIdefinition\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar* keybound_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeycode\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcount\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar* keybound_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeycode\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcount\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * keyname_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * keyname_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint keyok_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeycode\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIenable\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint keyok_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeycode\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIenable\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar killchar_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar killchar_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint killwchar_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint killwchar_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, wchar_t *\fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar* longname_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar* longname_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mcprint_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIdata\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlen\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mcprint_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIdata\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlen\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mouseinterval_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIerval\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mouseinterval_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIerval\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBmmask_t mousemask_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, mmask_t \fP\fInewmask\fP\fB, mmask_t *\fP\fIoldmask\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBmmask_t mousemask_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, mmask_t \fP\fInewmask\fP\fB, mmask_t *\fP\fIoldmask\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvcur_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoldrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoldcol\fP\fB, int \fP\fInewrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fInewcol\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvcur_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoldrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoldcol\fP\fB, int \fP\fInewrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fInewcol\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint napms_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint napms_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW* newpad_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fInrows\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW* newpad_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fInrows\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBSCREEN* new_prescr(void);\fR
+\fBSCREEN* new_prescr(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBSCREEN* newterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fItype\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIoutfd\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIinfd\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBSCREEN* newterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fItype\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIoutfd\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIinfd\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW* newwin_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW* newwin_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint nl_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint nl_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint nocbreak_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint nocbreak_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint noecho_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint noecho_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid nofilter_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid nofilter_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint nonl_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint nonl_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid noqiflush_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid noqiflush_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint noraw_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint noraw_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint pair_content_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint pair_content_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIfg\fP\fB, short* \fP\fIbg\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid qiflush_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid qiflush_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint raw_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint raw_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint reset_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint reset_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid reset_color_pairs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid reset_color_pairs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint reset_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint reset_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint resetty_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint resetty_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint resize_term_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint resize_term_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint resizeterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint resizeterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint ripoffline_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIline\fP\fB, int (*\fP\fIinit\fP\fB)(WINDOW* \fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB));\fR
+\fBint ripoffline_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIline\fP\fB, int (*\fP\fIinit\fP\fB)(WINDOW* \fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB));\fP
 .br
-\fBint savetty_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint savetty_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint scr_init_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scr_init_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint scr_restore_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scr_restore_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint scr_set_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint scr_set_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIfilename\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint set_escdelay_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint set_escdelay_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint set_tabsize_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcols\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint set_tabsize_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcols\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint slk_attr_set_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void*\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attr_set_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void*\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_attrset_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIa\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attrset_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIa\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_attroff_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIa\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attroff_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIa\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_attron_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIa\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_attron_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const chtype \fP\fIa\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBattr_t slk_attr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBattr_t slk_attr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_clear_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_clear_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_init_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_init_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar* slk_label_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar* slk_label_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_noutrefresh_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_noutrefresh_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint slk_refresh_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_refresh_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_restore_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_restore_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_set_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB, const char * \fP\fIlabel\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_set_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlabnum\fP\fB, const char * \fP\fIlabel\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfmt\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint slk_touch_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint slk_touch_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint start_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint start_color_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBattr_t term_attrs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBattr_t term_attrs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchtype termattrs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchtype termattrs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar* termname_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar* termname_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint typeahead_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfd\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint typeahead_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfd\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint unget_wch_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const wchar_t \fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint unget_wch_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const wchar_t \fP\fIwch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint ungetch_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint ungetch_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint ungetmouse_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB,MEVENT * \fP\fBevent\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint ungetmouse_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB,MEVENT * \fP\fBevent\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint use_default_colors_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint use_default_colors_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid use_env_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid use_env_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint use_legacy_coding_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlevel\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint use_legacy_coding_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid use_tioctl_sp(SCREEN *\fP\fIsp\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid use_tioctl_sp(SCREEN *\fP\fIsp\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint vid_attr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void * \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint vid_attr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void * \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint vid_puts_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void * \fP\fIopts\fP\fB, NCURSES_SP_OUTC \fP\fIputc\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint vid_puts_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void * \fP\fIopts\fP\fB, NCURSES_SP_OUTC \fP\fIputc\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint vidattr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint vidattr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint vidputs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, NCURSES_SP_OUTC \fP\fIputc\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint vidputs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, NCURSES_SP_OUTC \fP\fIputc\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBwchar_t* wunctrl_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBwchar_t* wunctrl_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, cchar_t *\fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBFORM* new_form_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, FIELD **\fP\fIfields\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBFORM* new_form_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, FIELD **\fP\fIfields\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBMENU* new_menu_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, ITEM **\fP\fIitems\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBMENU* new_menu_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, ITEM **\fP\fIitems\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBPANEL* ceiling_panel(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBPANEL* ceiling_panel(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBPANEL* ground_panel(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBPANEL* ground_panel(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid update_panels_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid update_panels_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint del_curterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, TERMINAL *\fP\fIoterm\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint del_curterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, TERMINAL *\fP\fIoterm\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint putp_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint putp_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint restartterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, NCURSES_CONST char*\fP\fIterm\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfiledes\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIerrret\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint restartterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, NCURSES_CONST char*\fP\fIterm\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfiledes\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIerrret\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBTERMINAL* set_curterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, TERMINAL*\fP\fInterm\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBTERMINAL* set_curterm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, TERMINAL*\fP\fInterm\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tgetent_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIbp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIname\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint tgetent_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, char *\fP\fIbp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tgetflag_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint tgetflag_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tgetnum_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint tgetnum_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar* tgetstr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB, char **\fP\fIarea\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar* tgetstr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB, char **\fP\fIarea\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar* tgoto_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIrow\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar* tgoto_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIrow\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tigetflag_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint tigetflag_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tigetnum_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint tigetnum_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar* tigetstr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar* tigetstr_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-/* may instead use 9 long parameters */
+\fR/* may instead use 9 long parameters */\fP
 .br
-\fBchar* tparm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBchar* tparm_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tputs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIaffcnt\fP\fB, NCURSES_SP_OUTC \fP\fIputc\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint tputs_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIaffcnt\fP\fB, NCURSES_SP_OUTC \fP\fIputc\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char* unctrl_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char* unctrl_sp(SCREEN* \fP\fIsp\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fP
 .ad
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -387,6 +387,6 @@
 It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses extensions
 be conditioned using \fINCURSES_SP_FUNCS\fP.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_threads\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_threads\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_termattrs.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_termattrs.3x	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_termattrs.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,115 +27,115 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.15 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_termattrs 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBbaudrate\fR,
-\fBerasechar\fR,
-\fBerasewchar\fR,
-\fBhas_ic\fR,
-\fBhas_il\fR,
-\fBkillchar\fR,
-\fBkillwchar\fR,
-\fBlongname\fR,
-\fBterm_attrs\fR,
-\fBtermattrs\fR,
-\fBtermname\fR \- \fBcurses\fR environment query routines
+\fBbaudrate\fP,
+\fBerasechar\fP,
+\fBerasewchar\fP,
+\fBhas_ic\fP,
+\fBhas_il\fP,
+\fBkillchar\fP,
+\fBkillwchar\fP,
+\fBlongname\fP,
+\fBterm_attrs\fP,
+\fBtermattrs\fP,
+\fBtermname\fP \- \fBcurses\fP environment query routines
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint baudrate(void);\fR
+\fBint baudrate(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar erasechar(void);\fR
+\fBchar erasechar(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint erasewchar(wchar_t *\fR\fIch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint erasewchar(wchar_t *\fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool has_ic(void);\fR
+\fBbool has_ic(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool has_il(void);\fR
+\fBbool has_il(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar killchar(void);\fR
+\fBchar killchar(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint killwchar(wchar_t *\fR\fIch\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint killwchar(wchar_t *\fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *longname(void);\fR
+\fBchar *longname(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBattr_t term_attrs(void);\fR
+\fBattr_t term_attrs(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBchtype termattrs(void);\fR
+\fBchtype termattrs(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *termname(void);\fR
+\fBchar *termname(void);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS baudrate
-The \fBbaudrate\fR routine returns the output speed of the terminal.
+The \fBbaudrate\fP routine returns the output speed of the terminal.
 The
-number returned is in bits per second, for example \fB9600\fR, and is an
+number returned is in bits per second, for example \fB9600\fP, and is an
 integer.
 .SS erasechar, erasewchar
 .PP
-The \fBerasechar\fR routine returns the user's current erase character.
+The \fBerasechar\fP routine returns the user's current erase character.
 .PP
-The \fBerasewchar\fR routine stores the current erase character
-in the location referenced by \fIch\fR.
+The \fBerasewchar\fP routine stores the current erase character
+in the location referenced by \fIch\fP.
 If no erase character has been defined, the routine fails
-and the location referenced by \fIch\fR is not changed.
+and the location referenced by \fIch\fP is not changed.
 .SS has_is, has_il
 .PP
-The \fBhas_ic\fR routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete-
+The \fBhas_ic\fP routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete-
 character capabilities.
 .PP
-The \fBhas_il\fR routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete-line
+The \fBhas_il\fP routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete-line
 capabilities, or can simulate them using scrolling regions.
 This might
 be used to determine if it would be appropriate to turn on physical
-scrolling using \fBscrollok\fR.
+scrolling using \fBscrollok\fP.
 .SS killchar, killwchar
 .PP
-The \fBkillchar\fR routine returns the user's current line kill character.
+The \fBkillchar\fP routine returns the user's current line kill character.
 .PP
-The \fBkillwchar\fR routine stores the current line-kill character
-in the location referenced by \fIch\fR.
+The \fBkillwchar\fP routine stores the current line-kill character
+in the location referenced by \fIch\fP.
 If no line-kill character has been defined,
-the routine fails and the location referenced by \fIch\fR is not changed.
+the routine fails and the location referenced by \fIch\fP is not changed.
 .SS longname
 .PP
-The \fBlongname\fR routine returns a pointer to a static area
+The \fBlongname\fP routine returns a pointer to a static area
 containing a verbose description of the current terminal.
 The maximum
 length of a verbose description is 128 characters.
 It is defined only
-after the call to \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR.  The area is
-overwritten by each call to \fBnewterm\fR and is not restored by
-\fBset_term\fR, so the value should be saved between calls to
-\fBnewterm\fR if \fBlongname\fR is going to be used with multiple
+after the call to \fBinitscr\fP or \fBnewterm\fP.  The area is
+overwritten by each call to \fBnewterm\fP and is not restored by
+\fBset_term\fP, so the value should be saved between calls to
+\fBnewterm\fP if \fBlongname\fP is going to be used with multiple
 terminals.
 .SS termattrs, term_attrs
 .PP
 If a given terminal does not support a video attribute that an
-application program is trying to use, \fBcurses\fR may substitute a
+application program is trying to use, \fBcurses\fP may substitute a
 different video attribute for it.
-The \fBtermattrs\fR and \fBterm_attrs\fR functions
-return a logical \fBOR\fR of all video attributes supported by the
-terminal using \fIA_\fR and \fIWA_\fR constants respectively.
-This information is useful when a \fBcurses\fR program
+The \fBtermattrs\fP and \fBterm_attrs\fP functions
+return a logical \fBOR\fP of all video attributes supported by the
+terminal using \fBA_\fP and \fBWA_\fP constants respectively.
+This information is useful when a \fBcurses\fP program
 needs complete control over the appearance of the screen.
 .SS termname
 .PP
-The \fBtermname\fR routine returns the terminal name used by \fBsetupterm\fR.
+The \fBtermname\fP routine returns the terminal name used by \fBsetupterm\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBlongname\fR and \fBtermname\fR return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+\fBlongname\fP and \fBtermname\fP return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 .PP
-Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
-(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful
 completion.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that \fBtermattrs\fR may be a macro.
+Note that \fBtermattrs\fP may be a macro.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
 It changes the
-return type of \fBtermattrs\fR to the new type \fBattr_t\fR.
-Most versions of curses truncate the result returned by \fBtermname\fR to
+return type of \fBtermattrs\fP to the new type \fBattr_t\fP.
+Most versions of curses truncate the result returned by \fBtermname\fP to
 14 characters.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
Index: man/curs_termcap.3x
Prereq:  1.49 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_termcap.3x	2021-04-03 21:17:09.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_termcap.3x	2021-12-25 21:31:00.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.49 2021/04/03 21:17:09 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.52 2021/12/25 21:31:00 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_termcap 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -41,54 +41,54 @@
 .hy 0
 .ds n 5
 .SH NAME
-\fBPC\fR,
-\fBUP\fR,
-\fBBC\fR,
-\fBospeed\fR,
-\fBtgetent\fR,
-\fBtgetflag\fR,
-\fBtgetnum\fR,
-\fBtgetstr\fR,
-\fBtgoto\fR,
-\fBtputs\fR \- \fBcurses\fR emulation of termcap
+\fBPC\fP,
+\fBUP\fP,
+\fBBC\fP,
+\fBospeed\fP,
+\fBtgetent\fP,
+\fBtgetflag\fP,
+\fBtgetnum\fP,
+\fBtgetstr\fP,
+\fBtgoto\fP,
+\fBtputs\fP \- \fBcurses\fP emulation of termcap
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .br
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBextern char PC;\fR
+\fBextern char PC;\fP
 .br
-\fBextern char * UP;\fR
+\fBextern char * UP;\fP
 .br
-\fBextern char * BC;\fR
+\fBextern char * BC;\fP
 .br
-\fBextern @NCURSES_OSPEED@ ospeed;\fR
+\fBextern @NCURSES_OSPEED@ ospeed;\fP
 .sp
-\fBint tgetent(char *\fP\fIbp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIname\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint tgetent(char *\fP\fIbp\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tgetflag(const char *\fP\fIid\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint tgetflag(const char *\fP\fIid\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tgetnum(const char *\fP\fIid\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint tgetnum(const char *\fP\fIid\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *tgetstr(const char *\fP\fIid\fP\fB, char **\fP\fIarea\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *tgetstr(const char *\fP\fIid\fP\fB, char **\fP\fIarea\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *tgoto(const char *\fP\fIcap\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIrow\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *tgoto(const char *\fP\fIcap\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcol\fP\fB, int \fP\fIrow\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tputs(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIaffcnt\fP\fB, int (*\fP\fIputc\fP\fB)(int));\fR
+\fBint tputs(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIaffcnt\fP\fB, int (*\fP\fIputc\fP\fB)(int));\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use
-the \fItermcap\fR library.
+the \fItermcap\fP library.
 Their parameters are the same, but the
-routines are emulated using the \fIterminfo\fR database.
+routines are emulated using the \fIterminfo\fP database.
 Thus, they
 can only be used to query the capabilities of entries for which a
 terminfo entry has been compiled.
 .SS INITIALIZATION
 .PP
-The \fBtgetent\fR routine loads the entry for \fIname\fR.
+The \fBtgetent\fP routine loads the entry for \fIname\fP.
 It returns:
 .RS 3
 .TP 3
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 This differs from the \fItermcap\fP library in two ways:
 .RS 3
 .bP
-The emulation ignores the buffer pointer \fIbp\fR.
+The emulation ignores the buffer pointer \fIbp\fP.
 The \fItermcap\fP library would store a copy of the terminal
 description in the area referenced by this pointer.
 However, ncurses stores its terminal descriptions in compiled
@@ -120,15 +120,15 @@
 .RE
 .SS CAPABILITY VALUES
 .PP
-The \fBtgetflag\fR routine gets the boolean entry for \fIid\fR,
+The \fBtgetflag\fP routine gets the boolean entry for \fIid\fP,
 or zero if it is not available.
 .PP
-The \fBtgetnum\fR routine gets the numeric entry for \fIid\fR,
+The \fBtgetnum\fP routine gets the numeric entry for \fIid\fP,
 or \-1 if it is not available.
 .PP
-The \fBtgetstr\fR routine returns the string entry for \fIid\fR,
+The \fBtgetstr\fP routine returns the string entry for \fIid\fP,
 or zero if it is not available.
-Use \fBtputs\fR to output the returned string.
+Use \fBtputs\fP to output the returned string.
 The \fIarea\fP parameter is used as follows:
 .RS 3
 .bP
@@ -140,25 +140,25 @@
 If either check fails, the \fIarea\fP parameter is ignored.
 .bP
 If the checks succeed, ncurses also copies the return value to
-the buffer pointed to by \fIarea\fR,
-and the \fIarea\fR value will be updated to point past the null ending
+the buffer pointed to by \fIarea\fP,
+and the \fIarea\fP value will be updated to point past the null ending
 this value.
 .bP
 The return value itself is an address in the terminal description which
 is loaded into memory.
 .RE
 .PP
-Only the first two characters of the \fBid\fR parameter of
-\fBtgetflag\fR,
-\fBtgetnum\fR and
-\fBtgetstr\fR are compared in lookups.
+Only the first two characters of the \fBid\fP parameter of
+\fBtgetflag\fP,
+\fBtgetnum\fP and
+\fBtgetstr\fP are compared in lookups.
 .SS FORMATTING CAPABILITIES
 .PP
-The \fBtgoto\fR routine expands the given capability using the parameters.
+The \fBtgoto\fP routine expands the given capability using the parameters.
 .bP
 Because the capability may have padding characters,
-the output of \fBtgoto\fP should be passed to \fBtputs\fR
-rather than some other output function such as \fBprintf\fP.
+the output of \fBtgoto\fP should be passed to \fBtputs\fP
+rather than some other output function such as \fBprintf\fP(3).
 .bP
 While \fBtgoto\fP is assumed to be used for the two-parameter
 cursor positioning capability,
@@ -178,41 +178,41 @@
 However, \fBtparm\fP is not a \fItermcap\fP feature,
 and portable \fItermcap\fP applications should not rely upon its availability.
 .PP
-The \fBtputs\fR routine is described on the \fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X) manual
+The \fBtputs\fP routine is described on the \fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X) manual
 page.
 It can retrieve capabilities by either termcap or terminfo name.
 .SS GLOBAL VARIABLES
 .PP
 The variables
-\fBPC\fR,
-\fBUP\fR and
-\fBBC\fR
-are set by \fBtgetent\fR to the terminfo entry's data for
-\fBpad_char\fR,
-\fBcursor_up\fR and
-\fBbackspace_if_not_bs\fR,
+\fBPC\fP,
+\fBUP\fP and
+\fBBC\fP
+are set by \fBtgetent\fP to the terminfo entry's data for
+\fBpad_char\fP,
+\fBcursor_up\fP and
+\fBbackspace_if_not_bs\fP,
 respectively.
-\fBUP\fR is not used by ncurses.
-\fBPC\fR is used in the \fBtdelay_output\fR function.
-\fBBC\fR is used in the \fBtgoto\fR emulation.
-The variable \fBospeed\fR is set by ncurses in a system-specific coding
+\fBUP\fP is not used by ncurses.
+\fBPC\fP is used in the \fBtdelay_output\fP function.
+\fBBC\fP is used in the \fBtgoto\fP emulation.
+The variable \fBospeed\fP is set by ncurses in a system-specific coding
 to reflect the terminal speed.
 .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 Except where explicitly noted,
-routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
-(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
+routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon successful
 completion.
 .PP
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 .SH BUGS
-If you call \fBtgetstr\fR to fetch \fBca\fR or any other parameterized string,
+If you call \fBtgetstr\fP to fetch \fBca\fP or any other parameterized string,
 be aware that it will be returned in terminfo notation, not the older and
 not-quite-compatible termcap notation.
 This will not cause problems if all
-you do with it is call \fBtgoto\fR or \fBtparm\fR, which both expand
+you do with it is call \fBtgoto\fP or \fBtparm\fP, which both expand
 terminfo-style strings as terminfo.
-(The \fBtgoto\fR function, if configured to support termcap, will check
+(The \fBtgoto\fP function, if configured to support termcap, will check
 if the string is indeed terminfo-style by looking for "%p" parameters or
 "$<..>" delays, and invoke a termcap-style parser if the string does not
 appear to be terminfo).
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
 differ from termcap's,
 users can be surprised:
 .bP
-\fBtputs("50")\fR in a terminfo system will put out a literal \*(``50\*(''
+\fBtputs("50")\fP in a terminfo system will put out a literal \*(``50\*(''
 rather than busy-waiting for 50 milliseconds.
 .bP
 However, if ncurses is configured to support termcap,
@@ -230,12 +230,12 @@
 In that case, \fBtputs\fP inspects strings passed to it,
 looking for digits at the beginning of the string.
 .IP
-\fBtputs("50")\fR in a termcap system may wait for 50 milliseconds
+\fBtputs("50")\fP in a termcap system may wait for 50 milliseconds
 rather than put out a literal \*(``50\*(''
 .PP
-Note that termcap has nothing analogous to terminfo's \fBsgr\fR string.
-One consequence of this is that termcap applications assume \fBme\fR
-(terminfo \fBsgr0\fR) does not reset the alternate character set.
+Note that termcap has nothing analogous to terminfo's \fBsgr\fP string.
+One consequence of this is that termcap applications assume \fBme\fP
+(terminfo \fBsgr0\fP) does not reset the alternate character set.
 This implementation checks for, and modifies the data shown to the
 termcap interface to accommodate termcap's limitation in this respect.
 .SH PORTABILITY
@@ -251,12 +251,12 @@
 (along with \fBvwprintw\fP and \fBvwscanw\fP) as withdrawn.
 .PP
 Neither the XSI Curses standard nor the SVr4 man pages documented the return
-values of \fBtgetent\fR correctly, though all three were in fact returned ever
+values of \fBtgetent\fP correctly, though all three were in fact returned ever
 since SVr1.
 In particular, an omission in the XSI Curses documentation has been
-misinterpreted to mean that \fBtgetent\fR returns \fBOK\fR or \fBERR\fR.
+misinterpreted to mean that \fBtgetent\fP returns \fBOK\fP or \fBERR\fP.
 Because the purpose of these functions is to provide compatibility with
-the \fItermcap\fR library, that is a defect in XCurses, Issue 4, Version 2
+the \fItermcap\fP library, that is a defect in XCurses, Issue 4, Version 2
 rather than in ncurses.
 .SS Compatibility with BSD Termcap
 .PP
@@ -264,9 +264,9 @@
 However, termcap applications' use of those variables is poorly documented,
 e.g., not distinguishing between input and output.
 In particular, some applications are reported to declare and/or
-modify \fBospeed\fR.
+modify \fBospeed\fP.
 .PP
-The comment that only the first two characters of the \fBid\fR parameter
+The comment that only the first two characters of the \fBid\fP parameter
 are used escapes many application developers.
 The original BSD 4.2 termcap library (and historical relics thereof)
 did not require a trailing null NUL on the parameter name passed
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
 However, there were two different termcap.h header files in the BSD
 sources:
 .bP
-One was used internally by the \fIjove\fP editor in 2BSD through 4.4BSD.
+One was used internally by the \fBjove\fP editor in 2BSD through 4.4BSD.
 It defined global symbols for the termcap variables which it used.
 .bP
 The other appeared in 4.4BSD Lite Release 2 (mid-1993)
@@ -324,13 +324,13 @@
 but in that instance, it was \fIlibedit\fP which differed from BSD termcap.
 .PP
 A copy of GNU termcap 1.3 was bundled with \fIbash\fP in mid-1993,
-to support the \fIreadline\fP library.
+to support the \fBreadline\fP(3) library.
 .PP
 A termcap.h file was provided in ncurses 1.8.1 (November 1993).
-That reflected influence by \fIemacs\fP (rather than \fIjove\fP)
+That reflected influence by \fBemacs\fP(1) (rather than \fBjove\fP(1))
 and GNU termcap:
 .bP
-it provided declarations for a few global symbols used by \fIemacs\fP
+it provided declarations for a few global symbols used by \fBemacs\fP
 .bP
 it provided function prototypes (using \fBconst\fP).
 .bP
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@
 which must be taken into account by programs which can work with all
 termcap library interfaces.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBputc\fR(3),
-\fBterm_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBputc\fP(3),
+\fBterm_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
 .sp
 https://invisible-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html
Index: man/curs_terminfo.3x
Prereq:  1.76 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_terminfo.3x	2021-09-04 19:58:03.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_terminfo.3x	2021-12-25 21:34:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.76 2021/09/04 19:58:03 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.79 2021/12/25 21:34:58 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_terminfo 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -41,30 +41,30 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBdel_curterm\fR,
-\fBmvcur\fR,
-\fBputp\fR,
-\fBrestartterm\fR,
-\fBset_curterm\fR,
-\fBsetupterm\fR,
-\fBtigetflag\fR,
-\fBtigetnum\fR,
-\fBtigetstr\fR,
-\fBtiparm\fR,
-\fBtparm\fR,
-\fBtputs\fR,
-\fBvid_attr\fR,
-\fBvid_puts\fR,
-\fBvidattr\fR,
-\fBvidputs\fR \- \fBcurses\fR interfaces to terminfo database
+\fBdel_curterm\fP,
+\fBmvcur\fP,
+\fBputp\fP,
+\fBrestartterm\fP,
+\fBset_curterm\fP,
+\fBsetupterm\fP,
+\fBtigetflag\fP,
+\fBtigetnum\fP,
+\fBtigetstr\fP,
+\fBtiparm\fP,
+\fBtparm\fP,
+\fBtputs\fP,
+\fBvid_attr\fP,
+\fBvid_puts\fP,
+\fBvidattr\fP,
+\fBvidputs\fP \- \fBcurses\fP interfaces to terminfo database
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBTERMINAL *cur_term;\fR
+\fBTERMINAL *cur_term;\fP
 .sp
 \fBconst char * const boolnames[];\fP
 \fBconst char * const boolcodes[];\fP
@@ -76,45 +76,45 @@
 \fBconst char * const strcodes[];\fP
 \fBconst char * const strfnames[];\fP
 .sp
-\fBint setupterm(const char *\fR\fIterm\fR\fB, int \fR\fIfiledes\fR\fB, int *\fR\fIerrret\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint setupterm(const char *\fP\fIterm\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfiledes\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIerrret\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBTERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *\fR\fInterm\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBTERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *\fP\fInterm\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint del_curterm(TERMINAL *\fR\fIoterm\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint del_curterm(TERMINAL *\fP\fIoterm\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint restartterm(const char *\fR\fIterm\fR\fB, int \fR\fIfiledes\fR\fB, int *\fR\fIerrret\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint restartterm(const char *\fP\fIterm\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfiledes\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIerrret\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBchar *tparm(const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBchar *tparm(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tputs(const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB, int \fR\fIaffcnt\fR\fB, int (*\fR\fIputc\fR\fB)(int));\fR
+\fBint tputs(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIaffcnt\fP\fB, int (*\fP\fIputc\fP\fB)(int));\fP
 .br
-\fBint putp(const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint putp(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint vidputs(chtype \fR\fIattrs\fR\fB, int (*\fR\fIputc\fR\fB)(int));\fR
+\fBint vidputs(chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, int (*\fP\fIputc\fP\fB)(int));\fP
 .br
-\fBint vidattr(chtype \fR\fIattrs\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint vidattr(chtype \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint vid_puts(attr_t \fR\fIattrs\fR\fB, short \fR\fIpair\fR\fB, void *\fR\fIopts\fR\fB, int (*\fR\fIputc\fR\fB)(int));\fR
+\fBint vid_puts(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB, int (*\fP\fIputc\fP\fB)(int));\fP
 .br
-\fBint vid_attr(attr_t \fR\fIattrs\fR\fB, short \fR\fIpair\fR\fB, void *\fR\fIopts\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint vid_attr(attr_t \fP\fIattrs\fP\fB, short \fP\fIpair\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint mvcur(int \fR\fIoldrow\fR\fB, int \fR\fIoldcol\fR\fB, int \fR\fInewrow\fR, int \fR\fInewcol\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvcur(int \fP\fIoldrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoldcol\fP\fB, int \fP\fInewrow\fP, int \fP\fInewcol\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint tigetflag(const char *\fR\fIcapname\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint tigetflag(const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint tigetnum(const char *\fR\fIcapname\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBint tigetnum(const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *tigetstr(const char *\fR\fIcapname\fR\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *tigetstr(const char *\fP\fIcapname\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBchar *tiparm(const char *\fR\fIstr\fR\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBchar *tiparm(const char *\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .br
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal
-directly with the \fBterminfo\fR database to handle certain terminal
+directly with the \fBterminfo\fP database to handle certain terminal
 capabilities, such as programming function keys.
 For all other
-functionality, \fBcurses\fR routines are more suitable and their use is
+functionality, \fBcurses\fP routines are more suitable and their use is
 recommended.
 .PP
 None of these functions use (or are aware of) multibyte character strings
@@ -126,67 +126,67 @@
 they are strings of 8-bit characters.
 .SS Initialization
 .PP
-Initially, \fBsetupterm\fR should be called.
-The high-level curses functions \fBinitscr\fR and
-\fBnewterm\fR call \fBsetupterm\fP to initialize the
+Initially, \fBsetupterm\fP should be called.
+The high-level curses functions \fBinitscr\fP and
+\fBnewterm\fP call \fBsetupterm\fP to initialize the
 low-level set of terminal-dependent variables
-[listed in \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)].
+[listed in \fBterminfo\fP(\*n)].
 .PP
 Applications can use the
 terminal capabilities either directly (via header definitions),
 or by special functions.
-The header files \fBcurses.h\fR and \fBterm.h\fR should be included (in this
+The header files \fBcurses.h\fP and \fBterm.h\fP should be included (in this
 order) to get the definitions for these strings, numbers, and flags.
 .PP
-The \fBterminfo\fR variables
-\fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR are initialized by \fBsetupterm\fR as
+The \fBterminfo\fP variables
+\fBlines\fP and \fBcolumns\fP are initialized by \fBsetupterm\fP as
 follows:
 .bP
-If \fBuse_env(FALSE)\fR has been called, values for
-\fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in \fBterminfo\fR are used.
+If \fBuse_env(FALSE)\fP has been called, values for
+\fBlines\fP and \fBcolumns\fP specified in \fBterminfo\fP are used.
 .bP
-Otherwise, if the environment variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR
+Otherwise, if the environment variables \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP
 exist, their values are used.
 If these environment variables do not
 exist and the program is running in a window, the current window size
 is used.
 Otherwise, if the environment variables do not exist, the
-values for \fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in the
-\fBterminfo\fR database are used.
+values for \fBlines\fP and \fBcolumns\fP specified in the
+\fBterminfo\fP database are used.
 .PP
-Parameterized strings should be passed through \fBtparm\fR to instantiate them.
-All \fBterminfo\fR strings
-(including the output of \fBtparm\fR)
+Parameterized strings should be passed through \fBtparm\fP to instantiate them.
+All \fBterminfo\fP strings
+(including the output of \fBtparm\fP)
 should be printed
-with \fBtputs\fR or \fBputp\fR.
-Call \fBreset_shell_mode\fR to restore the
-tty modes before exiting [see \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)].
+with \fBtputs\fP or \fBputp\fP.
+Call \fBreset_shell_mode\fP to restore the
+tty modes before exiting [see \fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)].
 .PP
 Programs which use
 cursor addressing should
 .bP
-output \fBenter_ca_mode\fR upon startup and
+output \fBenter_ca_mode\fP upon startup and
 .bP
-output \fBexit_ca_mode\fR before exiting.
+output \fBexit_ca_mode\fP before exiting.
 .PP
 Programs which execute shell subprocesses should
 .bP
-call \fBreset_shell_mode\fR and
-output \fBexit_ca_mode\fR before the shell
+call \fBreset_shell_mode\fP and
+output \fBexit_ca_mode\fP before the shell
 is called and
 .bP
-output \fBenter_ca_mode\fR and
-call \fBreset_prog_mode\fR after returning from the shell.
+output \fBenter_ca_mode\fP and
+call \fBreset_prog_mode\fP after returning from the shell.
 .PP
-The \fBsetupterm\fR routine reads in the \fBterminfo\fR database,
-initializing the \fBterminfo\fR structures, but does not set up the
-output virtualization structures used by \fBcurses\fR.
+The \fBsetupterm\fP routine reads in the \fBterminfo\fP database,
+initializing the \fBterminfo\fP structures, but does not set up the
+output virtualization structures used by \fBcurses\fP.
 These are its parameters:
 .RS 3
 .TP 5
 \fIterm\fP
 is the terminal type, a character string.
-If \fIterm\fR is null, the environment variable \fBTERM\fR is used.
+If \fIterm\fP is null, the environment variable \fBTERM\fP is used.
 .TP 5
 \fIfiledes\fP
 is the file descriptor used for all output.
@@ -194,14 +194,14 @@
 \fIerrret\fP
 points to an optional location where an error status can be returned to
 the caller.
-If \fIerrret\fR is not null,
-then \fBsetupterm\fR returns \fBOK\fR or
-\fBERR\fR and stores a status value in the integer pointed to by
-\fIerrret\fR.
-A return value of \fBOK\fR combined with status of \fB1\fR in \fIerrret\fR
+If \fIerrret\fP is not null,
+then \fBsetupterm\fP returns \fBOK\fP or
+\fBERR\fP and stores a status value in the integer pointed to by
+\fIerrret\fP.
+A return value of \fBOK\fP combined with status of \fB1\fP in \fIerrret\fP
 is normal.
 .IP
-If \fBERR\fR is returned, examine \fIerrret\fR:
+If \fBERR\fP is returned, examine \fIerrret\fP:
 .RS
 .TP 5
 .B 1
@@ -219,22 +219,22 @@
 checking the \fBgn\fP (\fBgeneric\fP) capability.
 .TP 5
 .B \-1
-means that the \fBterminfo\fR database could not be found.
+means that the \fBterminfo\fP database could not be found.
 .RE
 .IP
-If \fIerrret\fR is
-null, \fBsetupterm\fR prints an error message upon finding an error
+If \fIerrret\fP is
+null, \fBsetupterm\fP prints an error message upon finding an error
 and exits.
 Thus, the simplest call is:
 .sp
-      \fBsetupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);\fR,
+      \fBsetupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);\fP,
 .sp
-which uses all the defaults and sends the output to \fBstdout\fR.
+which uses all the defaults and sends the output to \fBstdout\fP.
 .RE
 .\" ***************************************************************************
 .SS The Terminal State
 .PP
-The \fBsetupterm\fR routine stores its information about the terminal
+The \fBsetupterm\fP routine stores its information about the terminal
 in a \fBTERMINAL\fP structure pointed to by the global variable \fBcur_term\fP.
 If it detects an error,
 or decides that the terminal is unsuitable (hardcopy or generic),
@@ -247,19 +247,19 @@
 If it is called for different terminal types,
 \fBsetupterm\fP allocates new storage for each set of terminal capabilities.
 .PP
-The \fBset_curterm\fR routine sets \fBcur_term\fR to
-\fInterm\fR, and makes all of the \fBterminfo\fR boolean, numeric, and
-string variables use the values from \fInterm\fR.
-It returns the old value of \fBcur_term\fR.
-.PP
-The \fBdel_curterm\fR routine frees the space pointed to by
-\fIoterm\fR and makes it available for further use.
-If \fIoterm\fR is
-the same as \fBcur_term\fR, references to any of the \fBterminfo\fR
+The \fBset_curterm\fP routine sets \fBcur_term\fP to
+\fInterm\fP, and makes all of the \fBterminfo\fP boolean, numeric, and
+string variables use the values from \fInterm\fP.
+It returns the old value of \fBcur_term\fP.
+.PP
+The \fBdel_curterm\fP routine frees the space pointed to by
+\fIoterm\fP and makes it available for further use.
+If \fIoterm\fP is
+the same as \fBcur_term\fP, references to any of the \fBterminfo\fP
 boolean, numeric, and string variables thereafter may refer to invalid
-memory locations until another \fBsetupterm\fR has been called.
+memory locations until another \fBsetupterm\fP has been called.
 .PP
-The \fBrestartterm\fR routine is similar to \fBsetupterm\fR and \fBinitscr\fR,
+The \fBrestartterm\fP routine is similar to \fBsetupterm\fP and \fBinitscr\fP,
 except that it is called after restoring memory to a previous state (for
 example, when reloading a game saved as a core image dump).
 \fBrestartterm\fP assumes that the windows and the input and output options
@@ -270,8 +270,8 @@
 .\" ***************************************************************************
 .SS Formatting Output
 .PP
-The \fBtparm\fR routine instantiates the string \fIstr\fR with
-parameters \fIpi\fR.  A pointer is returned to the result of \fIstr\fR
+The \fBtparm\fP routine instantiates the string \fIstr\fP with
+parameters \fIpi\fP.  A pointer is returned to the result of \fIstr\fP
 with the parameters applied.
 Application developers should keep in mind these quirks of the interface:
 .bP
@@ -293,40 +293,40 @@
 .\" ***************************************************************************
 .SS Output Functions
 .PP
-The \fBtputs\fR routine applies padding information
+The \fBtputs\fP routine applies padding information
 (i.e., by interpreting marker embedded in the terminfo capability
 such as \*(``$<5>\*('' as 5 milliseconds)
 to the string
-\fIstr\fR and outputs it:
+\fIstr\fP and outputs it:
 .bP
-The \fIstr\fR parameter must be a terminfo string
+The \fIstr\fP parameter must be a terminfo string
 variable or the return value from
-\fBtparm\fR, \fBtiparm\fP, \fBtgetstr\fR, or \fBtgoto\fR.
+\fBtparm\fP, \fBtiparm\fP, \fBtgetstr\fP, or \fBtgoto\fP.
 .IP
 The \fBtgetstr\fP and \fBtgoto\fP functions are part of the \fItermcap\fP
 interface,
 which happens to share this function name with the \fIterminfo\fP interface.
 .bP
-\fIaffcnt\fR is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
+\fIaffcnt\fP is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
 not applicable.
 .bP
-\fIputc\fR is a \fBputchar\fR-like routine to which
+\fIputc\fP is a \fBputchar\fP-like routine to which
 the characters are passed, one at a time.
 .PP
-The \fBputp\fR routine calls \fBtputs(\fR\fIstr\fR\fB, 1, putchar)\fR.
-The output of \fBputp\fR always goes to \fBstdout\fR, rather than
-the \fIfiledes\fR specified in \fBsetupterm\fR.
-.PP
-The \fBvidputs\fR routine displays the string on the terminal in the
-video attribute mode \fIattrs\fR, which is any combination of the
-attributes listed in \fBcurses\fR(3X).
+The \fBputp\fP routine calls \fBtputs(\fP\fIstr\fP\fB, 1, putchar)\fP.
+The output of \fBputp\fP always goes to \fBstdout\fP, rather than
+the \fIfiledes\fP specified in \fBsetupterm\fP.
+.PP
+The \fBvidputs\fP routine displays the string on the terminal in the
+video attribute mode \fIattrs\fP, which is any combination of the
+attributes listed in \fBcurses\fP(3X).
 The characters are passed to
-the \fBputchar\fR-like routine \fIputc\fR.
+the \fBputchar\fP-like routine \fIputc\fP.
 .PP
-The \fBvidattr\fR routine is like the \fBvidputs\fR routine, except
-that it outputs through \fBputchar\fR.
+The \fBvidattr\fP routine is like the \fBvidputs\fP routine, except
+that it outputs through \fBputchar\fP.
 .PP
-The \fBvid_attr\fR and \fBvid_puts\fR routines correspond
+The \fBvid_attr\fP and \fBvid_puts\fP routines correspond
 to vidattr and vidputs, respectively.
 They use a set of arguments for representing the video attributes plus color,
 i.e.,
@@ -335,8 +335,8 @@
 .bP
 \fIpair\fP of type \fBshort\fP for the color-pair number.
 .PP
-The \fBvid_attr\fR and \fBvid_puts\fR routines
-are designed to use the attribute constants with the \fIWA_\fR prefix.
+The \fBvid_attr\fP and \fBvid_puts\fP routines
+are designed to use the attribute constants with the \fBWA_\fP prefix.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses reserves the \fIopts\fP argument for future use,
 saying that applications must provide a null pointer for that argument.
@@ -344,48 +344,48 @@
 this implementation allows \fIopts\fP to be used as a pointer to \fBint\fP,
 which overrides the \fIpair\fP (\fBshort\fP) argument.
 .PP
-The \fBmvcur\fR routine provides low-level cursor motion.
+The \fBmvcur\fP routine provides low-level cursor motion.
 It takes effect immediately (rather than at the next refresh).
 .PP
-While \fBputp\fR and \fBmvcur\fP are low-level functions which
+While \fBputp\fP and \fBmvcur\fP are low-level functions which
 do not use the high-level curses state,
 they are declared in \fB\fP because SystemV did this
-(see \fBHISTORY\fP).
+(see \fIHISTORY\fP).
 .\" ***************************************************************************
 .SS Terminal Capability Functions
 .PP
-The \fBtigetflag\fR, \fBtigetnum\fR and \fBtigetstr\fR routines return
-the value of the capability corresponding to the \fBterminfo\fR
-\fIcapname\fR passed to them, such as \fBxenl\fR.
-The \fIcapname\fR for each capability is given in the table column entitled
-\fIcapname\fR code in the capabilities section of \fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+The \fBtigetflag\fP, \fBtigetnum\fP and \fBtigetstr\fP routines return
+the value of the capability corresponding to the \fBterminfo\fP
+\fIcapname\fP passed to them, such as \fBxenl\fP.
+The \fIcapname\fP for each capability is given in the table column entitled
+\fIcapname\fP code in the capabilities section of \fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
 .PP
 These routines return special values to denote errors.
 .PP
-The \fBtigetflag\fR routine returns
+The \fBtigetflag\fP routine returns
 .TP
-\fB\-1\fR
-if \fIcapname\fR is not a boolean capability,
+\fB\-1\fP
+if \fIcapname\fP is not a boolean capability,
 or
 .TP
-\fB0\fR
+\fB0\fP
 if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
 .PP
-The \fBtigetnum\fR routine returns
+The \fBtigetnum\fP routine returns
 .TP
-\fB\-2\fR
-if \fIcapname\fR is not a numeric capability, or
+\fB\-2\fP
+if \fIcapname\fP is not a numeric capability, or
 .TP
-\fB\-1\fR
+\fB\-1\fP
 if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
 .PP
-The \fBtigetstr\fR routine returns
+The \fBtigetstr\fP routine returns
 .TP
-\fB(char *)\-1\fR
-if \fIcapname\fR is not a string capability,
+\fB(char *)\-1\fP
+if \fIcapname\fP is not a string capability,
 or
 .TP
-\fB0\fR
+\fB0\fP
 if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
 .\" ***************************************************************************
 .SS Terminal Capability Names
@@ -394,26 +394,26 @@
 .bP
 the short terminfo names (\*(``codes\*(''),
 .bP
-the \fBtermcap\fR names (\*(``names\*(''), and
+the \fBtermcap\fP names (\*(``names\*(''), and
 .bP
 the long terminfo names (\*(``fnames\*('')
 .PP
-for each of the predefined \fBterminfo\fR variables:
+for each of the predefined \fBterminfo\fP variables:
 .sp
 .RS
-\fBconst char *boolnames[]\fR, \fB*boolcodes[]\fR, \fB*boolfnames[]\fR
+\fBconst char *boolnames[]\fP, \fB*boolcodes[]\fP, \fB*boolfnames[]\fP
 .br
-\fBconst char *numnames[]\fR, \fB*numcodes[]\fR, \fB*numfnames[]\fR
+\fBconst char *numnames[]\fP, \fB*numcodes[]\fP, \fB*numfnames[]\fP
 .br
-\fBconst char *strnames[]\fR, \fB*strcodes[]\fR, \fB*strfnames[]\fR
+\fBconst char *strnames[]\fP, \fB*strcodes[]\fP, \fB*strfnames[]\fP
 .RE
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
-(SVr4 only specifies \*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fR\*('')
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP
+(SVr4 only specifies \*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fP\*('')
 upon successful completion,
 unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
 .PP
-Routines that return pointers always return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers always return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 In this implementation
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
 .\" ***************************************************************************
 .SS Compatibility macros
 This implementation provides a few macros for compatibility with systems
-before SVr4 (see \fBHISTORY\fP).
+before SVr4 (see \fIHISTORY\fP).
 Those include
 \fBcrmode\fP,
 \fBfixterm\fP,
@@ -456,14 +456,14 @@
 \fBsetterm\fP.
 .PP
 In SVr4, those are found in \fB\fP,
-but except for \fBsetterm\fR, are likewise macros.
-The one function, \fBsetterm\fR, is mentioned in the manual page.
-The manual page notes that the \fBsetterm\fR routine
-was replaced by \fBsetupterm\fR, stating that the call:
+but except for \fBsetterm\fP, are likewise macros.
+The one function, \fBsetterm\fP, is mentioned in the manual page.
+The manual page notes that the \fBsetterm\fP routine
+was replaced by \fBsetupterm\fP, stating that the call:
 .sp
-      \fBsetupterm(\fR\fIterm\fR\fB, 1, (int *)0)\fR
+      \fBsetupterm(\fP\fIterm\fP\fB, 1, (int *)0)\fP
 .sp
-provides the same functionality as \fBsetterm(\fR\fIterm\fR\fB)\fR,
+provides the same functionality as \fBsetterm(\fP\fIterm\fP\fB)\fP,
 and is not recommended for new programs.
 This implementation provides each of those symbols
 as macros for BSD compatibility,
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
 l l
 _ _
 l l.
-\fBFunction\fR	\fBDescription\fR
+\fBFunction\fP	\fBDescription\fP
 fixterm	restore tty to \*(``in curses\*('' state
 gettmode	establish current tty modes
 mvcur	low level cursor motion
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@
 l l
 _ _
 l l.
-\fBFunction\fR	\fBDescription\fR
+\fBFunction\fP	\fBDescription\fP
 tgetent	look up termcap entry for given \fIname\fP
 tgetflag	get boolean entry for given \fIid\fP
 tgetnum	get numeric entry for given \fIid\fP
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
 .TE
 .PP
 Early terminfo programs obtained capability values from the
-\fBTERMINAL\fP structure initialized by \fBsetupterm\fR.
+\fBTERMINAL\fP structure initialized by \fBsetupterm\fP.
 .PP
 SVr3 extended terminfo by adding functions to retrieve capability values
 (like the termcap interface),
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@
 l l
 _ _
 l l.
-\fBFunction\fR	\fBDescription\fR
+\fBFunction\fP	\fBDescription\fP
 tigetflag	get boolean entry for given \fIid\fP
 tigetnum	get numeric entry for given \fIid\fP
 tigetstr	get string entry for given \fIid\fP
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
 l l
 _ _
 l l.
-\fBFunction\fR	\fBReplaced by\fP
+\fBFunction\fP	\fBReplaced by\fP
 crmode	cbreak
 fixterm	reset_prog_mode
 gettmode	N/A
@@ -571,13 +571,13 @@
 on Unix systems,
 but none were documented.
 The functions marked \*(``obsolete\*('' remained in use
-by the Unix \fBvi\fP editor.
+by the Unix \fBvi\fP(1) editor.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 .SS Legacy functions
 .PP
-X/Open notes that \fBvidattr\fR and \fBvidputs\fR may be macros.
+X/Open notes that \fBvidattr\fP and \fBvidputs\fP may be macros.
 .PP
-The function \fBsetterm\fR is not described by X/Open and must
+The function \fBsetterm\fP is not described by X/Open and must
 be considered non-portable.
 All other functions are as described by X/Open.
 .SS Legacy data
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
 function prototypes to use the \fBconst\fP keyword.
 The ncurses ABI 6 enables this feature by default.
 .bP
-X/Open Curses prototypes \fBtparm\fR with a fixed number of parameters,
+X/Open Curses prototypes \fBtparm\fP with a fixed number of parameters,
 rather than a variable argument list.
 .IP
 This implementation uses a variable argument list, but can be
@@ -649,34 +649,34 @@
 \*(``#win32con\*('' or an abbreviation of that string.
 .SS Other portability issues
 .PP
-In System V Release 4, \fBset_curterm\fR has an \fBint\fR return type and
-returns \fBOK\fR or \fBERR\fR.  We have chosen to implement the X/Open Curses
+In System V Release 4, \fBset_curterm\fP has an \fBint\fP return type and
+returns \fBOK\fP or \fBERR\fP.  We have chosen to implement the X/Open Curses
 semantics.
 .PP
-In System V Release 4, the third argument of \fBtputs\fR has the type
-\fBint (*putc)(char)\fR.
+In System V Release 4, the third argument of \fBtputs\fP has the type
+\fBint (*putc)(char)\fP.
 .PP
 At least one implementation of X/Open Curses (Solaris) returns a value
 other than \fBOK\fP/\fBERR\fP from \fBtputs\fP.
 That returns the length of the string, and does no error-checking.
 .PP
-X/Open notes that after calling \fBmvcur\fR, the curses state may not match the
+X/Open notes that after calling \fBmvcur\fP, the curses state may not match the
 actual terminal state, and that an application should touch and refresh
 the window before resuming normal curses calls.
-Both \fBncurses\fP and System V Release 4 curses implement \fBmvcur\fR using
-the SCREEN data allocated in either \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR.
+Both \fBncurses\fP and System V Release 4 curses implement \fBmvcur\fP using
+the SCREEN data allocated in either \fBinitscr\fP or \fBnewterm\fP.
 So though it is documented as a terminfo function,
-\fBmvcur\fR is really a curses function which is not well specified.
+\fBmvcur\fP is really a curses function which is not well specified.
 .PP
 X/Open states that the old location must be given for \fBmvcur\fP.
 This implementation allows the caller to use \-1's for the old ordinates.
 In that case, the old location is unknown.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBterm_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBputc\fR(3),
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBterm_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBputc\fP(3),
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n)
Index: man/curs_threads.3x
Prereq:  1.27 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_threads.3x	2020-12-30 18:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_threads.3x	2021-12-25 21:50:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                          *
+.\" Copyright 2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
 .\" Copyright 2008-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_threads.3x,v 1.27 2020/12/30 18:28:51 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_threads.3x,v 1.30 2021/12/25 21:50:36 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_threads 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -36,30 +36,30 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBcurs_threads\fR \- \fBcurses\fR thread support
+\fBcurs_threads\fP \- \fBcurses\fP thread support
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBtypedef int (*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW *, void *);\fR
+\fBtypedef int (*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW *, void *);\fP
 .br
-\fBtypedef int (*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN *, void *);\fR
+\fBtypedef int (*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN *, void *);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint get_escdelay(void);\fR
+\fBint get_escdelay(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint set_escdelay(int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint set_escdelay(int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint set_tabsize(int \fP\fIcols\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint set_tabsize(int \fP\fIcols\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint use_screen(SCREEN *\fP\fIscr\fP\fB, NCURSES_SCREEN_CB \fP\fIfunc\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIdata\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint use_screen(SCREEN *\fP\fIscr\fP\fB, NCURSES_SCREEN_CB \fP\fIfunc\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIdata\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint use_window(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, NCURSES_WINDOW_CB \fP\fIfunc\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIdata\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint use_window(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, NCURSES_WINDOW_CB \fP\fIfunc\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIdata\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This implementation can be configured to provide rudimentary support
 for multi-threaded applications.
-This makes a different set of libraries, e.g., \fIlibncursest\fP since
+This makes a different set of libraries, e.g., \fBlibncursest\fP since
 the binary interfaces are different.
 .PP
 Rather than modify the interfaces to pass a thread specifier to
@@ -113,12 +113,12 @@
 .bP
 global data, e.g., used in the low-level terminfo or termcap interfaces.
 .bP
-terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to \fIset_curterm\fP.
+terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to \fBset_curterm\fP.
 The terminal data are initialized when screens are created.
 .bP
-screen data, e.g., associated with a call to \fInewterm\fP or \fIinitscr\fP.
+screen data, e.g., associated with a call to \fBnewterm\fP or \fBinitscr\fP.
 .bP
-window data, e.g., associated with a call to \fInewwin\fP or \fIsubwin\fP.
+window data, e.g., associated with a call to \fBnewwin\fP or \fBsubwin\fP.
 Windows are associated with screens.
 Pads are not necessarily associated with a particular screen.
 .IP
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 COLOR_PAIR/reentrant
 COLOR_PAIRS/screen (readonly)
 COLS/screen (readonly)
-ESCDELAY/screen (readonly, see \fIset_escdelay\fP)
+ESCDELAY/screen (readonly, see \fBset_escdelay\fP)
 LINES/screen (readonly)
 PAIR_NUMBER/reentrant
 PC/global
@@ -598,6 +598,6 @@
 It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses extensions
 be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_touch.3x
Prereq:  1.24 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_touch.3x	2021-06-17 21:26:02.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_touch.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,36 +27,36 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.24 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.25 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_touch 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBtouchwin\fR,
-\fBtouchline\fR,
-\fBuntouchwin\fR,
-\fBwtouchln\fR,
-\fBis_linetouched\fR,
-\fBis_wintouched\fR \- \fBcurses\fR refresh control routines
+\fBtouchwin\fP,
+\fBtouchline\fP,
+\fBuntouchwin\fP,
+\fBwtouchln\fP,
+\fBis_linetouched\fP,
+\fBis_wintouched\fP \- \fBcurses\fP refresh control routines
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint touchline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIstart\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcount\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint touchline(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIstart\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcount\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint touchwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint touchwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint wtouchln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB, int \fP\fIchanged\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wtouchln(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIn\fP\fB, int \fP\fIchanged\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint untouchwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint untouchwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBbool is_linetouched(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIline\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_linetouched(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIline\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBbool is_wintouched(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_wintouched(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBtouchwin\fR and \fBtouchline\fR routines throw away all
+The \fBtouchwin\fP and \fBtouchline\fP routines throw away all
 optimization information about which parts of the window have been
 touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on.
 This
@@ -64,25 +64,25 @@
 to one window affects the other window, but the records of which lines
 have been changed in the other window do not reflect the change.
 The
-routine \fBtouchline\fR only pretends that \fIcount\fR lines have been
-changed, beginning with line \fIstart\fR.
+routine \fBtouchline\fP only pretends that \fIcount\fP lines have been
+changed, beginning with line \fIstart\fP.
 .PP
-The \fBuntouchwin\fR routine marks all lines in the window as unchanged since
-the last call to \fBwrefresh\fR.
+The \fBuntouchwin\fP routine marks all lines in the window as unchanged since
+the last call to \fBwrefresh\fP.
 .PP
-The \fBwtouchln\fR routine makes \fIn\fR lines in the window, starting
-at line \fIy\fR, look as if they have (\fIchanged\fR\fB=1\fR) or have
-not (\fIchanged\fR\fB=0\fR) been changed since the last call to
-\fBwrefresh\fR.
-.PP
-The \fBis_linetouched\fR and \fBis_wintouched\fR routines return
-\fBTRUE\fR if the specified line/window was modified since the last
-call to \fBwrefresh\fR; otherwise they return \fBFALSE\fR.  In
-addition, \fBis_linetouched\fR returns \fBERR\fR if \fIline\fR is not
+The \fBwtouchln\fP routine makes \fIn\fP lines in the window, starting
+at line \fIy\fP, look as if they have (\fIchanged\fP\fB=1\fP) or have
+not (\fIchanged\fP\fB=0\fP) been changed since the last call to
+\fBwrefresh\fP.
+.PP
+The \fBis_linetouched\fP and \fBis_wintouched\fP routines return
+\fBTRUE\fP if the specified line/window was modified since the last
+call to \fBwrefresh\fP; otherwise they return \fBFALSE\fP.  In
+addition, \fBis_linetouched\fP returns \fBERR\fP if \fIline\fP is not
 valid for the given window.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an integer value
-other than \fBERR\fR upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted in the
+All routines return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and an integer value
+other than \fBERR\fP upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted in the
 preceding routine descriptions.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
@@ -122,8 +122,8 @@
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions,
 but defines no error conditions.
 .SH NOTES
-All of these routines except \fBwtouchln\fR may be macros.
+All of these routines except \fBwtouchln\fP may be macros.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_trace.3x
Prereq:  1.21 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_trace.3x	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_trace.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2000-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_trace.3x,v 1.21 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_trace.3x,v 1.24 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
@@ -40,71 +40,71 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBcurses_trace\fR,
-\fBtrace\fR,
-\fB_tracef\fR,
-\fB_traceattr\fR,
-\fB_traceattr2\fR,
-\fB_tracecchar_t\fR,
-\fB_tracecchar_t2\fR,
-\fB_tracechar\fR,
-\fB_tracechtype\fR,
-\fB_tracechtype2\fR,
-\fB_nc_tracebits\fR,
-\fB_tracedump\fR,
-\fB_tracemouse\fR \- \fBcurses\fR debugging routines
+\fBcurses_trace\fP,
+\fBtrace\fP,
+\fB_tracef\fP,
+\fB_traceattr\fP,
+\fB_traceattr2\fP,
+\fB_tracecchar_t\fP,
+\fB_tracecchar_t2\fP,
+\fB_tracechar\fP,
+\fB_tracechtype\fP,
+\fB_tracechtype2\fP,
+\fB_nc_tracebits\fP,
+\fB_tracedump\fP,
+\fB_tracemouse\fP \- \fBcurses\fP debugging routines
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBunsigned curses_trace(const unsigned \fP\fIparam\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBunsigned curses_trace(const unsigned \fP\fIparam\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid _tracef(const char *\fP\fIformat\fP\fB, ...);\fR
+\fBvoid _tracef(const char *\fP\fIformat\fP\fB, ...);\fP
 .sp
-\fBchar *_traceattr(attr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *_traceattr(attr_t \fP\fIattr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *_traceattr2(int \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *_traceattr2(int \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *_tracecchar_t(const cchar_t *\fP\fIstring\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *_tracecchar_t(const cchar_t *\fP\fIstring\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *_tracecchar_t2(int \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIstring\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *_tracecchar_t2(int \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, const cchar_t *\fP\fIstring\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *_tracechar(int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *_tracechar(int \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *_tracechtype(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *_tracechtype(chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *_tracechtype2(int \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *_tracechtype2(int \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIch\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid _tracedump(const char *\fP\fIlabel\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid _tracedump(const char *\fP\fIlabel\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *_nc_tracebits(void);\fR
+\fBchar *_nc_tracebits(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBchar *_tracemouse(const MEVENT *\fP\fIevent\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBchar *_tracemouse(const MEVENT *\fP\fIevent\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
 /* deprecated */
 .br
-\fBvoid trace(const unsigned int \fP\fIparam\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid trace(const unsigned int \fP\fIparam\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fIcurses trace\fR routines are used for debugging the ncurses libraries,
+The \fIcurses trace\fP routines are used for debugging the ncurses libraries,
 as well as applications which use the ncurses libraries.
 Some limitations apply:
 .bP
 Aside from \fBcurses_trace\fP,
 the other functions are normally available only with the debugging library
-e.g., \fIlibncurses_g.a\fR.
+e.g., \fBlibncurses_g.a\fP.
 .IP
 All of the trace functions may be compiled into any model (shared, static,
-profile) by defining the symbol \fBTRACE\fR.
+profile) by defining the symbol \fBTRACE\fP.
 .bP
 Additionally, the functions which use \fBcchar_t\fP
 are only available with the wide-character configuration of the libraries.
 .SS Functions
 The principal parts of this interface are
 .bP
-\fBcurses_trace\fR, which selectively enables different tracing features, and
+\fBcurses_trace\fP, which selectively enables different tracing features, and
 .bP
-\fB_tracef\fR, which writes formatted data to the \fItrace\fR file.
+\fB_tracef\fP, which writes formatted data to the \fItrace\fP file.
 .IP
 The other functions either return a pointer to a string-area
 (allocated by the corresponding function), or return no value
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@
 some use a buffer-number parameter, telling the library to allocate
 additional string-areas.
 .PP
-The \fBcurses_trace\fR function is always available,
+The \fBcurses_trace\fP function is always available,
 whether or not the other trace functions are available:
 .bP
 If tracing is available,
-calling \fBcurses_trace\fR with a nonzero parameter
+calling \fBcurses_trace\fP with a nonzero parameter
 updates the trace mask,
 and returns the previous trace mask.
 .IP
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 If tracing is not available, \fBcurses_trace\fP returns zero (0).
 .SS Trace Parameter
 The trace parameter is formed by OR'ing
-values from the list of \fBTRACE_\fP\fIxxx\fR definitions in \fB\fR.
+values from the list of \fBTRACE_\fP\fIxxx\fP definitions in \fB\fP.
 These include:
 .TP 5
 .B TRACE_DISABLE
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 The parameters for each call are traced, as well as return values.
 .TP 5
 .B TRACE_VIRTPUT
-trace virtual character puts, i.e., calls to \fBaddch\fR.
+trace virtual character puts, i.e., calls to \fBaddch\fP.
 .TP 5
 .B TRACE_IEVENT
 trace low-level input processing, including timeouts.
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
 .B TRACE_MAXIMUM
 maximum trace level, enables all of the separate trace features.
 .PP
-Some tracing features are enabled whenever the \fBcurses_trace\fR parameter
+Some tracing features are enabled whenever the \fBcurses_trace\fP parameter
 is nonzero.
 Some features overlap.
 The specific names are used as a guideline.
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 and fewer diagnostics are provided by the command-line utilities.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 Routines which return a value are designed to be used as parameters
-to the \fB_tracef\fR routine.
+to the \fB_tracef\fP routine.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These functions are not part of the XSI interface.
 Some other curses implementations are known to
@@ -287,4 +287,4 @@
 The original \fBtrace\fP routine was deprecated because
 it often conflicted with application names.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_util.3x
Prereq:  1.60 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_util.3x	2020-12-19 22:44:46.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_util.3x	2021-12-25 22:05:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.60 2020/12/19 22:44:46 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.64 2021/12/25 22:05:53 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_util 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -41,72 +41,72 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBdelay_output\fR,
-\fBfilter\fR,
-\fBflushinp\fR,
-\fBgetwin\fR,
-\fBkey_name\fR,
-\fBkeyname\fR,
-\fBnofilter\fR,
-\fBputwin\fR,
-\fBunctrl\fR,
-\fBuse_env\fR,
-\fBuse_tioctl\fR,
-\fBwunctrl\fR \- miscellaneous \fBcurses\fR utility routines
+\fBdelay_output\fP,
+\fBfilter\fP,
+\fBflushinp\fP,
+\fBgetwin\fP,
+\fBkey_name\fP,
+\fBkeyname\fP,
+\fBnofilter\fP,
+\fBputwin\fP,
+\fBunctrl\fP,
+\fBuse_env\fP,
+\fBuse_tioctl\fP,
+\fBwunctrl\fP \- miscellaneous \fBcurses\fP utility routines
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBconst char *unctrl(chtype \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBconst char *unctrl(chtype \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBwchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *\fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBwchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *\fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBconst char *keyname(int \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBconst char *keyname(int \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBconst char *key_name(wchar_t \fP\fIw\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBconst char *key_name(wchar_t \fP\fIw\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid filter(void);\fR
+\fBvoid filter(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid nofilter(void);\fR
+\fBvoid nofilter(void);\fP
 .sp
-\fBvoid use_env(bool \fP\fIf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid use_env(bool \fP\fIf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid use_tioctl(bool \fP\fIf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid use_tioctl(bool \fP\fIf\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint putwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIfilep\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint putwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, FILE *\fP\fIfilep\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW *getwin(FILE *\fP\fIfilep\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW *getwin(FILE *\fP\fIfilep\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint delay_output(int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint delay_output(int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint flushinp(void);\fR
+\fBint flushinp(void);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS unctrl
 .PP
-The \fBunctrl\fR routine returns a character string which is a printable
-representation of the character \fIc\fR, ignoring attributes.
-Control characters are displayed in the \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation.
+The \fBunctrl\fP routine returns a character string which is a printable
+representation of the character \fIc\fP, ignoring attributes.
+Control characters are displayed in the \fB^\fP\fIX\fP notation.
 Printing characters are displayed as is.
-The corresponding \fBwunctrl\fR returns a printable representation of
+The corresponding \fBwunctrl\fP returns a printable representation of
 a wide character.
 .SS keyname/key_name
 .PP
-The \fBkeyname\fR routine returns a character string
-corresponding to the key \fIc\fR:
+The \fBkeyname\fP routine returns a character string
+corresponding to the key \fIc\fP:
 .bP
 Printable characters are displayed as themselves,
 e.g., a one-character string containing the key.
 .bP
-Control characters are displayed in the \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation.
+Control characters are displayed in the \fB^\fP\fIX\fP notation.
 .bP
 DEL (character 127) is displayed as \fB^?\fP.
 .bP
 Values above 128 are either meta characters
 (if the screen has not been initialized,
 or if \fBmeta\fP(3X) has been called with a \fBTRUE\fP parameter),
-shown in the \fBM\-\fR\fIX\fR notation,
+shown in the \fBM\-\fP\fIX\fP notation,
 or are displayed as themselves.
 In the latter case, the values may not be printable;
 this follows the X/Open specification.
@@ -118,31 +118,31 @@
 X/Open also lists an \*(``UNKNOWN KEY\*('' return value,
 which some implementations return rather than null.
 .LP
-The corresponding \fBkey_name\fR returns a character string corresponding
-to the wide-character value \fIw\fR.
+The corresponding \fBkey_name\fP returns a character string corresponding
+to the wide-character value \fIw\fP.
 The two functions do not return the same set of strings;
 the latter returns null where the former would display a meta character.
 .SS filter/nofilter
 .PP
-The \fBfilter\fR routine, if used, must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or
-\fBnewterm\fR are called.
+The \fBfilter\fP routine, if used, must be called before \fBinitscr\fP or
+\fBnewterm\fP are called.
 Calling \fBfilter\fP causes these changes in initialization:
 .bP
-\fBLINES\fR is set to 1;
+\fBLINES\fP is set to 1;
 .bP
 the capabilities
-\fBclear\fR,
-\fBcud1\fR,
-\fBcud\fR,
-\fBcup\fR,
-\fBcuu1\fR,
-\fBcuu\fR,
-\fBvpa\fR
+\fBclear\fP,
+\fBcud1\fP,
+\fBcud\fP,
+\fBcup\fP,
+\fBcuu1\fP,
+\fBcuu\fP,
+\fBvpa\fP
 are disabled;
 .bP
 the capability \fBed\fP is disabled if \fBbce\fP is set;
 .bP
-and the \fBhome\fR string is set to the value of \fBcr\fR.
+and the \fBhome\fP string is set to the value of \fBcr\fP.
 .PP
 The \fBnofilter\fP routine cancels the effect of a preceding \fBfilter\fP
 call.
@@ -152,9 +152,9 @@
 in-memory copy of the terminal information.
 .SS use_env
 .PP
-The \fBuse_env\fR routine, if used,
-should be called before \fBinitscr\fR or
-\fBnewterm\fR are called
+The \fBuse_env\fP routine, if used,
+should be called before \fBinitscr\fP or
+\fBnewterm\fP are called
 (because those compute the screen size).
 It modifies the way \fBncurses\fP treats environment variables
 when determining the screen size.
@@ -170,22 +170,22 @@
 it overrides the values from the terminal database.
 .bP
 Finally (unless \fBuse_env\fP was called with \fBFALSE\fP parameter),
-\fBncurses\fP examines the \fBLINES\fR or \fBCOLUMNS\fR environment variables,
+\fBncurses\fP examines the \fBLINES\fP or \fBCOLUMNS\fP environment variables,
 using a value in those to override the results
 from the operating system or terminal database.
 .IP
 \fBNcurses\fP also updates the screen size in response to \fBSIGWINCH\fP,
-unless overridden by the \fBLINES\fR or \fBCOLUMNS\fR environment variables,
+unless overridden by the \fBLINES\fP or \fBCOLUMNS\fP environment variables,
 .SS use_tioctl
 .PP
-The \fBuse_tioctl\fR routine, if used,
-should be called before \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR are called
+The \fBuse_tioctl\fP routine, if used,
+should be called before \fBinitscr\fP or \fBnewterm\fP are called
 (because those compute the screen size).
-After \fBuse_tioctl\fR is called with \fBTRUE\fR as an argument,
+After \fBuse_tioctl\fP is called with \fBTRUE\fP as an argument,
 \fBncurses\fP modifies the last step in its computation
 of screen size as follows:
 .bP
-checks if the \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR environment variables
+checks if the \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP environment variables
 are set to a number greater than zero.
 .bP
 for each, \fBncurses\fP updates the corresponding environment variable
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 l l l
 _ _ _
 lw7 lw7 lw40.
-\fIuse_env\fR/\fIuse_tioctl\fR/\fISummary\fR
+\fBuse_env\fP/\fBuse_tioctl\fP/\fBSummary\fP
 TRUE/FALSE/T{
 This is the default behavior.
 \fBncurses\fP uses operating system calls
@@ -221,14 +221,14 @@
 .TE
 .SS putwin/getwin
 .PP
-The \fBputwin\fR routine writes all data associated
-with window (or pad) \fIwin\fR into
-the file to which \fIfilep\fR points.
+The \fBputwin\fP routine writes all data associated
+with window (or pad) \fIwin\fP into
+the file to which \fIfilep\fP points.
 This information can be later retrieved
-using the \fBgetwin\fR function.
+using the \fBgetwin\fP function.
 .PP
-The \fBgetwin\fR routine reads window related data stored in the file by
-\fBputwin\fR.
+The \fBgetwin\fP routine reads window related data stored in the file by
+\fBputwin\fP.
 The routine then creates and initializes a new window using that
 data.
 It returns a pointer to the new window.
@@ -250,28 +250,28 @@
 they will not be colored when the window is refreshed.
 .SS delay_output
 .PP
-The \fBdelay_output\fR routine inserts an \fIms\fR millisecond pause
+The \fBdelay_output\fP routine inserts an \fIms\fP millisecond pause
 in output.
 This routine should not be used extensively because
 padding characters are used rather than a CPU pause.
 If no padding character is specified,
-this uses \fBnapms\fR to perform the delay.
+this uses \fBnapms\fP to perform the delay.
 .SS flushinp
 .PP
-The \fBflushinp\fR routine throws away any typeahead that has been typed by the
+The \fBflushinp\fP routine throws away any typeahead that has been typed by the
 user and has not yet been read by the program.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Except for \fBflushinp\fR, routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR
-upon failure and \fBOK\fR (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than
-\fBERR\fR") upon successful completion.
+Except for \fBflushinp\fP, routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP
+upon failure and \fBOK\fP (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than
+\fBERR\fP") upon successful completion.
 .PP
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
 In this implementation
 .RS 3
 .TP 5
-\fBflushinp\fR
+\fBflushinp\fP
 returns an error if the terminal was not initialized.
 .TP 5
 \fBputwin\fP
@@ -280,10 +280,10 @@
 .SH PORTABILITY
 .SS filter
 .PP
-The SVr4 documentation describes the action of \fBfilter\fR only in the vaguest
+The SVr4 documentation describes the action of \fBfilter\fP only in the vaguest
 terms.
 The description here is adapted from the XSI Curses standard (which
-erroneously fails to describe the disabling of \fBcuu\fR).
+erroneously fails to describe the disabling of \fBcuu\fP).
 .SS keyname
 .PP
 The \fBkeyname\fP function may return the names of user-defined
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
 They were not supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
 It is recommended that any code depending on \fBncurses\fP extensions
 be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-.SS putwin/getwin
+.SS putwin/getwin file-format
 .PP
 The \fBputwin\fP and \fBgetwin\fP functions have several issues with
 portability:
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
 .SS unctrl/wunctrl
 .PP
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
-It states that \fBunctrl\fR and \fBwunctrl\fR will return a null pointer if
+It states that \fBunctrl\fP and \fBwunctrl\fP will return a null pointer if
 unsuccessful, but does not define any error conditions.
 This implementation checks for three cases:
 .bP
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
 parameter values outside the 0 to 255 range.
 \fBunctrl\fP returns a null pointer.
 .PP
-The strings returned by \fBunctrl\fR in this implementation are determined
+The strings returned by \fBunctrl\fP in this implementation are determined
 at compile time,
 showing C1 controls from the upper-128 codes
 with a \*(``~\*('' prefix rather than \*(``^\*(''.
@@ -393,15 +393,15 @@
 If \fBncurses\fP is configured to provide the sp-functions extension,
 the state of \fBuse_env\fP and \fBuse_tioctl\fP may be updated before
 creating each \fIscreen\fP rather than once only
-(\fBcurs_sp_funcs\fR(3X)).
+(\fBcurs_sp_funcs\fP(3X)).
 This feature of \fBuse_env\fP
 is not provided by other implementation of curses.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_sp_funcs\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBlegacy_coding\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_scr_dump\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_sp_funcs\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBlegacy_coding\fP(3X).
Index: man/curs_variables.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_variables.3x	2020-04-18 14:29:07.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_variables.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2010-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_variables.3x,v 1.15 2020/04/18 14:29:07 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_variables.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_variables 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -41,46 +41,46 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBCOLORS\fR,
-\fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fR,
-\fBCOLS\fR,
-\fBESCDELAY\fR,
-\fBLINES\fR,
-\fBTABSIZE\fR,
-\fBcurscr\fR,
-\fBnewscr\fR,
-\fBstdscr\fR
-\- \fBcurses\fR global variables
+\fBCOLORS\fP,
+\fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP,
+\fBCOLS\fP,
+\fBESCDELAY\fP,
+\fBLINES\fP,
+\fBTABSIZE\fP,
+\fBcurscr\fP,
+\fBnewscr\fP,
+\fBstdscr\fP
+\- \fBcurses\fP global variables
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBint COLOR_PAIRS;\fR
+\fBint COLOR_PAIRS;\fP
 .br
-\fBint COLORS;\fR
+\fBint COLORS;\fP
 .br
-\fBint COLS;\fR
+\fBint COLS;\fP
 .br
-\fBint ESCDELAY;\fR
+\fBint ESCDELAY;\fP
 .br
-\fBint LINES;\fR
+\fBint LINES;\fP
 .br
-\fBint TABSIZE;\fR
+\fBint TABSIZE;\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW * curscr;\fR
+\fBWINDOW * curscr;\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW * newscr;\fR
+\fBWINDOW * newscr;\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW * stdscr;\fR
+\fBWINDOW * stdscr;\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This page summarizes variables provided by the \fBcurses\fP library.
 A more complete description is given in the \fBcurses\fP(3X) manual page.
 .PP
 Depending on the configuration, these may be actual variables,
-or macros (see \fBcurs_threads\fR(3X) and \fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X))
+or macros (see \fBcurs_threads\fP(3X) and \fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X))
 which provide read-only access to \fIcurses\fP's state.
 In either case, applications should treat them as read-only to avoid
 confusing the library.
@@ -118,24 +118,24 @@
 record its updates to the terminal screen.
 .PP
 This is referred to as the \*(``physical screen\*('' in the
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X) and
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X) manual pages.
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X) and
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X) manual pages.
 .SS The New Screen
 This implementation of curses uses a special window \fBnewscr\fP to
 hold updates to the terminal screen before applying them to \fBcurscr\fP.
 .PP
 This is referred to as the \*(``virtual screen\*('' in the
-\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X) and
-\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X) manual pages.
+\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X) and
+\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X) manual pages.
 .SS The Standard Screen
 Upon initializing curses,
 a default window called \fBstdscr\fP,
 which is the size of the terminal screen, is created.
 Many curses functions use this window.
 .SH NOTES
-The curses library is initialized using either \fBinitscr\fR(3X),
-or \fBnewterm\fR(3X).
+The curses library is initialized using either \fBinitscr\fP(3X),
+or \fBnewterm\fP(3X).
 .PP
 If \fBcurses\fP is configured to use separate curses/terminfo libraries,
 most of these variables reside in the curses library.
@@ -180,9 +180,9 @@
 Likewise, most users have either decided to override the value,
 or rely upon its default value.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_threads\fR(3X),
-\fBterm_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_threads\fP(3X),
+\fBterm_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
Index: man/curs_window.3x
Prereq:  1.23 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/curs_window.3x	2021-06-17 21:11:08.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/curs_window.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.23 2021/06/17 21:11:08 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.24 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_window 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -36,71 +36,71 @@
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBnewwin\fR,
-\fBdelwin\fR,
-\fBmvwin\fR,
-\fBsubwin\fR,
-\fBderwin\fR,
-\fBmvderwin\fR,
-\fBdupwin\fR,
-\fBwsyncup\fR,
-\fBsyncok\fR,
-\fBwcursyncup\fR,
-\fBwsyncdown\fR \- create \fBcurses\fR windows
+\fBnewwin\fP,
+\fBdelwin\fP,
+\fBmvwin\fP,
+\fBsubwin\fP,
+\fBderwin\fP,
+\fBmvderwin\fP,
+\fBdupwin\fP,
+\fBwsyncup\fP,
+\fBsyncok\fP,
+\fBwcursyncup\fP,
+\fBwsyncdown\fP \- create \fBcurses\fP windows
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBWINDOW *newwin(\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW *newwin(\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint delwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint delwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIy\fP\fB, int \fP\fIx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIorig\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIorig\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIorig\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB,\fR
-      \fBint \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIorig\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fInlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIncols\fP\fB,\fP
+      \fBint \fP\fIbegin_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbegin_x\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint mvderwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpar_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpar_x\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint mvderwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpar_y\fP\fB, int \fP\fIpar_x\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBWINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid wsyncup(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid wsyncup(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint syncok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint syncok(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIbf\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid wcursyncup(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid wcursyncup(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid wsyncdown(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBvoid wsyncdown(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS newwin
-Calling \fBnewwin\fR creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the
+Calling \fBnewwin\fP creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the
 given number of lines and columns.
 The upper left-hand corner of the window is
 at
 .RS
-line \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR,
+line \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fP,
 .br
-column \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR
+column \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fP
 .RE
 .PP
 If either
-\fInlines\fR or \fIncols\fR is zero, they default to
+\fInlines\fP or \fIncols\fP is zero, they default to
 .RS
-\fBLINES \-\fR \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR and
+\fBLINES \-\fP \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fP and
 .br
-\fBCOLS \-\fR \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR.
+\fBCOLS \-\fP \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fP.
 .RE
 .PP
-A new full-screen window is created by calling \fBnewwin(0,0,0,0)\fR.
+A new full-screen window is created by calling \fBnewwin(0,0,0,0)\fP.
 .PP
 Regardless of the function used for creating a new window
 (e.g., \fBnewwin\fP, \fBsubwin\fP, \fBderwin\fP, \fBnewpad\fP),
@@ -126,37 +126,37 @@
 .ad
 .SS delwin
 .PP
-Calling \fBdelwin\fR deletes the named window, freeing all memory
+Calling \fBdelwin\fP deletes the named window, freeing all memory
 associated with it (it does not actually erase the window's screen
 image).
 Subwindows must be deleted before the main window can be deleted.
 .SS mvwin
 .PP
-Calling \fBmvwin\fR moves the window so that the upper left-hand
-corner is at position (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR).
+Calling \fBmvwin\fP moves the window so that the upper left-hand
+corner is at position (\fIx\fP, \fIy\fP).
 If the move would cause the window to be off the screen,
 it is an error and the window is not moved.
 Moving subwindows is allowed, but should be avoided.
 .SS subwin
 .PP
-Calling \fBsubwin\fR creates and returns a pointer to a new window
-with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fR, and columns, \fIncols\fR.
-The window is at position (\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR,
-\fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR) on the screen.
-The subwindow shares memory with the window \fIorig\fR,
+Calling \fBsubwin\fP creates and returns a pointer to a new window
+with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fP, and columns, \fIncols\fP.
+The window is at position (\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fP,
+\fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fP) on the screen.
+The subwindow shares memory with the window \fIorig\fP,
 so that changes made to one window
 will affect both windows.
 When using this routine, it is necessary to call
-\fBtouchwin\fR or \fBtouchline\fR on \fIorig\fR before calling
-\fBwrefresh\fR on the subwindow.
+\fBtouchwin\fP or \fBtouchline\fP on \fIorig\fP before calling
+\fBwrefresh\fP on the subwindow.
 .SS derwin
 .PP
-Calling \fBderwin\fR is the same as calling \fBsubwin,\fR except that
-\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR and \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR are relative to the origin
-of the window \fIorig\fR rather than the screen.
+Calling \fBderwin\fP is the same as calling \fBsubwin,\fP except that
+\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fP and \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fP are relative to the origin
+of the window \fIorig\fP rather than the screen.
 There is no difference between the subwindows and the derived windows.
 .PP
-Calling \fBmvderwin\fR moves a derived window (or subwindow)
+Calling \fBmvderwin\fP moves a derived window (or subwindow)
 inside its parent window.
 The screen-relative parameters of the window are not changed.
 This routine is used to display different
@@ -164,36 +164,36 @@
 screen.
 .SS dupwin
 .PP
-Calling \fBdupwin\fR creates an exact duplicate of the window \fIwin\fR.
+Calling \fBdupwin\fP creates an exact duplicate of the window \fIwin\fP.
 .SS wsyncup
 .PP
-Calling \fBwsyncup\fR touches all locations in ancestors of \fIwin\fR that are
-changed in \fIwin\fR.
-If \fBsyncok\fR is called with second argument
-\fBTRUE\fR then \fBwsyncup\fR is called automatically whenever there is a
+Calling \fBwsyncup\fP touches all locations in ancestors of \fIwin\fP that are
+changed in \fIwin\fP.
+If \fBsyncok\fP is called with second argument
+\fBTRUE\fP then \fBwsyncup\fP is called automatically whenever there is a
 change in the window.
 .SS wsyncdown
 .PP
-The \fBwsyncdown\fR routine touches each location in \fIwin\fR that has been
+The \fBwsyncdown\fP routine touches each location in \fIwin\fP that has been
 touched in any of its ancestor windows.
 This routine is called by
-\fBwrefresh\fR, so it should almost never be necessary to call it manually.
+\fBwrefresh\fP, so it should almost never be necessary to call it manually.
 .SS wcursyncup
 .PP
-The routine \fBwcursyncup\fR updates the current cursor position of all the
+The routine \fBwcursyncup\fP updates the current cursor position of all the
 ancestors of the window to reflect the current cursor position of the
 window.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return an integer return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and
-\fBOK\fR (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon
+Routines that return an integer return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and
+\fBOK\fP (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fP") upon
 successful completion.
 .PP
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 In this implementation
 .TP 5
-\fBdelwin\fR
+\fBdelwin\fP
 returns an error if the window pointer is null, or
 if the window is the parent of another window.
 .TP 5
@@ -238,26 +238,26 @@
 Any of these functions will fail if the screen has not been initialized,
 i.e., with \fBinitscr\fP or \fBnewterm\fP.
 .SH NOTES
-If many small changes are made to the window, the \fBwsyncup\fR option could
+If many small changes are made to the window, the \fBwsyncup\fP option could
 degrade performance.
 .PP
-Note that \fBsyncok\fR may be a macro.
+Note that \fBsyncok\fP may be a macro.
 .SH BUGS
-The subwindow functions (\fBsubwin\fR, \fBderwin\fR, \fBmvderwin\fR,
-\fBwsyncup\fR, \fBwsyncdown\fR, \fBwcursyncup\fR, \fBsyncok\fR) are flaky,
+The subwindow functions (\fBsubwin\fP, \fBderwin\fP, \fBmvderwin\fP,
+\fBwsyncup\fP, \fBwsyncdown\fP, \fBwcursyncup\fP, \fBsyncok\fP) are flaky,
 incompletely implemented, and not well tested.
 .PP
-The System V curses documentation is very unclear about what \fBwsyncup\fR
-and \fBwsyncdown\fR actually do.
+The System V curses documentation is very unclear about what \fBwsyncup\fP
+and \fBwsyncdown\fP actually do.
 It seems to imply that they are only
 supposed to touch exactly those lines that are affected by ancestor changes.
-The language here, and the behavior of the \fBcurses\fR implementation,
+The language here, and the behavior of the \fBcurses\fP implementation,
 is patterned on the XPG4 curses standard.
 The weaker XPG4 spec may result in slower updates.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_touch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X)
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_touch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X)
Index: man/default_colors.3x
Prereq:  1.31 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/default_colors.3x	2020-12-19 21:38:37.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/default_colors.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2000-2011,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -29,15 +29,15 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997,1999,2000,2005
 .\"
-.\" $Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.31 2020/12/19 21:38:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.34 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH default_colors 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBuse_default_colors\fR,
-\fBassume_default_colors\fR \- use terminal's default colors
+\fBuse_default_colors\fP,
+\fBassume_default_colors\fP \- use terminal's default colors
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fB#include \fP
 .sp
@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@
 If the \fBinitialize_pair\fP capability is not found, this causes an
 error as well.
 .SH NOTES
-Associated with this extension, the \fBinit_pair\fR function accepts
+Associated with this extension, the \fBinit_pair\fP function accepts
 negative arguments to specify default foreground or background colors.
 .PP
-The \fBuse_default_colors\fP function was added to support \fIded\fP.
+The \fBuse_default_colors\fP function was added to support \fBded\fP.
 This is a full-screen application which uses curses to manage only part
 of the screen.
 The bottom portion of the screen, which is of adjustable
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBded\fP(1),
-\fBcurs_color\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_color\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey (from an analysis of the requirements for color xterm
 for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996).
Index: man/define_key.3x
Prereq:  1.18 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/define_key.3x	2020-10-24 09:52:54.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/define_key.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
 .\"
-.\" $Id: define_key.3x,v 1.18 2020/10/24 09:52:54 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: define_key.3x,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH define_key 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBdefine_key\fP \- define a keycode
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
 It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBkeyok\fR(3X),
-\fBkey_defined\fR(3X).
+\fBkeyok\fP(3X),
+\fBkey_defined\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey.
Index: man/form.3x
Prereq:  1.36 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form.3x	2020-12-12 16:34:33.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form.3x,v 1.36 2020/12/12 16:34:33 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form.3x,v 1.38 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -39,21 +39,21 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBform\fR \- curses extension for programming forms
+\fBform\fP \- curses extension for programming forms
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBform\fR library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
+The \fBform\fP library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
 form screens on character-cell terminals.
 The library includes: field
 routines, which create and modify form fields; and form routines, which group
 fields into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle interaction with the
 user.
 .PP
-The \fBform\fR library uses the \fBcurses\fR libraries.
-To use the \fBform\fR library, link with the options
-\fB\-lform \-lcurses\fR.
+The \fBform\fP library uses the \fBcurses\fP libraries.
+To use the \fBform\fP library, link with the options
+\fB\-lform \-lcurses\fP.
 .PP
 Your program should set up the locale, e.g.,
 .sp
@@ -61,23 +61,23 @@
 .sp
 so that input/output processing will work.
 .PP
-A curses initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fR must be called
+A curses initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fP must be called
 before using any of these functions.
 .
 .SS Current Default Values for Field Attributes
 .
-The \fBform\fR library maintains a default value for field attributes.
+The \fBform\fP library maintains a default value for field attributes.
 You
-can get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBset_\fR
+can get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBset_\fP
 or retrieval
-routine with a \fBNULL\fR field pointer.
+routine with a \fBNULL\fP field pointer.
 Changing this default with a
-\fBset_\fR function affects future field creations, but does not change the
+\fBset_\fP function affects future field creations, but does not change the
 rendering of fields already created.
 .
 .SS Routine Name Index
 .
-The following table lists each \fBform\fR routine and the name of
+The following table lists each \fBform\fP routine and the name of
 the manual page on which it is described.
 Routines flagged with \*(``*\*(''
 are ncurses-specific, not present in SVr4.
@@ -85,86 +85,86 @@
 .TS
 l l
 l l .
-\fBcurses\fR Routine Name	Manual Page Name
+\fBcurses\fP Routine Name	Manual Page Name
 =
-current_field	\fBform_page\fR(3X)
-data_ahead	\fBform_data\fR(3X)
-data_behind	\fBform_data\fR(3X)
-dup_field	\fBform_field_new\fR(3X)
-dynamic_field_info	\fBform_field_info\fR(3X)
-field_arg	\fBform_field_validation\fR(3X)
-field_back	\fBform_field_attributes\fR(3X)
-field_buffer	\fBform_field_buffer\fR(3X)
-field_count	\fBform_field\fR(3X)
-field_fore	\fBform_field_attributes\fR(3X)
-field_index	\fBform_page\fR(3X)
-field_info	\fBform_field_info\fR(3X)
-field_init	\fBform_hook\fR(3X)
-field_just	\fBform_field_just\fR(3X)
-field_opts	\fBform_field_opts\fR(3X)
-field_opts_off	\fBform_field_opts\fR(3X)
-field_opts_on	\fBform_field_opts\fR(3X)
-field_pad	\fBform_field_attributes\fR(3X)
-field_status	\fBform_field_buffer\fR(3X)
-field_term	\fBform_hook\fR(3X)
-field_type	\fBform_field_validation\fR(3X)
-field_userptr	\fBform_field_userptr\fR(3X)
-form_driver	\fBform_driver\fR(3X)
-form_driver_w	\fBform_driver\fR(3X)*
-form_fields	\fBform_field\fR(3X)
-form_init	\fBform_hook\fR(3X)
-form_opts	\fBform_opts\fR(3X)
-form_opts_off	\fBform_opts\fR(3X)
-form_opts_on	\fBform_opts\fR(3X)
-form_page	\fBform_page\fR(3X)
-form_request_by_name	\fBform_requestname\fR(3X)*
-form_request_name	\fBform_requestname\fR(3X)*
-form_sub	\fBform_win\fR(3X)
-form_term	\fBform_hook\fR(3X)
-form_userptr	\fBform_userptr\fR(3X)
-form_win	\fBform_win\fR(3X)
-free_field	\fBform_field_new\fR(3X)
-free_fieldtype	\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X)
-free_form	\fBform_new\fR(3X)
-link_field	\fBform_field_new\fR(3X)
-link_fieldtype	\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X)
-move_field	\fBform_field\fR(3X)
-new_field	\fBform_field_new\fR(3X)
-new_fieldtype	\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X)
-new_form	\fBform_new\fR(3X)
-new_page	\fBform_new_page\fR(3X)
-pos_form_cursor	\fBform_cursor\fR(3X)
-post_form	\fBform_post\fR(3X)
-scale_form	\fBform_win\fR(3X)
-set_current_field	\fBform_page\fR(3X)
-set_field_back	\fBform_field_attributes\fR(3X)
-set_field_buffer	\fBform_field_buffer\fR(3X)
-set_field_fore	\fBform_field_attributes\fR(3X)
-set_field_init	\fBform_hook\fR(3X)
-set_field_just	\fBform_field_just\fR(3X)
-set_field_opts	\fBform_field_opts\fR(3X)
-set_field_pad	\fBform_field_attributes\fR(3X)
-set_field_status	\fBform_field_buffer\fR(3X)
-set_field_term	\fBform_hook\fR(3X)
-set_field_type	\fBform_field_validation\fR(3X)
-set_field_userptr	\fBform_field_userptr\fR(3X)
-set_fieldtype_arg	\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X)
-set_fieldtype_choice	\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X)
-set_form_fields	\fBform_field\fR(3X)
-set_form_init	\fBform_hook\fR(3X)
-set_form_opts	\fBform_field_opts\fR(3X)
-set_form_page	\fBform_page\fR(3X)
-set_form_sub	\fBform_win\fR(3X)
-set_form_term	\fBform_hook\fR(3X)
-set_form_userptr	\fBform_userptr\fR(3X)
-set_form_win	\fBform_win\fR(3X)
-set_max_field	\fBform_field_buffer\fR(3X)
-set_new_page	\fBform_new_page\fR(3X)
-unfocus_current_field	\fBform_page\fR(3X)*
-unpost_form	\fBform_post\fR(3X)
+current_field	\fBform_page\fP(3X)
+data_ahead	\fBform_data\fP(3X)
+data_behind	\fBform_data\fP(3X)
+dup_field	\fBform_field_new\fP(3X)
+dynamic_field_info	\fBform_field_info\fP(3X)
+field_arg	\fBform_field_validation\fP(3X)
+field_back	\fBform_field_attributes\fP(3X)
+field_buffer	\fBform_field_buffer\fP(3X)
+field_count	\fBform_field\fP(3X)
+field_fore	\fBform_field_attributes\fP(3X)
+field_index	\fBform_page\fP(3X)
+field_info	\fBform_field_info\fP(3X)
+field_init	\fBform_hook\fP(3X)
+field_just	\fBform_field_just\fP(3X)
+field_opts	\fBform_field_opts\fP(3X)
+field_opts_off	\fBform_field_opts\fP(3X)
+field_opts_on	\fBform_field_opts\fP(3X)
+field_pad	\fBform_field_attributes\fP(3X)
+field_status	\fBform_field_buffer\fP(3X)
+field_term	\fBform_hook\fP(3X)
+field_type	\fBform_field_validation\fP(3X)
+field_userptr	\fBform_field_userptr\fP(3X)
+form_driver	\fBform_driver\fP(3X)
+form_driver_w	\fBform_driver\fP(3X)*
+form_fields	\fBform_field\fP(3X)
+form_init	\fBform_hook\fP(3X)
+form_opts	\fBform_opts\fP(3X)
+form_opts_off	\fBform_opts\fP(3X)
+form_opts_on	\fBform_opts\fP(3X)
+form_page	\fBform_page\fP(3X)
+form_request_by_name	\fBform_requestname\fP(3X)*
+form_request_name	\fBform_requestname\fP(3X)*
+form_sub	\fBform_win\fP(3X)
+form_term	\fBform_hook\fP(3X)
+form_userptr	\fBform_userptr\fP(3X)
+form_win	\fBform_win\fP(3X)
+free_field	\fBform_field_new\fP(3X)
+free_fieldtype	\fBform_fieldtype\fP(3X)
+free_form	\fBform_new\fP(3X)
+link_field	\fBform_field_new\fP(3X)
+link_fieldtype	\fBform_fieldtype\fP(3X)
+move_field	\fBform_field\fP(3X)
+new_field	\fBform_field_new\fP(3X)
+new_fieldtype	\fBform_fieldtype\fP(3X)
+new_form	\fBform_new\fP(3X)
+new_page	\fBform_new_page\fP(3X)
+pos_form_cursor	\fBform_cursor\fP(3X)
+post_form	\fBform_post\fP(3X)
+scale_form	\fBform_win\fP(3X)
+set_current_field	\fBform_page\fP(3X)
+set_field_back	\fBform_field_attributes\fP(3X)
+set_field_buffer	\fBform_field_buffer\fP(3X)
+set_field_fore	\fBform_field_attributes\fP(3X)
+set_field_init	\fBform_hook\fP(3X)
+set_field_just	\fBform_field_just\fP(3X)
+set_field_opts	\fBform_field_opts\fP(3X)
+set_field_pad	\fBform_field_attributes\fP(3X)
+set_field_status	\fBform_field_buffer\fP(3X)
+set_field_term	\fBform_hook\fP(3X)
+set_field_type	\fBform_field_validation\fP(3X)
+set_field_userptr	\fBform_field_userptr\fP(3X)
+set_fieldtype_arg	\fBform_fieldtype\fP(3X)
+set_fieldtype_choice	\fBform_fieldtype\fP(3X)
+set_form_fields	\fBform_field\fP(3X)
+set_form_init	\fBform_hook\fP(3X)
+set_form_opts	\fBform_field_opts\fP(3X)
+set_form_page	\fBform_page\fP(3X)
+set_form_sub	\fBform_win\fP(3X)
+set_form_term	\fBform_hook\fP(3X)
+set_form_userptr	\fBform_userptr\fP(3X)
+set_form_win	\fBform_win\fP(3X)
+set_max_field	\fBform_field_buffer\fP(3X)
+set_new_page	\fBform_new_page\fP(3X)
+unfocus_current_field	\fBform_page\fP(3X)*
+unpost_form	\fBform_post\fP(3X)
 .TE
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error,
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error,
 and set \fBerrno\fP to the corresponding error-code returned by functions
 returning an integer.
 Routines that return
@@ -201,13 +201,13 @@
 The form driver could not process the request.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
 The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files
-\fB\fR and \fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header files
+\fB\fP and \fB\fP.
 .PP
 In your library list, libform.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
 you want to say \*(``\-lform \-lncurses\*('', not the other way around
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@
 Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric
 S. Raymond.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
+\fBcurses\fP(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
 descriptions of the entry points.
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
Index: man/form_cursor.3x
Prereq:  1.14 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_cursor.3x	2020-10-18 00:15:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_cursor.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,20 +28,20 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.14 2020/10/18 00:15:29 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.16 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_cursor 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBpos_form_cursor\fR \- position a form window cursor
+\fBpos_form_cursor\fP \- position a form window cursor
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint pos_form_cursor(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBpos_form_cursor\fR restores the cursor to the position required
+The function \fBpos_form_cursor\fP restores the cursor to the position required
 for the forms driver to continue processing requests.
 This is useful after
-\fBcurses\fR routines have been called to do screen-painting in response to a
+\fBcurses\fP routines have been called to do screen-painting in response to a
 form operation.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 This routine returns one of the following:
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@
 The form has not been posted.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_data.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_data.3x	2020-10-18 00:15:00.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_data.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,31 +28,31 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_data.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/18 00:15:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_data.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH form_data 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBdata_ahead\fP,
-\fBdata_behind\fR \- test for off-screen data in given forms
+\fBdata_behind\fP \- test for off-screen data in given forms
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBbool data_ahead(const FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBbool data_behind(const FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBdata_ahead\fR tests whether there is off-screen data
+The function \fBdata_ahead\fP tests whether there is off-screen data
 ahead in the given form.
 It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).
 .PP
-The function \fBdata_behind\fR tests whether there is off-screen data
+The function \fBdata_behind\fP tests whether there is off-screen data
 behind in the given form.
 It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_driver.3x
Prereq:  1.35 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_driver.3x	2020-12-19 21:34:15.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_driver.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,17 +27,17 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.35 2020/12/19 21:34:15 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.38 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_driver 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBform_driver\fR,
-\fBform_driver_w\fR \- command-processing loop of the form system
+\fBform_driver\fP,
+\fBform_driver_w\fP \- command-processing loop of the form system
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint form_driver(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB, int \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS form_driver
 Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it
-through \fBform_driver\fR.  This routine has three major input cases:
+through \fBform_driver\fP.  This routine has three major input cases:
 .bP
 The input is a form navigation request.
 Navigation request codes are constants defined in \fB\fP,
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 l l
 _ _
 l l.
-\fIName\fR	\fIDescription\fR
+\fBName\fP	\fBDescription\fP
 REQ_BEG_FIELD	Move to the beginning of the field.
 REQ_BEG_LINE	Move to the beginning of the line.
 REQ_CLR_EOF	Clear to end of field from cursor.
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
 .bP
 If you double-click a field,
 the form cursor is positioned to that field
-and \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR is returned.
+and \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fP is returned.
 This return value makes sense,
 because a double click usually means that an field-specific action should
 be returned.
@@ -208,21 +208,21 @@
 application specific command should be executed.
 .bP
 If a translation
-into a request was done, \fBform_driver\fR returns the result of this request.
+into a request was done, \fBform_driver\fP returns the result of this request.
 .RE
 .PP
 If you clicked outside the user window
 or the mouse event could not be translated
-into a form request an \fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR is returned.
+into a form request an \fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fP is returned.
 .SS Application-defined commands
 .PP
 If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the above
 pre-defined form requests, the driver assumes it is an application-specific
-command and returns \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR.  Application-defined commands
-should be defined relative to \fBMAX_COMMAND\fR, the maximum value of these
+command and returns \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fP.  Application-defined commands
+should be defined relative to \fBMAX_COMMAND\fP, the maximum value of these
 pre-defined requests.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBform_driver\fR returns one of the following error codes:
+\fBform_driver\fP returns one of the following error codes:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -246,22 +246,22 @@
 The form driver could not process the request.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
 The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
 .
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBform\fR(3X),
-\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X),
-\fBform_field_buffer\fR(3X),
-\fBform_field_validation\fR(3X),
-\fBform_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBgetch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBform\fP(3X),
+\fBform_fieldtype\fP(3X),
+\fBform_field_buffer\fP(3X),
+\fBform_field_validation\fP(3X),
+\fBform_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBgetch\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header files
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_field.3x
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_field.3x	2020-10-24 09:10:45.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_field.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field.3x,v 1.17 2020/10/24 09:10:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBform_field\fR \- make and break connections between fields and forms
+\fBform_field\fP \- make and break connections between fields and forms
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_form_fields(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB, FIELD **\fP\fIfields\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -44,23 +44,23 @@
 \fBint move_field(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfrow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfcol\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_form_fields\fR changes the field pointer array of
-the given \fIform\fR.  The array must be terminated by a \fBNULL\fR.
+The function \fBset_form_fields\fP changes the field pointer array of
+the given \fIform\fP.  The array must be terminated by a \fBNULL\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBform_fields\fR returns the field array of the given form.
+The function \fBform_fields\fP returns the field array of the given form.
 .PP
-The function \fBfield_count\fR returns the count of fields in \fIform\fR.
+The function \fBfield_count\fP returns the count of fields in \fIform\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBmove_field\fR moves the given field (which must be disconnected)
+The function \fBmove_field\fP moves the given field (which must be disconnected)
 to a specified location on the screen.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBform_fields\fR returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fR).
+The function \fBform_fields\fP returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fP).
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBfield_count\fR returns \fBERR\fR if the \fIform\fP parameter
+The function \fBfield_count\fP returns \fBERR\fP if the \fIform\fP parameter
 is \fBNULL\fP.
 .PP
-The functions \fBset_form_fields\fR and \fBmove_field\fR return one of
+The functions \fBset_form_fields\fP and \fBmove_field\fP return one of
 the following codes on error:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
 The form is already posted.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
-The SVr4 forms library documentation specifies the \fBfield_count\fR error value
-as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
+The SVr4 forms library documentation specifies the \fBfield_count\fP error value
+as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fP).
 .SH AUTHORS
 Juergen Pfeifer.
 Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
Index: man/form_field_attributes.3x
Prereq:  1.18 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_field_attributes.3x	2020-10-18 00:14:20.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_field_attributes.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,16 +28,16 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.18 2020/10/18 00:14:20 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_attributes 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBform_field_attributes\fR \- color and attribute control for form fields
+\fBform_field_attributes\fP \- color and attribute control for form fields
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_field_fore(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIattr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -52,21 +52,21 @@
 \fBint field_pad(const FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_field_fore\fR sets the foreground attribute of
-\fIfield\fR. This is the highlight used to display the field contents.  The
-function \fBfield_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute.
+The function \fBset_field_fore\fP sets the foreground attribute of
+\fIfield\fP. This is the highlight used to display the field contents.  The
+function \fBfield_fore\fP returns the foreground attribute.
 The default is
-\fBA_STANDOUT\fR.
+\fBA_STANDOUT\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_field_back\fR sets the background attribute of
-\fIform\fR. This is the highlight used to display the extent fields in the
+The function \fBset_field_back\fP sets the background attribute of
+\fIform\fP. This is the highlight used to display the extent fields in the
 form.
-The function \fBfield_back\fR returns the background attribute.
+The function \fBfield_back\fP returns the background attribute.
 The
-default is \fBA_NORMAL\fR.
+default is \fBA_NORMAL\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_field_pad\fR sets the character used to fill the field.
-The function \fBfield_pad\fR returns the given form's pad character.
+The function \fBset_field_pad\fP sets the character used to fill the field.
+The function \fBfield_pad\fP returns the given form's pad character.
 The
 default is a blank.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -79,14 +79,14 @@
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
+\fBcurses\fP(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
 descriptions of the entry points.
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_field_buffer.3x
Prereq:  1.27 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_field_buffer.3x	2020-10-24 09:27:17.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_field_buffer.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.27 2020/10/24 09:27:17 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.29 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_buffer 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -39,9 +39,9 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBform_field_buffer\fR \- field buffer control
+\fBform_field_buffer\fP \- field buffer control
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_field_buffer(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIvalue\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -54,18 +54,18 @@
 \fBint set_max_field(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB, int \fP\fImax\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_field_buffer\fR sets the numbered buffer of the given field
+The function \fBset_field_buffer\fP sets the numbered buffer of the given field
 to contain a given string:
 .RS 3
 .bP
 Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field.
 .bP
-Other numbered buffers may be allocated by applications through the \fBnbuf\fR
-argument of (see \fBform_field_new\fR(3X))
+Other numbered buffers may be allocated by applications through the \fBnbuf\fP
+argument of (see \fBform_field_new\fP(3X))
 but are not manipulated by the forms library.
 .RE
 .PP
-The function \fBfield_buffer\fR returns a pointer to
+The function \fBfield_buffer\fP returns a pointer to
 the contents of the given numbered buffer:
 .RS 3
 .bP
@@ -90,15 +90,15 @@
 for long-term storage of form data.
 .RE
 .PP
-The function \fBset_field_status\fR sets the associated status flag of
-\fIfield\fR; \fBfield_status\fR gets the current value.
+The function \fBset_field_status\fP sets the associated status flag of
+\fIfield\fP; \fBfield_status\fP gets the current value.
 The status flag
 is set to a nonzero value whenever the field changes.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_max_field\fR sets the maximum size for a dynamic field.
+The function \fBset_max_field\fP sets the maximum size for a dynamic field.
 An argument of 0 turns off any maximum size threshold for that field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The \fBfield_buffer\fR function returns NULL on error.
+The \fBfield_buffer\fP function returns NULL on error.
 It sets \fBerrno\fP according to their success:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 .PP
-The \fBfield_status\fR function returns \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR.
+The \fBfield_status\fP function returns \fBTRUE\fP or \fBFALSE\fP.
 .PP
 The remaining routines return one of the following:
 .TP 5
@@ -115,22 +115,22 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
+\fBcurses\fP(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
 descriptions of the entry points.
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
 .PP
 When configured for wide characters, \fBfield_buffer\fP returns a pointer
 to temporary storage (allocated and freed by the library).
 The application should not attempt to modify the data.
 It will be freed on the next call to \fBfield_buffer\fP to return the
 same buffer.
-\fB\fR.
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_field_info.3x
Prereq:  1.18 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_field_info.3x	2020-10-17 23:35:05.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_field_info.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.18 2020/10/17 23:35:05 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_info 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
 \fBdynamic_field_info\fP,
-\fBfield_info\fR \- retrieve field characteristics
+\fBfield_info\fP \- retrieve field characteristics
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint field_info(const FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB,\fP
                \fBint *\fP\fIrows\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIcols\fP\fB,\fP
@@ -50,18 +50,18 @@
                        \fBint *\fP\fIrows\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIcols\fP\fB, int *\fImax\fB);\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBfield_info\fR returns the sizes and other attributes passed in
+The function \fBfield_info\fP returns the sizes and other attributes passed in
 to the field at its creation time.
 The attributes are: height, width, row of
 upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and
 number of working buffers.
 .PP
-The function \fBdynamic_field_info\fR returns the actual size of the field, and
+The function \fBdynamic_field_info\fP returns the actual size of the field, and
 its maximum possible size.
 If the field has no size limit, the location
 addressed by the third argument will be set to 0.
 A field can be made dynamic
-by turning off the \fBO_STATIC\fR option with \fBfield_opts_off\fR.
+by turning off the \fBO_STATIC\fP option with \fBfield_opts_off\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These routines return one of the following:
 .TP 5
@@ -69,16 +69,16 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
+\fBcurses\fP(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
 descriptions of the entry points.
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_field_just.3x
Prereq:  1.18 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_field_just.3x	2020-10-18 00:12:55.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_field_just.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,48 +28,48 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.18 2020/10/18 00:12:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_just 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBset_field_just\fR,
+\fBset_field_just\fP,
 \fBfield_just\fP \- retrieve field characteristics
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_field_just(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB, int \fP\fIjustification\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint field_just(const FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_field_just\fR sets the justification attribute of
-a field; \fBfield_just\fR returns a field's justification attribute.
+The function \fBset_field_just\fP sets the justification attribute of
+a field; \fBfield_just\fP returns a field's justification attribute.
 The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT,
 JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
 .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBfield_just\fR returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
+The function \fBfield_just\fP returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
 JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_field_just\fR returns one of the following:
+The function \fBset_field_just\fP returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
+\fBcurses\fP(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
 descriptions of the entry points.
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_field_new.3x
Prereq:  1.24 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_field_new.3x	2020-10-24 09:09:18.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_field_new.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,15 +28,15 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.24 2020/10/24 09:09:18 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.26 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_new 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBnew_field\fR,
-\fBdup_field\fR,
-\fBlink_field\fR,
-\fBfree_field\fR \- create and destroy form fields
+\fBnew_field\fP,
+\fBdup_field\fP,
+\fBlink_field\fP,
+\fBfree_field\fP \- create and destroy form fields
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBFIELD *new_field(int \fP\fIheight\fP\fB, int \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB,\fP
                  \fBint \fP\fItoprow\fP\fB, int \fP\fIleftcol\fP\fB,\fP
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@
 \fBint free_field(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBnew_field\fR allocates a new field and initializes it from the
+The function \fBnew_field\fP allocates a new field and initializes it from the
 parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left
 corner, number off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
 .PP
-The function \fBdup_field\fR duplicates a field at a new location.
+The function \fBdup_field\fP duplicates a field at a new location.
 Most
 attributes (including current contents, size, validation type, buffer count,
 growth threshold, justification, foreground, background, pad character,
@@ -61,14 +61,14 @@
 Field status and the field page bit are
 not copied.
 .PP
-The function \fBlink_field\fR acts like \fBdup_field\fR, but the new field
+The function \fBlink_field\fP acts like \fBdup_field\fP, but the new field
 shares buffers with its parent.
 Attribute data is separate.
 .PP
-The function \fBfree_field\fR de-allocates storage associated with a field.
+The function \fBfree_field\fP de-allocates storage associated with a field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The functions \fBnew_field\fR, \fBdup_field\fR, \fBlink_field\fR return
-\fBNULL\fR on error.
+The functions \fBnew_field\fP, \fBdup_field\fP, \fBlink_field\fP return
+\fBNULL\fP on error.
 They set \fBerrno\fP according to their success:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
 System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
 .PP
-The function \fBfree_field\fR returns one of the following:
+The function \fBfree_field\fP returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -91,17 +91,17 @@
 .B E_CONNECTED
 field is connected.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 It may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied by
-\fBdup_field\fR being portable; the System V forms library documents are
+\fBdup_field\fP being portable; the System V forms library documents are
 not very explicit about what gets copied and what does not.
 .SH AUTHORS
 Juergen Pfeifer.
Index: man/form_field_opts.3x
Prereq:  1.27 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_field_opts.3x	2020-10-18 00:11:45.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_field_opts.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2014,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.27 2020/10/18 00:11:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.29 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_opts 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_field_opts\fP,
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 \fBfield_opts_off\fP,
 \fBfield_opts\fP \- set and get field options
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_field_opts(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB, Field_Options \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -47,16 +47,16 @@
 \fBint field_opts_off(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB, Field_Options \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_field_opts\fR sets all the given field's option bits (field
+The function \fBset_field_opts\fP sets all the given field's option bits (field
 option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
 .PP
-The function \fBfield_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+The function \fBfield_opts_on\fP turns on the given option bits, and leaves
 others alone.
 .PP
-The function \fBfield_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves
+The function \fBfield_opts_off\fP turns off the given option bits, and leaves
 others alone.
 .PP
-The function \fBfield_opts\fR returns the field's current option bits.
+The function \fBfield_opts\fP returns the field's current option bits.
 .PP
 The following standard options are defined (all are on by default):
 .TP 5
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 which allows a dynamic field to shrink if the new
 limit is smaller than the current field size.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Except for \fBfield_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+Except for \fBfield_opts\fP, each routine returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -133,14 +133,14 @@
 The field is the current field.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBform\fR(3X).
-\fBform_field_just\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBform\fP(3X).
+\fBform_field_just\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_field_userptr.3x
Prereq:  1.16 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_field_userptr.3x	2020-10-24 09:06:33.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_field_userptr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.16 2020/10/24 09:06:33 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_userptr 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBset_field_userptr\fR,
-\fBfield_userptr\fR \- associate application data with a form field
+\fBset_field_userptr\fP,
+\fBfield_userptr\fP \- associate application data with a form field
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_field_userptr(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIuserptr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@
 These functions get and set
 that field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBfield_userptr\fR returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fR).
+The function \fBfield_userptr\fP returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fP).
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_field_userptr\fR returns \fBE_OK\fP (success).
+The function \fBset_field_userptr\fP returns \fBE_OK\fP (success).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_field_validation.3x
Prereq:  1.33 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_field_validation.3x	2020-12-12 19:57:55.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_field_validation.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.33 2020/12/12 19:57:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.35 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_validation 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBform_field_validation\fR \- data type validation for fields
+\fBform_field_validation\fP \- data type validation for fields
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBvoid *field_arg(const FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 Returns a pointer to the \fIfield type\fP associated with the form field,
 i.e., by calling \fBset_field_type\fP.
 .SS set_field_type
-The function \fBset_field_type\fR associates
+The function \fBset_field_type\fP associates
 a field type with a given form field.
 This is the type checked by validation functions.
 Most field types are configurable,
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 Field types are implemented via the \fBFIELDTYPE\fP data
 structure, which contains several pointers to functions.
 .PP
-See the \fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X) manual page,
+See the \fBform_fieldtype\fP(3X) manual page,
 which describes functions which can be used to construct
 a field-type dynamically.
 .PP
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 Required parameter:
 .RS
 .bP
-a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width.
+a third \fBint\fP argument, a minimum field width.
 .RE
 .TP 5
 TYPE_ALPHA
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 Required parameter:
 .RS
 .bP
-a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width.
+a third \fBint\fP argument, a minimum field width.
 .RE
 .TP 5
 TYPE_ENUM
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@
 Required parameters:
 .RS
 .bP
-a third \fB(char **)\fR argument pointing to a string list;
+a third \fB(char **)\fP argument pointing to a string list;
 .bP
-a fourth \fBint\fR flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
+a fourth \fBint\fP flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
 .bP
-a fifth \fBint\fR flag argument specifying whether a partial
+a fifth \fBint\fP flag argument specifying whether a partial
 match must be a unique one.
 If this flag is off, a prefix matches the first
 of any set of more than one list elements with that prefix.
@@ -134,31 +134,31 @@
 Required parameters:
 .RS
 .bP
-a third \fBint\fR argument controlling the precision,
+a third \fBint\fP argument controlling the precision,
 .bP
-a fourth \fBlong\fR argument constraining minimum value,
+a fourth \fBlong\fP argument constraining minimum value,
 .bP
-a fifth \fBlong\fR constraining maximum value.
+a fifth \fBlong\fP constraining maximum value.
 If the maximum value is less than or equal to the minimum value, the range is
 simply ignored.
 .RE
 .IP
 On return, the field buffer is formatted according to the
-\fBprintf\fR format specification \*(``.*ld\*('',
+\fBprintf\fP format specification \*(``.*ld\*('',
 where the \*(``*\*('' is replaced by the precision argument.
 .IP
-For details of the precision handling see \fBprintf\fR(3).
+For details of the precision handling see \fBprintf\fP(3).
 .TP 5
 TYPE_NUMERIC
 Numeric data (may have a decimal-point part).
 Required parameters:
 .RS
 .bP
-a third \fBint\fR argument controlling the precision,
+a third \fBint\fP argument controlling the precision,
 .bP
-a fourth \fBdouble\fR argument constraining minimum value,
+a fourth \fBdouble\fP argument constraining minimum value,
 .bP
-and a fifth \fBdouble\fR constraining maximum value.
+and a fifth \fBdouble\fP constraining maximum value.
 If your system supports locales,
 the decimal point character must be the one specified by your locale.
 If the maximum value is less than or equal to the minimum value,
@@ -166,22 +166,22 @@
 .RE
 .IP
 On return, the field buffer is formatted according to the
-\fBprintf\fR format specification \*(``.*f\*('',
+\fBprintf\fP format specification \*(``.*f\*('',
 where the \*(``*\*('' is replaced by the precision argument.
 .IP
-For details of the precision handling see \fBprintf\fR(3).
+For details of the precision handling see \fBprintf\fP(3).
 .TP 5
 TYPE_REGEXP
 Regular expression data.
 Required parameter:
 .RS
 .bP
-a third argument, a regular expression \fB(char *)\fR string.
+a third argument, a regular expression \fB(char *)\fP string.
 The data is valid if the regular expression matches it.
 .RE
 .IP
 Regular expressions
-are in the format of \fBregcomp\fR and \fBregexec\fR.
+are in the format of \fBregcomp\fP and \fBregexec\fP.
 .IP
 The regular expression must match the whole field.
 If you have for example, an eight character wide field,
@@ -209,22 +209,22 @@
 This is an ncurses extension;
 this field type may not be available in other curses implementations.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The functions \fBfield_type\fR and \fBfield_arg\fR return \fBNULL\fR on error.
-The function \fBset_field_type\fR returns one of the following:
+The functions \fBfield_type\fP and \fBfield_arg\fP return \fBNULL\fP on error.
+The function \fBset_field_type\fP returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBform\fR(3X),
-\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X),
-\fBform_variables\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBform\fP(3X),
+\fBform_fieldtype\fP(3X),
+\fBform_variables\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_fieldtype.3x
Prereq:  1.28 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_fieldtype.3x	2020-12-12 17:11:21.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_fieldtype.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,16 +28,16 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.28 2020/12/12 17:11:21 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.30 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .TH form_fieldtype 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBform_fieldtype\fR \- define validation-field types
+\fBform_fieldtype\fP \- define validation-field types
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBFIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(\fP
     \fBbool (* const \fP\fIfield_check\fP\fB)(FIELD *, const void *),\fP
@@ -60,11 +60,11 @@
                           \fBFIELDTYPE *\fP\fItype2\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS new_fieldtype
-The function \fBnew_fieldtype\fR creates a new field type usable for data
+The function \fBnew_fieldtype\fP creates a new field type usable for data
 validation.
 Its parameters are function pointers:
 .TP 5
-\fIfield_check\fR
+\fIfield_check\fP
 This function checks the
 validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempts to leave a field.
 It has two arguments:
@@ -77,51 +77,51 @@
 argument-block structure, about which more below.
 .RE
 .TP 5
-\fIchar_check\fR
+\fIchar_check\fP
 This function validates input characters as they are entered.
 The form library passes it the character to be checked
 and a pointer to an argument-block structure.
 .SS free_fieldtype
 .PP
-The \fBfree_fieldtype\fR function
+The \fBfree_fieldtype\fP function
 frees the space allocated for a given validation type by \fBnew_fieldtype\fP.
 .SS set_fieldtype_arg
 .PP
-The function \fBset_fieldtype_arg\fR associates
+The function \fBset_fieldtype_arg\fP associates
 three storage-management functions with a field type:
 .TP 5
-\fImake_arg\fR
+\fImake_arg\fP
 This function is automatically applied to the
-list of arguments you give \fBset_field_type\fR when attaching validation
+list of arguments you give \fBset_field_type\fP when attaching validation
 to a field.
 It stores the arguments in an allocated argument-block
 object which is used when validating input.
 .TP 5
-\fIcopy_arg\fR
+\fIcopy_arg\fP
 This function may be used by applications to copy argument-blocks.
 .TP 5
-\fIfree_arg\fR
+\fIfree_arg\fP
 Frees an argument-block structure.
 .PP
-You must supply the \fImake_arg\fR function.
+You must supply the \fImake_arg\fP function.
 The other two are optional: you may supply NULL for them.
 In this case, the form library assumes
-that \fImake_arg\fR does not allocate memory but simply loads the
+that \fImake_arg\fP does not allocate memory but simply loads the
 argument into a single scalar value.
 .SS set_fieldtype_choice
 .PP
-The form driver requests \fBREQ_NEXT_CHOICE\fR and \fBREQ_PREV_CHOICE\fR assume
+The form driver requests \fBREQ_NEXT_CHOICE\fP and \fBREQ_PREV_CHOICE\fP assume
 that the possible values of a field form an ordered set, and provide the forms
 user with a way to move through the set.
 .PP
-The \fBset_fieldtype_choice\fR
+The \fBset_fieldtype_choice\fP
 function allows forms programmers to define successor and predecessor functions
 for the field type.
 These functions take the field pointer and an
 argument-block structure as arguments.
 .SS link_fieldtype
 .PP
-The function \fBlink_fieldtype\fR creates
+The function \fBlink_fieldtype\fP creates
 a new field type from the two given types.
 They are connected by an logical 'OR'.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -153,14 +153,14 @@
 The field is the current field.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBform\fR(3X),
-\fBform_field_validation\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBform\fP(3X),
+\fBform_field_validation\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_hook.3x
Prereq:  1.16 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_hook.3x	2020-10-18 00:06:29.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_hook.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.16 2020/10/18 00:06:29 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_hook 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBform_hook\fR \- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
+\fBform_hook\fP \- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_field_init(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB, Form_Hook \fP\fIfunc\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -53,32 +53,32 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various
-points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBform_driver\fR.
+points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBform_driver\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_field_init\fR sets a hook to be called at form-post time
+The function \fBset_field_init\fP sets a hook to be called at form-post time
 and each time the selected field changes (after the change).
-\fBfield_init\fR
-returns the current field init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+\fBfield_init\fP
+returns the current field init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fP if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
-The function \fBset_field_term\fR sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
+The function \fBset_field_term\fP sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
 and each time the selected field changes (before the change).
-\fBfield_term\fR
-returns the current field term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+\fBfield_term\fP
+returns the current field term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fP if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
-The function \fBset_form_init\fR sets a hook to be called at form-post time and
+The function \fBset_form_init\fP sets a hook to be called at form-post time and
 just after a page change once it is posted.
-\fBform_init\fR returns the
-current form init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such hook).
+\fBform_init\fP returns the
+current form init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fP if there is no such hook).
 .PP
-The function \fBset_form_term\fR sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
+The function \fBset_form_term\fP sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
 and just before a page change once it is posted.
-\fBform_init\fR
-returns the current form term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+\fBform_init\fP
+returns the current form term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fP if there is no such
 hook).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 Other routines
 return one of the following:
 .TP 5
@@ -86,12 +86,12 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_new.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_new.3x	2020-10-24 09:02:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_new.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,26 +28,26 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_new.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/24 09:02:26 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_new.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH form_new 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBnew_form\fR,
+\fBnew_form\fP,
 \fBfree_form\fP \- create and destroy forms
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBFORM *new_form(FIELD **\fP\fIfields\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint free_form(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBnew_form\fR creates a new form connected to a specified field
-pointer array (which must be \fBNULL\fR-terminated).
+The function \fBnew_form\fP creates a new form connected to a specified field
+pointer array (which must be \fBNULL\fP-terminated).
 .PP
-The function \fBfree_form\fR disconnects \fIform\fR from its field array
+The function \fBfree_form\fP disconnects \fIform\fP from its field array
 and frees the storage allocated for the form.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBnew_form\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+The function \fBnew_form\fP returns \fBNULL\fP on error.
 It sets \fBerrno\fP according to the function's success:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
 System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
 .PP
-The function \fBfree_form\fR returns one of the following:
+The function \fBfree_form\fP returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@
 .B E_POSTED
 The form has already been posted.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_new_page.3x
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_new_page.3x	2020-10-18 00:04:36.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_new_page.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,32 +28,32 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.17 2020/10/18 00:04:36 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_new_page 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBset_new_page\fR,
-\fBnew_page\fR \- form pagination functions
+\fBset_new_page\fP,
+\fBnew_page\fP \- form pagination functions
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_new_page(FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB, bool \fP\fInew_page_flag\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBbool new_page(const FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_new_page\fR sets or resets a flag marking the given field
+The function \fBset_new_page\fP sets or resets a flag marking the given field
 as the beginning of a new page on its form.
 .PP
-The function \fBnew_page\fR is a predicate which tests if a given field marks
+The function \fBnew_page\fP is a predicate which tests if a given field marks
 a page beginning on its form.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBnew_page\fR returns \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR.
+The function \fBnew_page\fP returns \fBTRUE\fP or \fBFALSE\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_new_page\fR returns one of the following:
+The function \fBset_new_page\fP returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -61,11 +61,11 @@
 .B E_CONNECTED
 The given field is already connected to a form.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
+\fBcurses\fP(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``form_\*('' for detailed
 descriptions of the entry points.
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_opts.3x
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_opts.3x	2020-10-18 00:03:49.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_opts.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,15 +28,15 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.17 2020/10/18 00:03:49 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_opts 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_form_opts\fP,
 \fBform_opts_on\fP,
 \fBform_opts_off\fP,
-\fBform_opts\fR \- set and get form options
+\fBform_opts\fP \- set and get form options
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_form_opts(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB, Field_Options \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -47,39 +47,39 @@
 \fBint form_opts_off(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB, Field_Options \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_form_opts\fR sets all the given form's option bits (form
+The function \fBset_form_opts\fP sets all the given form's option bits (form
 option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
 .PP
-The function \fBform_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+The function \fBform_opts_on\fP turns on the given option bits, and leaves
 others alone.
 .PP
-The function \fBform_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves
+The function \fBform_opts_off\fP turns off the given option bits, and leaves
 others alone.
 .PP
-The function \fBform_opts\fR returns the form's current option bits.
+The function \fBform_opts\fP returns the form's current option bits.
 .PP
 The following options are defined (all are on by default):
 .TP 5
 O_NL_OVERLOAD
-Overload the \fBREQ_NEW_LINE\fR forms driver request so that calling it at the
+Overload the \fBREQ_NEW_LINE\fP forms driver request so that calling it at the
 end of a field goes to the next field.
 .TP 5
 O_BS_OVERLOAD
-Overload the \fBREQ_DEL_PREV\fR forms driver request so that calling it at the
+Overload the \fBREQ_DEL_PREV\fP forms driver request so that calling it at the
 beginning of a field goes to the previous field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Except for \fBform_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+Except for \fBform_opts\fP, each routine returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_page.3x
Prereq:  1.19 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_page.3x	2020-10-18 00:02:44.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_page.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_page.3x,v 1.19 2020/10/18 00:02:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_page.3x,v 1.21 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_page 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBform_page\fR \- set and get form page number
+\fBform_page\fP \- set and get form page number
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_current_field(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB, FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -48,24 +48,24 @@
 \fBint field_index(const FIELD *\fP\fIfield\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_current_field\fR sets the current field of the given
-form; \fBcurrent_field\fR returns the current field of the given form.
+The function \fBset_current_field\fP sets the current field of the given
+form; \fBcurrent_field\fP returns the current field of the given form.
 .PP
-The function \fBunfocus_current_field\fR removes the focus from the current
+The function \fBunfocus_current_field\fP removes the focus from the current
 field of the form.
-In such state, inquiries via \fBcurrent_field\fR shall return a NULL pointer.
+In such state, inquiries via \fBcurrent_field\fP shall return a NULL pointer.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_form_page\fR sets the form's page number (goes to page
-\fIn\fR of the form).
+The function \fBset_form_page\fP sets the form's page number (goes to page
+\fIn\fP of the form).
 .PP
-The function \fBform_page\fR returns the form's current page number.
+The function \fBform_page\fP returns the form's current page number.
 .PP
-The function \fBfield_index\fR returns the index of the field in the
+The function \fBfield_index\fP returns the index of the field in the
 field array of the form it is connected to.
-It returns \fBERR\fR if
+It returns \fBERR\fP if
 the argument is the null pointer or the field is not connected.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Except for \fBform_page\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+Except for \fBform_page\fP, each routine returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -83,13 +83,13 @@
 The form driver could not process the request.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_post.3x
Prereq:  1.16 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_post.3x	2020-10-18 00:01:05.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_post.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,26 +28,26 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_post.3x,v 1.16 2020/10/18 00:01:05 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_post.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_post 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBpost_form\fR,
-\fBunpost_form\fR \- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
+\fBpost_form\fP,
+\fBunpost_form\fP \- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint post_form(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint unpost_form(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBpost_form\fR displays a form to its associated subwindow.
+The function \fBpost_form\fP displays a form to its associated subwindow.
 To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
-use \fBrefresh\fR(3X) or some equivalent
-\fBcurses\fR routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fR triggered by an \fBcurses\fR
+use \fBrefresh\fP(3X) or some equivalent
+\fBcurses\fP routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fP triggered by an \fBcurses\fP
 input request will do).
 .PP
-The function \fBunpost_form\fR erases form from its associated subwindow.
+The function \fBunpost_form\fP erases form from its associated subwindow.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These routines return one of the following:
 .TP 5
@@ -73,13 +73,13 @@
 The form has already been posted.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_requestname.3x
Prereq:  1.16 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_requestname.3x	2020-12-12 16:37:14.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_requestname.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.16 2020/12/12 16:37:14 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH form_requestname 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBform_request_by_name\fP,
-\fBform_request_name\fR \- handle printable form request names
+\fBform_request_name\fP \- handle printable form request names
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBconst char *form_request_name(int \fP\fIrequest\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -42,23 +42,23 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS form_request_name
-The function \fBform_request_name\fR returns the printable name of a form
+The function \fBform_request_name\fP returns the printable name of a form
 request code.
 .SS form_request_name_by_name
-The function \fBform_request_by_name\fR searches in the name-table for a request
+The function \fBform_request_by_name\fP searches in the name-table for a request
 with the given name and returns its request code.
 Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBform_request_name\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error and sets \fBerrno\fP
-to \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR.
+\fBform_request_name\fP returns \fBNULL\fP on error and sets \fBerrno\fP
+to \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fP.
 .PP
-\fBform_request_by_name\fR returns \fBE_NO_MATCH\fR on error.
+\fBform_request_by_name\fP returns \fBE_NO_MATCH\fP on error.
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines are specific to ncurses.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_userptr.3x
Prereq:  1.19 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_userptr.3x	2020-10-24 09:00:52.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_userptr.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.19 2020/10/24 09:00:52 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.21 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH form_userptr 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_form_userptr\fP,
-\fBform_userptr\fR \- associate application data with a form item
+\fBform_userptr\fP \- associate application data with a form item
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_form_userptr(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIuserptr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@
 application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone).
 These functions get and set the form user pointer field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBform_userptr\fR returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fR).
+The function \fBform_userptr\fP returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fP).
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_form_userptr\fR returns \fBE_OK\fP (success).
+The function \fBset_form_userptr\fP returns \fBE_OK\fP (success).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/form_variables.3x
Prereq:  1.7 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_variables.3x	2020-12-12 14:45:16.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_variables.3x	2021-12-25 21:50:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                          *
+.\" Copyright 2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
 .\" Copyright 2010-2013,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,32 +27,32 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_variables.3x,v 1.7 2020/12/12 14:45:16 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_variables.3x,v 1.9 2021/12/25 21:50:36 tom Exp $
 .TH form_variables 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
-\fBTYPE_ALNUM\fR,
-\fBTYPE_ALPHA\fR,
-\fBTYPE_ENUM\fR,
-\fBTYPE_INTEGER\fR,
-\fBTYPE_IPV4\fR,
-\fBTYPE_NUMERIC\fR,
-\fBTYPE_REGEXP\fR
+\fBTYPE_ALNUM\fP,
+\fBTYPE_ALPHA\fP,
+\fBTYPE_ENUM\fP,
+\fBTYPE_INTEGER\fP,
+\fBTYPE_IPV4\fP,
+\fBTYPE_NUMERIC\fP,
+\fBTYPE_REGEXP\fP
 \- form system global variables
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALNUM;\fR
-\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALPHA;\fR
-\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_ENUM;\fR
-\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_INTEGER;\fR
-\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_IPV4;\fR
-\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_NUMERIC;\fR
-\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_REGEXP;\fR
+\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALNUM;\fP
+\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALPHA;\fP
+\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_ENUM;\fP
+\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_INTEGER;\fP
+\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_IPV4;\fP
+\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_NUMERIC;\fP
+\fBFIELDTYPE * TYPE_REGEXP;\fP
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These are building blocks for the form library,
@@ -78,4 +78,4 @@
 The \fBTYPE_IPV4\fP variable is an extension not provided by older
 implementations of the form library.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBform\fP(3X).
Index: man/form_win.3x
Prereq:  1.18 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/form_win.3x	2020-10-18 00:00:32.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/form_win.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_win.3x,v 1.18 2020/10/18 00:00:32 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_win.3x,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH form_win 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBform_win\fR \- make and break form window and subwindow associations
+\fBform_win\fP \- make and break form window and subwindow associations
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_form_win(FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -46,23 +46,23 @@
 \fBint scale_form(const FORM *\fP\fIform\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIrows\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-Every form has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows.
+Every form has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fP windows.
 The form window
 displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow
 displays the items of the form that are currently available for selection.
 .PP
 The first four functions get and set those windows.
 It is not necessary to set
-either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fR for both.
+either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fP for both.
 .PP
-In the \fBset_\fR functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as though
-it were \fBstsdcr\fR.  A form argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as a request
+In the \fBset_\fP functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fP is treated as though
+it were \fBstsdcr\fP.  A form argument of \fBNULL\fP is treated as a request
 to change the system default form window or subwindow.
 .PP
-The function \fBscale_form\fR returns the minimum size required for the
-subwindow of \fIform\fR.
+The function \fBscale_form\fP returns the minimum size required for the
+subwindow of \fIform\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 Routines that return
 an integer return one of the following error codes:
 .TP 5
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
@@ -81,12 +81,12 @@
 .B E_NOT_CONNECTED
 No items are connected to the form.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBform\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBform\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V forms library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/infocmp.1m
Prereq:  1.79 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/infocmp.1m	2021-08-15 20:01:31.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/infocmp.1m	2021-12-25 18:55:27.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.79 2021/08/15 20:01:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.80 2021/12/25 18:55:27 tom Exp $
 .TH @INFOCMP@ 1M ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@
 ..
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .SH NAME
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR \- compare or print out \fIterminfo\fR descriptions
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP \- compare or print out \fIterminfo\fP descriptions
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR [\fB\-\
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP [\fB\-\
 1\
 C\
 D\
@@ -84,36 +84,36 @@
 t\
 u\
 x\
-\fR]
+\fP]
 .br
-      [\fB\-v\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB\-s d\fR| \fBi\fR| \fBl\fR| \fBc\fR] [\fB\-Q\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB\-R \fR\fBsubset\fR]
+      [\fB\-v\fP \fIn\fP] [\fB\-s d\fP| \fBi\fP| \fBl\fP| \fBc\fP] [\fB\-Q\fP \fIn\fP] [\fB\-R \fP\fBsubset\fP]
 .br
-      [\fB\-w\fR\ \fIwidth\fR] [\fB\-A\fR\ \fIdirectory\fR] [\fB\-B\fR\ \fIdirectory\fR]
+      [\fB\-w\fP\ \fIwidth\fP] [\fB\-A\fP\ \fIdirectory\fP] [\fB\-B\fP\ \fIdirectory\fP]
 .br
-      [\fItermname\fR...]
+      [\fItermname\fP...]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR can be used to compare a binary \fBterminfo\fR entry with other
-terminfo entries, rewrite a \fBterminfo\fR description to take advantage of the
-\fBuse=\fR terminfo field, or print out a \fBterminfo\fR description from the
-binary file (\fBterm\fR) in a variety of formats.
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP can be used to compare a binary \fBterminfo\fP entry with other
+terminfo entries, rewrite a \fBterminfo\fP description to take advantage of the
+\fBuse=\fP terminfo field, or print out a \fBterminfo\fP description from the
+binary file (\fBterm\fP) in a variety of formats.
 In all cases, the boolean
 fields will be printed first, followed by the numeric fields, followed by the
 string fields.
 .SS Default Options
-If no options are specified and zero or one \fItermnames\fR are specified, the
-\fB\-I\fR option will be assumed.
-If more than one \fItermname\fR is specified,
-the \fB\-d\fR option will be assumed.
+If no options are specified and zero or one \fItermnames\fP are specified, the
+\fB\-I\fP option will be assumed.
+If more than one \fItermname\fP is specified,
+the \fB\-d\fP option will be assumed.
 .SS Comparison Options [\-d] [\-c] [\-n]
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR compares the \fBterminfo\fR description of the first terminal
-\fItermname\fR with each of the descriptions given by the entries for the other
-terminal's \fItermnames\fR.
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP compares the \fBterminfo\fP description of the first terminal
+\fItermname\fP with each of the descriptions given by the entries for the other
+terminal's \fItermnames\fP.
 If a capability is defined for only one of the
 terminals, the value returned depends on the type of the capability:
 .bP
-\fBF\fR for missing boolean variables
+\fBF\fP for missing boolean variables
 .bP
-\fBNULL\fR for missing integer or string variables
+\fBNULL\fP for missing integer or string variables
 .PP
 Use the \fB\-q\fP option to show the distinction between
 \fIabsent\fP and \fIcancelled\fP capabilities.
@@ -121,24 +121,24 @@
 These options produce a list which you can use to compare two
 or more terminal descriptions:
 .TP 5
-\fB\-d\fR
+\fB\-d\fP
 produces a list of each capability that is \fIdifferent\fP
 between two entries.
 Each item in the list shows \*(``:\*('' after the capability name,
 followed by the capability values, separated by a comma.
 .TP
-\fB\-c\fR
+\fB\-c\fP
 produces a list of each capability that is \fIcommon\fP between
 two or more entries.
 Missing capabilities are ignored.
 Each item in the list shows \*(``=\*('' after the capability name,
 followed by the capability value.
 .IP
-The \fB\-u\fR option provides a related output,
+The \fB\-u\fP option provides a related output,
 showing the first terminal description rewritten to use the second
 as a building block via the \*(``use=\*('' clause.
 .TP
-\fB\-n\fR
+\fB\-n\fP
 produces a list of each capability that is in \fInone\fP of the given entries.
 Each item in the list shows \*(``!\*('' before the capability name.
 .IP
@@ -146,30 +146,30 @@
 Use the \fB\-x\fP option to add the BSD-compatibility
 capabilities (names prefixed with \*(``OT\*('').
 .IP
-If no \fItermnames\fR are given,
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR uses the environment variable \fBTERM\fR
-for each of the \fItermnames\fR.
+If no \fItermnames\fP are given,
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP uses the environment variable \fBTERM\fP
+for each of the \fItermnames\fP.
 .SS Source Listing Options [\-I] [\-L] [\-C] [\-r]
-The \fB\-I\fR, \fB\-L\fR, and \fB\-C\fR options will produce
+The \fB\-I\fP, \fB\-L\fP, and \fB\-C\fP options will produce
 a source listing for each terminal named.
 .
 .TS
 center tab(/) ;
 l l .
-\fB\-I\fR/use the \fBterminfo\fR names
-\fB\-L\fR/use the long C variable name listed in <\fBterm.h\fR>
-\fB\-C\fR/use the \fBtermcap\fR names
-\fB\-r\fR/when using \fB\-C\fR, put out all capabilities in \fBtermcap\fR form
-\fB\-K\fR/modifies the \fB\-C\fP option, improving BSD-compatibility.
+\fB\-I\fP/use the \fBterminfo\fP names
+\fB\-L\fP/use the long C variable name listed in <\fBterm.h\fP>
+\fB\-C\fP/use the \fBtermcap\fP names
+\fB\-r\fP/when using \fB\-C\fP, put out all capabilities in \fBtermcap\fP form
+\fB\-K\fP/modifies the \fB\-C\fP option, improving BSD-compatibility.
 .TE
 .PP
-If no \fItermnames\fR are given, the environment variable \fBTERM\fR will be
+If no \fItermnames\fP are given, the environment variable \fBTERM\fP will be
 used for the terminal name.
 .PP
-The source produced by the \fB\-C\fR option may be used directly as a
-\fBtermcap\fR entry, but not all parameterized strings can be changed to
-the \fBtermcap\fR format.
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR will attempt to convert most of the
+The source produced by the \fB\-C\fP option may be used directly as a
+\fBtermcap\fP entry, but not all parameterized strings can be changed to
+the \fBtermcap\fP format.
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP will attempt to convert most of the
 parameterized information, and anything not converted will be plainly marked in
 the output and commented out.
 These should be edited by hand.
@@ -185,93 +185,93 @@
 and trim excess whitespace (use the \fB\-0\fP option for that).
 .PP
 All padding information for strings will be collected together and placed
-at the beginning of the string where \fBtermcap\fR expects it.
+at the beginning of the string where \fBtermcap\fP expects it.
 Mandatory
 padding (padding information with a trailing \*(``/\*('') will become optional.
 .PP
-All \fBtermcap\fR variables no longer supported by \fBterminfo\fR, but which
-are derivable from other \fBterminfo\fR variables, will be output.
+All \fBtermcap\fP variables no longer supported by \fBterminfo\fP, but which
+are derivable from other \fBterminfo\fP variables, will be output.
 Not all
-\fBterminfo\fR capabilities will be translated; only those variables which were
-part of \fBtermcap\fR will normally be output.
-Specifying the \fB\-r\fR option
+\fBterminfo\fP capabilities will be translated; only those variables which were
+part of \fBtermcap\fP will normally be output.
+Specifying the \fB\-r\fP option
 will take off this restriction, allowing all capabilities to be output in
-\fItermcap\fR form.
+\fItermcap\fP form.
 Normally you would use both the \fB\-C\fP and \fB\-r\fP options.
 The actual format used incorporates some improvements for escaped characters
 from terminfo format.
-For a stricter BSD-compatible translation, use the \fB\-K\fR option
+For a stricter BSD-compatible translation, use the \fB\-K\fP option
 rather than \fB\-C\fP.
 .PP
 Note that because padding is collected to the beginning of the capability, not
 all capabilities are output.
 Mandatory padding is not supported.
 Because
-\fBtermcap\fR strings are not as flexible, it is not always possible to convert
-a \fBterminfo\fR string capability into an equivalent \fBtermcap\fR format.
-A subsequent conversion of the \fBtermcap\fR file
-back into \fBterminfo\fR format
-will not necessarily reproduce the original \fBterminfo\fR source.
+\fBtermcap\fP strings are not as flexible, it is not always possible to convert
+a \fBterminfo\fP string capability into an equivalent \fBtermcap\fP format.
+A subsequent conversion of the \fBtermcap\fP file
+back into \fBterminfo\fP format
+will not necessarily reproduce the original \fBterminfo\fP source.
 .PP
-Some common \fBterminfo\fR parameter sequences, their \fBtermcap\fR
+Some common \fBterminfo\fP parameter sequences, their \fBtermcap\fP
 equivalents, and some terminal types which commonly have such sequences, are:
 .
 .TS
 center tab(/) ;
 l c l
 l l l.
-\fBterminfo/termcap\fR/Representative Terminals
+\fBterminfo/termcap\fP/Representative Terminals
 =
-\fB%p1%c/%.\fR/adm
-\fB%p1%d/%d\fR/hp, ANSI standard, vt100
-\fB%p1%'x'%+%c/%+x\fR/concept
-\fB%i/%i\fRq/ANSI standard, vt100
-\fB%p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;/%>xy\fR/concept
-\fB%p2\fR is printed before \fB%p1/%r\fR/hp
+\fB%p1%c/%.\fP/adm
+\fB%p1%d/%d\fP/hp, ANSI standard, vt100
+\fB%p1%'x'%+%c/%+x\fP/concept
+\fB%i/%i\fPq/ANSI standard, vt100
+\fB%p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;/%>xy\fP/concept
+\fB%p2\fP is printed before \fB%p1/%r\fP/hp
 .TE
 .SS Use= Option [\-u]
-The \fB\-u\fR option produces a \fBterminfo\fR source description of the first
-terminal \fItermname\fR which is relative to the sum of the descriptions given
-by the entries for the other terminals \fItermnames\fR.
+The \fB\-u\fP option produces a \fBterminfo\fP source description of the first
+terminal \fItermname\fP which is relative to the sum of the descriptions given
+by the entries for the other terminals \fItermnames\fP.
 It does this by
-analyzing the differences between the first \fItermname\fR and the other
-\fItermnames\fR and producing a description with \fBuse=\fR fields for the
+analyzing the differences between the first \fItermname\fP and the other
+\fItermnames\fP and producing a description with \fBuse=\fP fields for the
 other terminals.
 In this manner, it is possible to retrofit generic terminfo
 entries into a terminal's description.
 Or, if two similar terminals exist, but
 were coded at different times or by different people so that each description
-is a full description, using \fB@INFOCMP@\fR
+is a full description, using \fB@INFOCMP@\fP
 will show what can be done to change
 one description to be relative to the other.
 .PP
 A capability will be printed with an at-sign (@) if it no longer exists in the
-first \fItermname\fR, but one of the other \fItermname\fR entries contains a
+first \fItermname\fP, but one of the other \fItermname\fP entries contains a
 value for it.
 A capability's value will be printed if the value in the first
-\fItermname\fR is not found in any of the other \fItermname\fR entries, or if
-the first of the other \fItermname\fR entries that has this capability gives a
-different value for the capability than that in the first \fItermname\fR.
+\fItermname\fP is not found in any of the other \fItermname\fP entries, or if
+the first of the other \fItermname\fP entries that has this capability gives a
+different value for the capability than that in the first \fItermname\fP.
 .PP
-The order of the other \fItermname\fR entries is significant.
+The order of the other \fItermname\fP entries is significant.
 Since the
-terminfo compiler \fB@TIC@\fR does a left-to-right scan of the capabilities,
-specifying two \fBuse=\fR entries that contain differing entries for the same
+terminfo compiler \fB@TIC@\fP does a left-to-right scan of the capabilities,
+specifying two \fBuse=\fP entries that contain differing entries for the same
 capabilities will produce different results depending on the order that the
 entries are given in.
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR will flag any such inconsistencies between
-the other \fItermname\fR entries as they are found.
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP will flag any such inconsistencies between
+the other \fItermname\fP entries as they are found.
 .PP
-Alternatively, specifying a capability \fIafter\fR a \fBuse=\fR entry that
+Alternatively, specifying a capability \fIafter\fP a \fBuse=\fP entry that
 contains that capability will cause the second specification to be ignored.
-Using \fB@INFOCMP@\fR to recreate a description can be a useful check to make
+Using \fB@INFOCMP@\fP to recreate a description can be a useful check to make
 sure that everything was specified correctly in the original source
 description.
 .PP
 Another error that does not cause incorrect compiled files, but will slow down
-the compilation time, is specifying extra \fBuse=\fR fields that are
+the compilation time, is specifying extra \fBuse=\fP fields that are
 superfluous.
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR will flag any other \fItermname use=\fR fields that
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP will flag any other \fItermname use=\fP fields that
 were not needed.
 .SS Changing Databases [\-A \fIdirectory\fR] [\-B \fIdirectory\fR]
 Like other \fBncurses\fP utilities,
@@ -280,13 +280,13 @@
 to override the compiled-in default list of places to search
 (see \fBcurses\fP(3X) for details).
 .PP
-You can also use the options \fB\-A\fR
-and \fB\-B\fR to override the list of places to search
+You can also use the options \fB\-A\fP
+and \fB\-B\fP to override the list of places to search
 when comparing terminal descriptions:
 .bP
-The \fB\-A\fR option sets the location for the first \fItermname\fR
+The \fB\-A\fP option sets the location for the first \fItermname\fP
 .bP
-The \fB\-B\fR option sets the location for the other \fItermnames\fR.
+The \fB\-B\fP option sets the location for the other \fItermnames\fP.
 .PP
 Using these options, it is possible to
 compare descriptions for a terminal with the same name located in two different
@@ -296,28 +296,28 @@
 created by different people.
 .SS Other Options
 .TP 5
-\fB\-0\fR
+\fB\-0\fP
 causes the fields to be printed on one line, without wrapping.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-1\fR
+\fB\-1\fP
 causes the fields to be printed out one to a line.
 Otherwise,
 the fields will be printed several to a line to a maximum width
 of 60 characters.
 .TP
-\fB\-a\fR
+\fB\-a\fP
 tells \fB@INFOCMP@\fP to retain commented-out capabilities
 rather than discarding them.
 Capabilities are commented by prefixing them with a period.
 .TP
-\fB\-D\fR
+\fB\-D\fP
 tells \fB@INFOCMP@\fP to print the database locations that it knows about,
 and exit.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-E\fR
+\fB\-E\fP
 Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as tables, needed in
 the C initializer for a
-TERMTYPE structure (the terminal capability structure in the \fB\fR).
+TERMTYPE structure (the terminal capability structure in the \fB\fP).
 This option is useful for preparing versions of the curses library hardwired
 for a given terminal type.
 The tables are all declared static, and are named according to the type
@@ -327,13 +327,13 @@
 options was not needed; but support for extended names required making
 the arrays of terminal capabilities separate from the TERMTYPE structure.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-e\fR
+\fB\-e\fP
 Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as a C initializer for a
-TERMTYPE structure (the terminal capability structure in the \fB\fR).
+TERMTYPE structure (the terminal capability structure in the \fB\fP).
 This option is useful for preparing versions of the curses library hardwired
 for a given terminal type.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-F\fR
+\fB\-F\fP
 compare terminfo files.
 This assumes that two following arguments are filenames.
 The files are searched for pairwise matches between
@@ -345,23 +345,23 @@
 Normally,
 to reduce the volume of the report, use references are
 not resolved before looking for differences, but resolution can be forced
-by also specifying \fB\-r\fR.
+by also specifying \fB\-r\fP.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-f\fR
+\fB\-f\fP
 Display complex terminfo strings which contain if/then/else/endif expressions
 indented for readability.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-G\fR
+\fB\-G\fP
 Display constant literals in decimal form
 rather than their character equivalents.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-g\fR
+\fB\-g\fP
 Display constant character literals in quoted form
 rather than their decimal equivalents.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-i\fR
-Analyze the initialization (\fBis1\fR, \fBis2\fR, \fBis3\fR), and reset
-(\fBrs1\fR, \fBrs2\fR, \fBrs3\fR), strings in the entry,
+\fB\-i\fP
+Analyze the initialization (\fBis1\fP, \fBis2\fP, \fBis3\fP), and reset
+(\fBrs1\fP, \fBrs2\fP, \fBrs3\fP), strings in the entry,
 as well as those used for starting/stopping cursor-positioning mode
 (\fBsmcup\fP, \fBrmcup\fP) as well as starting/stopping keymap mode
 (\fBsmkx\fP, \fBrmkx\fP).
@@ -432,13 +432,13 @@
 .IP
 An SGR0 designates an empty highlight sequence (equivalent to {SGR:NORMAL}).
 .TP 5
-\fB\-l\fR
+\fB\-l\fP
 Set output format to terminfo.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-p\fR
+\fB\-p\fP
 Ignore padding specifications when comparing strings.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-Q\fR \fIn\fR
+\fB\-Q\fP \fIn\fP
 Rather than show source in terminfo (text) format,
 print the compiled (binary) format in hexadecimal or base64 form,
 depending on the option's value:
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
 @INFOCMP@ -0 -q -Q2
 .NE
 .TP 5
-\fB\-q\fR
+\fB\-q\fP
 This makes the output a little shorter:
 .RS
 .bP
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
 Omit the \*(``Reconstructed from\*('' comment for source listings.
 .RE
 .TP 5
-\fB\-R\fR\fIsubset\fR
+\fB\-R\fP\fIsubset\fP
 Restrict output to a given subset.
 This option is for use with archaic
 versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP-UX that do not support
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
 .bP
 Available terminfo
 subsets are \*(``SVr1\*('', \*(``Ultrix\*('', \*(``HP\*('', and \*(``AIX\*('';
-see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for details.
+see \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) for details.
 .bP
 You can also choose the subset \*(``BSD\*('' which selects only capabilities
 with termcap equivalents recognized by 4.4BSD.
@@ -494,69 +494,69 @@
 The \fB\-I\fP option likewise selects no subset as a side-effect.
 .RE
 .TP
-\fB\-s \fR\fI[d|i|l|c]\fR
-The \fB\-s\fR option sorts the fields within each type according to the argument
+\fB\-s \fP\fI[d|i|l|c]\fP
+The \fB\-s\fP option sorts the fields within each type according to the argument
 below:
 .br
 .RS 5
 .TP 5
-\fBd\fR
-leave fields in the order that they are stored in the \fIterminfo\fR database.
+\fBd\fP
+leave fields in the order that they are stored in the \fIterminfo\fP database.
 .TP 5
-\fBi\fR
-sort by \fIterminfo\fR name.
+\fBi\fP
+sort by \fIterminfo\fP name.
 .TP 5
-\fBl\fR
+\fBl\fP
 sort by the long C variable name.
 .TP 5
-\fBc\fR
-sort by the \fItermcap\fR name.
+\fBc\fP
+sort by the \fItermcap\fP name.
 .RE
 .IP
-If the \fB\-s\fR option is not given, the fields printed out will be
-sorted alphabetically by the \fBterminfo\fR name within each type,
-except in the case of the \fB\-C\fR or the \fB\-L\fR options, which cause the
-sorting to be done by the \fBtermcap\fR name or the long C variable
+If the \fB\-s\fP option is not given, the fields printed out will be
+sorted alphabetically by the \fBterminfo\fP name within each type,
+except in the case of the \fB\-C\fP or the \fB\-L\fP options, which cause the
+sorting to be done by the \fBtermcap\fP name or the long C variable
 name, respectively.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-T\fR
+\fB\-T\fP
 eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
 This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since the compiled
 descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
 .TP
-\fB\-t\fR
+\fB\-t\fP
 tells \fB@TIC@\fP to discard commented-out capabilities.
 Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap,
 untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-U\fR
+\fB\-U\fP
 tells \fB@INFOCMP@\fP to not post-process the data
 after parsing the source file.
 This feature helps when comparing the actual contents of two source files,
 since it excludes the inferences that \fB@INFOCMP@\fP makes to fill in missing
 data.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fP
 reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-v\fR \fIn\fR
+\fB\-v\fP \fIn\fP
 prints out tracing information on standard error as the program runs.
 .IP
-The optional parameter \fIn\fR is a number from 1 to 10, inclusive,
+The optional parameter \fIn\fP is a number from 1 to 10, inclusive,
 indicating the desired level of detail of information.
 If ncurses is built without tracing support, the optional parameter is ignored.
 .TP
-\fB\-W\fR
+\fB\-W\fP
 By itself, the \fB\-w\fP option will not force long strings to be wrapped.
 Use the \fB\-W\fP option to do this.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR
-changes the output to \fIwidth\fR characters.
+\fB\-w\fP \fIwidth\fP
+changes the output to \fIwidth\fP characters.
 .TP
-\fB\-x\fR
+\fB\-x\fP
 print information for user-defined capabilities (see \fBuser_caps(\*n)\fP.
 These are extensions to the terminfo repertoire which can be loaded
-using the \fB\-x\fR option of \fB@TIC@\fP.
+using the \fB\-x\fP option of \fB@TIC@\fP.
 .SH FILES
 .TP 20
 \*d
@@ -591,24 +591,24 @@
 It does not mention the options used for converting to termcap format.
 .SH EXTENSIONS
 The
-\fB\-0\fR,
-\fB\-1\fR,
-\fB\-E\fR,
-\fB\-F\fR,
-\fB\-G\fR,
-\fB\-Q\fR,
-\fB\-R\fR,
-\fB\-T\fR,
-\fB\-V\fR,
-\fB\-a\fR,
-\fB\-e\fR,
-\fB\-f\fR,
-\fB\-g\fR,
-\fB\-i\fR,
-\fB\-l\fR,
-\fB\-p\fR,
-\fB\-q\fR and
-\fB\-t\fR
+\fB\-0\fP,
+\fB\-1\fP,
+\fB\-E\fP,
+\fB\-F\fP,
+\fB\-G\fP,
+\fB\-Q\fP,
+\fB\-R\fP,
+\fB\-T\fP,
+\fB\-V\fP,
+\fB\-a\fP,
+\fB\-e\fP,
+\fB\-f\fP,
+\fB\-g\fP,
+\fB\-i\fP,
+\fB\-l\fP,
+\fB\-p\fP,
+\fB\-q\fP and
+\fB\-t\fP
 options are not supported in SVr4 curses.
 .PP
 SVr4 infocmp does not distinguish between absent and cancelled capabilities.
@@ -617,25 +617,25 @@
 This implementation shows those as \*(``NULL\*('',
 for consistency with missing strings.
 .PP
-The \fB\-r\fR option's notion of \*(``termcap\*('' capabilities
+The \fB\-r\fP option's notion of \*(``termcap\*('' capabilities
 is System V Release 4's.
 Actual BSD curses versions will have a more restricted set.
 To see only the
-4.4BSD set, use \fB\-r\fR \fB\-RBSD\fR.
+4.4BSD set, use \fB\-r\fP \fB\-RBSD\fP.
 .SH BUGS
-The \fB\-F\fR option of \fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M) should be a \fB@TOE@\fR(1M) mode.
+The \fB\-F\fP option of \fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M) should be a \fB@TOE@\fP(1M) mode.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR(1M),
-\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR(1M),
-\fB@TIC@\fR(1M),
-\fB@TOE@\fR(1M),
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
-\fBuser_caps\fR(\*n).
+\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fP(1M),
+\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fP(1M),
+\fB@TIC@\fP(1M),
+\fB@TOE@\fP(1M),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
+\fBuser_caps\fP(\*n).
 .sp
 https://invisible-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Eric S. Raymond 
Index: man/infotocap.1m
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/infotocap.1m	2020-12-19 21:49:52.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/infotocap.1m	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1999-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,51 +28,51 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.17 2020/12/19 21:49:52 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH @INFOTOCAP@ 1M ""
 .ds n 5
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .SH NAME
-\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR \- convert a \fIterminfo\fR description into a \fItermcap\fR description
+\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fP \- convert a \fIterminfo\fP description into a \fItermcap\fP description
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR [\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR]  [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR ...
+\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fP [\fB\-v\fP\fIn\fP \fIwidth\fP]  [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-1\fP] [\fB\-w\fP \fIwidth\fP] \fIfile\fP ...
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR looks in each given text
-\fIfile\fR for \fBterminfo\fR descriptions.
+\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fP looks in each given text
+\fIfile\fP for \fBterminfo\fP descriptions.
 For each terminfo description found,
-an equivalent \fBtermcap\fR description is written to standard output.
-Terminfo \fBuse\fR capabilities are translated directly to termcap
-\fBtc\fR capabilities.
+an equivalent \fBtermcap\fP description is written to standard output.
+Terminfo \fBuse\fP capabilities are translated directly to termcap
+\fBtc\fP capabilities.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-v\fR
+\fB\-v\fP
 print out tracing information on standard error as the program runs.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fP
 print out the version of the program in use on standard error and exit.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-1\fR
+\fB\-1\fP
 cause the fields to print out one to a line.
 Otherwise, the fields
 will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60 characters.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-w\fR
-change the output to \fIwidth\fR characters.
+\fB\-w\fP
+change the output to \fIwidth\fP characters.
 .SH FILES
 .TP 20
 \*d
 Compiled terminal description database.
 .SH NOTES
-This utility is actually a link to \fB@TIC@\fR, running in \fI\-C\fR mode.
-You can use other \fB@TIC@\fR options such as \fB\-f\fR and  \fB\-x\fR.
+This utility is actually a link to \fB@TIC@\fP, running in \fI\-C\fP mode.
+You can use other \fB@TIC@\fP options such as \fB\-f\fP and  \fB\-x\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 None of X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009), SVr4 or NetBSD document this application.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M),
-\fB@TIC@\fR(1M),
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n)
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M),
+\fB@TIC@\fP(1M),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n)
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Eric S. Raymond 
Index: man/key_defined.3x
Prereq:  1.10 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/key_defined.3x	2020-10-17 23:39:03.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/key_defined.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2003-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 2003
 .\"
-.\" $Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.10 2020/10/17 23:39:03 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.12 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH key_defined 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBkey_defined\fP \- check if a keycode is defined
@@ -53,6 +53,6 @@
 It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBdefine_key\fR(3X).
+\fBdefine_key\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey.
Index: man/keybound.3x
Prereq:  1.11 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/keybound.3x	2020-10-17 23:39:30.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/keybound.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1999-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999
 .\"
-.\" $Id: keybound.3x,v 1.11 2020/10/17 23:39:30 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: keybound.3x,v 1.13 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH keybound 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBkeybound\fP \- return definition of keycode
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBdefine_key\fR(3X),
-\fBkeyok\fR(3X).
+\fBdefine_key\fP(3X),
+\fBkeyok\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey.
Index: man/keyok.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/keyok.3x	2020-10-17 23:39:59.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/keyok.3x	2021-12-25 21:41:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
 .\"
-.\" $Id: keyok.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/17 23:39:59 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: keyok.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:41:58 tom Exp $
 .TH keyok 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBkeyok\fP \- enable or disable a keycode
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This is an extension to the curses library.
 It permits an application to disable specific keycodes, rather than
-use the \fIkeypad\fP function to disable all keycodes.
+use the \fBkeypad\fP function to disable all keycodes.
 Keys that have been disabled can be re-enabled.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 The keycode must be greater than zero, else \fBERR\fP is returned.
@@ -55,6 +55,6 @@
 It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBdefine_key\fR(3X).
+\fBdefine_key\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey.
Index: man/legacy_coding.3x
Prereq:  1.9 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/legacy_coding.3x	2021-08-15 19:32:05.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/legacy_coding.3x	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -29,10 +29,10 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey
 .\"
-.\" $Id: legacy_coding.3x,v 1.9 2021/08/15 19:32:05 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: legacy_coding.3x,v 1.10 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH legacy_coding 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBuse_legacy_coding\fR \- override locale-encoding checks
+\fBuse_legacy_coding\fP \- override locale-encoding checks
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fB#include \fP
 .sp
@@ -70,6 +70,6 @@
 It is recommended that any code depending on ncurses extensions
 be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBunctrl\fR(3X).
+\fBunctrl\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey (to support lynx's font-switching feature).
Index: man/make_sed.sh
Prereq:  1.12 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/make_sed.sh	2021-06-17 21:20:30.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/make_sed.sh	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-# $Id: make_sed.sh,v 1.12 2021/06/17 21:20:30 tom Exp $
+# $Id: make_sed.sh,v 1.13 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 ##############################################################################
 # Copyright 2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                       #
 # Copyright 1998-2005,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                    #
@@ -74,16 +74,16 @@
 
 echo "# Do the embedded references" >>$RESULT
 sed	-e 's/>$RESULT
 
-echo "# Do the \fBxxx\fR references in the .NAME section" >>$RESULT
+echo "# Do the \fBxxx\fP references in the .NAME section" >>$RESULT
 sed	-e 's/\\>$RESULT
 
 # Finally, send the result to standard output
Index: man/manhtml.externs
Prereq:  1.14 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/manhtml.externs	2020-04-18 09:48:50.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/manhtml.externs	2021-12-26 00:02:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-# $Id: manhtml.externs,v 1.14 2020/04/18 09:48:50 tom Exp $
+# $Id: manhtml.externs,v 1.15 2021/12/26 00:02:52 tom Exp $
 # Items in this list will not be linked by man2html
 #***************************************************************************
-# Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+# Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 # Copyright 2013,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                       *
 #                                                                          *
 # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -34,12 +34,15 @@
 COLOR_PAIR(3)
 atoi(3)
 conflict(1)
+cron(1)
 csh(1)
 ded(1)
+emacs(1)
 environ(7)
 errno(3)
 file(1)
 getty(1)
+jove(1)
 lynx(1)
 nvi(1)
 mutt(1)
@@ -50,8 +53,11 @@
 putchar(3)
 putwc(3)
 read(2)
+readline(3)
+resize(1)
 scanf(3)
 screen(1)
+setlocale(3)
 sh(1)
 sscanf(3)
 stdio(3)
@@ -61,7 +67,9 @@
 tmux(1)
 tty(4)
 ttys(5)
+vi(1)
 vprintf(3)
 vscanf(3)
 wcwidth(3)
 write(2)
+xterm(1)
Index: man/menu.3x
Prereq:  1.27 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu.3x	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2014,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu.3x,v 1.27 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu.3x,v 1.29 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -39,109 +39,109 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBmenu\fR \- curses extension for programming menus
+\fBmenu\fP \- curses extension for programming menus
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBmenu\fR library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
+The \fBmenu\fP library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
 menu systems on character-cell terminals.
 The library includes: item routines,
 which create and modify menu items; and menu routines, which group items into
 menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction with the user.
 .PP
-The \fBmenu\fR library uses the \fBcurses\fR libraries, and a curses
-initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fR must be called before using any of
+The \fBmenu\fP library uses the \fBcurses\fP libraries, and a curses
+initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fP must be called before using any of
 these functions.
-To use the \fBmenu\fR library, link with the options
-\fB\-lmenu \-lcurses\fR.
+To use the \fBmenu\fP library, link with the options
+\fB\-lmenu \-lcurses\fP.
 .
 .SS Current Default Values for Item Attributes
 .
-The \fBmenu\fR library maintains a default value for item attributes.
+The \fBmenu\fP library maintains a default value for item attributes.
 You can
-get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBget_\fR or \fBset_\fR
-routine with a \fBNULL\fR item pointer.
+get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBget_\fP or \fBset_\fP
+routine with a \fBNULL\fP item pointer.
 Changing this default with a
-\fBset_\fR function affects future item creations, but does not change the
+\fBset_\fP function affects future item creations, but does not change the
 rendering of items already created.
 .
 .SS Routine Name Index
 .
-The following table lists each \fBmenu\fR routine and the name of
+The following table lists each \fBmenu\fP routine and the name of
 the manual page on which it is described.
 .
 .TS
 l l .
-\fBcurses\fR Routine Name	Manual Page Name
+\fBcurses\fP Routine Name	Manual Page Name
 =
-current_item	\fBmitem_current\fR(3X)
-free_item 	\fBmitem_new\fR(3X)
-free_menu 	\fBmenu_new\fR(3X)
-item_count	\fBmenu_items\fR(3X)
-item_description	\fBmitem_name\fR(3X)
-item_index	\fBmitem_current\fR(3X)
-item_init 	\fBmenu_hook\fR(3X)
-item_name 	\fBmitem_name\fR(3X)
-item_opts 	\fBmitem_opts\fR(3X)
-item_opts_off	\fBmitem_opts\fR(3X)
-item_opts_on	\fBmitem_opts\fR(3X)
-item_term 	\fBmenu_hook\fR(3X)
-item_userptr	\fBmitem_userptr\fR(3X)
-item_value	\fBmitem_value\fR(3X)
-item_visible	\fBmitem_visible\fR(3X)
-menu_back 	\fBmenu_attributes\fR(3X)
-menu_driver	\fBmenu_driver\fR(3X)
-menu_fore 	\fBmenu_attributes\fR(3X)
-menu_format	\fBmenu_format\fR(3X)
-menu_grey 	\fBmenu_attributes\fR(3X)
-menu_init 	\fBmenu_hook\fR(3X)
-menu_items	\fBmenu_items\fR(3X)
-menu_mark 	\fBmenu_mark\fR(3X)
-menu_opts 	\fBmenu_opts\fR(3X)
-menu_opts_off	\fBmenu_opts\fR(3X)
-menu_opts_on	\fBmenu_opts\fR(3X)
-menu_pad  	\fBmenu_attributes\fR(3X)
-menu_pattern	\fBmenu_pattern\fR(3X)
-menu_request_by_name	\fBmenu_requestname\fR(3X)
-menu_request_name	\fBmenu_requestname\fR(3X)
-menu_spacing	\fBmenu_spacing\fR(3X)
-menu_sub  	\fBmenu_win\fR(3X)
-menu_term 	\fBmenu_hook\fR(3X)
-menu_userptr	\fBmenu_userptr\fR(3X)
-menu_win  	\fBmenu_win\fR(3X)
-new_item  	\fBmitem_new\fR(3X)
-new_menu  	\fBmenu_new\fR(3X)
-pos_menu_cursor	\fBmenu_cursor\fR(3X)
-post_menu 	\fBmenu_post\fR(3X)
-scale_menu	\fBmenu_win\fR(3X)
-set_current_item	\fBmitem_current\fR(3X)
-set_item_init	\fBmenu_hook\fR(3X)
-set_item_opts	\fBmitem_opts\fR(3X)
-set_item_term	\fBmenu_hook\fR(3X)
-set_item_userptr	\fBmitem_userptr\fR(3X)
-set_item_value	\fBmitem_value\fR(3X)
-set_menu_back	\fBmenu_attributes\fR(3X)
-set_menu_fore	\fBmenu_attributes\fR(3X)
-set_menu_format	\fBmenu_format\fR(3X)
-set_menu_grey	\fBmenu_attributes\fR(3X)
-set_menu_init	\fBmenu_hook\fR(3X)
-set_menu_items	\fBmenu_items\fR(3X)
-set_menu_mark	\fBmenu_mark\fR(3X)
-set_menu_opts	\fBmitem_opts\fR(3X)
-set_menu_pad	\fBmenu_attributes\fR(3X)
-set_menu_pattern	\fBmenu_pattern\fR(3X)
-set_menu_spacing	\fBmenu_spacing\fR(3X)
-set_menu_sub	\fBmenu_win\fR(3X)
-set_menu_term	\fBmenu_hook\fR(3X)
-set_menu_userptr	\fBmenu_userptr\fR(3X)
-set_menu_win	\fBmenu_win\fR(3X)
-set_top_row	\fBmitem_current\fR(3X)
-top_row   	\fBmitem_current\fR(3X)
-unpost_menu	\fBmenu_post\fR(3X)
+current_item	\fBmitem_current\fP(3X)
+free_item 	\fBmitem_new\fP(3X)
+free_menu 	\fBmenu_new\fP(3X)
+item_count	\fBmenu_items\fP(3X)
+item_description	\fBmitem_name\fP(3X)
+item_index	\fBmitem_current\fP(3X)
+item_init 	\fBmenu_hook\fP(3X)
+item_name 	\fBmitem_name\fP(3X)
+item_opts 	\fBmitem_opts\fP(3X)
+item_opts_off	\fBmitem_opts\fP(3X)
+item_opts_on	\fBmitem_opts\fP(3X)
+item_term 	\fBmenu_hook\fP(3X)
+item_userptr	\fBmitem_userptr\fP(3X)
+item_value	\fBmitem_value\fP(3X)
+item_visible	\fBmitem_visible\fP(3X)
+menu_back 	\fBmenu_attributes\fP(3X)
+menu_driver	\fBmenu_driver\fP(3X)
+menu_fore 	\fBmenu_attributes\fP(3X)
+menu_format	\fBmenu_format\fP(3X)
+menu_grey 	\fBmenu_attributes\fP(3X)
+menu_init 	\fBmenu_hook\fP(3X)
+menu_items	\fBmenu_items\fP(3X)
+menu_mark 	\fBmenu_mark\fP(3X)
+menu_opts 	\fBmenu_opts\fP(3X)
+menu_opts_off	\fBmenu_opts\fP(3X)
+menu_opts_on	\fBmenu_opts\fP(3X)
+menu_pad  	\fBmenu_attributes\fP(3X)
+menu_pattern	\fBmenu_pattern\fP(3X)
+menu_request_by_name	\fBmenu_requestname\fP(3X)
+menu_request_name	\fBmenu_requestname\fP(3X)
+menu_spacing	\fBmenu_spacing\fP(3X)
+menu_sub  	\fBmenu_win\fP(3X)
+menu_term 	\fBmenu_hook\fP(3X)
+menu_userptr	\fBmenu_userptr\fP(3X)
+menu_win  	\fBmenu_win\fP(3X)
+new_item  	\fBmitem_new\fP(3X)
+new_menu  	\fBmenu_new\fP(3X)
+pos_menu_cursor	\fBmenu_cursor\fP(3X)
+post_menu 	\fBmenu_post\fP(3X)
+scale_menu	\fBmenu_win\fP(3X)
+set_current_item	\fBmitem_current\fP(3X)
+set_item_init	\fBmenu_hook\fP(3X)
+set_item_opts	\fBmitem_opts\fP(3X)
+set_item_term	\fBmenu_hook\fP(3X)
+set_item_userptr	\fBmitem_userptr\fP(3X)
+set_item_value	\fBmitem_value\fP(3X)
+set_menu_back	\fBmenu_attributes\fP(3X)
+set_menu_fore	\fBmenu_attributes\fP(3X)
+set_menu_format	\fBmenu_format\fP(3X)
+set_menu_grey	\fBmenu_attributes\fP(3X)
+set_menu_init	\fBmenu_hook\fP(3X)
+set_menu_items	\fBmenu_items\fP(3X)
+set_menu_mark	\fBmenu_mark\fP(3X)
+set_menu_opts	\fBmitem_opts\fP(3X)
+set_menu_pad	\fBmenu_attributes\fP(3X)
+set_menu_pattern	\fBmenu_pattern\fP(3X)
+set_menu_spacing	\fBmenu_spacing\fP(3X)
+set_menu_sub	\fBmenu_win\fP(3X)
+set_menu_term	\fBmenu_hook\fP(3X)
+set_menu_userptr	\fBmenu_userptr\fP(3X)
+set_menu_win	\fBmenu_win\fP(3X)
+set_top_row	\fBmitem_current\fP(3X)
+top_row   	\fBmitem_current\fP(3X)
+unpost_menu	\fBmenu_post\fP(3X)
 .TE
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 Routines that return
 an integer return one of the following error codes:
 .TP 5
@@ -176,13 +176,13 @@
 The menu driver could not process the request.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
 The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files
-\fB\fR and \fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header files
+\fB\fP and \fB\fP.
 .PP
 In your library list, libmenu.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
 you should say \*(``\-lmenu \-lncurses\*('', not the other way around
@@ -206,8 +206,8 @@
 Juergen Pfeifer.
 Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric S. Raymond.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``menu_\*(''
+\fBcurses\fP(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``menu_\*(''
 for detailed descriptions of the entry points.
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
Index: man/menu_attributes.3x
Prereq:  1.19 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_attributes.3x	2020-10-17 23:58:58.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_attributes.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,23 +28,23 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.19 2020/10/17 23:58:58 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.21 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_attributes 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
 .el       .ds '' ''
 .SH NAME
-\fBmenu_back\fR,
-\fBmenu_fore\fR,
-\fBmenu_grey\fR,
-\fBmenu_pad\fR,
-\fBset_menu_back\fR,
-\fBset_menu_fore\fR,
-\fBset_menu_grey\fR,
-\fBset_menu_pad\fR \- color and attribute control for menus
+\fBmenu_back\fP,
+\fBmenu_fore\fP,
+\fBmenu_grey\fP,
+\fBmenu_pad\fP,
+\fBset_menu_back\fP,
+\fBset_menu_fore\fP,
+\fBset_menu_grey\fP,
+\fBset_menu_pad\fP \- color and attribute control for menus
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_menu_fore(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, chtype \fP\fIattr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -63,28 +63,28 @@
 \fBint menu_pad(const MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_menu_fore\fR sets the foreground attribute of
-\fImenu\fR. This is the highlight used for selected menu items.
-\fBmenu_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute.
+The function \fBset_menu_fore\fP sets the foreground attribute of
+\fImenu\fP. This is the highlight used for selected menu items.
+\fBmenu_fore\fP returns the foreground attribute.
 The default
-is \fBA_REVERSE\fR.
+is \fBA_REVERSE\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_back\fR sets the background attribute of
-\fImenu\fR. This is the highlight used for selectable (but not currently
+The function \fBset_menu_back\fP sets the background attribute of
+\fImenu\fP. This is the highlight used for selectable (but not currently
 selected) menu items.
-The function \fBmenu_back\fR returns the background
+The function \fBmenu_back\fP returns the background
 attribute.
-The default is \fBA_NORMAL\fR.
+The default is \fBA_NORMAL\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_grey\fR sets the grey attribute of \fImenu\fR. This is
+The function \fBset_menu_grey\fP sets the grey attribute of \fImenu\fP. This is
 the highlight used for un-selectable menu items in menus that permit more than
 one selection.
-The function \fBmenu_grey\fR returns the grey attribute.
-The default is \fBA_UNDERLINE\fR.
+The function \fBmenu_grey\fP returns the grey attribute.
+The default is \fBA_UNDERLINE\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_pad\fR sets the character used to fill the space
+The function \fBset_menu_pad\fP sets the character used to fill the space
 between the name and description parts of a menu item.
-\fBmenu_pad\fR returns
+\fBmenu_pad\fP returns
 the given menu's pad character.
 The default is a blank.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -94,16 +94,16 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``menu_\*('' for detailed
+\fBcurses\fP(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``menu_\*('' for detailed
 descriptions of the entry points.
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_cursor.3x
Prereq:  1.13 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_cursor.3x	2020-10-17 23:41:31.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_cursor.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,19 +28,19 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.13 2020/10/17 23:41:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.15 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_cursor 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBpos_menu_cursor\fR \- position a menu's cursor
+\fBpos_menu_cursor\fP \- position a menu's cursor
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBpos_menu_cursor\fR restores the cursor to the current position
+The function \fBpos_menu_cursor\fP restores the cursor to the current position
 associated with the menu's selected item.
-This is useful after \fBcurses\fR
+This is useful after \fBcurses\fP
 routines have been called to do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 This routine returns one of the following:
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
@@ -57,10 +57,10 @@
 .B E_NOT_POSTED
 The menu has not been posted.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_driver.3x
Prereq:  1.28 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_driver.3x	2020-12-19 21:33:37.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_driver.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,22 +27,22 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.28 2020/12/19 21:33:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.30 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_driver 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBmenu_driver\fR \- command-processing loop of the menu system
+\fBmenu_driver\fP \- command-processing loop of the menu system
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint menu_driver(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, int \fP\fIc\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it
-through \fBmenu_driver\fR.  This routine has three major input cases:
+through \fBmenu_driver\fP.  This routine has three major input cases:
 .bP
 The input is a form navigation request.
 Navigation request codes are constants defined in \fB\fP,
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@
 If the second argument is a printable character, the code appends
 it to the pattern buffer and attempts to move to the next item matching
 the new pattern.
-If there is no such match, \fBmenu_driver\fR returns
-\fBE_NO_MATCH\fR and deletes the appended character from the buffer.
+If there is no such match, \fBmenu_driver\fP returns
+\fBE_NO_MATCH\fP and deletes the appended character from the buffer.
 .PP
 If the second argument is one of the above pre-defined requests, the
 corresponding action is performed.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 the menu cursor is positioned to that item.
 .bP
 If you double-click an item a REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM
-is generated and \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR is returned.
+is generated and \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fP is returned.
 This return value makes sense,
 because a double click usually means that an item-specific action should
 be returned.
@@ -152,27 +152,27 @@
 application specific command should be executed.
 .bP
 If a translation
-into a request was done, \fBmenu_driver\fR returns the result of this request.
+into a request was done, \fBmenu_driver\fP returns the result of this request.
 .PP
 If you clicked outside the user window
 or the mouse event could not be translated
-into a menu request an \fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR is returned.
+into a menu request an \fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fP is returned.
 .SS APPLICATION-DEFINED COMMANDS
 .PP
 If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the above
 pre-defined menu requests or KEY_MOUSE,
 the drive assumes it is an application-specific
-command and returns \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR.  Application-defined commands
-should be defined relative to \fBMAX_COMMAND\fR, the maximum value of these
+command and returns \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fP.  Application-defined commands
+should be defined relative to \fBMAX_COMMAND\fP, the maximum value of these
 pre-defined requests.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBmenu_driver\fR return one of the following error codes:
+\fBmenu_driver\fP return one of the following error codes:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@
 .B E_REQUEST_DENIED
 The menu driver could not process the request.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBgetch\fR(3X),
-\fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBgetch\fP(3X),
+\fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header files
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_format.3x
Prereq:  1.18 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_format.3x	2020-10-17 23:43:11.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_format.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2015,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,35 +28,35 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.18 2020/10/17 23:43:11 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_format 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_format\fP,
 \fBmenu_format\fP \- set and get menu sizes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_menu_format(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, int \fP\fIrows\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcols\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBvoid menu_format(const MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIrows\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIcols\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_menu_format\fR sets the maximum display size of the given
+The function \fBset_menu_format\fP sets the maximum display size of the given
 menu.
 If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be
 made scrollable.
 If this size is larger than the menus subwindow and the
-subwindow is too small to display all menu items, \fBpost_menu\fR will fail.
+subwindow is too small to display all menu items, \fBpost_menu\fP will fail.
 .PP
 The default format is 16 rows, 1 column.
-Calling \fBset_menu_format\fR with a
+Calling \fBset_menu_format\fP with a
 null menu pointer will change this default.
 A zero row or column argument to
-\fBset_menu_format\fR is interpreted as a request not to change the current
+\fBset_menu_format\fP is interpreted as a request not to change the current
 value.
 .PP
-The function \fBmenu_format\fR returns the maximum-size constraints for the
-given menu into the storage addressed by \fBrows\fR and \fBcols\fR.
+The function \fBmenu_format\fP returns the maximum-size constraints for the
+given menu into the storage addressed by \fBrows\fP and \fBcols\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These routines returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
@@ -75,10 +75,10 @@
 .B E_NOT_CONNECTED
 No items are connected to the menu.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_hook.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_hook.3x	2020-10-17 23:44:57.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_hook.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/17 23:44:57 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_hook 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBmenu_hook\fR \- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
+\fBmenu_hook\fP \- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_item_init(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, Menu_Hook \fP\fIfunc);\fP
 .br
@@ -53,32 +53,32 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various
-points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBmenu_driver\fR.
+points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBmenu_driver\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_item_init\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and
+The function \fBset_item_init\fP sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and
 each time the selected item changes (after the change).
-\fBitem_init\fR
-returns the current item init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+\fBitem_init\fP
+returns the current item init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fP if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
-The function \fBset_item_term\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
+The function \fBset_item_term\fP sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
 and each time the selected item changes (before the change).
-\fBitem_term\fR
-returns the current item term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+\fBitem_term\fP
+returns the current item term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fP if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_init\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and
+The function \fBset_menu_init\fP sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and
 just after the top row on the menu changes once it is posted.
-\fBmenu_init\fR
-returns the current menu init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
+\fBmenu_init\fP
+returns the current menu init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fP if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_term\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
+The function \fBset_menu_term\fP sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
 and just before the top row on the menu changes once it is posted.
-\fBmenu_term\fR returns the current menu term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there
+\fBmenu_term\fP returns the current menu term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fP if there
 is no such hook).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 Other routines
 return one of the following:
 .TP 5
@@ -86,12 +86,12 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_items.3x
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_items.3x	2020-10-24 09:00:06.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_items.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2012,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,14 +28,14 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.17 2020/10/24 09:00:06 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_items 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBset_menu_items\fR,
-\fBmenu_items\fR,
+\fBset_menu_items\fP,
+\fBmenu_items\fP,
 \fBitem_count\fP \- make and break connections between items and menus
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_menu_items(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, ITEM **\fP\fIitems\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -44,20 +44,20 @@
 \fBint item_count(const MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_menu_items\fR changes the item pointer array of the given
-\fImenu\fR.  The array must be terminated by a \fBNULL\fR.
+The function \fBset_menu_items\fP changes the item pointer array of the given
+\fImenu\fP.  The array must be terminated by a \fBNULL\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBmenu_items\fR returns the item array of the given menu.
+The function \fBmenu_items\fP returns the item array of the given menu.
 .PP
-The function \fBitem_count\fR returns the count of items in \fImenu\fR.
+The function \fBitem_count\fP returns the count of items in \fImenu\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBmenu_items\fR returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fR).
+The function \fBmenu_items\fP returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fP).
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBitem_count\fR returns \fBERR\fR (the general \fBcurses\fR error
+The function \fBitem_count\fP returns \fBERR\fP (the general \fBcurses\fP error
 return value) if its \fImenu\fP parameter is \fBNULL\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_items\fR returns one of the following codes on error:
+The function \fBset_menu_items\fP returns one of the following codes on error:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -72,20 +72,20 @@
 The menu is already posted.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
-The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBitem_count\fR error value
-as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
+The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBitem_count\fP error value
+as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fP).
 .SH AUTHORS
 Juergen Pfeifer.
 Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
Index: man/menu_mark.3x
Prereq:  1.18 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_mark.3x	2020-10-24 08:59:04.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_mark.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.18 2020/10/24 08:59:04 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_mark 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_mark\fP,
-\fBmenu_mark\fR \- get and set the menu mark string
+\fBmenu_mark\fP \- get and set the menu mark string
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_menu_mark(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fImark\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -45,22 +45,22 @@
 highlighting or color capability, the menu library marks selected items
 in a menu with a prefix string.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_mark\fR sets the mark string for the given menu.
-Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with a null menu item will abolish the mark string.
+The function \fBset_menu_mark\fP sets the mark string for the given menu.
+Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fP with a null menu item will abolish the mark string.
 Note that changing the length of the mark string for a menu while the
 menu is posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
 .PP
 The default string is "\-" (a dash).
-Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with
-a non-\fBNULL\fR menu argument will change this default.
+Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fP with
+a non-\fBNULL\fP menu argument will change this default.
 .PP
-The function \fBmenu_mark\fR returns the menu's mark string (or \fBNULL\fR if
+The function \fBmenu_mark\fP returns the menu's mark string (or \fBNULL\fP if
 there is none).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBmenu_mark\fR returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fR).
+The function \fBmenu_mark\fP returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fP).
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_mark\fR may return the following error codes:
+The function \fBset_menu_mark\fP may return the following error codes:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_new.3x
Prereq:  1.18 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_new.3x	2020-10-24 08:57:51.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_new.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,26 +28,26 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.18 2020/10/24 08:57:51 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_new 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBnew_menu\fP,
-\fBfree_menu\fR \- create and destroy menus
+\fBfree_menu\fP \- create and destroy menus
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBMENU *new_menu(ITEM **\fP\fIitems\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint free_menu(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBnew_menu\fR creates a new menu connected to a specified item
-pointer array (which must be \fBNULL\fR-terminated).
+The function \fBnew_menu\fP creates a new menu connected to a specified item
+pointer array (which must be \fBNULL\fP-terminated).
 .PP
-The function \fBfree_menu\fR disconnects \fImenu\fR from its item array
+The function \fBfree_menu\fP disconnects \fImenu\fP from its item array
 and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBnew_menu\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+The function \fBnew_menu\fP returns \fBNULL\fP on error.
 It sets \fBerrno\fP according to the function's failure:
 .TP 5
 .B E_NOT_CONNECTED
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
 System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
 .PP
-The function \fBfree_menu\fR returns one of the following:
+The function \fBfree_menu\fP returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
@@ -70,10 +70,10 @@
 .B E_POSTED
 The menu has already been posted.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_opts.3x
Prereq:  1.18 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_opts.3x	2020-10-17 23:46:35.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_opts.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2015,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,15 +28,15 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.18 2020/10/17 23:46:35 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_opts 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_opts\fP,
 \fBmenu_opts_on\fP,
 \fBmenu_opts_off\fP,
-\fBmenu_opts\fR \- set and get menu options
+\fBmenu_opts\fP \- set and get menu options
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_menu_opts(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, Menu_Options \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -47,16 +47,16 @@
 \fBint menu_opts_off(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, Menu_Options \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_menu_opts\fR sets all the given menu's option bits (menu
+The function \fBset_menu_opts\fP sets all the given menu's option bits (menu
 option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
 .PP
-The function \fBmenu_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+The function \fBmenu_opts_on\fP turns on the given option bits, and leaves
 others alone.
 .PP
-The function \fBmenu_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves
+The function \fBmenu_opts_off\fP turns off the given option bits, and leaves
 others alone.
 .PP
-The function \fBmenu_opts\fR returns the menu's current option bits.
+The function \fBmenu_opts\fP returns the menu's current option bits.
 .PP
 The following options are defined (all are on by default):
 .TP 5
@@ -85,21 +85,21 @@
 push \fBKEY_MOUSE\fP and the \fBMEVENT\fP data
 back on the queue to allow processing in another part of the calling program.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Except for \fBmenu_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+Except for \fBmenu_opts\fP, each routine returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_POSTED
 The menu is already posted.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_pattern.3x
Prereq:  1.21 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_pattern.3x	2020-10-18 00:41:14.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_pattern.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.21 2020/10/18 00:41:14 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.23 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_pattern 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_pattern\fP,
-\fBmenu_pattern\fR \- set and get a menu's pattern buffer
+\fBmenu_pattern\fP \- set and get a menu's pattern buffer
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_menu_pattern(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -43,23 +43,23 @@
 Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer.
 As input events that are
 printable characters come in, they are appended to this match buffer
-and tested for a match, as described in \fBmenu_driver\fR(3X).
+and tested for a match, as described in \fBmenu_driver\fP(3X).
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_pattern\fR sets the pattern buffer for the given menu
+The function \fBset_menu_pattern\fP sets the pattern buffer for the given menu
 and tries to find the first matching item.
 If it succeeds, that item becomes
 current; if not, the current item does not change.
 .PP
-The function \fBmenu_pattern\fR returns the pattern buffer of the given
-\fImenu\fR.
+The function \fBmenu_pattern\fP returns the pattern buffer of the given
+\fImenu\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBmenu_pattern\fR returns a pointer,
-which is \fBNULL\fR if the \fImenu\fP parameter is \fBNULL\fP.
+The function \fBmenu_pattern\fP returns a pointer,
+which is \fBNULL\fP if the \fImenu\fP parameter is \fBNULL\fP.
 Otherwise, it is a pointer to a string which is empty
 if no pattern has been set.
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_menu_pattern\fR may return the following error codes:
+The function \fBset_menu_pattern\fP may return the following error codes:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -77,12 +77,12 @@
 Character failed to match.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_post.3x
Prereq:  1.19 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_post.3x	2020-10-17 23:47:21.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_post.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,28 +28,28 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.19 2020/10/17 23:47:21 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.21 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_post 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBpost_menu\fR,
-\fBunpost_menu\fR \- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
+\fBpost_menu\fP,
+\fBunpost_menu\fP \- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint post_menu(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint unpost_menu(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBpost_menu\fR displays a menu to its associated subwindow.
+The function \fBpost_menu\fP displays a menu to its associated subwindow.
 To
 trigger physical display of the subwindow,
-use \fBrefresh\fR(3X) or some equivalent
-\fBcurses\fR routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fR triggered by an \fBcurses\fR
+use \fBrefresh\fP(3X) or some equivalent
+\fBcurses\fP routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fP triggered by an \fBcurses\fP
 input request will do).
-\fBpost_menu\fR resets the selection status of all items.
+\fBpost_menu\fP resets the selection status of all items.
 .PP
-The function \fBunpost_menu\fR erases menu from its associated subwindow.
+The function \fBunpost_menu\fP erases menu from its associated subwindow.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These routines return one of the following:
 .TP 5
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 .TP 5
 .B E_NO_ROOM
 Menu is too large for its window.
-You should consider using \fBset_menu_format\fR to solve the problem.
+You should consider using \fBset_menu_format\fP to solve the problem.
 .TP 5
 .B E_NOT_POSTED
 The menu has not been posted.
@@ -78,10 +78,10 @@
 .B E_NOT_CONNECTED
 No items are connected to the menu.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_requestname.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_requestname.3x	2020-10-18 00:40:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_requestname.3x	2021-12-25 21:42:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,36 +28,36 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/18 00:40:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:42:57 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_requestname 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBmenu_request_by_name\fP,
-\fBmenu_request_name\fR \- handle printable menu request names
+\fBmenu_request_name\fP \- handle printable menu request names
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBconst char *menu_request_name(int \fP\fIrequest\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint menu_request_by_name(const char *\fP\fIname\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBmenu_request_name\fR returns the printable name of a menu
+The function \fBmenu_request_name\fP returns the printable name of a menu
 request code.
 .br
-The function \fBmenu_request_by_name\fR searches in the name-table for a request
+The function \fBmenu_request_by_name\fP searches in the name-table for a request
 with the given name and returns its request code.
 Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBmenu_request_name\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error
-and sets \fBerrno\fP to \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR.
+\fBmenu_request_name\fP returns \fBNULL\fP on error
+and sets \fBerrno\fP to \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fP.
 .br
-\fBmenu_request_by_name\fR returns \fBE_NO_MATCH\fR on error.
+\fBmenu_request_by_name\fP returns \fBE_NO_MATCH\fP on error.
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines are specific to ncurses.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_spacing.3x
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_spacing.3x	2020-10-17 23:48:53.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_spacing.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.17 2020/10/17 23:48:53 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_spacing 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_spacing\fP,
-\fBmenu_spacing\fR \- set and get spacing between menu items.
+\fBmenu_spacing\fP \- set and get spacing between menu items.
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_menu_spacing(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB,\fP
                      \fBint \fP\fIspc_description\fP\fB,\fP
@@ -47,40 +47,40 @@
                  \fBint* \fP\fIspc_columns\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_menu_spacing\fR sets the spacing information for the menu.
-Its parameter \fBspc_description\fR controls the number of spaces
+The function \fBset_menu_spacing\fP sets the spacing information for the menu.
+Its parameter \fBspc_description\fP controls the number of spaces
 between an item name and an item description.
-It must not be larger than \fBTABSIZE\fR.
+It must not be larger than \fBTABSIZE\fP.
 The menu system puts in the
 middle of this spacing area the pad character.
 The remaining parts are filled with
 spaces.
-The \fBspc_rows\fR parameter controls the number of rows
+The \fBspc_rows\fP parameter controls the number of rows
 that are used for an item.
 It must not be larger than 3.
 The menu system inserts the blank lines between item rows, these lines
 will contain the pad character in the appropriate positions.
-The \fBspc_columns\fR parameter controls
+The \fBspc_columns\fP parameter controls
 the number of blanks between columns of items.
 It must not be larger than \fBTABSIZE\fP.
 A value of 0 for all the spacing values resets them to the default,
 which is 1 for all of them.
 .br
-The function \fBmenu_spacing\fR passes back the spacing info for the menu.
+The function \fBmenu_spacing\fP passes back the spacing info for the menu.
 If a
 pointer is NULL, this specific info is simply not returned.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Both routines return \fBE_OK\fR on success.
-\fBset_menu_spacing\fR may return
-\fBE_POSTED\fR if the menu is posted, or \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR if one of the
+Both routines return \fBE_OK\fP on success.
+\fBset_menu_spacing\fP may return
+\fBE_POSTED\fP if the menu is posted, or \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fP if one of the
 spacing values is out of range.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines are specific to ncurses.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_userptr.3x
Prereq:  1.16 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_userptr.3x	2020-10-18 00:39:49.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_userptr.3x	2021-12-25 21:42:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.16 2020/10/18 00:39:49 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:42:57 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_userptr 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_userptr\fP,
-\fBmenu_userptr\fR \- associate application data with a menu item
+\fBmenu_userptr\fP \- associate application data with a menu item
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_menu_userptr(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIuserptr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@
 application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone).
 These functions get and set the menu user pointer field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBmenu_userptr\fR returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fR).
+\fBmenu_userptr\fP returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fP).
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .PP
 \fBset_menu_userptr\fP returns \fBE_OK\fP (success).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/menu_win.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/menu_win.3x	2020-10-17 23:50:51.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/menu_win.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/17 23:50:51 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_win 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBmenu_win\fR \- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
+\fBmenu_win\fP \- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_menu_win(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -46,23 +46,23 @@
 \fBint scale_menu(const MENU *\fP\fImenu, int *\fP\fIrows\fP\fB, int *\fP\fIcolumns);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-Every menu has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows.
+Every menu has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fP windows.
 The menu window
 displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow
 displays the items of the menu that are currently available for selection.
 .PP
 The first four functions get and set those windows.
 It is not necessary to set
-either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fR for both.
+either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fP for both.
 .PP
-In the \fBset_\fR functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as though
-it were \fBstsdcr\fR.  A menu argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as a request
+In the \fBset_\fP functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fP is treated as though
+it were \fBstsdcr\fP.  A menu argument of \fBNULL\fP is treated as a request
 to change the system default menu window or subwindow.
 .PP
-The function \fBscale_menu\fR returns the minimum size required for the
-subwindow of \fImenu\fR.
+The function \fBscale_menu\fP returns the minimum size required for the
+subwindow of \fImenu\fP.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 Routines that return
 an integer return one of the following error codes:
 .TP 5
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
 Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument.
@@ -81,12 +81,12 @@
 .B E_NOT_CONNECTED
 No items are connected to the menu.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/mitem_current.3x
Prereq:  1.20 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/mitem_current.3x	2020-10-18 00:39:06.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/mitem_current.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.20 2020/10/18 00:39:06 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.22 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_current 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBmitem_current\fR \- set and get current_menu_item
+\fBmitem_current\fP \- set and get current_menu_item
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_current_item(MENU *\fP\fImenu\fP\fB, ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -46,29 +46,29 @@
 \fBint item_index(const ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_current_item\fR sets the current item (the item on which
+The function \fBset_current_item\fP sets the current item (the item on which
 the menu cursor is positioned).
-\fBcurrent_item\fR returns a pointer to the
+\fBcurrent_item\fP returns a pointer to the
 current item in the given menu.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_top_row\fR sets the top row of the menu to show the given
+The function \fBset_top_row\fP sets the top row of the menu to show the given
 row (the top row is initially 0, and is reset to this value whenever the
-\fBO_ROWMAJOR\fR option is toggled).
+\fBO_ROWMAJOR\fP option is toggled).
 The item leftmost on the given row
 becomes current.
-The function \fBtop_row\fR returns the number of the top menu
+The function \fBtop_row\fP returns the number of the top menu
 row being displayed.
 .PP
-The function \fBitem_index\fR returns the (zero-origin) index of \fIitem\fR in
+The function \fBitem_index\fP returns the (zero-origin) index of \fIitem\fP in
 the menu's item pointer list.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-\fBcurrent_item\fR returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fR).
+\fBcurrent_item\fP returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fP).
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .PP
-\fBtop_row\fR and \fBitem_index\fR return \fBERR\fR (the general \fBcurses\fR
+\fBtop_row\fP and \fBitem_index\fP return \fBERR\fP (the general \fBcurses\fP
 error value) if their \fImenu\fP parameter is \fBNULL\fP.
 .PP
-\fBset_current_item\fR and \fBset_top_row\fR return one of the following:
+\fBset_current_item\fP and \fBset_top_row\fP return one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -83,19 +83,19 @@
 No items are connected to the menu.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
-The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBtop_row\fR and
-\fBindex_item\fR error value as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
+The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBtop_row\fP and
+\fBindex_item\fP error value as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fP).
 .SH AUTHORS
 Juergen Pfeifer.
 Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
Index: man/mitem_name.3x
Prereq:  1.14 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/mitem_name.3x	2020-10-18 00:37:48.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/mitem_name.3x	2021-12-25 21:42:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,31 +28,31 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.14 2020/10/18 00:37:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.16 2021/12/25 21:42:57 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_name 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBitem_name\fR,
-\fBitem_description\fR \- get menu item name and description fields
+\fBitem_name\fP,
+\fBitem_description\fP \- get menu item name and description fields
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBconst char *item_name(const ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBconst char *item_description(const ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBitem_name\fR returns the name part of the given item.
+The function \fBitem_name\fP returns the name part of the given item.
 .br
-The function \fBitem_description\fR returns the description part of the given
+The function \fBitem_description\fP returns the description part of the given
 item.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-These routines return a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fR).
+These routines return a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fP).
 They do not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
Index: man/mitem_new.3x
Prereq:  1.19 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/mitem_new.3x	2020-10-18 00:37:03.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/mitem_new.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,21 +28,21 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.19 2020/10/18 00:37:03 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.21 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_new 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBnew_item\fP,
-\fBfree_item\fR \- create and destroy menu items
+\fBfree_item\fP \- create and destroy menu items
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBITEM *new_item(const char *\fP\fIname\fP\fB, const char *\fP\fIdescription\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBint free_item(ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBnew_item\fR allocates a new item and initializes it from the
-\fBname\fR and \fBdescription\fR pointers.
+The function \fBnew_item\fP allocates a new item and initializes it from the
+\fBname\fP and \fBdescription\fP pointers.
 Please notice that the item stores
 only the pointers to the name and description.
 Those pointers must be valid
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@
 So you should be very careful with names
 or descriptions allocated on the stack of some routines.
 .br
-The function \fBfree_item\fR de-allocates an item.
+The function \fBfree_item\fP de-allocates an item.
 Please notice that it
 is the responsibility of the application to release the memory for the
 name or the description of the item.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBnew_item\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error.
+The function \fBnew_item\fP returns \fBNULL\fP on error.
 It sets \fBerrno\fP according to the function's failure:
 .TP 5
 .B E_BAD_ARGUMENT
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
 System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
 .PP
-The function \fBfree_item\fR returns one of the following:
+The function \fBfree_item\fP returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@
 Item is connected to a menu.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/mitem_opts.3x
Prereq:  1.16 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/mitem_opts.3x	2020-10-17 23:52:26.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/mitem_opts.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,15 +28,15 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.16 2020/10/17 23:52:26 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_opts 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_item_opts\fP,
 \fBitem_opts_on\fP,
 \fBitem_opts_off\fP,
-\fBitem_opts\fR \- set and get menu item options
+\fBitem_opts\fP \- set and get menu item options
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_item_opts(ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB, Item_Options \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -47,34 +47,34 @@
 \fBint item_opts_off(ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB, Item_Options \fP\fIopts\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_item_opts\fR sets all the given item's option bits (menu
+The function \fBset_item_opts\fP sets all the given item's option bits (menu
 option bits may be logically-OR'ed together).
 .PP
-The function \fBitem_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves
+The function \fBitem_opts_on\fP turns on the given option bits, and leaves
 others alone.
 .PP
-The function \fBitem_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves
+The function \fBitem_opts_off\fP turns off the given option bits, and leaves
 others alone.
 .PP
-The function \fBitem_opts\fR returns the item's current option bits.
+The function \fBitem_opts\fP returns the item's current option bits.
 .PP
-There is only one defined option bit mask, \fBO_SELECTABLE\fR.  When this is
+There is only one defined option bit mask, \fBO_SELECTABLE\fP.  When this is
 on, the item may be selected during menu processing.
 This option defaults
 to on.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Except for \fBitem_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
+Except for \fBitem_opts\fP, each routine returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/mitem_userptr.3x
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/mitem_userptr.3x	2020-10-18 00:36:16.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/mitem_userptr.3x	2021-12-25 21:42:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.17 2020/10/18 00:36:16 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:42:57 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_userptr 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_item_userptr\fP,
-\fBitem_userptr\fR \- associate application data with a menu item
+\fBitem_userptr\fP \- associate application data with a menu item
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_item_userptr(ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB, void *\fP\fIuserptr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -46,16 +46,16 @@
 These functions get and set
 that field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBitem_userptr\fR returns a pointer (possibly \fBNULL\fR).
+The function \fBitem_userptr\fP returns a pointer (possibly \fBNULL\fP).
 It does not set \fBerrno\fP.
 .PP
 The \fBset_item_userptr\fP always returns \fBE_OK\fP (success).
 .
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/mitem_value.3x
Prereq:  1.15 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/mitem_value.3x	2020-10-17 23:53:24.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/mitem_value.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,43 +27,43 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.15 2020/10/17 23:53:24 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.17 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_value 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_item_value\fP,
 \fBitem_value\fP \- set and get menu item values
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBint set_item_value(ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB, bool \fP\fIvalue\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 \fBbool item_value(const ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-If you turn off the menu option \fBO_ONEVALUE\fR (e.g., with
-\fBset_menu_opts\fR or \fBmenu_opts_off\fR; see \fBmenu_opts\fR(3X)), the menu
+If you turn off the menu option \fBO_ONEVALUE\fP (e.g., with
+\fBset_menu_opts\fP or \fBmenu_opts_off\fP; see \fBmenu_opts\fP(3X)), the menu
 becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be
 selected.
 .PP
-In a multi_valued menu, you can used \fBset_item_value\fR to select the
-given menu item (second argument \fBTRUE\fR) or deselect it (second argument
-\fBFALSE\fR).
+In a multi_valued menu, you can used \fBset_item_value\fP to select the
+given menu item (second argument \fBTRUE\fP) or deselect it (second argument
+\fBFALSE\fP).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBset_item_value\fR returns one of the following:
+The function \fBset_item_value\fP returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
 .TP 5
 .B E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR(3)).
+System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fP(3)).
 .TP 5
 .B E_REQUEST_DENIED
 The menu driver could not process the request.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/mitem_visible.3x
Prereq:  1.10 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/mitem_visible.3x	2020-10-17 23:53:55.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/mitem_visible.3x	2021-12-25 21:42:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                       *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.10 2020/10/17 23:53:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.12 2021/12/25 21:42:57 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_visible 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBmitem_visible\fR \- check visibility of a menu item
+\fBmitem_visible\fP \- check visibility of a menu item
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
 \fBbool item_visible(const ITEM *\fP\fIitem\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
@@ -42,10 +42,10 @@
 is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is scrollable, in particular, this
 portion will be smaller than the whole menu).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBmenu\fP(3X).
 .SH NOTES
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
-\fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header file
+\fB\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on
Index: man/ncurses.3x
Prereq:  1.153 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/ncurses.3x	2021-08-22 17:17:16.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/ncurses.3x	2021-12-25 21:19:26.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.153 2021/08/22 17:17:16 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.156 2021/12/25 21:19:26 tom Exp $
 .hy 0
 .TH ncurses 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
@@ -56,52 +56,52 @@
 .ds n 5
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .SH NAME
-\fBncurses\fR \- CRT screen handling and optimization package
+\fBncurses\fP \- CRT screen handling and optimization package
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBncurses\fR library routines give the user a terminal-independent method
+The \fBncurses\fP library routines give the user a terminal-independent method
 of updating character screens with reasonable optimization.
 This implementation is \*(``new curses\*('' (ncurses) and
 is the approved replacement for
 4.4BSD classic curses, which has been discontinued.
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR library emulates the curses library of
+The \fBncurses\fP library emulates the curses library of
 System V Release 4 UNIX,
 and XPG4 (X/Open Portability Guide) curses (also known as XSI curses).
 XSI stands for X/Open System Interfaces Extension.
-The \fBncurses\fR library is freely redistributable in source form.
+The \fBncurses\fP library is freely redistributable in source form.
 Differences from the SVr4
 curses are summarized under the
-\fBEXTENSIONS\fP and \fBPORTABILITY\fP sections below and
+\fIEXTENSIONS\fP and \fIPORTABILITY\fP sections below and
 described in detail in the respective
-\fBEXTENSIONS\fP, \fBPORTABILITY\fP and \fBBUGS\fP sections
+\fIEXTENSIONS\fP, \fIPORTABILITY\fP and \fIBUGS\fP sections
 of individual man pages.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR library also provides many useful extensions,
+The \fBncurses\fP library also provides many useful extensions,
 i.e., features which cannot be implemented by a simple add-on library
 but which require access to the internals of the library.
 .PP
-A program using these routines must be linked with the \fB\-lncurses\fR option,
-or (if it has been generated) with the debugging library \fB\-lncurses_g\fR.
+A program using these routines must be linked with the \fB\-lncurses\fP option,
+or (if it has been generated) with the debugging library \fB\-lncurses_g\fP.
 (Your system integrator may also have installed these libraries under
-the names \fB\-lcurses\fR and \fB\-lcurses_g\fR.)
+the names \fB\-lcurses\fP and \fB\-lcurses_g\fP.)
 The ncurses_g library generates trace logs (in a file called \*(``trace\*('' in the
 current directory) that describe curses actions.
 See also the section on \fBALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS\fP.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR package supports: overall screen, window and pad
+The \fBncurses\fP package supports: overall screen, window and pad
 manipulation; output to windows and pads; reading terminal input; control over
-terminal and \fBcurses\fR input and output options; environment query
+terminal and \fBcurses\fP input and output options; environment query
 routines; color manipulation; use of soft label keys; terminfo capabilities;
 and access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.
 .SS Initialization
 .PP
 The library uses the locale which the calling program has initialized.
-That is normally done with \fBsetlocale\fP:
+That is normally done with \fBsetlocale\fP(3):
 .NS
 \fBsetlocale(LC_ALL, "");\fP
 .NE
@@ -112,154 +112,154 @@
 You should initialize the locale and not rely on specific details of
 the library when the locale has not been setup.
 .PP
-The function \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR
+The function \fBinitscr\fP or \fBnewterm\fP
 must be called to initialize the library
 before any of the other routines that deal with windows
 and screens are used.
-The routine \fBendwin\fR(3X) must be called before exiting.
+The routine \fBendwin\fP(3X) must be called before exiting.
 .PP
 To get character-at-a-time input without echoing (most
 interactive, screen oriented programs want this), the following
 sequence should be used:
 .NS
-\fBinitscr(); cbreak(); noecho();\fR
+\fBinitscr(); cbreak(); noecho();\fP
 .NE
 .PP
 Most programs would additionally use the sequence:
 .NS
-\fBintrflush(stdscr, FALSE);\fR
-\fBkeypad(stdscr, TRUE);\fR
+\fBintrflush(stdscr, FALSE);\fP
+\fBkeypad(stdscr, TRUE);\fP
 .NE
 .PP
-Before a \fBcurses\fR program is run, the tab stops of the terminal
+Before a \fBcurses\fP program is run, the tab stops of the terminal
 should be set and its initialization strings, if defined, must be output.
-This can be done by executing the \fB@TPUT@ init\fR command
-after the shell environment variable \fBTERM\fR has been exported.
-\fB@TSET@(1)\fR is usually responsible for doing this.
-[See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for further details.]
+This can be done by executing the \fB@TPUT@ init\fP command
+after the shell environment variable \fBTERM\fP has been exported.
+\fB@TSET@(1)\fP is usually responsible for doing this.
+[See \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) for further details.]
 .SS Datatypes
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR library permits manipulation of data structures,
-called \fIwindows\fR, which can be thought of as two-dimensional
+The \fBncurses\fP library permits manipulation of data structures,
+called \fIwindows\fP, which can be thought of as two-dimensional
 arrays of characters representing all or part of a CRT screen.
-A default window called \fBstdscr\fR, which is the size of the terminal
+A default window called \fBstdscr\fP, which is the size of the terminal
 screen, is supplied.
-Others may be created with \fBnewwin\fR.
+Others may be created with \fBnewwin\fP.
 .PP
-Note that \fBcurses\fR does not handle overlapping windows, that's done by
-the \fBpanel\fR(3X) library.
+Note that \fBcurses\fP does not handle overlapping windows, that's done by
+the \fBpanel\fP(3X) library.
 This means that you can either use
-\fBstdscr\fR or divide the screen into tiled windows and not using
-\fBstdscr\fR at all.
+\fBstdscr\fP or divide the screen into tiled windows and not using
+\fBstdscr\fP at all.
 Mixing the two will result in unpredictable, and undesired, effects.
 .PP
-Windows are referred to by variables declared as \fBWINDOW *\fR.
+Windows are referred to by variables declared as \fBWINDOW *\fP.
 These data structures are manipulated with routines described here and
-elsewhere in the \fBncurses\fR manual pages.
+elsewhere in the \fBncurses\fP manual pages.
 Among those, the most basic
-routines are \fBmove\fR and \fBaddch\fR.
+routines are \fBmove\fP and \fBaddch\fP.
 More general versions of
-these routines are included with names beginning with \fBw\fR,
+these routines are included with names beginning with \fBw\fP,
 allowing the user to specify a window.
 The routines not beginning
-with \fBw\fR affect \fBstdscr\fR.
+with \fBw\fP affect \fBstdscr\fP.
 .PP
-After using routines to manipulate a window, \fBrefresh\fR(3X) is called,
-telling \fBcurses\fR to make the user's CRT screen look like
-\fBstdscr\fR.
+After using routines to manipulate a window, \fBrefresh\fP(3X) is called,
+telling \fBcurses\fP to make the user's CRT screen look like
+\fBstdscr\fP.
 The characters in a window are actually of type
-\fBchtype\fR, (character and attribute data) so that other information
+\fBchtype\fP, (character and attribute data) so that other information
 about the character may also be stored with each character.
 .PP
-Special windows called \fIpads\fR may also be manipulated.
+Special windows called \fIpads\fP may also be manipulated.
 These are windows
 which are not constrained to the size of the screen and whose contents need not
 be completely displayed.
-See \fBcurs_pad\fR(3X) for more information.
+See \fBcurs_pad\fP(3X) for more information.
 .PP
 In addition to drawing characters on the screen, video attributes and colors
 may be supported, causing the characters to show up in such modes as
 underlined, in reverse video, or in color on terminals that support such
 display enhancements.
 Line drawing characters may be specified to be output.
-On input, \fBcurses\fR is also able to translate arrow and function keys that
+On input, \fBcurses\fP is also able to translate arrow and function keys that
 transmit escape sequences into single values.
 The video attributes, line
-drawing characters, and input values use names, defined in \fB\fR,
-such as \fBA_REVERSE\fR, \fBACS_HLINE\fR, and \fBKEY_LEFT\fR.
+drawing characters, and input values use names, defined in \fB\fP,
+such as \fBA_REVERSE\fP, \fBACS_HLINE\fP, and \fBKEY_LEFT\fP.
 .SS Environment variables
 .PP
-If the environment variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR are set, or if the
+If the environment variables \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP are set, or if the
 program is executing in a window environment, line and column information in
-the environment will override information read by \fIterminfo\fR.
+the environment will override information read by \fIterminfo\fP.
 This would affect a program running in an AT&T 630 layer,
 for example, where the size of a
-screen is changeable (see \fBENVIRONMENT\fR).
+screen is changeable (see \fBENVIRONMENT\fP).
 .PP
-If the environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR is defined, any program using
-\fBcurses\fR checks for a local terminal definition before checking in the
+If the environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fP is defined, any program using
+\fBcurses\fP checks for a local terminal definition before checking in the
 standard place.
-For example, if \fBTERM\fR is set to \fBatt4424\fR, then the
+For example, if \fBTERM\fP is set to \fBatt4424\fP, then the
 compiled terminal definition is found in
 .NS
-\fB\*d/a/att4424\fR.
+\fB\*d/a/att4424\fP.
 .NE
 .PP
-(The \fBa\fR is copied from the first letter of \fBatt4424\fR to avoid
-creation of huge directories.)  However, if \fBTERMINFO\fR is set to
-\fB$HOME/myterms\fR, \fBcurses\fR first checks
+(The \fBa\fP is copied from the first letter of \fBatt4424\fP to avoid
+creation of huge directories.)  However, if \fBTERMINFO\fP is set to
+\fB$HOME/myterms\fP, \fBcurses\fP first checks
 .NS
-\fB$HOME/myterms/a/att4424\fR,
+\fB$HOME/myterms/a/att4424\fP,
 .NE
 .PP
 and if that fails, it then checks
 .NS
-\fB\*d/a/att4424\fR.
+\fB\*d/a/att4424\fP.
 .NE
 .PP
 This is useful for developing experimental definitions or when write
-permission in \fB\*d\fR is not available.
+permission in \fB\*d\fP is not available.
 .PP
-The integer variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLS\fR are defined in
-\fB\fR and will be filled in by \fBinitscr\fR with the size of the
+The integer variables \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLS\fP are defined in
+\fB\fP and will be filled in by \fBinitscr\fP with the size of the
 screen.
-The constants \fBTRUE\fR and \fBFALSE\fR have the values \fB1\fR and
-\fB0\fR, respectively.
+The constants \fBTRUE\fP and \fBFALSE\fP have the values \fB1\fP and
+\fB0\fP, respectively.
 .PP
-The \fBcurses\fR routines also define the \fBWINDOW *\fR variable \fBcurscr\fR
+The \fBcurses\fP routines also define the \fBWINDOW *\fP variable \fBcurscr\fP
 which is used for certain low-level operations like clearing and redrawing a
 screen containing garbage.
-The \fBcurscr\fR can be used in only a few routines.
+The \fBcurscr\fP can be used in only a few routines.
 .\"
 .SS Routine and Argument Names
-Many \fBcurses\fR routines have two or more versions.
-The routines prefixed with \fBw\fR require a window argument.
-The routines prefixed with \fBp\fR require a pad argument.
-Those without a prefix generally use \fBstdscr\fR.
+Many \fBcurses\fP routines have two or more versions.
+The routines prefixed with \fIw\fP require a window argument.
+The routines prefixed with \fIp\fP require a pad argument.
+Those without a prefix generally use \fBstdscr\fP.
 .PP
-The routines prefixed with \fBmv\fR require a \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR
+The routines prefixed with \fBmv\fP require a \fIy\fP and \fIx\fP
 coordinate to move to before performing the appropriate action.
-The \fBmv\fR routines imply a call to \fBmove\fR before the call to the
+The \fBmv\fP routines imply a call to \fBmove\fP before the call to the
 other routine.
-The coordinate \fIy\fR always refers to the row (of
-the window), and \fIx\fR always refers to the column.
+The coordinate \fIy\fP always refers to the row (of
+the window), and \fIx\fP always refers to the column.
 The upper left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1).
 .PP
-The routines prefixed with \fBmvw\fR take both a window argument and
-\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates.
+The routines prefixed with \fBmvw\fP take both a window argument and
+\fIx\fP and \fIy\fP coordinates.
 The window argument is always specified before the coordinates.
 .PP
-In each case, \fIwin\fR is the window affected, and \fIpad\fR is the
-pad affected; \fIwin\fR and \fIpad\fR are always pointers to type
-\fBWINDOW\fR.
+In each case, \fIwin\fP is the window affected, and \fIpad\fP is the
+pad affected; \fIwin\fP and \fIpad\fP are always pointers to type
+\fBWINDOW\fP.
 .PP
-Option setting routines require a Boolean flag \fIbf\fR with the value
-\fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR; \fIbf\fR is always of type \fBbool\fR.
+Option setting routines require a Boolean flag \fIbf\fP with the value
+\fBTRUE\fP or \fBFALSE\fP; \fIbf\fP is always of type \fBbool\fP.
 Most of the data types used in the library routines,
-such as \fBWINDOW\fR, \fBSCREEN\fR, \fBbool\fR, and \fBchtype\fR
-are defined in \fB\fR.
+such as \fBWINDOW\fP, \fBSCREEN\fP, \fBbool\fP, and \fBchtype\fP
+are defined in \fB\fP.
 Types used for the terminfo routines such as
-\fBTERMINAL\fR are defined in \fB\fR.
+\fBTERMINAL\fP are defined in \fB\fP.
 .PP
 This manual page describes functions which may appear in any configuration
 of the library.
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
 .PP
 .\"
 .SS Routine Name Index
-The following table lists the \fBcurses\fR routines provided in
+The following table lists the \fBcurses\fP routines provided in
 the \*(``normal\*('' and \*(``wide\*('' libraries and the names of
 the manual pages on which they are described.
 Routines flagged with \*(``*\*(''
@@ -328,453 +328,453 @@
 center tab(/);
 l l
 l l .
-\fBcurses\fR Routine Name/Manual Page Name
+\fBcurses\fP Routine Name/Manual Page Name
 =
-COLOR_PAIR/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)
-PAIR_NUMBER/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-add_wch/\fBcurs_add_wch\fR(3X)
-add_wchnstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fR(3X)
-add_wchstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fR(3X)
-addch/\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X)
-addchnstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fR(3X)
-addchstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fR(3X)
-addnstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X)
-addnwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fR(3X)
-addstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X)
-addwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fR(3X)
-alloc_pair/\fBnew_pair\fR(3X)*
-assume_default_colors/\fBdefault_colors\fR(3X)*
-attr_get/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-attr_off/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-attr_on/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-attr_set/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-attroff/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-attron/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-attrset/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-baudrate/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-beep/\fBcurs_beep\fR(3X)
-bkgd/\fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X)
-bkgdset/\fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X)
-bkgrnd/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fR(3X)
-bkgrndset/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fR(3X)
-border/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-border_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-box/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-box_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-can_change_color/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)
-cbreak/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-chgat/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-clear/\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X)
-clearok/\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
-clrtobot/\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X)
-clrtoeol/\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X)
-color_content/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)
-color_set/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-copywin/\fBcurs_overlay\fR(3X)
-curs_set/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-curses_trace/\fBcurs_trace\fR(3X)*
-curses_version/\fBcurs_extend\fR(3X)*
-def_prog_mode/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-def_shell_mode/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-define_key/\fBdefine_key\fR(3X)*
-del_curterm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-delay_output/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-delch/\fBcurs_delch\fR(3X)
-deleteln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fR(3X)
-delscreen/\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X)
-delwin/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-derwin/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-doupdate/\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
-dupwin/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-echo/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-echo_wchar/\fBcurs_add_wch\fR(3X)
-echochar/\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X)
-endwin/\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X)
-erase/\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X)
-erasechar/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-erasewchar/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-exit_curses/\fBcurs_memleaks\fR(3X)*
-exit_terminfo/\fBcurs_memleaks\fR(3X)*
-extended_color_content/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)*
-extended_pair_content/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)*
-extended_slk_color/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)*
-filter/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-find_pair/\fBnew_pair\fR(3X)*
-flash/\fBcurs_beep\fR(3X)
-flushinp/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-free_pair/\fBnew_pair\fR(3X)*
-get_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fR(3X)
-get_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fR(3X)
-getattrs/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-getbegx/\fBcurs_legacy\fR(3X)*
-getbegy/\fBcurs_legacy\fR(3X)*
-getbegyx/\fBcurs_getyx\fR(3X)
-getbkgd/\fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X)
-getbkgrnd/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fR(3X)
-getcchar/\fBcurs_getcchar\fR(3X)
-getch/\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X)
-getcurx/\fBcurs_legacy\fR(3X)*
-getcury/\fBcurs_legacy\fR(3X)*
-getmaxx/\fBcurs_legacy\fR(3X)*
-getmaxy/\fBcurs_legacy\fR(3X)*
-getmaxyx/\fBcurs_getyx\fR(3X)
-getmouse/\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)*
-getn_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fR(3X)
-getnstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X)
-getparx/\fBcurs_legacy\fR(3X)*
-getpary/\fBcurs_legacy\fR(3X)*
-getparyx/\fBcurs_getyx\fR(3X)
-getstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X)
-getsyx/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-getwin/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-getyx/\fBcurs_getyx\fR(3X)
-halfdelay/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-has_colors/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)
-has_ic/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-has_il/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-has_key/\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X)*
-has_mouse/\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)*
-hline/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-hline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-idcok/\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
-idlok/\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
-immedok/\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
-in_wch/\fBcurs_in_wch\fR(3X)
-in_wchnstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X)
-in_wchstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X)
-inch/\fBcurs_inch\fR(3X)
-inchnstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fR(3X)
-inchstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fR(3X)
-init_color/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)
-init_extended_color/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)*
-init_extended_pair/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)*
-init_pair/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)
-initscr/\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X)
-innstr/\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X)
-innwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fR(3X)
-ins_nwstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fR(3X)
-ins_wch/\fBcurs_ins_wch\fR(3X)
-ins_wstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fR(3X)
-insch/\fBcurs_insch\fR(3X)
-insdelln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fR(3X)
-insertln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fR(3X)
-insnstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fR(3X)
-insstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fR(3X)
-instr/\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X)
-intrflush/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-inwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fR(3X)
-is_cleared/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_idcok/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_idlok/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_immedok/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_keypad/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_leaveok/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_linetouched/\fBcurs_touch\fR(3X)
-is_nodelay/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_notimeout/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_pad/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_scrollok/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_subwin/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_syncok/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-is_term_resized/\fBresizeterm\fR(3X)*
-is_wintouched/\fBcurs_touch\fR(3X)
-isendwin/\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X)
-key_defined/\fBkey_defined\fR(3X)*
-key_name/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-keybound/\fBkeybound\fR(3X)*
-keyname/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-keyok/\fBkeyok\fR(3X)*
-keypad/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-killchar/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-killwchar/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-leaveok/\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
-longname/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-mcprint/\fBcurs_print\fR(3X)*
-meta/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-mouse_trafo/\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)*
-mouseinterval/\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)*
-mousemask/\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)*
-move/\fBcurs_move\fR(3X)
-mvadd_wch/\fBcurs_add_wch\fR(3X)
-mvadd_wchnstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fR(3X)
-mvadd_wchstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fR(3X)
-mvaddch/\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X)
-mvaddchnstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fR(3X)
-mvaddchstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fR(3X)
-mvaddnstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X)
-mvaddnwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fR(3X)
-mvaddstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X)
-mvaddwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fR(3X)
-mvchgat/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-mvcur/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-mvdelch/\fBcurs_delch\fR(3X)
-mvderwin/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-mvget_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fR(3X)
-mvget_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fR(3X)
-mvgetch/\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X)
-mvgetn_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fR(3X)
-mvgetnstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X)
-mvgetstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X)
-mvhline/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-mvhline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-mvin_wch/\fBcurs_in_wch\fR(3X)
-mvin_wchnstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X)
-mvin_wchstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X)
-mvinch/\fBcurs_inch\fR(3X)
-mvinchnstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fR(3X)
-mvinchstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fR(3X)
-mvinnstr/\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X)
-mvinnwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fR(3X)
-mvins_nwstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fR(3X)
-mvins_wch/\fBcurs_ins_wch\fR(3X)
-mvins_wstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fR(3X)
-mvinsch/\fBcurs_insch\fR(3X)
-mvinsnstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fR(3X)
-mvinsstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fR(3X)
-mvinstr/\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X)
-mvinwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fR(3X)
-mvprintw/\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X)
-mvscanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fR(3X)
-mvvline/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-mvvline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-mvwadd_wch/\fBcurs_add_wch\fR(3X)
-mvwadd_wchnstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fR(3X)
-mvwadd_wchstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fR(3X)
-mvwaddch/\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X)
-mvwaddchnstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fR(3X)
-mvwaddchstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fR(3X)
-mvwaddnstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X)
-mvwaddnwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fR(3X)
-mvwaddstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X)
-mvwaddwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fR(3X)
-mvwchgat/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-mvwdelch/\fBcurs_delch\fR(3X)
-mvwget_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fR(3X)
-mvwget_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fR(3X)
-mvwgetch/\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X)
-mvwgetn_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fR(3X)
-mvwgetnstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X)
-mvwgetstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X)
-mvwhline/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-mvwhline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-mvwin/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-mvwin_wch/\fBcurs_in_wch\fR(3X)
-mvwin_wchnstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X)
-mvwin_wchstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X)
-mvwinch/\fBcurs_inch\fR(3X)
-mvwinchnstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fR(3X)
-mvwinchstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fR(3X)
-mvwinnstr/\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X)
-mvwinnwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fR(3X)
-mvwins_nwstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fR(3X)
-mvwins_wch/\fBcurs_ins_wch\fR(3X)
-mvwins_wstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fR(3X)
-mvwinsch/\fBcurs_insch\fR(3X)
-mvwinsnstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fR(3X)
-mvwinsstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fR(3X)
-mvwinstr/\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X)
-mvwinwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fR(3X)
-mvwprintw/\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X)
-mvwscanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fR(3X)
-mvwvline/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-mvwvline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-napms/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-newpad/\fBcurs_pad\fR(3X)
-newterm/\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X)
-newwin/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-nl/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-nocbreak/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-nodelay/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-noecho/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-nofilter/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)*
-nonl/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-noqiflush/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-noraw/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-notimeout/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-overlay/\fBcurs_overlay\fR(3X)
-overwrite/\fBcurs_overlay\fR(3X)
-pair_content/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)
-pecho_wchar/\fBcurs_pad\fR(3X)*
-pechochar/\fBcurs_pad\fR(3X)
-pnoutrefresh/\fBcurs_pad\fR(3X)
-prefresh/\fBcurs_pad\fR(3X)
-printw/\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X)
-putp/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-putwin/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-qiflush/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-raw/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-redrawwin/\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
-refresh/\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
-reset_color_pairs/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)*
-reset_prog_mode/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-reset_shell_mode/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-resetty/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-resize_term/\fBresizeterm\fR(3X)*
-resizeterm/\fBresizeterm\fR(3X)*
-restartterm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-ripoffline/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-savetty/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-scanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fR(3X)
-scr_dump/\fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X)
-scr_init/\fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X)
-scr_restore/\fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X)
-scr_set/\fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X)
-scrl/\fBcurs_scroll\fR(3X)
-scroll/\fBcurs_scroll\fR(3X)
-scrollok/\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
-set_curterm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-set_term/\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X)
-setcchar/\fBcurs_getcchar\fR(3X)
-setscrreg/\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
-setsyx/\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)
-setupterm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-slk_attr/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)*
-slk_attr_off/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_attr_on/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_attr_set/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_attroff/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_attron/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_attrset/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_clear/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_color/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_init/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_label/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_noutrefresh/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_refresh/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_restore/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_set/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_touch/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)
-slk_wset/\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)*
-standend/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-standout/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-start_color/\fBcurs_color\fR(3X)
-subpad/\fBcurs_pad\fR(3X)
-subwin/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-syncok/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-term_attrs/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-termattrs/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-termname/\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X)
-tgetent/\fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X)
-tgetflag/\fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X)
-tgetnum/\fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X)
-tgetstr/\fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X)
-tgoto/\fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X)
-tigetflag/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-tigetnum/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-tigetstr/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-timeout/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-tiparm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)*
-touchline/\fBcurs_touch\fR(3X)
-touchwin/\fBcurs_touch\fR(3X)
-tparm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-tputs/\fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X)
-tputs/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-trace/\fBcurs_trace\fR(3X)*
-typeahead/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-unctrl/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-unget_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fR(3X)
-ungetch/\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X)
-ungetmouse/\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)*
-untouchwin/\fBcurs_touch\fR(3X)
-use_default_colors/\fBdefault_colors\fR(3X)*
-use_env/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-use_extended_names/\fBcurs_extend\fR(3X)*
-use_legacy_coding/\fBlegacy_coding\fR(3X)*
-use_tioctl/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)*
-vid_attr/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-vid_puts/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-vidattr/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-vidputs/\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X)
-vline/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-vline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-vw_printw/\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X)
-vw_scanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fR(3X)
-vwprintw/\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X)
-vwscanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fR(3X)
-wadd_wch/\fBcurs_add_wch\fR(3X)
-wadd_wchnstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fR(3X)
-wadd_wchstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fR(3X)
-waddch/\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X)
-waddchnstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fR(3X)
-waddchstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fR(3X)
-waddnstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X)
-waddnwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fR(3X)
-waddstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X)
-waddwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fR(3X)
-wattr_get/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wattr_off/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wattr_on/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wattr_set/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wattroff/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wattron/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wattrset/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wbkgd/\fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X)
-wbkgdset/\fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X)
-wbkgrnd/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fR(3X)
-wbkgrndset/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fR(3X)
-wborder/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-wborder_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-wchgat/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wclear/\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X)
-wclrtobot/\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X)
-wclrtoeol/\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X)
-wcolor_set/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wcursyncup/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-wdelch/\fBcurs_delch\fR(3X)
-wdeleteln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fR(3X)
-wecho_wchar/\fBcurs_add_wch\fR(3X)
-wechochar/\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X)
-wenclose/\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)*
-werase/\fBcurs_clear\fR(3X)
-wget_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fR(3X)
-wget_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fR(3X)
-wgetbkgrnd/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fR(3X)
-wgetch/\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X)
-wgetdelay/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-wgetn_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fR(3X)
-wgetnstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X)
-wgetparent/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-wgetscrreg/\fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X)*
-wgetstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fR(3X)
-whline/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-whline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
-win_wch/\fBcurs_in_wch\fR(3X)
-win_wchnstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X)
-win_wchstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fR(3X)
-winch/\fBcurs_inch\fR(3X)
-winchnstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fR(3X)
-winchstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fR(3X)
-winnstr/\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X)
-winnwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fR(3X)
-wins_nwstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fR(3X)
-wins_wch/\fBcurs_ins_wch\fR(3X)
-wins_wstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fR(3X)
-winsch/\fBcurs_insch\fR(3X)
-winsdelln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fR(3X)
-winsertln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fR(3X)
-winsnstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fR(3X)
-winsstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fR(3X)
-winstr/\fBcurs_instr\fR(3X)
-winwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fR(3X)
-wmouse_trafo/\fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)*
-wmove/\fBcurs_move\fR(3X)
-wnoutrefresh/\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
-wprintw/\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X)
-wredrawln/\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
-wrefresh/\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X)
-wresize/\fBwresize\fR(3X)*
-wscanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fR(3X)
-wscrl/\fBcurs_scroll\fR(3X)
-wsetscrreg/\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X)
-wstandend/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wstandout/\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X)
-wsyncdown/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-wsyncup/\fBcurs_window\fR(3X)
-wtimeout/\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X)
-wtouchln/\fBcurs_touch\fR(3X)
-wunctrl/\fBcurs_util\fR(3X)
-wvline/\fBcurs_border\fR(3X)
-wvline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fR(3X)
+COLOR_PAIR/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)
+PAIR_NUMBER/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+add_wch/\fBcurs_add_wch\fP(3X)
+add_wchnstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fP(3X)
+add_wchstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fP(3X)
+addch/\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X)
+addchnstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fP(3X)
+addchstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fP(3X)
+addnstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X)
+addnwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fP(3X)
+addstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X)
+addwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fP(3X)
+alloc_pair/\fBnew_pair\fP(3X)*
+assume_default_colors/\fBdefault_colors\fP(3X)*
+attr_get/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+attr_off/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+attr_on/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+attr_set/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+attroff/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+attron/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+attrset/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+baudrate/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+beep/\fBcurs_beep\fP(3X)
+bkgd/\fBcurs_bkgd\fP(3X)
+bkgdset/\fBcurs_bkgd\fP(3X)
+bkgrnd/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fP(3X)
+bkgrndset/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fP(3X)
+border/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+border_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+box/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+box_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+can_change_color/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)
+cbreak/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+chgat/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+clear/\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X)
+clearok/\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
+clrtobot/\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X)
+clrtoeol/\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X)
+color_content/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)
+color_set/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+copywin/\fBcurs_overlay\fP(3X)
+curs_set/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+curses_trace/\fBcurs_trace\fP(3X)*
+curses_version/\fBcurs_extend\fP(3X)*
+def_prog_mode/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+def_shell_mode/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+define_key/\fBdefine_key\fP(3X)*
+del_curterm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+delay_output/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+delch/\fBcurs_delch\fP(3X)
+deleteln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fP(3X)
+delscreen/\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X)
+delwin/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+derwin/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+doupdate/\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X)
+dupwin/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+echo/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+echo_wchar/\fBcurs_add_wch\fP(3X)
+echochar/\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X)
+endwin/\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X)
+erase/\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X)
+erasechar/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+erasewchar/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+exit_curses/\fBcurs_memleaks\fP(3X)*
+exit_terminfo/\fBcurs_memleaks\fP(3X)*
+extended_color_content/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)*
+extended_pair_content/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)*
+extended_slk_color/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)*
+filter/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+find_pair/\fBnew_pair\fP(3X)*
+flash/\fBcurs_beep\fP(3X)
+flushinp/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+free_pair/\fBnew_pair\fP(3X)*
+get_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fP(3X)
+get_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fP(3X)
+getattrs/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+getbegx/\fBcurs_legacy\fP(3X)*
+getbegy/\fBcurs_legacy\fP(3X)*
+getbegyx/\fBcurs_getyx\fP(3X)
+getbkgd/\fBcurs_bkgd\fP(3X)
+getbkgrnd/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fP(3X)
+getcchar/\fBcurs_getcchar\fP(3X)
+getch/\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X)
+getcurx/\fBcurs_legacy\fP(3X)*
+getcury/\fBcurs_legacy\fP(3X)*
+getmaxx/\fBcurs_legacy\fP(3X)*
+getmaxy/\fBcurs_legacy\fP(3X)*
+getmaxyx/\fBcurs_getyx\fP(3X)
+getmouse/\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)*
+getn_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fP(3X)
+getnstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X)
+getparx/\fBcurs_legacy\fP(3X)*
+getpary/\fBcurs_legacy\fP(3X)*
+getparyx/\fBcurs_getyx\fP(3X)
+getstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X)
+getsyx/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+getwin/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+getyx/\fBcurs_getyx\fP(3X)
+halfdelay/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+has_colors/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)
+has_ic/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+has_il/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+has_key/\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X)*
+has_mouse/\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)*
+hline/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+hline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+idcok/\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
+idlok/\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
+immedok/\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
+in_wch/\fBcurs_in_wch\fP(3X)
+in_wchnstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X)
+in_wchstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X)
+inch/\fBcurs_inch\fP(3X)
+inchnstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fP(3X)
+inchstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fP(3X)
+init_color/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)
+init_extended_color/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)*
+init_extended_pair/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)*
+init_pair/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)
+initscr/\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X)
+innstr/\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X)
+innwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fP(3X)
+ins_nwstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fP(3X)
+ins_wch/\fBcurs_ins_wch\fP(3X)
+ins_wstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fP(3X)
+insch/\fBcurs_insch\fP(3X)
+insdelln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fP(3X)
+insertln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fP(3X)
+insnstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fP(3X)
+insstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fP(3X)
+instr/\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X)
+intrflush/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+inwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fP(3X)
+is_cleared/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_idcok/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_idlok/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_immedok/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_keypad/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_leaveok/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_linetouched/\fBcurs_touch\fP(3X)
+is_nodelay/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_notimeout/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_pad/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_scrollok/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_subwin/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_syncok/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+is_term_resized/\fBresizeterm\fP(3X)*
+is_wintouched/\fBcurs_touch\fP(3X)
+isendwin/\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X)
+key_defined/\fBkey_defined\fP(3X)*
+key_name/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+keybound/\fBkeybound\fP(3X)*
+keyname/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+keyok/\fBkeyok\fP(3X)*
+keypad/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+killchar/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+killwchar/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+leaveok/\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
+longname/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+mcprint/\fBcurs_print\fP(3X)*
+meta/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+mouse_trafo/\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)*
+mouseinterval/\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)*
+mousemask/\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)*
+move/\fBcurs_move\fP(3X)
+mvadd_wch/\fBcurs_add_wch\fP(3X)
+mvadd_wchnstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fP(3X)
+mvadd_wchstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fP(3X)
+mvaddch/\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X)
+mvaddchnstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fP(3X)
+mvaddchstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fP(3X)
+mvaddnstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X)
+mvaddnwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fP(3X)
+mvaddstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X)
+mvaddwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fP(3X)
+mvchgat/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+mvcur/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+mvdelch/\fBcurs_delch\fP(3X)
+mvderwin/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+mvget_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fP(3X)
+mvget_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fP(3X)
+mvgetch/\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X)
+mvgetn_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fP(3X)
+mvgetnstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X)
+mvgetstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X)
+mvhline/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+mvhline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+mvin_wch/\fBcurs_in_wch\fP(3X)
+mvin_wchnstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X)
+mvin_wchstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X)
+mvinch/\fBcurs_inch\fP(3X)
+mvinchnstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fP(3X)
+mvinchstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fP(3X)
+mvinnstr/\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X)
+mvinnwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fP(3X)
+mvins_nwstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fP(3X)
+mvins_wch/\fBcurs_ins_wch\fP(3X)
+mvins_wstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fP(3X)
+mvinsch/\fBcurs_insch\fP(3X)
+mvinsnstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fP(3X)
+mvinsstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fP(3X)
+mvinstr/\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X)
+mvinwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fP(3X)
+mvprintw/\fBcurs_printw\fP(3X)
+mvscanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fP(3X)
+mvvline/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+mvvline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+mvwadd_wch/\fBcurs_add_wch\fP(3X)
+mvwadd_wchnstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fP(3X)
+mvwadd_wchstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fP(3X)
+mvwaddch/\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X)
+mvwaddchnstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fP(3X)
+mvwaddchstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fP(3X)
+mvwaddnstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X)
+mvwaddnwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fP(3X)
+mvwaddstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X)
+mvwaddwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fP(3X)
+mvwchgat/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+mvwdelch/\fBcurs_delch\fP(3X)
+mvwget_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fP(3X)
+mvwget_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fP(3X)
+mvwgetch/\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X)
+mvwgetn_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fP(3X)
+mvwgetnstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X)
+mvwgetstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X)
+mvwhline/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+mvwhline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+mvwin/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+mvwin_wch/\fBcurs_in_wch\fP(3X)
+mvwin_wchnstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X)
+mvwin_wchstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X)
+mvwinch/\fBcurs_inch\fP(3X)
+mvwinchnstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fP(3X)
+mvwinchstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fP(3X)
+mvwinnstr/\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X)
+mvwinnwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fP(3X)
+mvwins_nwstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fP(3X)
+mvwins_wch/\fBcurs_ins_wch\fP(3X)
+mvwins_wstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fP(3X)
+mvwinsch/\fBcurs_insch\fP(3X)
+mvwinsnstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fP(3X)
+mvwinsstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fP(3X)
+mvwinstr/\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X)
+mvwinwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fP(3X)
+mvwprintw/\fBcurs_printw\fP(3X)
+mvwscanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fP(3X)
+mvwvline/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+mvwvline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+napms/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+newpad/\fBcurs_pad\fP(3X)
+newterm/\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X)
+newwin/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+nl/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+nocbreak/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+nodelay/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+noecho/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+nofilter/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)*
+nonl/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+noqiflush/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+noraw/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+notimeout/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+overlay/\fBcurs_overlay\fP(3X)
+overwrite/\fBcurs_overlay\fP(3X)
+pair_content/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)
+pecho_wchar/\fBcurs_pad\fP(3X)*
+pechochar/\fBcurs_pad\fP(3X)
+pnoutrefresh/\fBcurs_pad\fP(3X)
+prefresh/\fBcurs_pad\fP(3X)
+printw/\fBcurs_printw\fP(3X)
+putp/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+putwin/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+qiflush/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+raw/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+redrawwin/\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X)
+refresh/\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X)
+reset_color_pairs/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)*
+reset_prog_mode/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+reset_shell_mode/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+resetty/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+resize_term/\fBresizeterm\fP(3X)*
+resizeterm/\fBresizeterm\fP(3X)*
+restartterm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+ripoffline/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+savetty/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+scanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fP(3X)
+scr_dump/\fBcurs_scr_dump\fP(3X)
+scr_init/\fBcurs_scr_dump\fP(3X)
+scr_restore/\fBcurs_scr_dump\fP(3X)
+scr_set/\fBcurs_scr_dump\fP(3X)
+scrl/\fBcurs_scroll\fP(3X)
+scroll/\fBcurs_scroll\fP(3X)
+scrollok/\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
+set_curterm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+set_term/\fBcurs_initscr\fP(3X)
+setcchar/\fBcurs_getcchar\fP(3X)
+setscrreg/\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
+setsyx/\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X)
+setupterm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+slk_attr/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)*
+slk_attr_off/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_attr_on/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_attr_set/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_attroff/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_attron/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_attrset/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_clear/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_color/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_init/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_label/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_noutrefresh/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_refresh/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_restore/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_set/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_touch/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)
+slk_wset/\fBcurs_slk\fP(3X)*
+standend/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+standout/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+start_color/\fBcurs_color\fP(3X)
+subpad/\fBcurs_pad\fP(3X)
+subwin/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+syncok/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+term_attrs/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+termattrs/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+termname/\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X)
+tgetent/\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X)
+tgetflag/\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X)
+tgetnum/\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X)
+tgetstr/\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X)
+tgoto/\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X)
+tigetflag/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+tigetnum/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+tigetstr/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+timeout/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+tiparm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)*
+touchline/\fBcurs_touch\fP(3X)
+touchwin/\fBcurs_touch\fP(3X)
+tparm/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+tputs/\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X)
+tputs/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+trace/\fBcurs_trace\fP(3X)*
+typeahead/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+unctrl/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+unget_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fP(3X)
+ungetch/\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X)
+ungetmouse/\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)*
+untouchwin/\fBcurs_touch\fP(3X)
+use_default_colors/\fBdefault_colors\fP(3X)*
+use_env/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+use_extended_names/\fBcurs_extend\fP(3X)*
+use_legacy_coding/\fBlegacy_coding\fP(3X)*
+use_tioctl/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)*
+vid_attr/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+vid_puts/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+vidattr/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+vidputs/\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X)
+vline/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+vline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+vw_printw/\fBcurs_printw\fP(3X)
+vw_scanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fP(3X)
+vwprintw/\fBcurs_printw\fP(3X)
+vwscanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fP(3X)
+wadd_wch/\fBcurs_add_wch\fP(3X)
+wadd_wchnstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fP(3X)
+wadd_wchstr/\fBcurs_add_wchstr\fP(3X)
+waddch/\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X)
+waddchnstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fP(3X)
+waddchstr/\fBcurs_addchstr\fP(3X)
+waddnstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X)
+waddnwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fP(3X)
+waddstr/\fBcurs_addstr\fP(3X)
+waddwstr/\fBcurs_addwstr\fP(3X)
+wattr_get/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wattr_off/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wattr_on/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wattr_set/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wattroff/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wattron/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wattrset/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wbkgd/\fBcurs_bkgd\fP(3X)
+wbkgdset/\fBcurs_bkgd\fP(3X)
+wbkgrnd/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fP(3X)
+wbkgrndset/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fP(3X)
+wborder/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+wborder_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+wchgat/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wclear/\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X)
+wclrtobot/\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X)
+wclrtoeol/\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X)
+wcolor_set/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wcursyncup/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+wdelch/\fBcurs_delch\fP(3X)
+wdeleteln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fP(3X)
+wecho_wchar/\fBcurs_add_wch\fP(3X)
+wechochar/\fBcurs_addch\fP(3X)
+wenclose/\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)*
+werase/\fBcurs_clear\fP(3X)
+wget_wch/\fBcurs_get_wch\fP(3X)
+wget_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fP(3X)
+wgetbkgrnd/\fBcurs_bkgrnd\fP(3X)
+wgetch/\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X)
+wgetdelay/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+wgetn_wstr/\fBcurs_get_wstr\fP(3X)
+wgetnstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X)
+wgetparent/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+wgetscrreg/\fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X)*
+wgetstr/\fBcurs_getstr\fP(3X)
+whline/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+whline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
+win_wch/\fBcurs_in_wch\fP(3X)
+win_wchnstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X)
+win_wchstr/\fBcurs_in_wchstr\fP(3X)
+winch/\fBcurs_inch\fP(3X)
+winchnstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fP(3X)
+winchstr/\fBcurs_inchstr\fP(3X)
+winnstr/\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X)
+winnwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fP(3X)
+wins_nwstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fP(3X)
+wins_wch/\fBcurs_ins_wch\fP(3X)
+wins_wstr/\fBcurs_ins_wstr\fP(3X)
+winsch/\fBcurs_insch\fP(3X)
+winsdelln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fP(3X)
+winsertln/\fBcurs_deleteln\fP(3X)
+winsnstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fP(3X)
+winsstr/\fBcurs_insstr\fP(3X)
+winstr/\fBcurs_instr\fP(3X)
+winwstr/\fBcurs_inwstr\fP(3X)
+wmouse_trafo/\fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)*
+wmove/\fBcurs_move\fP(3X)
+wnoutrefresh/\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X)
+wprintw/\fBcurs_printw\fP(3X)
+wredrawln/\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X)
+wrefresh/\fBcurs_refresh\fP(3X)
+wresize/\fBwresize\fP(3X)*
+wscanw/\fBcurs_scanw\fP(3X)
+wscrl/\fBcurs_scroll\fP(3X)
+wsetscrreg/\fBcurs_outopts\fP(3X)
+wstandend/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wstandout/\fBcurs_attr\fP(3X)
+wsyncdown/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+wsyncup/\fBcurs_window\fP(3X)
+wtimeout/\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X)
+wtouchln/\fBcurs_touch\fP(3X)
+wunctrl/\fBcurs_util\fP(3X)
+wvline/\fBcurs_border\fP(3X)
+wvline_set/\fBcurs_border_set\fP(3X)
 .TE
 .PP
 Depending on the configuration,
@@ -790,21 +790,21 @@
 \fBcurs_trace\fP(3X) - curses debugging routines
 .RE
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and an
-integer value other than \fBERR\fR upon successful completion, unless
+Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fP upon failure and an
+integer value other than \fBERR\fP upon successful completion, unless
 otherwise noted in the routine descriptions.
 .PP
 As a general rule, routines check for null pointers passed as parameters,
 and handle this as an error.
 .PP
-All macros return the value of the \fBw\fR version, except \fBsetscrreg\fR,
-\fBwsetscrreg\fR, \fBgetyx\fR, \fBgetbegyx\fR, and \fBgetmaxyx\fR.
+All macros return the value of the \fBw\fP version, except \fBsetscrreg\fP,
+\fBwsetscrreg\fP, \fBgetyx\fP, \fBgetbegyx\fP, and \fBgetmaxyx\fP.
 The return values of
-\fBsetscrreg\fR,
-\fBwsetscrreg\fR,
-\fBgetyx\fR,
-\fBgetbegyx\fR, and
-\fBgetmaxyx\fR are undefined (i.e., these should not be used as the
+\fBsetscrreg\fP,
+\fBwsetscrreg\fP,
+\fBgetyx\fP,
+\fBgetbegyx\fP, and
+\fBgetmaxyx\fP are undefined (i.e., these should not be used as the
 right-hand side of assignment statements).
 .PP
 Functions with a \*(``mv\*('' prefix first perform a cursor movement using
@@ -814,11 +814,11 @@
 (except variadic functions such as \fBmvprintw\fP)
 are provided both as macros and functions.
 .PP
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fP on error.
 .SH ENVIRONMENT
 .PP
 The following environment symbols are useful for customizing the
-runtime behavior of the \fBncurses\fR library.
+runtime behavior of the \fBncurses\fP library.
 The most important ones have been already discussed in detail.
 .SS CC command-character
 .PP
@@ -828,14 +828,14 @@
 Very few terminfo entries provide this feature.
 .PP
 Because this name is also used in development environments to represent
-the C compiler's name, \fBncurses\fR ignores it if it does not happen to
+the C compiler's name, \fBncurses\fP ignores it if it does not happen to
 be a single character.
 .SS BAUDRATE
 .PP
 The debugging library checks this environment variable when the application
 has redirected output to a file.
 The variable's numeric value is used for the baudrate.
-If no value is found, \fBncurses\fR uses 9600.
+If no value is found, \fBncurses\fP uses 9600.
 This allows testers to construct repeatable test-cases
 that take into account costs that depend on baudrate.
 .SS COLUMNS
@@ -844,8 +844,8 @@
 Applications running in a windowing environment usually are able to
 obtain the width of the window in which they are executing.
 If neither the \fBCOLUMNS\fP value nor the terminal's screen size is available,
-\fBncurses\fR uses the size which may be specified in the terminfo database
-(i.e., the \fBcols\fR capability).
+\fBncurses\fP uses the size which may be specified in the terminfo database
+(i.e., the \fBcols\fP capability).
 .PP
 It is important that your application use a correct size for the screen.
 This is not always possible because your application may be
@@ -857,12 +857,12 @@
 Either \fBCOLUMNS\fP or \fBLINES\fP symbols may be specified independently.
 This is mainly useful to circumvent legacy misfeatures of terminal descriptions,
 e.g., xterm which commonly specifies a 65 line screen.
-For best results, \fBlines\fR and \fBcols\fR should not be specified in
+For best results, \fBlines\fP and \fBcols\fP should not be specified in
 a terminal description for terminals which are run as emulations.
 .PP
-Use the \fBuse_env\fR function to disable all use of external environment
+Use the \fBuse_env\fP function to disable all use of external environment
 (but not including system calls) to determine the screen size.
-Use the \fBuse_tioctl\fR function to update \fBCOLUMNS\fP or \fBLINES\fP
+Use the \fBuse_tioctl\fP function to update \fBCOLUMNS\fP or \fBLINES\fP
 to match the screen size obtained from system calls or the terminal database.
 .SS ESCDELAY
 .PP
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@
 but setting the environment variable rather than the global variable
 does not create problems when compiling an application.
 .SS HOME
-Tells \fBncurses\fR where your home directory is.
+Tells \fBncurses\fP where your home directory is.
 That is where it may read and write auxiliary terminal descriptions:
 .NS
 $HOME/.termcap
@@ -916,18 +916,18 @@
 .PP
 This variable lets you customize the mouse.
 The variable must be three numeric digits 1\-3 in any order, e.g., 123 or 321.
-If it is not specified, \fBncurses\fR uses 132.
+If it is not specified, \fBncurses\fP uses 132.
 .SS NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS
 .PP
 Override the compiled-in assumption that the
 terminal's default colors are white-on-black
-(see \fBdefault_colors\fR(3X)).
+(see \fBdefault_colors\fP(3X)).
 You may set the foreground and background color values with this environment
 variable by proving a 2-element list: foreground,background.
 For example, to tell ncurses to not assume anything
 about the colors, set this to "\-1,\-1".
 To make it green-on-black, set it to "2,0".
-Any positive value from zero to the terminfo \fBmax_colors\fR value is allowed.
+Any positive value from zero to the terminfo \fBmax_colors\fP value is allowed.
 .SS NCURSES_CONSOLE2
 This applies only to the MinGW port of ncurses.
 .PP
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@
 In some cases,
 your terminal driver may not handle these properly.
 Set this environment variable to disable the feature.
-You can also adjust your \fBstty\fP settings to avoid the problem.
+You can also adjust your \fBstty\fP(1) settings to avoid the problem.
 .SS NCURSES_NO_MAGIC_COOKIE
 .PP
 Some terminals use a magic-cookie feature which requires special handling
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@
 Set the NCURSES_NO_PADDING environment variable to disable all but mandatory
 padding.
 Mandatory padding is used as a part of special control
-sequences such as \fIflash\fR.
+sequences such as \fBflash\fP.
 .SS NCURSES_NO_SETBUF
 This setting is obsolete.
 Before changes
@@ -1002,9 +1002,9 @@
 though 5.9 patch 20130126
 .RE
 .PP
-\fBncurses\fR enabled buffered output during terminal initialization.
+\fBncurses\fP enabled buffered output during terminal initialization.
 This was done (as in SVr4 curses) for performance reasons.
-For testing purposes, both of \fBncurses\fR and certain applications,
+For testing purposes, both of \fBncurses\fP and certain applications,
 this feature was made optional.
 Setting the NCURSES_NO_SETBUF variable
 disabled output buffering, leaving the output in the original (usually
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@
 But high-level curses calls do not.
 .SS NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS
 .PP
-During initialization, the \fBncurses\fR library
+During initialization, the \fBncurses\fP library
 checks for special cases where VT100 line-drawing (and the corresponding
 alternate character set capabilities) described in the terminfo are known
 to be missing.
@@ -1067,15 +1067,15 @@
 termcap interface.
 .SS NCURSES_TRACE
 .PP
-During initialization, the \fBncurses\fR debugging library
+During initialization, the \fBncurses\fP debugging library
 checks the NCURSES_TRACE environment variable.
-If it is defined, to a numeric value, \fBncurses\fR calls the \fBtrace\fR
+If it is defined, to a numeric value, \fBncurses\fP calls the \fBtrace\fP
 function, using that value as the argument.
 .PP
-The argument values, which are defined in \fBcurses.h\fR, provide several
+The argument values, which are defined in \fBcurses.h\fP, provide several
 types of information.
 When running with traces enabled, your application will write the
-file \fBtrace\fR to the current directory.
+file \fBtrace\fP to the current directory.
 .PP
 See \fBcurs_trace\fP(3X) for more information.
 .SS TERM
@@ -1093,20 +1093,20 @@
 If you set \fBTERM\fP in your environment,
 it has no effect on the operation of the terminal emulator.
 It only affects the way applications work within the terminal.
-Likewise, as a general rule (\fBxterm\fP being a rare exception),
+Likewise, as a general rule (\fBxterm\fP(1) being a rare exception),
 terminal emulators which allow you to
 specify \fBTERM\fP as a parameter or configuration value do
 not change their behavior to match that setting.
 .SS TERMCAP
-If the \fBncurses\fR library has been configured with \fItermcap\fR
-support, \fBncurses\fR will check for a terminal's description in
+If the \fBncurses\fP library has been configured with \fItermcap\fP
+support, \fBncurses\fP will check for a terminal's description in
 termcap form if it is not available in the terminfo database.
 .PP
 The \fBTERMCAP\fP environment variable contains
 either a terminal description (with newlines stripped out),
 or a file name telling where the information denoted by
 the \fBTERM\fP environment variable exists.
-In either case, setting it directs \fBncurses\fR to ignore
+In either case, setting it directs \fBncurses\fP to ignore
 the usual place for this information, e.g., /etc/termcap.
 .SS TERMINFO
 .PP
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@
 The complete list of database locations in order follows:
 .RS 3
 .bP
-the last terminal database to which \fBncurses\fR wrote,
+the last terminal database to which \fBncurses\fP wrote,
 if any, is searched first
 .bP
 the location specified by the TERMINFO environment variable
@@ -1191,13 +1191,13 @@
 it is an extension developed for \fBncurses\fP.
 .SS TERMPATH
 .PP
-If \fBTERMCAP\fP does not hold a file name then \fBncurses\fR checks
+If \fBTERMCAP\fP does not hold a file name then \fBncurses\fP checks
 the \fBTERMPATH\fP environment variable.
 This is a list of filenames separated by spaces or colons (i.e., ":") on Unix,
 semicolons on OS/2 EMX.
 .PP
 If the \fBTERMPATH\fP environment variable is not set,
-\fBncurses\fR looks in the files
+\fBncurses\fP looks in the files
 .NS
 /etc/termcap, /usr/share/misc/termcap and $HOME/.termcap,
 .NE
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@
 \-\-disable\-overwrite
 The standard include for \fBncurses\fP is as noted in \fBSYNOPSIS\fP:
 .NS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .NE
 .IP
 This option is used to avoid filename conflicts when \fBncurses\fP
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@
 If \fBncurses\fP is installed disabling overwrite, it puts its headers in
 a subdirectory, e.g.,
 .NS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .NE
 .IP
 It also omits a symbolic link which would allow you to use \fB\-lcurses\fP
@@ -1241,12 +1241,12 @@
 All of the library names have a \*(``w\*('' appended to them,
 i.e., instead of
 .NS
-\fB\-lncurses\fR
+\fB\-lncurses\fP
 .NE
 .IP
 you link with
 .NS
-\fB\-lncursesw\fR
+\fB\-lncursesw\fP
 .NE
 .IP
 You must also enable the wide-character features in the header file
@@ -1318,17 +1318,17 @@
 .bP
 \fBcurs_extend\fP(3X) \- miscellaneous curses extensions
 .bP
-\fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X) \- \fBcurses\fR input options
+\fBcurs_inopts\fP(3X) \- \fBcurses\fP input options
 .bP
-\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X) \- low-level \fBcurses\fR routines
+\fBcurs_kernel\fP(3X) \- low-level \fBcurses\fP routines
 .bP
-\fBcurs_termattrs\fR(3X) \- \fBcurses\fR environment query routines
+\fBcurs_termattrs\fP(3X) \- \fBcurses\fP environment query routines
 .bP
-\fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X) \- \fBcurses\fR emulation of termcap
+\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X) \- \fBcurses\fP emulation of termcap
 .bP
-\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X) \- \fBcurses\fR interfaces to terminfo database
+\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X) \- \fBcurses\fP interfaces to terminfo database
 .bP
-\fBcurs_util\fR(3X) \- miscellaneous \fBcurses\fR utility routines
+\fBcurs_util\fP(3X) \- miscellaneous \fBcurses\fP utility routines
 .RE
 .TP 5
 \-\-with\-trace
@@ -1343,57 +1343,57 @@
 @TERMINFO@
 terminal capability database
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n) and related pages whose names begin
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n) and related pages whose names begin
 \*(``curs_\*('' for detailed routine descriptions.
 .br
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X)
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X)
 .br
 \fBuser_caps\fP(5) for user-defined capabilities
 .SH EXTENSIONS
-The \fBncurses\fR library can be compiled with an option (\fB\-DUSE_GETCAP\fR)
+The \fBncurses\fP library can be compiled with an option (\fB\-DUSE_GETCAP\fP)
 that falls back to the old-style /etc/termcap file if the terminal setup code
-cannot find a terminfo entry corresponding to \fBTERM\fR.
+cannot find a terminfo entry corresponding to \fBTERM\fP.
 Use of this feature
 is not recommended, as it essentially includes an entire termcap compiler in
-the \fBncurses\fR startup code, at significant cost in core and startup cycles.
+the \fBncurses\fP startup code, at significant cost in core and startup cycles.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR library includes facilities for capturing mouse events on
+The \fBncurses\fP library includes facilities for capturing mouse events on
 certain terminals (including xterm).
-See the \fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X)
+See the \fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X)
 manual page for details.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR library includes facilities for responding to window
+The \fBncurses\fP library includes facilities for responding to window
 resizing events, e.g., when running in an xterm.
-See the \fBresizeterm\fR(3X)
-and \fBwresize\fR(3X) manual pages for details.
+See the \fBresizeterm\fP(3X)
+and \fBwresize\fP(3X) manual pages for details.
 In addition, the library may be configured with a \fBSIGWINCH\fP handler.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR library extends the fixed set of function key capabilities
+The \fBncurses\fP library extends the fixed set of function key capabilities
 of terminals by allowing the application designer to define additional
 key sequences at runtime.
-See the \fBdefine_key\fR(3X)
-\fBkey_defined\fR(3X),
-and \fBkeyok\fR(3X) manual pages for details.
+See the \fBdefine_key\fP(3X)
+\fBkey_defined\fP(3X),
+and \fBkeyok\fP(3X) manual pages for details.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR library can exploit the capabilities of terminals which
+The \fBncurses\fP library can exploit the capabilities of terminals which
 implement the ISO\-6429 SGR 39 and SGR 49 controls, which allow an application
 to reset the terminal to its original foreground and background colors.
 From the users' perspective, the application is able to draw colored
 text on a background whose color is set independently, providing better
 control over color contrasts.
-See the \fBdefault_colors\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+See the \fBdefault_colors\fP(3X) manual page for details.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR library includes a function for directing application output
+The \fBncurses\fP library includes a function for directing application output
 to a printer attached to the terminal device.
-See the \fBcurs_print\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+See the \fBcurs_print\fP(3X) manual page for details.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-The \fBncurses\fR library is intended to be BASE-level conformant with XSI
+The \fBncurses\fP library is intended to be BASE-level conformant with XSI
 Curses.
 The EXTENDED XSI Curses functionality
 (including color support) is supported.
 .PP
 A small number of local differences (that is, individual differences between
-the XSI Curses and \fBncurses\fR calls) are described in \fBPORTABILITY\fR
+the XSI Curses and \fBncurses\fP calls) are described in \fBPORTABILITY\fP
 sections of the library man pages.
 .SS Error checking
 .PP
@@ -1415,46 +1415,46 @@
 PDCurses or NetBSD curses.
 Here are a few to consider:
 .bP
-The routine \fBhas_key\fR is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
-See the \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+The routine \fBhas_key\fP is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
+See the \fBcurs_getch\fP(3X) manual page for details.
 .bP
-The routine \fBslk_attr\fR is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
-See the \fBcurs_slk\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+The routine \fBslk_attr\fP is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
+See the \fBcurs_slk\fP(3X) manual page for details.
 .bP
-The routines \fBgetmouse\fR, \fBmousemask\fR, \fBungetmouse\fR,
-\fBmouseinterval\fR, and \fBwenclose\fR relating to mouse interfacing are not
+The routines \fBgetmouse\fP, \fBmousemask\fP, \fBungetmouse\fP,
+\fBmouseinterval\fP, and \fBwenclose\fP relating to mouse interfacing are not
 part of XPG4, nor are they present in SVr4.
-See the \fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+See the \fBcurs_mouse\fP(3X) manual page for details.
 .bP
-The routine \fBmcprint\fR was not present in any previous curses implementation.
-See the \fBcurs_print\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+The routine \fBmcprint\fP was not present in any previous curses implementation.
+See the \fBcurs_print\fP(3X) manual page for details.
 .bP
-The routine \fBwresize\fR is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
-See the \fBwresize\fR(3X) manual page for details.
+The routine \fBwresize\fP is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
+See the \fBwresize\fP(3X) manual page for details.
 .bP
 The WINDOW structure's internal details can be hidden from application
 programs.
-See \fBcurs_opaque\fR(3X) for the discussion of \fBis_scrollok\fR, etc.
+See \fBcurs_opaque\fP(3X) for the discussion of \fBis_scrollok\fP, etc.
 .bP
 This implementation can be configured to provide rudimentary support
 for multi-threaded applications.
-See \fBcurs_threads\fR(3X) for details.
+See \fBcurs_threads\fP(3X) for details.
 .bP
 This implementation can also be configured to provide a set of functions which
 improve the ability to manage multiple screens.
-See \fBcurs_sp_funcs\fR(3X) for details.
+See \fBcurs_sp_funcs\fP(3X) for details.
 .SS Padding differences
 .PP
-In historic curses versions, delays embedded in the capabilities \fBcr\fR,
-\fBind\fR, \fBcub1\fR, \fBff\fR and \fBtab\fR activated corresponding delay
+In historic curses versions, delays embedded in the capabilities \fBcr\fP,
+\fBind\fP, \fBcub1\fP, \fBff\fP and \fBtab\fP activated corresponding delay
 bits in the UNIX tty driver.
 In this implementation, all padding is done by sending NUL bytes.
 This method is slightly more expensive, but narrows the interface
 to the UNIX kernel significantly and increases the package's portability
 correspondingly.
 .SS Header files
-The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files
-\fB\fR and \fB\fR.
+The header file \fB\fP automatically includes the header files
+\fB\fP and \fB\fP.
 .PP
 X/Open Curses has more to say,
 but does not finish the story:
@@ -1549,9 +1549,9 @@
 directly to provide a portable interface.
 .SH NOTES
 .PP
-If standard output from a \fBncurses\fR program is re-directed to something
+If standard output from a \fBncurses\fP program is re-directed to something
 which is not a tty, screen updates will be directed to standard error.
 This was an undocumented feature of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
 .SH AUTHORS
 Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.
-Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
+Based on \fIpcurses\fP by Pavel Curtis.
Index: man/new_pair.3x
Prereq:  1.16 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/new_pair.3x	2021-06-17 21:26:02.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/new_pair.3x	2021-12-25 20:10:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey
 .\"
-.\" $Id: new_pair.3x,v 1.16 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: new_pair.3x,v 1.18 2021/12/25 20:10:40 tom Exp $
 .TH new_pair 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 allocated entry using \fBfree_pair\fP and allocates a new color pair.
 .PP
 All of the color pairs are allocated from a table of possible color pairs.
-The size of the table is determined by the terminfo \fIpairs\fP capability.
+The size of the table is determined by the terminfo \fBpairs\fP capability.
 The table is shared with \fBinit_pair\fP;
 in fact \fBalloc_pair\fP calls \fBinit_pair\fP after
 updating the ncurses library's fast index to the colors versus color pairs.
@@ -161,6 +161,6 @@
 It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurs_color\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_color\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey.
Index: man/panel.3x
Prereq:  1.39 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/panel.3x	2020-02-15 21:06:40.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/panel.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: panel.3x,v 1.39 2020/02/15 21:06:40 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: panel.3x,v 1.41 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH panel 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,55 +40,55 @@
 .SH NAME
 panel \- panel stack extension for curses
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .P
-\fBcc [flags] sourcefiles \-lpanel \-lncurses\fR
+\fBcc [flags] sourcefiles \-lpanel \-lncurses\fP
 .P
-\fBPANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *\fIwin\fB);\fR
+\fBPANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *\fIwin\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint bottom_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBint bottom_panel(PANEL *\fP\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint top_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBint top_panel(PANEL *\fP\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint show_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBint show_panel(PANEL *\fP\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBvoid update_panels(void);\fR
+\fBvoid update_panels(void);\fP
 .br
-\fBint hide_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBint hide_panel(PANEL *\fP\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBWINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBWINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint replace_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fB, WINDOW *\fIwindow\fB);\fR
+\fBint replace_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fP\fB, WINDOW *\fIwindow\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint move_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fB, int \fIstarty\fB, int \fIstartx\fB);\fR
+\fBint move_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fP\fB, int \fIstarty\fP\fB, int \fIstartx\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint panel_hidden(const PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBint panel_hidden(const PANEL *\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBPANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBPANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBPANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBPANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint set_panel_userptr(PANEL *\fIpan\fB, const void *\fIptr\fB);\fR
+\fBint set_panel_userptr(PANEL *\fIpan\fP\fB, const void *\fIptr\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBconst void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBconst void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-\fBint del_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fB);\fR
+\fBint del_panel(PANEL *\fIpan\fP\fB);\fP
 .sp
-/* ncurses-extensions */
+\fR/* ncurses-extensions */\fP
 .br
-\fBPANEL *ground_panel(SCREEN *\fIsp\fB);\fR
+\fBPANEL *ground_panel(SCREEN *\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBPANEL *ceiling_panel(SCREEN *\fIsp\fB);\fR
+\fBPANEL *ceiling_panel(SCREEN *\fIsp\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-Panels are \fBcurses\fR(3X) windows with the added feature of
+Panels are \fBcurses\fP(3X) windows with the added feature of
 depth.
 Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure
-the proper portions of each window and the curses \fBstdscr\fR window are
+the proper portions of each window and the curses \fBstdscr\fP window are
 hidden or displayed when panels are added, moved, modified or removed.
 The set of currently visible panels is the stack of panels.
 The
-\fBstdscr\fR window is beneath all panels, and is not considered part
+\fBstdscr\fP window is beneath all panels, and is not considered part
 of the stack.
 .P
 A window is associated with every panel.
@@ -96,92 +96,92 @@
 you to create, move, hide, and show panels, as well as position a
 panel at any desired location in the stack.
 .P
-Panel routines are a functional layer added to \fBcurses\fR(3X), make only
+Panel routines are a functional layer added to \fBcurses\fP(3X), make only
 high-level curses calls, and work anywhere terminfo curses does.
 .SH FUNCTIONS
 .\" ---------
 .SS bottom_panel
-\fBbottom_panel(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBbottom_panel(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 puts panel \fIpan\fP at the bottom of all panels.
 .\" ---------
 .SS ceiling_panel
-\fBceiling_panel(\fIsp\fB)\fR
+\fBceiling_panel(\fIsp\fP\fB)\fR
 acts like \fBpanel_below(NULL)\fP, for the given \fBSCREEN\fP \fIsp\fP.
 .\" ---------
 .SS del_panel
-\fBdel_panel(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBdel_panel(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 removes the given panel \fIpan\fP from the  stack and deallocates the
-\fBPANEL\fR structure (but not its associated window).
+\fBPANEL\fP structure (but not its associated window).
 .\" ---------
 .SS ground_panel
-\fBground_panel(\fIsp\fB)\fR
+\fBground_panel(\fIsp\fP\fB)\fR
 acts like \fBpanel_above(NULL)\fP, for the given \fBSCREEN\fP \fIsp\fP.
 .\" ---------
 .SS hide_panel
-\fBhide_panel(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBhide_panel(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 removes the given panel \fIpan\fP from the panel stack
 and thus hides it from view.
-The \fBPANEL\fR structure is not lost, merely removed from the stack.
+The \fBPANEL\fP structure is not lost, merely removed from the stack.
 .\" ---------
 .SS move_panel
-\fBmove_panel(\fIpan\fB,\fIstarty\fB,\fIstartx\fB)\fR
+\fBmove_panel(\fIpan\fP\fB,\fIstarty\fP\fB,\fIstartx\fP\fB)\fR
 moves the given panel \fIpan\fP's window so that its upper-left corner is at
-\fIstarty\fR, \fIstartx\fR.
+\fIstarty\fP, \fIstartx\fP.
 It does not change the position of the panel in the stack.
-Be sure to use this function, not \fBmvwin\fR(3X), to move a panel window.
+Be sure to use this function, not \fBmvwin\fP(3X), to move a panel window.
 .\" ---------
 .SS new_panel
-\fBnew_panel(\fIwin\fB)\fR allocates  a  \fBPANEL\fR structure,
-associates it with \fIwin\fR, places the panel on the top of the stack
+\fBnew_panel(\fIwin\fP\fB)\fR allocates a \fBPANEL\fP structure,
+associates it with \fIwin\fP, places the panel on the top of the stack
 (causes  it to  be  displayed above any other panel) and returns a
 pointer to the new panel.
 .\" ---------
 .SS panel_above
-\fBpanel_above(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBpanel_above(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 returns a pointer to the panel above \fIpan\fP.
 If the panel argument is
-\fB(PANEL *)0\fR, it returns a pointer to the bottom panel in the stack.
+\fB(PANEL *)0\fP, it returns a pointer to the bottom panel in the stack.
 .\" ---------
 .SS panel_below
-\fBpanel_below(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBpanel_below(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 returns a pointer to the panel just below \fIpan\fP.
 If the panel argument
-is \fB(PANEL *)0\fR, it returns a pointer to the top panel in the stack.
+is \fB(PANEL *)0\fP, it returns a pointer to the top panel in the stack.
 .\" ---------
 .SS panel_hidden
-\fBpanel_hidden(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBpanel_hidden(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 returns \fBTRUE\fP if the panel \fIpan\fP is in the panel stack,
 \fBFALSE\fP if it is not.
 If the panel is a null pointer, return \fBERR\fP.
 .\" ---------
 .SS panel_userptr
-\fBpanel_userptr(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBpanel_userptr(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 returns the user pointer for a given panel \fIpan\fP.
 .\" ---------
 .SS panel_window
-\fBpanel_window(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBpanel_window(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 returns a pointer to the window of the given panel \fIpan\fP.
 .\" ---------
 .SS replace_panel
-\fBreplace_panel(\fIpan\fB,\fIwindow\fB)\fR
-replaces the current window of panel \fIpan\fP with \fIwindow\fR
+\fBreplace_panel(\fIpan\fP\fB,\fIwindow\fP\fB)\fR
+replaces the current window of panel \fIpan\fP with \fIwindow\fP
 This is useful, for example if you want to resize a panel.
-In \fBncurses\fR, you can call \fBreplace_panel\fR
-to resize a panel using a window resized with \fBwresize\fR(3X).
+In \fBncurses\fP, you can call \fBreplace_panel\fP
+to resize a panel using a window resized with \fBwresize\fP(3X).
 It does not change the position of the panel in the stack.
 .\" ---------
 .SS set_panel_userptr
-\fBset_panel_userptr(\fIpan\fB,\fIptr\fB)\fR
+\fBset_panel_userptr(\fIpan\fP\fB,\fIptr\fP\fB)\fR
 sets the panel's user pointer.
 .\" ---------
 .SS show_panel
-\fBshow_panel(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBshow_panel(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 makes a hidden panel visible by placing it on top of the panels in the
 panel stack.
 See \fBCOMPATIBILITY\fP below.
 .\" ---------
 .SS top_panel
-\fBtop_panel(\fIpan\fB)\fR
+\fBtop_panel(\fIpan\fP\fB)\fR
 puts the given visible panel \fIpan\fP on top of all panels in the stack.
 See \fBCOMPATIBILITY\fP below.
 .\" ---------
@@ -196,10 +196,10 @@
 \fBdoupdate\fP, but \fBdoupdate\fP is the function responsible for updating
 the \fIphysical screen\fP.
 .SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Each routine that returns a pointer returns \fBNULL\fR if an error
+Each routine that returns a pointer returns \fBNULL\fP if an error
 occurs.
-Each routine that returns an int value returns \fBOK\fR if it
-executes successfully and \fBERR\fR if not.
+Each routine that returns an int value returns \fBOK\fP if it
+executes successfully and \fBERR\fP if not.
 .PP
 Except as noted, the \fIpan\fP and \fIwindow\fP parameters must be non-null.
 If those are null, an error is returned.
@@ -210,16 +210,16 @@
 Reasonable care has been taken to  ensure  compatibility
 with  the  native  panel facility introduced in System V (inspection of
 the SVr4 manual pages suggests the programming interface is unchanged).
-The \fBPANEL\fR data structures are merely  similar.
+The \fBPANEL\fP data structures are merely  similar.
 The  programmer
-is cautioned not to directly use \fBPANEL\fR fields.
+is cautioned not to directly use \fBPANEL\fP fields.
 .P
-The functions \fBshow_panel\fR and \fBtop_panel\fR are identical
+The functions \fBshow_panel\fP and \fBtop_panel\fP are identical
 in this implementation, and work equally well with displayed or hidden
 panels.
-In the native System V implementation, \fBshow_panel\fR is
+In the native System V implementation, \fBshow_panel\fP is
 intended for making a hidden panel visible (at the top of the stack)
-and \fBtop_panel\fR is intended for making an already-visible panel
+and \fBtop_panel\fP is intended for making an already-visible panel
 move to the top of the stack.
 You are cautioned to use the correct
 function to ensure compatibility with native panel libraries.
@@ -263,10 +263,10 @@
 libpanel.a
 the panels library itself
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
 .SH AUTHOR
 .PP
Index: man/resizeterm.3x
Prereq:  1.28 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/resizeterm.3x	2020-10-17 23:55:41.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/resizeterm.3x	2021-12-25 21:49:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018-2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -29,72 +29,72 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996-on
 .\"
-.\" $Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.28 2020/10/17 23:55:41 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.30 2021/12/25 21:49:32 tom Exp $
 .TH resizeterm 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fBis_term_resized\fR,
-\fBresize_term\fR,
-\fBresizeterm\fR \- change the curses terminal size
+\fBis_term_resized\fP,
+\fBresize_term\fP,
+\fBresizeterm\fP \- change the curses terminal size
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBbool is_term_resized(int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBbool is_term_resized(int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint resize_term(int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint resize_term(int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fP
 .br
-\fBint resizeterm(int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint resizeterm(int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 This is an extension to the curses library.
-It provides callers with a hook into the \fBncurses\fR data to resize windows,
+It provides callers with a hook into the \fBncurses\fP data to resize windows,
 primarily for use by programs running in an X Window terminal (e.g., xterm).
 .SS resizeterm
 .PP
-The function \fBresizeterm\fR resizes the standard and current windows
+The function \fBresizeterm\fP resizes the standard and current windows
 to the specified dimensions, and adjusts other bookkeeping data used by
-the \fBncurses\fR library that record the window dimensions
+the \fBncurses\fP library that record the window dimensions
 such as the \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLS\fP variables.
 .SS resize_term
 .PP
-Most of the work is done by the inner function \fBresize_term\fR.
-The outer function \fBresizeterm\fR adds bookkeeping
+Most of the work is done by the inner function \fBresize_term\fP.
+The outer function \fBresizeterm\fP adds bookkeeping
 for the \fBSIGWINCH\fP handler,
 as well as repainting the soft-key area (see \fBslk_touch\fP(3X)).
 .PP
 When resizing the windows,
-\fBresize_term\fR blank-fills the areas that are extended.
+\fBresize_term\fP blank-fills the areas that are extended.
 The calling application should fill in these areas with appropriate data.
 .PP
-The \fBresize_term\fR function attempts to resize all windows.
+The \fBresize_term\fP function attempts to resize all windows.
 However, due to the calling convention of pads,
 it is not possible to resize these
 without additional interaction with the application.
 .PP
-When resizing windows, \fBresize_term\fR recursively adjusts subwindows,
+When resizing windows, \fBresize_term\fP recursively adjusts subwindows,
 keeping them within the updated parent window's limits.
 If a top-level window happens to extend to the screen's limits,
-then on resizing the window, \fBresize_term\fR will keep the window
+then on resizing the window, \fBresize_term\fP will keep the window
 extending to the corresponding limit, regardless of whether the
 screen has shrunk or grown.
 .SS is_term_resized
 .PP
-A support function \fBis_term_resized\fR is provided so that applications
-can check if the \fBresize_term\fR function would modify the window structures.
+A support function \fBis_term_resized\fP is provided so that applications
+can check if the \fBresize_term\fP function would modify the window structures.
 It returns \fBTRUE\fP if the windows would be modified,
 and \fBFALSE\fP otherwise.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 Except as noted, these functions return
-the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
+the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success.
 They will fail if either of the dimensions are less than or equal to zero,
 or if an error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the windows.
 .SH NOTES
 While these functions are intended to be used to support a signal handler
 (i.e., for \fBSIGWINCH\fP), care should be taken to avoid invoking them in a
-context where \fBmalloc\fR or \fBrealloc\fR may have been interrupted,
+context where \fBmalloc\fP or \fBrealloc\fP may have been interrupted,
 since it uses those functions.
 .PP
 If ncurses is configured to supply its own \fBSIGWINCH\fP handler,
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@
 .bP
 which is tested in \fBwgetch\fP(3X) and \fBdoupdate\fP,
 .bP
-in turn, calling the \fBresizeterm\fR function,
+in turn, calling the \fBresizeterm\fP function,
 .bP
-which \fBungetch\fP's a \fBKEY_RESIZE\fR which
-will be read on the next call to \fBwgetch\fR.
+which \fBungetch\fP's a \fBKEY_RESIZE\fP which
+will be read on the next call to \fBwgetch\fP.
 .IP
 The \fBKEY_RESIZE\fP alerts an application that the screen size has changed,
 and that it should repaint special features such as pads that cannot
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@
 This extension of ncurses was introduced in mid-1995.
 It was adopted in NetBSD curses (2001) and PDCurses (2003).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurs_getch\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBwresize\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_getch\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBwresize\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988 for BSD curses).
Index: man/scr_dump.5
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/scr_dump.5	2021-06-17 21:26:02.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/scr_dump.5	2021-12-25 21:13:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.17 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:13:38 tom Exp $
 .TH scr_dump 5
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -139,15 +139,15 @@
 X/Open's documentation for \fIenhanced curses\fP says only:
 .RS 3
 .PP
-The \fIgetwin(\ ) \fPfunction reads window-related data
+The \fBgetwin(\ ) \fPfunction reads window-related data
 stored in the file by \fIputwin(\ )\fP.
 The function
 then creates and initializes a new window using that data.
 .PP
-The \fIputwin(\ )\fP function writes all data associated
-with \fIwin\fP into the \fIstdio\fP stream to which \fIfilep\fP
+The \fBputwin(\ )\fP function writes all data associated
+with \fIwin\fP into the \fBstdio\fP(3) stream to which \fIfilep\fP
 points, using an \fBunspecified format\fP.
-This information can be retrieved later using \fIgetwin(\ )\fP.
+This information can be retrieved later using \fBgetwin(\ )\fP.
 .RE
 .PP
 In the mid-1990s when the X/Open Curses document was written,
@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@
 .NE
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .PP
-\fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_util\fR(3X).
+\fBcurs_scr_dump\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_util\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHORS
 .PP
 Thomas E. Dickey
Index: man/tabs.1
Prereq:  1.32 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/tabs.1	2021-10-16 13:37:43.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/tabs.1	2021-12-25 19:04:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.32 2021/10/16 13:37:43 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.35 2021/12/25 19:04:39 tom Exp $
 .TH @TABS@ 1 ""
 .ds n 5
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
@@ -53,22 +53,22 @@
 .el    .in -2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fB@TABS@\fR \- set tabs on a terminal
+\fB@TABS@\fP \- set tabs on a terminal
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@TABS@\fR [\fIoptions\fR]] \fI[tabstop-list]\fR
+\fB@TABS@\fP [\fIoptions\fP]] \fI[tabstop-list]\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 The \fB@TABS@\fP program clears and sets tab-stops on the terminal.
-This uses the terminfo \fIclear_all_tabs\fP and \fIset_tab\fP capabilities.
+This uses the terminfo \fBclear_all_tabs\fP and \fBset_tab\fP capabilities.
 If either is absent, \fB@TABS@\fP is unable to clear/set tab-stops.
 The terminal should be configured to use hard tabs, e.g.,
 .NS
 stty tab0
 .NE
 .PP
-Like \fB@CLEAR@\fR(1), \fB@TABS@\fR writes to the standard output.
+Like \fB@CLEAR@\fP(1), \fB@TABS@\fP writes to the standard output.
 You can redirect the standard output to a file (which prevents
-\fB@TABS@\fR from actually changing the tabstops),
+\fB@TABS@\fP from actually changing the tabstops),
 and later \fBcat\fP the file to the screen, setting tabstops at that point.
 .PP
 These are hardware tabs, which cannot be queried rapidly by applications
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 This option tells \fB@TABS@\fP to check the options and run any debugging
 option, but not to modify the terminal settings.
 .TP
-\fB\-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fP
 reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits.
 .PP
 The \fB@TABS@\fP program processes a single list of tab stops.
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
 A few terminals provide the capability for changing their left/right margins.
 The @TABS@ program has an option to use this feature:
 .TP 5
-.BI \+m \ margin
+.BI +m \ margin
 The effect depends on whether the terminal has the margin capabilities:
 .RS
 .bP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
 .RE
 .IP
 If the \fImargin\fP parameter is omitted, the default is 10.
-Use \fB\+m0\fP to reset the left margin,
+Use \fB+m0\fP to reset the left margin,
 i.e., to the left edge of the terminal's display.
 Before setting a left-margin,
 @TABS@ resets the margin to reduce problems which might arise
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 the tab-stop initialization provided by \fBtset\fP (1982)
 and incorporated into \fBtput\fP uses the terminal database,
 .PP
-The \fB\+m\fP option was documented
+The \fB+m\fP option was documented
 in the Base Specifications Issue 5 (Unix98, 1997),
 and omitted in Issue 6 (Unix03, 2004) without documenting the rationale,
 though an introductory comment
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
 overlooked in the removal.
 The documented \fBtabs\fP utility in Issues 6 and later has no mechanism
 for setting margins.
-The \fB\+m\fP option in this implementation differs from the feature
+The \fB+m\fP option in this implementation differs from the feature
 in SVr4 by using terminal capabilities rather than built-in tables.
 .PP
 POSIX documents no limits on the number of tab stops.
@@ -284,10 +284,10 @@
 were implemented in PWB/Unix.
 Those provide the capability of setting abitrary tab stops.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M),
-\fB@TSET@\fR(1),
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M),
+\fB@TSET@\fP(1),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
Index: man/term.5
Prereq:  1.40 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/term.5	2021-08-15 19:38:47.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/term.5	2021-12-25 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: term.5,v 1.40 2021/08/15 19:38:47 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: term.5,v 1.43 2021/12/25 21:28:59 tom Exp $
 .TH term 5
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
 diverged from System V terminfo after SVr1, and have added extension
 capabilities to the string table that (in the binary format) collide with
 System V and XSI Curses extensions.
-See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for detailed
+See \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) for detailed
 discussion of terminfo source compatibility issues.
 .PP
 This implementation is by default compatible with the binary
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
 The magic number in a binary terminfo file is the first 16-bits (two bytes).
 Besides making it more reliable for the library to check that a file
 is terminfo,
-utilities such as \fBfile\fP also use that to tell what the file-format is.
+utilities such as \fBfile\fP(1) also use that to tell what the file-format is.
 System V defined more than one magic number,
 with 0433, 0435 as screen-dumps (see \fBscr_dump\fP(5)).
 This implementation uses 01036 as a continuation of that sequence,
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
 .SH FILES
 \*d/*/*	compiled terminal capability database
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
 .SH AUTHORS
 Thomas E. Dickey
 .br
@@ -414,4 +414,4 @@
 .sp
 Eric S. Raymond
 .br
-documented legacy terminfo format, e.g., from pcurses.
+documented legacy terminfo format, e.g., from \fIpcurses\fP.
Index: man/term.7
Prereq:  1.30 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/term.7	2021-08-15 19:39:57.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/term.7	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: term.7,v 1.30 2021/08/15 19:39:57 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: term.7,v 1.31 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH term 7
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@
 term \- conventions for naming terminal types
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-The environment variable \fBTERM\fR should normally contain the type name of
+The environment variable \fBTERM\fP should normally contain the type name of
 the terminal, console or display-device type you are using.
 This information
 is critical for all screen-oriented programs, including your editor and mailer.
 .PP
-A default \fBTERM\fR value will be set on a per-line basis by either
-\fB/etc/inittab\fR (e.g., System\-V-like UNIXes)
-or \fB/etc/ttys\fR (BSD UNIXes).
+A default \fBTERM\fP value will be set on a per-line basis by either
+\fB/etc/inittab\fP (e.g., System\-V-like UNIXes)
+or \fB/etc/ttys\fP (BSD UNIXes).
 This will nearly always suffice for workstation and microcomputer consoles.
 .PP
 If you use a dialup line, the type of device attached to it may vary.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 Newer ones may pre-set \*(``vt100\*('', reflecting the prevalence of DEC
 VT100-compatible terminals and personal-computer emulators.
 .PP
-Modern telnets pass your \fBTERM\fR environment variable from the local side to
+Modern telnets pass your \fBTERM\fP environment variable from the local side to
 the remote one.
 There can be problems if the remote terminfo or termcap entry
 for your type is not compatible with yours, but this situation is rare and
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@
 (assuming you are in fact using a VT100-superset console,
 terminal, or terminal emulator).
 .PP
-In any case, you are free to override the system \fBTERM\fR setting to your
+In any case, you are free to override the system \fBTERM\fP setting to your
 taste in your shell profile.
 The \fB@TSET@\fP(1) utility may be of assistance;
 you can give it a set of rules for deducing or requesting a terminal type based
 on the tty device and baud rate.
 .PP
-Setting your own \fBTERM\fR value may also be useful if you have created a
+Setting your own \fBTERM\fP value may also be useful if you have created a
 custom entry incorporating options (such as visual bell or reverse-video)
 which you wish to override the system default type for your line.
 .PP
@@ -81,24 +81,24 @@
 .sp
 from your shell.
 These capability files are in a binary format optimized for
-retrieval speed (unlike the old text-based \fBtermcap\fR format they replace);
-to examine an entry, you must use the \fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M) command.
+retrieval speed (unlike the old text-based \fBtermcap\fP format they replace);
+to examine an entry, you must use the \fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M) command.
 Invoke it as follows:
 .sp
-	@INFOCMP@ \fIentry_name\fR
+	@INFOCMP@ \fIentry_name\fP
 .sp
-where \fIentry_name\fR is the name of the type you wish to examine (and the
+where \fIentry_name\fP is the name of the type you wish to examine (and the
 name of its capability file the subdirectory of \*d named for its first
 letter).
 This command dumps a capability file in the text format described by
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
 .PP
-The first line of a \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) description gives the names by which
+The first line of a \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) description gives the names by which
 terminfo knows a terminal,
 separated by \*(``|\*('' (pipe-bar) characters with the last
 name field terminated by a comma.
 The first name field is the type's
-\fIprimary name\fR, and is the one to use when setting \fBTERM\fR.  The last
+\fIprimary name\fP, and is the one to use when setting \fBTERM\fP.  The last
 name field (if distinct from the first) is actually a description of the
 terminal type (it may contain blanks; the others must be single words).
 Name
@@ -126,23 +126,23 @@
 name; some historical terminfo names use it.
 .PP
 The root name for a terminal or workstation console type should almost always
-begin with a vendor prefix (such as \fBhp\fR for Hewlett-Packard, \fBwy\fR for
-Wyse, or \fBatt\fR for AT&T terminals), or a common name of the terminal line
-(\fBvt\fR for the VT series of terminals from DEC, or \fBsun\fR for Sun
-Microsystems workstation consoles, or \fBregent\fR for the ADDS Regent series.
+begin with a vendor prefix (such as \fBhp\fP for Hewlett-Packard, \fBwy\fP for
+Wyse, or \fBatt\fP for AT&T terminals), or a common name of the terminal line
+(\fBvt\fP for the VT series of terminals from DEC, or \fBsun\fP for Sun
+Microsystems workstation consoles, or \fBregent\fP for the ADDS Regent series.
 You can list the terminfo tree to see what prefixes are already in common use.
 The root name prefix should be followed when appropriate by a model number;
-thus \fBvt100\fR, \fBhp2621\fR, \fBwy50\fR.
+thus \fBvt100\fP, \fBhp2621\fP, \fBwy50\fP.
 .PP
 The root name for a PC-Unix console type should be the OS name,
-i.e., \fBlinux\fR, \fBbsdos\fR, \fBfreebsd\fR, \fBnetbsd\fR.  It should
-\fInot\fR be \fBconsole\fR or any other generic that might cause confusion in a
+i.e., \fBlinux\fP, \fBbsdos\fP, \fBfreebsd\fP, \fBnetbsd\fP.  It should
+\fInot\fP be \fBconsole\fP or any other generic that might cause confusion in a
 multi-platform environment!  If a model number follows, it should indicate
 either the OS release level or the console driver release level.
 .PP
 The root name for a terminal emulator (assuming it does not fit one of the
 standard ANSI or vt100 types) should be the program name or a readily
-recognizable abbreviation of it (i.e., \fBversaterm\fR, \fBctrm\fR).
+recognizable abbreviation of it (i.e., \fBversaterm\fP, \fBctrm\fP).
 .PP
 Following the root name, you may add any reasonable number of hyphen-separated
 feature suffixes.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
 line height, that suffix should go first.
 So, for a hypothetical FuBarCo
 model 2317 terminal in 30-line mode with reverse video, best form would be
-\fBfubar\-30\-rv\fR (rather than, say, \*(``fubar\-rv\-30\*('').
+\fBfubar\-30\-rv\fP (rather than, say, \*(``fubar\-rv\-30\*('').
 .PP
 Terminal types that are written not as standalone entries, but rather as
 components to be plugged into other entries via \fBuse\fP capabilities,
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 Commands which use a terminal type to control display often accept a \-T
 option that accepts a terminal name argument.
 Such programs should fall back
-on the \fBTERM\fR environment variable when no \-T option is specified.
+on the \fBTERM\fP environment variable when no \-T option is specified.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 For maximum compatibility with older System V UNIXes, names and aliases
 should be unique within the first 14 characters.
@@ -221,4 +221,4 @@
 /etc/ttys
 tty line initialization (BSD-like UNIXes)
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n), \fBterm\fR(\*n).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBterminfo\fP(\*n), \fBterm\fP(\*n).
Index: man/term_variables.3x
Prereq:  1.12 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/term_variables.3x	2020-02-02 23:34:34.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/term_variables.3x	2021-12-25 22:03:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2019,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2019-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 2010-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: term_variables.3x,v 1.12 2020/02/02 23:34:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: term_variables.3x,v 1.15 2021/12/25 22:03:30 tom Exp $
 .TH term_variables 3X ""
 .ds n 5
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
@@ -50,40 +50,40 @@
 \fBstrfnames\fP,
 \fBstrnames\fP,
 \fBttytype\fP
-\- \fBcurses\fR terminfo global variables
+\- \fBcurses\fP terminfo global variables
 .ad
 .hy
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .br
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .PP
-\fBchtype acs_map[];\fR
+\fBchtype acs_map[];\fP
 .sp
-\fBSCREEN * SP;\fR
+\fBSCREEN * SP;\fP
 .sp
-\fBTERMINAL * cur_term;\fR
+\fBTERMINAL * cur_term;\fP
 .sp
-\fBchar ttytype[];\fR
+\fBchar ttytype[];\fP
 .sp
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const boolcodes[];\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const boolcodes[];\fP
 .br
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const boolfnames[];\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const boolfnames[];\fP
 .br
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const boolnames[];\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const boolnames[];\fP
 .sp
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const numcodes[];\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const numcodes[];\fP
 .br
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const numfnames[];\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const numfnames[];\fP
 .br
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const numnames[];\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const numnames[];\fP
 .sp
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const strcodes[];\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const strcodes[];\fP
 .br
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const strfnames[];\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const strfnames[];\fP
 .br
-\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const strnames[];\fR
+\fBNCURSES_CONST char * const strnames[];\fP
 .br
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 A more complete description is given in the \fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X) manual page.
 .PP
 Depending on the configuration, these may be actual variables,
-or macros (see \fBcurs_threads\fR(3X))
+or macros (see \fBcurs_threads\fP(3X))
 which provide read-only access to \fIcurses\fP's state.
 In either case, applications should treat them as read-only to avoid
 confusing the library.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 use as a parameter to \fBset_term\fP, for switching between screens.
 Alternatively, one can save the return value from \fBnewterm\fP
 or \fBsetupterm\fP(3X) to reuse in \fBset_term\fP.
-.SS Terminfo Names
+.SS Terminfo Lookup Tables
 The \fB@TIC@\fP(1) and \fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1) programs use lookup tables for
 the long and short names of terminfo capabilities,
 as well as the corresponding names for termcap capabilities.
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
 .ft R
 .PP
 These symbols provide a faster method of accessing terminfo capabilities
-than using \fBtigetstr\fR(3X), etc.
+than using \fBtigetstr\fP(3X), etc.
 .PP
 The actual definition of \fBCUR\fP depends upon the implementation,
 but each terminfo library provides these long names defined to point
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 .SH NOTES
 The low-level terminfo interface is initialized using
 .hy 0
-\fBsetupterm\fR(3X).
+\fBsetupterm\fP(3X).
 .hy
 The upper-level curses interface uses the low-level terminfo interface,
 internally.
@@ -187,8 +187,8 @@
 Most, but not all, base the definition upon the \fBcur_term\fP variable.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .hy 0
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_threads\fR(3X),
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_threads\fP(3X),
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
 .hy
Index: man/terminfo.head
Prereq:  1.41 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/terminfo.head	2021-08-15 19:32:53.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/terminfo.head	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.41 2021/08/15 19:32:53 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.42 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH terminfo 5 "" "" "File Formats"
 .ds n 5
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
@@ -61,11 +61,11 @@
 .I Terminfo
 is a database describing terminals,
 used by screen-oriented programs such as
-\fBnvi\fR(1),
-\fBlynx\fR(1),
-\fBmutt\fR(1),
+\fBnvi\fP(1),
+\fBlynx\fP(1),
+\fBmutt\fP(1),
 and other curses applications,
-using high-level calls to libraries such as \fBcurses\fR(3X).
+using high-level calls to libraries such as \fBcurses\fP(3X).
 It is also used via low-level calls by non-curses applications
 which may be screen-oriented (such as \fB@CLEAR@\fP(1))
 or non-screen (such as \fB@TABS@\fP(1)).
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 have, by specifying how to perform screen operations, and by
 specifying padding requirements and initialization sequences.
 .PP
-This manual describes \fBncurses\fR
+This manual describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
 .SS Terminfo Entry Syntax
 .PP
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
 If there are two very similar terminals, one (the variant) can be defined as
 being just like the other (the base) with certain exceptions.
 In the
-definition of the variant, the string capability \fBuse\fR can be given with
+definition of the variant, the string capability \fBuse\fP can be given with
 the name of the base terminal:
 .bP
 The capabilities given before
@@ -199,14 +199,14 @@
 override those in the base type named by
 .BR use .
 .bP
-If there are multiple \fBuse\fR capabilities, they are merged in reverse order.
-That is, the rightmost \fBuse\fR reference is processed first, then the one to
+If there are multiple \fBuse\fP capabilities, they are merged in reverse order.
+That is, the rightmost \fBuse\fP reference is processed first, then the one to
 its left, and so forth.
 .bP
 Capabilities given explicitly in the entry override
-those brought in by \fBuse\fR references.
+those brought in by \fBuse\fP references.
 .PP
-A capability can be canceled by placing \fBxx@\fR to the left of the
+A capability can be canceled by placing \fBxx@\fP to the left of the
 use reference that imports it, where \fIxx\fP is the capability.
 For example, the entry
 .RS
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
 2621\-nl, smkx@, rmkx@, use=2621,
 .RE
 .PP
-defines a 2621\-nl that does not have the \fBsmkx\fR or \fBrmkx\fR capabilities,
+defines a 2621\-nl that does not have the \fBsmkx\fP or \fBrmkx\fP capabilities,
 and hence does not turn on the function key labels when in visual mode.
 This is useful for different modes for a terminal, or for different
 user preferences.
Index: man/terminfo.tail
Prereq:  1.108 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/terminfo.tail	2021-10-09 23:13:23.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/terminfo.tail	2021-12-25 20:14:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.108 2021/10/09 23:13:23 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.110 2021/12/25 20:14:56 tom Exp $
 .ps +1
 .SS User-Defined Capabilities
 .
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 .SS A Sample Entry
 .
 The following entry, describing an ANSI-standard terminal, is representative
-of what a \fBterminfo\fR entry for a modern terminal typically looks like.
+of what a \fBterminfo\fP entry for a modern terminal typically looks like.
 .PP
 .nf
 .ft CW
@@ -137,30 +137,30 @@
 ANSI-standard terminals have
 .I "automatic margins"
 (i.e., an automatic return and line-feed
-when the end of a line is reached) is indicated by the capability \fBam\fR.
-Hence the description of ansi includes \fBam\fR.
+when the end of a line is reached) is indicated by the capability \fBam\fP.
+Hence the description of ansi includes \fBam\fP.
 Numeric capabilities are followed by the character \*(``#\*('' and then a positive value.
-Thus \fBcols\fR, which indicates the number of columns the terminal has,
+Thus \fBcols\fP, which indicates the number of columns the terminal has,
 gives the value \*(``80\*('' for ansi.
 Values for numeric capabilities may be specified in decimal, octal or hexadecimal,
 using the C programming language conventions (e.g., 255, 0377 and 0xff or 0xFF).
 .PP
-Finally, string valued capabilities, such as \fBel\fR (clear to end of line
+Finally, string valued capabilities, such as \fBel\fP (clear to end of line
 sequence) are given by the two-character code, an \*(``=\*('', and then a string
 ending at the next following \*(``,\*(''.
 .PP
 A number of escape sequences are provided in the string valued capabilities
 for easy encoding of characters there:
 .bP
-Both \fB\eE\fR and \fB\ee\fR
+Both \fB\eE\fP and \fB\ee\fP
 map to an \s-1ESCAPE\s0 character,
 .bP
-\fB^x\fR maps to a control-x for any appropriate \fIx\fP, and
+\fB^x\fP maps to a control-x for any appropriate \fIx\fP, and
 .bP
 the sequences
 .RS 6
 .PP
-\fB\en\fP, \fB\el\fP, \fB\er\fP, \fB\et\fP, \fB\eb\fP, \fB\ef\fP, and \fB\es\fR
+\fB\en\fP, \fB\el\fP, \fB\er\fP, \fB\et\fP, \fB\eb\fP, \fB\ef\fP, and \fB\es\fP
 .RE
 .IP
 produce
@@ -179,17 +179,17 @@
 .PP
 Other escapes include
 .bP
-\fB\e^\fR for \fB^\fR,
+\fB\e^\fP for \fB^\fP,
 .bP
-\fB\e\e\fR for \fB\e\fR,
+\fB\e\e\fP for \fB\e\fP,
 .bP
-\fB\e\fR, for comma,
+\fB\e\fP, for comma,
 .bP
-\fB\e:\fR for \fB:\fR,
+\fB\e:\fP for \fB:\fP,
 .bP
-and \fB\e0\fR for null.
+and \fB\e0\fP for null.
 .IP
-\fB\e0\fR will produce \e200, which does not terminate a string but behaves
+\fB\e0\fP will produce \e200, which does not terminate a string but behaves
 as a null character on most terminals, providing CS7 is specified.
 See \fBstty\fP(1).
 .IP
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
 Modifying this would require a new binary format,
 which would not work with other implementations.
 .PP
-Finally, characters may be given as three octal digits after a \fB\e\fR.
+Finally, characters may be given as three octal digits after a \fB\e\fP.
 .PP
 A delay in milliseconds may appear anywhere in a string capability, enclosed in
 $<..> brackets, as in \fBel\fP=\eEK$<5>,
@@ -217,12 +217,12 @@
 (In the case of insert character, the factor is still the
 number of \fIlines\fP affected.)
 .IP
-Normally, padding is advisory if the device has the \fBxon\fR
+Normally, padding is advisory if the device has the \fBxon\fP
 capability; it is used for cost computation but does not trigger delays.
 .bP
 A \*(``/\*(''
 suffix indicates that the padding is mandatory and forces a delay of the given
-number of milliseconds even on devices for which \fBxon\fR is present to
+number of milliseconds even on devices for which \fBxon\fP is present to
 indicate flow control.
 .PP
 Sometimes individual capabilities must be commented out.
@@ -247,23 +247,23 @@
 Only that directory is searched.
 .bP
 If TERMINFO is not set,
-\fBncurses\fR will instead look in the directory \fB$HOME/.terminfo\fR
+\fBncurses\fP will instead look in the directory \fB$HOME/.terminfo\fP
 for a compiled description.
 .bP
 Next, if the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS is set,
-\fBncurses\fR will interpret the contents of that variable
+\fBncurses\fP will interpret the contents of that variable
 as a list of colon-separated directories (or database files) to be searched.
 .IP
 An empty directory name (i.e., if the variable begins or ends
 with a colon, or contains adjacent colons)
-is interpreted as the system location \fI\*d\fR.
+is interpreted as the system location \fI\*d\fP.
 .bP
 Finally, \fBncurses\fP searches these compiled-in locations:
 .RS
 .bP
 a list of directories (@TERMINFO_DIRS@), and
 .bP
-the system terminfo directory, \fI\*d\fR (the compiled-in default).
+the system terminfo directory, \fI\*d\fP (the compiled-in default).
 .RE
 .SS Preparing Descriptions
 .PP
@@ -291,16 +291,16 @@
 .SS Basic Capabilities
 .PP
 The number of columns on each line for the terminal is given by the
-\fBcols\fR numeric capability.
+\fBcols\fP numeric capability.
 If the terminal is a \s-1CRT\s0, then the
-number of lines on the screen is given by the \fBlines\fR capability.
+number of lines on the screen is given by the \fBlines\fP capability.
 If the terminal wraps around to the beginning of the next line when
-it reaches the right margin, then it should have the \fBam\fR capability.
+it reaches the right margin, then it should have the \fBam\fP capability.
 If the terminal can clear its screen, leaving the cursor in the home
-position, then this is given by the \fBclear\fR string capability.
+position, then this is given by the \fBclear\fP string capability.
 If the terminal overstrikes
 (rather than clearing a position when a character is struck over)
-then it should have the \fBos\fR capability.
+then it should have the \fBos\fP capability.
 If the terminal is a printing terminal, with no soft copy unit,
 give it both
 .B hc
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
 except that they take one parameter, and scroll that many lines.
 They are also undefined except at the appropriate edge of the screen.
 .PP
-The \fBam\fR capability tells whether the cursor sticks at the right
+The \fBam\fP capability tells whether the cursor sticks at the right
 edge of the screen when text is output, but this does not necessarily
 apply to a
 .B cuf1
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
 If the terminal has switch selectable automatic margins,
 the
 .I terminfo
-file usually assumes that this is on; i.e., \fBam\fR.
+file usually assumes that this is on; i.e., \fBam\fP.
 If the terminal has a command which moves to the first column of the next
 line, that command can be given as
 .B nel
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
 Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parameters
 in the terminal are described by a
 parameterized string capability,
-with \fIprintf\fP-like escapes such as \fI%x\fR in it.
+with \fIprintf\fP-like escapes such as \fI%x\fP in it.
 For example, to address the cursor, the
 .B cup
 capability is given, using two parameters:
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
 It is noted that more complex operations are often necessary,
 e.g., in the \fBsgr\fP string.
 .PP
-The \fB%\fR encodings have the following meanings:
+The \fB%\fP encodings have the following meanings:
 .PP
 .TP 5
 \fB%%\fP
@@ -572,16 +572,16 @@
 Note that the order
 of the rows and columns is inverted here, and that the row and column
 are printed as two digits.
-Thus its \fBcup\fR capability is \*(``cup=6\eE&%p2%2dc%p1%2dY\*(''.
+Thus its \fBcup\fP capability is \*(``cup=6\eE&%p2%2dc%p1%2dY\*(''.
 .PP
 The Microterm \s-1ACT-IV\s0 needs the current row and column sent
-preceded by a \fB^T\fR, with the row and column simply encoded in binary,
+preceded by a \fB^T\fP, with the row and column simply encoded in binary,
 \*(``cup=^T%p1%c%p2%c\*(''.
 Terminals which use \*(``%c\*('' need to be able to
-backspace the cursor (\fBcub1\fR),
-and to move the cursor up one line on the screen (\fBcuu1\fR).
-This is necessary because it is not always safe to transmit \fB\en\fR
-\fB^D\fR and \fB\er\fR, as the system may change or discard them.
+backspace the cursor (\fBcub1\fP),
+and to move the cursor up one line on the screen (\fBcuu1\fP).
+This is necessary because it is not always safe to transmit \fB\en\fP
+\fB^D\fP and \fB\er\fP, as the system may change or discard them.
 (The library routines dealing with terminfo set tty modes so that
 tabs are never expanded, so \et is safe to send.
 This turns out to be essential for the Ann Arbor 4080.)
@@ -598,10 +598,10 @@
 .PP
 If the terminal has a fast way to home the cursor
 (to very upper left corner of screen) then this can be given as
-\fBhome\fR; similarly a fast way of getting to the lower left-hand corner
-can be given as \fBll\fR; this may involve going up with \fBcuu1\fR
+\fBhome\fP; similarly a fast way of getting to the lower left-hand corner
+can be given as \fBll\fP; this may involve going up with \fBcuu1\fP
 from the home position,
-but a program should never do this itself (unless \fBll\fR does) because it
+but a program should never do this itself (unless \fBll\fP does) because it
 can make no assumption about the effect of moving up from the home position.
 Note that the home position is the same as addressing to (0,0):
 to the top left corner of the screen, not of memory.
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
 .PP
 If the terminal needs to be in a special mode when running
 a program that uses these capabilities,
-the codes to enter and exit this mode can be given as \fBsmcup\fR and \fBrmcup\fR.
+the codes to enter and exit this mode can be given as \fBsmcup\fP and \fBrmcup\fP.
 This arises, for example, from terminals like the Concept with more than
 one page of memory.
 If the terminal has only memory relative cursor addressing and not screen
@@ -775,13 +775,13 @@
 .SS Area Clears
 .PP
 If the terminal can clear from the current position to the end of the
-line, leaving the cursor where it is, this should be given as \fBel\fR.
+line, leaving the cursor where it is, this should be given as \fBel\fP.
 If the terminal can clear from the beginning of the line to the current
 position inclusive, leaving
 the cursor where it is, this should be given as \fBel1\fP.
 If the terminal can clear from the current position to the end of the
-display, then this should be given as \fBed\fR.
-\fBEd\fR is only defined from the first column of a line.
+display, then this should be given as \fBed\fP.
+\fBEd\fP is only defined from the first column of a line.
 (Thus, it can be simulated by a request to delete a large number of lines,
 if a true
 .B ed
@@ -791,11 +791,11 @@
 .SS Insert/delete line and vertical motions
 .PP
 If the terminal can open a new blank line before the line where the cursor
-is, this should be given as \fBil1\fR; this is done only from the first
+is, this should be given as \fBil1\fP; this is done only from the first
 position of a line.
 The cursor must then appear on the newly blank line.
 If the terminal can delete the line which the cursor is on, then this
-should be given as \fBdl1\fR; this is done only from the first position on
+should be given as \fBdl1\fP; this is done only from the first position on
 the line to be deleted.
 Versions of
 .B il1
@@ -822,9 +822,9 @@
 .B rc
 (save and restore cursor) commands may be useful for ensuring that
 your synthesized insert/delete string does not move the cursor.
-(Note that the \fBncurses\fR(3X) library does this synthesis
+(Note that the \fBncurses\fP(3X) library does this synthesis
 automatically, so you need not compose insert/delete strings for
-an entry with \fBcsr\fR).
+an entry with \fBcsr\fP).
 .PP
 Yet another way to construct insert and delete might be to use a combination of
 index with the memory-lock feature found on some terminals (like the HP\-700/90
@@ -838,20 +838,20 @@
 on many terminals without a true insert/delete line,
 and is often faster even on terminals with those features.
 .PP
-The boolean \fBnon_dest_scroll_region\fR should be set if each scrolling
+The boolean \fBnon_dest_scroll_region\fP should be set if each scrolling
 window is effectively a view port on a screen-sized canvas.
 To test for
 this capability, create a scrolling region in the middle of the screen,
 write something to the bottom line, move the cursor to the top of the region,
-and do \fBri\fR followed by \fBdl1\fR or \fBind\fR.
+and do \fBri\fP followed by \fBdl1\fP or \fBind\fP.
 If the data scrolled
-off the bottom of the region by the \fBri\fR re-appears, then scrolling
+off the bottom of the region by the \fBri\fP re-appears, then scrolling
 is non-destructive.
-System V and XSI Curses expect that \fBind\fR, \fBri\fR,
-\fBindn\fR, and \fBrin\fR will simulate destructive scrolling; their
-documentation cautions you not to define \fBcsr\fR unless this is true.
-This \fBcurses\fR implementation is more liberal and will do explicit erases
-after scrolling if \fBndsrc\fR is defined.
+System V and XSI Curses expect that \fBind\fP, \fBri\fP,
+\fBindn\fP, and \fBrin\fP will simulate destructive scrolling; their
+documentation cautions you not to define \fBcsr\fP unless this is true.
+This \fBcurses\fP implementation is more liberal and will do explicit erases
+after scrolling if \fBndsrc\fP is defined.
 .PP
 If the terminal has the ability to define a window as part of
 memory, which all commands affect,
@@ -861,11 +861,11 @@
 and the starting and ending columns in memory, in that order.
 .PP
 If the terminal can retain display memory above, then the
-\fBda\fR capability should be given; if display memory can be retained
-below, then \fBdb\fR should be given.
+\fBda\fP capability should be given; if display memory can be retained
+below, then \fBdb\fP should be given.
 These indicate
 that deleting a line or scrolling may bring non-blank lines up from below
-or that scrolling back with \fBri\fR may bring down non-blank lines.
+or that scrolling back with \fBri\fP may bring down non-blank lines.
 .PP
 .SS Insert/Delete Character
 .PP
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@
 If the \*(``abc\*(''
 shifts over to the \*(``def\*('' which then move together around the end of the
 current line and onto the next as you insert, you have the second type of
-terminal, and should give the capability \fBin\fR, which stands for
+terminal, and should give the capability \fBin\fP, which stands for
 \*(``insert null\*(''.
 .PP
 While these are two logically separate attributes (one line versus multi-line
@@ -901,34 +901,34 @@
 .PP
 Terminfo can describe both terminals which have an insert mode, and terminals
 which send a simple sequence to open a blank position on the current line.
-Give as \fBsmir\fR the sequence to get into insert mode.
-Give as \fBrmir\fR the sequence to leave insert mode.
-Now give as \fBich1\fR any sequence needed to be sent just before sending
+Give as \fBsmir\fP the sequence to get into insert mode.
+Give as \fBrmir\fP the sequence to leave insert mode.
+Now give as \fBich1\fP any sequence needed to be sent just before sending
 the character to be inserted.
 Most terminals with a true insert mode
-will not give \fBich1\fR; terminals which send a sequence to open a screen
+will not give \fBich1\fP; terminals which send a sequence to open a screen
 position should give it here.
 .PP
-If your terminal has both, insert mode is usually preferable to \fBich1\fR.
+If your terminal has both, insert mode is usually preferable to \fBich1\fP.
 Technically, you should not give both unless the terminal actually requires
 both to be used in combination.
 Accordingly, some non-curses applications get
 confused if both are present; the symptom is doubled characters in an update
 using insert.
-This requirement is now rare; most \fBich\fR sequences do not
-require previous smir, and most smir insert modes do not require \fBich1\fR
+This requirement is now rare; most \fBich\fP sequences do not
+require previous smir, and most smir insert modes do not require \fBich1\fP
 before each character.
-Therefore, the new \fBcurses\fR actually assumes this
-is the case and uses either \fBrmir\fR/\fBsmir\fR or \fBich\fR/\fBich1\fR as
+Therefore, the new \fBcurses\fP actually assumes this
+is the case and uses either \fBrmir\fP/\fBsmir\fP or \fBich\fP/\fBich1\fP as
 appropriate (but not both).
 If you have to write an entry to be used under
 new curses for a terminal old enough to need both, include the
-\fBrmir\fR/\fBsmir\fR sequences in \fBich1\fR.
+\fBrmir\fP/\fBsmir\fP sequences in \fBich1\fP.
 .PP
 If post insert padding is needed, give this as a number of milliseconds
-in \fBip\fR (a string option).
+in \fBip\fP (a string option).
 Any other sequence which may need to be
-sent after an insert of a single character may also be given in \fBip\fR.
+sent after an insert of a single character may also be given in \fBip\fP.
 If your terminal needs both to be placed into an \*(``insert mode\*('' and
 a special code to precede each inserted character, then both
 .BR smir / rmir
@@ -951,11 +951,11 @@
 to delete characters on the same line (e.g., if there is a tab after
 the insertion position).
 If your terminal allows motion while in
-insert mode you can give the capability \fBmir\fR to speed up inserting
+insert mode you can give the capability \fBmir\fP to speed up inserting
 in this case.
-Omitting \fBmir\fR will affect only speed.
+Omitting \fBmir\fP will affect only speed.
 Some terminals
-(notably Datamedia's) must not have \fBmir\fR because of the way their
+(notably Datamedia's) must not have \fBmir\fP because of the way their
 insert mode works.
 .PP
 Finally, you can specify
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@
 .IR n ,
 to delete
 .I n characters,
-and delete mode by giving \fBsmdc\fR and \fBrmdc\fR
+and delete mode by giving \fBsmdc\fP and \fBrmdc\fP
 to enter and exit delete mode (any mode the terminal needs to be placed
 in for
 .B dch1
@@ -986,24 +986,24 @@
 If your terminal has one or more kinds of display attributes,
 these can be represented in a number of different ways.
 You should choose one display form as
-\f2standout mode\fR,
+\f2standout mode\fP,
 representing a good, high contrast, easy-on-the-eyes,
 format for highlighting error messages and other attention getters.
 (If you have a choice, reverse video plus half-bright is good,
 or reverse video alone.)
 The sequences to enter and exit standout mode
-are given as \fBsmso\fR and \fBrmso\fR, respectively.
+are given as \fBsmso\fP and \fBrmso\fP, respectively.
 If the code to change into or out of standout
 mode leaves one or even two blank spaces on the screen,
 as the TVI 912 and Teleray 1061 do,
-then \fBxmc\fR should be given to tell how many spaces are left.
+then \fBxmc\fP should be given to tell how many spaces are left.
 .PP
-Codes to begin underlining and end underlining can be given as \fBsmul\fR
-and \fBrmul\fR respectively.
+Codes to begin underlining and end underlining can be given as \fBsmul\fP
+and \fBrmul\fP respectively.
 If the terminal has a code to underline the current character and move
 the cursor one space to the right,
 such as the Microterm Mime,
-this can be given as \fBuc\fR.
+this can be given as \fBuc\fP.
 .PP
 Other capabilities to enter various highlighting modes include
 .B blink
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@
 .PP
 If the terminal has
 a way of flashing the screen to indicate an error quietly (a bell replacement)
-then this can be given as \fBflash\fR; it must not move the cursor.
+then this can be given as \fBflash\fP; it must not move the cursor.
 .PP
 If the cursor needs to be made more visible than normal when it is
 not on the bottom line (to make, for example, a non-blinking underline into an
@@ -1147,11 +1147,11 @@
 If your terminal correctly generates underlined characters
 (with no special codes needed)
 even though it does not overstrike,
-then you should give the capability \fBul\fR.
+then you should give the capability \fBul\fP.
 If a character overstriking another leaves both characters on the screen,
 specify the capability \fBos\fP.
 If overstrikes are erasable with a blank,
-then this should be indicated by giving \fBeo\fR.
+then this should be indicated by giving \fBeo\fP.
 .PP
 .SS Keypad and Function Keys
 .PP
@@ -1161,16 +1161,16 @@
 terminals where the keypad only works in local (this applies, for example,
 to the unshifted HP 2621 keys).
 If the keypad can be set to transmit or not transmit,
-give these codes as \fBsmkx\fR and \fBrmkx\fR.
+give these codes as \fBsmkx\fP and \fBrmkx\fP.
 Otherwise the keypad is assumed to always transmit.
 .PP
 The codes sent by the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, down arrow,
 and home keys can be given as
-\fBkcub1, kcuf1, kcuu1, kcud1, \fRand\fB khome\fR respectively.
+\fBkcub1, kcuf1, kcuu1, kcud1, \fRand\fB khome\fP respectively.
 If there are function keys such as f0, f1, ..., f10, the codes they send
-can be given as \fBkf0, kf1, ..., kf10\fR.
+can be given as \fBkf0, kf1, ..., kf10\fP.
 If these keys have labels other than the default f0 through f10, the labels
-can be given as \fBlf0, lf1, ..., lf10\fR.
+can be given as \fBlf0, lf1, ..., lf10\fP.
 .PP
 The codes transmitted by certain other special keys can be given:
 .bP
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@
 .BR iprog ,
 the path name of a program to be run to initialize the terminal,
 .bP
-and \fBif\fR, the name of a file containing long initialization strings.
+and \fBif\fP, the name of a file containing long initialization strings.
 .PP
 These strings are expected to set the terminal into modes consistent
 with the rest of the terminfo description.
@@ -1466,59 +1466,59 @@
 make better decisions about relative costs, but actual pad characters will
 not be transmitted.
 .PP
-If \fBpb\fR (padding baud rate) is given, padding is suppressed at baud rates
-below the value of \fBpb\fR.
+If \fBpb\fP (padding baud rate) is given, padding is suppressed at baud rates
+below the value of \fBpb\fP.
 If the entry has no padding baud rate, then
-whether padding is emitted or not is completely controlled by \fBxon\fR.
+whether padding is emitted or not is completely controlled by \fBxon\fP.
 .PP
 If the terminal requires other than a null (zero) character as a pad,
-then this can be given as \fBpad\fR.
+then this can be given as \fBpad\fP.
 Only the first character of the
 .B pad
 string is used.
 .PP
 .SS Status Lines
 Some terminals have an extra \*(``status line\*('' which is not normally used by
-software (and thus not counted in the terminal's \fBlines\fR capability).
+software (and thus not counted in the terminal's \fBlines\fP capability).
 .PP
 The simplest case is a status line which is cursor-addressable but not
 part of the main scrolling region on the screen; the Heathkit H19 has
 a status line of this kind, as would a 24-line VT100 with a 23-line
 scrolling region set up on initialization.
 This situation is indicated
-by the \fBhs\fR capability.
+by the \fBhs\fP capability.
 .PP
 Some terminals with status lines need special sequences to access the
 status line.
 These may be expressed as a string with single parameter
-\fBtsl\fR which takes the cursor to a given zero-origin column on the
+\fBtsl\fP which takes the cursor to a given zero-origin column on the
 status line.
-The capability \fBfsl\fR must return to the main-screen
-cursor positions before the last \fBtsl\fR.
+The capability \fBfsl\fP must return to the main-screen
+cursor positions before the last \fBtsl\fP.
 You may need to embed the
-string values of \fBsc\fR (save cursor) and \fBrc\fR (restore cursor)
-in \fBtsl\fR and \fBfsl\fR to accomplish this.
+string values of \fBsc\fP (save cursor) and \fBrc\fP (restore cursor)
+in \fBtsl\fP and \fBfsl\fP to accomplish this.
 .PP
 The status line is normally assumed to be the same width as the width
 of the terminal.
 If this is untrue, you can specify it with the numeric
-capability \fBwsl\fR.
+capability \fBwsl\fP.
 .PP
-A command to erase or blank the status line may be specified as \fBdsl\fR.
+A command to erase or blank the status line may be specified as \fBdsl\fP.
 .PP
-The boolean capability \fBeslok\fR specifies that escape sequences, tabs,
+The boolean capability \fBeslok\fP specifies that escape sequences, tabs,
 etc., work ordinarily in the status line.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR implementation does not yet use any of these capabilities.
+The \fBncurses\fP implementation does not yet use any of these capabilities.
 They are documented here in case they ever become important.
 .PP
 .SS Line Graphics
 .PP
 Many terminals have alternate character sets useful for forms-drawing.
-Terminfo and \fBcurses\fR have built-in support
+Terminfo and \fBcurses\fP have built-in support
 for most of the drawing characters
 supported by the VT100, with some characters from the AT&T 4410v1 added.
-This alternate character set may be specified by the \fBacsc\fR capability.
+This alternate character set may be specified by the \fBacsc\fP capability.
 .PP
 .TS H
 center expand;
@@ -1527,8 +1527,8 @@
 _ _ _ _ _
 lw25 lw10 lw6 lw6 lw6.
 .\".TH
-\fBGlyph	ACS	Ascii	acsc	acsc\fR
-\fBName	Name	Default	Char	Value\fR
+\fBGlyph	ACS	Ascii	acsc	acsc\fP
+\fBName	Name	Default	Char	Value\fP
 arrow pointing right	ACS_RARROW	>	+	0x2b
 arrow pointing left	ACS_LARROW	<	,	0x2c
 arrow pointing up	ACS_UARROW	^	\-	0x2d
@@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@
 .PP
 The best way to define a new device's graphics set is to add a column
 to a copy of this table for your terminal, giving the character which
-(when emitted between \fBsmacs\fR/\fBrmacs\fR switches) will be rendered
+(when emitted between \fBsmacs\fP/\fBrmacs\fP switches) will be rendered
 as the corresponding graphic.
 Then read off the VT100/your terminal
 character pairs right to left in sequence; these become the ACSC string.
@@ -1613,17 +1613,17 @@
 .PP
 Some basic color capabilities are independent of the color method.
 The numeric
-capabilities \fBcolors\fR and \fBpairs\fR specify the maximum numbers of colors
+capabilities \fBcolors\fP and \fBpairs\fP specify the maximum numbers of colors
 and color-pairs that can be displayed simultaneously.
-The \fBop\fR (original
+The \fBop\fP (original
 pair) string resets foreground and background colors to their default values
 for the terminal.
-The \fBoc\fR string resets all colors or color-pairs to
+The \fBoc\fP string resets all colors or color-pairs to
 their default values for the terminal.
 Some terminals (including many PC
 terminal emulators) erase screen areas with the current background color rather
 than the power-up default background; these should have the boolean capability
-\fBbce\fR.
+\fBbce\fP.
 .PP
 While the curses library works with \fIcolor pairs\fP
 (reflecting the inability of some devices to set foreground
@@ -1631,25 +1631,25 @@
 there are separate capabilities for setting these features:
 .bP
 To change the current foreground or background color on a Tektronix-type
-terminal, use \fBsetaf\fR (set ANSI foreground) and \fBsetab\fR (set ANSI
-background) or \fBsetf\fR (set foreground) and \fBsetb\fR (set background).
+terminal, use \fBsetaf\fP (set ANSI foreground) and \fBsetab\fP (set ANSI
+background) or \fBsetf\fP (set foreground) and \fBsetb\fP (set background).
 These take one parameter, the color number.
 The SVr4 documentation describes
-only \fBsetaf\fR/\fBsetab\fR; the XPG4 draft says that "If the terminal
+only \fBsetaf\fP/\fBsetab\fP; the XPG4 draft says that "If the terminal
 supports ANSI escape sequences to set background and foreground, they should
-be coded as \fBsetaf\fR and \fBsetab\fR, respectively.
+be coded as \fBsetaf\fP and \fBsetab\fP, respectively.
 .bP
 If the terminal
 supports other escape sequences to set background and foreground, they should
-be coded as \fBsetf\fR and \fBsetb\fR, respectively.
-The \fBvidputs\fR and the \fBrefresh\fP(3X) functions
-use the \fBsetaf\fR and \fBsetab\fR capabilities if they are defined.
+be coded as \fBsetf\fP and \fBsetb\fP, respectively.
+The \fBvidputs\fP and the \fBrefresh\fP(3X) functions
+use the \fBsetaf\fP and \fBsetab\fP capabilities if they are defined.
 .PP
-The \fBsetaf\fR/\fBsetab\fR and \fBsetf\fR/\fBsetb\fR capabilities take a
+The \fBsetaf\fP/\fBsetab\fP and \fBsetf\fP/\fBsetb\fP capabilities take a
 single numeric argument each.
-Argument values 0-7 of \fBsetaf\fR/\fBsetab\fR are portably defined as
+Argument values 0-7 of \fBsetaf\fP/\fBsetab\fP are portably defined as
 follows (the middle column is the symbolic #define available in the header for
-the \fBcurses\fR or \fBncurses\fR libraries).
+the \fBcurses\fP or \fBncurses\fP libraries).
 The terminal hardware is free to
 map these as it likes, but the RGB values indicate normal locations in color
 space.
@@ -1658,75 +1658,75 @@
 center;
 l c c c
 l l n l.
-\fBColor	#define 	Value	RGB\fR
-black	\fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR	0	0, 0, 0
-red	\fBCOLOR_RED\ \fR	1	max,0,0
-green	\fBCOLOR_GREEN\fR	2	0,max,0
-yellow	\fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fR	3	max,max,0
-blue	\fBCOLOR_BLUE\fR	4	0,0,max
-magenta	\fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fR	5	max,0,max
-cyan	\fBCOLOR_CYAN\fR	6	0,max,max
-white	\fBCOLOR_WHITE\fR	7	max,max,max
+\fBColor	#define 	Value	RGB\fP
+black	\fBCOLOR_BLACK\fP	0	0, 0, 0
+red	\fBCOLOR_RED\ \fP	1	max,0,0
+green	\fBCOLOR_GREEN\fP	2	0,max,0
+yellow	\fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fP	3	max,max,0
+blue	\fBCOLOR_BLUE\fP	4	0,0,max
+magenta	\fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fP	5	max,0,max
+cyan	\fBCOLOR_CYAN\fP	6	0,max,max
+white	\fBCOLOR_WHITE\fP	7	max,max,max
 .TE
 .PP
-The argument values of \fBsetf\fR/\fBsetb\fR historically correspond to
+The argument values of \fBsetf\fP/\fBsetb\fP historically correspond to
 a different mapping, i.e.,
 .TS H
 center;
 l c c c
 l l n l.
-\fBColor	#define 	Value	RGB\fR
-black	\fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR	0	0, 0, 0
-blue	\fBCOLOR_BLUE\fR	1	0,0,max
-green	\fBCOLOR_GREEN\fR	2	0,max,0
-cyan	\fBCOLOR_CYAN\fR	3	0,max,max
-red	\fBCOLOR_RED\ \fR	4	max,0,0
-magenta	\fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fR	5	max,0,max
-yellow	\fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fR	6	max,max,0
-white	\fBCOLOR_WHITE\fR	7	max,max,max
+\fBColor	#define 	Value	RGB\fP
+black	\fBCOLOR_BLACK\fP	0	0, 0, 0
+blue	\fBCOLOR_BLUE\fP	1	0,0,max
+green	\fBCOLOR_GREEN\fP	2	0,max,0
+cyan	\fBCOLOR_CYAN\fP	3	0,max,max
+red	\fBCOLOR_RED\ \fP	4	max,0,0
+magenta	\fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fP	5	max,0,max
+yellow	\fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fP	6	max,max,0
+white	\fBCOLOR_WHITE\fP	7	max,max,max
 .TE
 .PP
 It is important to not confuse the two sets of color capabilities;
 otherwise red/blue will be interchanged on the display.
 .PP
-On an HP-like terminal, use \fBscp\fR with a color-pair number parameter to set
+On an HP-like terminal, use \fBscp\fP with a color-pair number parameter to set
 which color pair is current.
 .PP
 Some terminals allow the \fIcolor values\fP to be modified:
 .bP
-On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability \fBccc\fR may be present to
+On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability \fBccc\fP may be present to
 indicate that colors can be modified.
-If so, the \fBinitc\fR capability will
-take a color number (0 to \fBcolors\fR \- 1)and three more parameters which
+If so, the \fBinitc\fP capability will
+take a color number (0 to \fBcolors\fP \- 1)and three more parameters which
 describe the color.
 These three parameters default to being interpreted as RGB
 (Red, Green, Blue) values.
-If the boolean capability \fBhls\fR is present,
+If the boolean capability \fBhls\fP is present,
 they are instead as HLS (Hue, Lightness, Saturation) indices.
 The ranges are
 terminal-dependent.
 .bP
-On an HP-like terminal, \fBinitp\fR may give a capability for changing a
+On an HP-like terminal, \fBinitp\fP may give a capability for changing a
 color-pair value.
 It will take seven parameters; a color-pair number (0 to
-\fBmax_pairs\fR \- 1), and two triples describing first background and then
+\fBmax_pairs\fP \- 1), and two triples describing first background and then
 foreground colors.
 These parameters must be (Red, Green, Blue) or
-(Hue, Lightness, Saturation) depending on \fBhls\fR.
+(Hue, Lightness, Saturation) depending on \fBhls\fP.
 .PP
 On some color terminals, colors collide with highlights.
 You can register
-these collisions with the \fBncv\fR capability.
+these collisions with the \fBncv\fP capability.
 This is a bit-mask of
 attributes not to be used when colors are enabled.
 The correspondence with the
-attributes understood by \fBcurses\fR is as follows:
+attributes understood by \fBcurses\fP is as follows:
 .PP
 .TS
 center;
 l l l l
 lw20 lw2 lw10 lw10.
-\fBAttribute	Bit	Decimal	Set by\fR
+\fBAttribute	Bit	Decimal	Set by\fP
 A_STANDOUT	0	1	sgr
 A_UNDERLINE	1	2	sgr
 A_REVERSE	2	4	sgr
@@ -1748,9 +1748,9 @@
 For example, on many IBM PC consoles, the underline attribute collides with the
 foreground color blue and is not available in color mode.
 These should have
-an \fBncv\fR capability of 2.
+an \fBncv\fP capability of 2.
 .PP
-SVr4 curses does nothing with \fBncv\fR, ncurses recognizes it and optimizes
+SVr4 curses does nothing with \fBncv\fP, ncurses recognizes it and optimizes
 the output in favor of colors.
 .PP
 .SS Miscellaneous
@@ -1758,9 +1758,9 @@
 can be given as pad.
 Only the first character of the pad string is used.
 If the terminal does not have a pad character, specify npc.
-Note that ncurses implements the termcap-compatible \fBPC\fR variable;
+Note that ncurses implements the termcap-compatible \fBPC\fP variable;
 though the application may set this value to something other than
-a null, ncurses will test \fBnpc\fR first and use napms if the terminal
+a null, ncurses will test \fBnpc\fP first and use napms if the terminal
 has no pad character.
 .PP
 If the terminal can move up or down half a line,
@@ -1863,11 +1863,11 @@
 .SS Glitches and Braindamage
 .PP
 Hazeltine terminals, which do not allow \*(``~\*('' characters to be displayed should
-indicate \fBhz\fR.
+indicate \fBhz\fP.
 .PP
-Terminals which ignore a line-feed immediately after an \fBam\fR wrap,
+Terminals which ignore a line-feed immediately after an \fBam\fP wrap,
 such as the Concept and vt100,
-should indicate \fBxenl\fR.
+should indicate \fBxenl\fP.
 .PP
 If
 .B el
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@
 \fBxhp\fP should be given.
 .PP
 Teleray terminals, where tabs turn all characters moved over to blanks,
-should indicate \fBxt\fR (destructive tabs).
+should indicate \fBxt\fP (destructive tabs).
 Note: the variable indicating this is now \*(``dest_tabs_magic_smso\*(''; in
 older versions, it was teleray_glitch.
 This glitch is also taken to mean that it is not possible to position
@@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@
 \*(``beehive_glitch\*(''; it is now \*(``no_esc_ctl_c\*(''.
 .PP
 Other specific terminal problems may be corrected by adding more
-capabilities of the form \fBx\fR\fIx\fR.
+capabilities of the form \fBx\fP\fIx\fP.
 .PP
 .SS Pitfalls of Long Entries
 .PP
@@ -1972,8 +1972,8 @@
 terminal types and users whose TERM variable does not have a termcap
 entry.
 .PP
-When in \-C (translate to termcap) mode, the \fBncurses\fR implementation of
-\fB@TIC@\fR(1M) issues warning messages when the pre-tc length of a termcap
+When in \-C (translate to termcap) mode, the \fBncurses\fP implementation of
+\fB@TIC@\fP(1M) issues warning messages when the pre-tc length of a termcap
 translation is too long.
 The \-c (check) option also checks resolved (after tc
 expansion) lengths.
@@ -1987,33 +1987,33 @@
 .SH EXTENSIONS
 .PP
 Searching for terminal descriptions in
-\fB$HOME/.terminfo\fR and TERMINFO_DIRS
+\fB$HOME/.terminfo\fP and TERMINFO_DIRS
 is not supported by older implementations.
 .PP
-Some SVr4 \fBcurses\fR implementations, and all previous to SVr4, do not
+Some SVr4 \fBcurses\fP implementations, and all previous to SVr4, do not
 interpret the %A and %O operators in parameter strings.
 .PP
-SVr4/XPG4 do not specify whether \fBmsgr\fR licenses movement while in
+SVr4/XPG4 do not specify whether \fBmsgr\fP licenses movement while in
 an alternate-character-set mode (such modes may, among other things, map
 CR and NL to characters that do not trigger local motions).
-The \fBncurses\fR implementation ignores \fBmsgr\fR in \fBALTCHARSET\fR
+The \fBncurses\fP implementation ignores \fBmsgr\fP in \fBALTCHARSET\fP
 mode.
 This raises the possibility that an XPG4
 implementation making the opposite interpretation may need terminfo
-entries made for \fBncurses\fR to have \fBmsgr\fR turned off.
+entries made for \fBncurses\fP to have \fBmsgr\fP turned off.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR library handles insert-character and insert-character modes
+The \fBncurses\fP library handles insert-character and insert-character modes
 in a slightly non-standard way to get better update efficiency.
 See
-the \fBInsert/Delete Character\fR subsection above.
+the \fBInsert/Delete Character\fP subsection above.
 .PP
-The parameter substitutions for \fBset_clock\fR and \fBdisplay_clock\fR are
+The parameter substitutions for \fBset_clock\fP and \fBdisplay_clock\fP are
 not documented in SVr4 or the XSI Curses standard.
 They are deduced from the
 documentation for the AT&T 505 terminal.
 .PP
-Be careful assigning the \fBkmous\fR capability.
-The \fBncurses\fR library wants to interpret it as \fBKEY_MOUSE\fR,
+Be careful assigning the \fBkmous\fP capability.
+The \fBncurses\fP library wants to interpret it as \fBKEY_MOUSE\fP,
 for use by terminals and emulators like xterm
 that can return mouse-tracking information in the keyboard-input stream.
 .PP
@@ -2031,46 +2031,46 @@
 Here
 is a summary, accurate as of October 1995:
 .bP
-\fBSVR4, Solaris, ncurses\fR \-\-
+\fBSVR4, Solaris, ncurses\fP \-\-
 These support all SVr4 capabilities.
 .bP
-\fBSGI\fR \-\-
+\fBSGI\fP \-\-
 Supports the SVr4 set, adds one undocumented extended string
-capability (\fBset_pglen\fR).
+capability (\fBset_pglen\fP).
 .bP
-\fBSVr1, Ultrix\fR \-\-
+\fBSVr1, Ultrix\fP \-\-
 These support a restricted subset of terminfo capabilities.
-The booleans end with \fBxon_xoff\fR;
-the numerics with \fBwidth_status_line\fR;
-and the strings with \fBprtr_non\fR.
-.bP
-\fBHP/UX\fR \-\-
-Supports the SVr1 subset, plus the SVr[234] numerics \fBnum_labels\fR,
-\fBlabel_height\fR, \fBlabel_width\fR, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus
-\fBplab_norm\fR, \fBlabel_on\fR, and \fBlabel_off\fR, plus some incompatible
+The booleans end with \fBxon_xoff\fP;
+the numerics with \fBwidth_status_line\fP;
+and the strings with \fBprtr_non\fP.
+.bP
+\fBHP/UX\fP \-\-
+Supports the SVr1 subset, plus the SVr[234] numerics \fBnum_labels\fP,
+\fBlabel_height\fP, \fBlabel_width\fP, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus
+\fBplab_norm\fP, \fBlabel_on\fP, and \fBlabel_off\fP, plus some incompatible
 extensions in the string table.
 .bP
-\fBAIX\fR \-\-
+\fBAIX\fP \-\-
 Supports the SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus a number
 of incompatible string table extensions.
 .bP
-\fBOSF\fR \-\-
+\fBOSF\fP \-\-
 Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions.
 .SH FILES
 .TP 25
 \*d/?/*
 files containing terminal descriptions
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M),
-\fB@TABS@\fR(1),
-\fB@TIC@\fR(1M),
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_color\fR(3X),
-\fBcurs_variables\fR(3X),
-\fBprintf\fR(3),
-\fBterm_variables\fR(3X).
-\fBterm\fR(\*n).
-\fBuser_caps\fR(5).
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M),
+\fB@TABS@\fP(1),
+\fB@TIC@\fP(1M),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_color\fP(3X),
+\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X),
+\fBprintf\fP(3),
+\fBterm_variables\fP(3X).
+\fBterm\fP(\*n).
+\fBuser_caps\fP(5).
 .SH AUTHORS
 Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.
-Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
+Based on \fIpcurses\fP by Pavel Curtis.
Index: man/tic.1m
Prereq:  1.80 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/tic.1m	2021-08-15 20:01:19.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/tic.1m	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.80 2021/08/15 20:01:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.81 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH @TIC@ 1M ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fB@TIC@\fR \- the \fIterminfo\fR entry-description compiler
+\fB@TIC@\fP \- the \fIterminfo\fP entry-description compiler
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@TIC@\fR
+\fB@TIC@\fP
 [\fB\-\
 0\
 1\
@@ -66,24 +66,24 @@
 s\
 t\
 x\
-\fR]
-[\fB\-e\fR \fInames\fR]
-[\fB\-o\fR \fIdir\fR]
-[\fB\-Q\fR[\fIn\fR]]
-[\fB\-R\fR \fIsubset\fR]
-[\fB\-v\fR[\fIn\fR]]
-[\fB\-w\fR[\fIn\fR]]
-\fIfile\fR
+\fP]
+[\fB\-e\fP \fInames\fP]
+[\fB\-o\fP \fIdir\fP]
+[\fB\-Q\fP[\fIn\fP]]
+[\fB\-R\fP \fIsubset\fP]
+[\fB\-v\fP[\fIn\fP]]
+[\fB\-w\fP[\fIn\fP]]
+\fIfile\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fB@TIC@\fR command translates a \fBterminfo\fR file from source
+The \fB@TIC@\fP command translates a \fBterminfo\fP file from source
 format into compiled format.
 The compiled format is necessary for use with
-the library routines in \fBncurses\fR(3X).
+the library routines in \fBncurses\fP(3X).
 .PP
-As described in \fBterm\fR(\*n), the database may be either a directory
+As described in \fBterm\fP(\*n), the database may be either a directory
 tree (one file per terminal entry) or a hashed database (one record per entry).
-The \fB@TIC@\fR command writes only one type of entry,
+The \fB@TIC@\fP command writes only one type of entry,
 depending on how it was built:
 .bP
 For directory trees, the top-level directory, e.g., /usr/share/terminfo,
@@ -102,33 +102,33 @@
 For a directory, this would be the \*(``terminfo\*('' leaf,
 versus a "terminfo.db" file.
 .PP
-The results are normally placed in the system terminfo database \fB\*d\fR.
+The results are normally placed in the system terminfo database \fB\*d\fP.
 The compiled terminal description can be placed
 in a different terminfo database.
 There are two ways to achieve this:
 .bP
 First, you may override the system default either by
 using the \fB\-o\fP option,
-or by setting the variable \fBTERMINFO\fR
+or by setting the variable \fBTERMINFO\fP
 in your shell environment to a valid database location.
 .bP
-Secondly, if \fB@TIC@\fR cannot write in \fI\*d\fR
+Secondly, if \fB@TIC@\fP cannot write in \fI\*d\fP
 or the location specified using your TERMINFO variable,
-it looks for the directory \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR
-(or hashed database \fI$HOME/.terminfo.db)\fR;
+it looks for the directory \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP
+(or hashed database \fI$HOME/.terminfo.db)\fP;
 if that location exists, the entry is placed there.
 .PP
 Libraries that read terminfo entries are expected to check in succession
 .bP
 a location specified with the TERMINFO environment variable,
 .bP
-\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR,
+\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP,
 .bP
 directories listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable,
 .bP
 a compiled-in list of directories (@TERMINFO_DIRS@), and
 .bP
-the system terminfo database (\fI\*d\fR).
+the system terminfo database (\fI\*d\fP).
 .SS ALIASES
 .PP
 This is the same program as @INFOTOCAP@ and @CAPTOINFO@;
@@ -139,34 +139,34 @@
 When invoked as @CAPTOINFO@, @TIC@ sets the \fB\-C\fP option.
 .SS OPTIONS
 .TP
-\fB\-0\fR
+\fB\-0\fP
 restricts the output to a single line
 .TP
-\fB\-1\fR
+\fB\-1\fP
 restricts the output to a single column
 .TP
-\fB\-a\fR
+\fB\-a\fP
 tells \fB@TIC@\fP to retain commented-out capabilities rather than discarding
 them.
 Capabilities are commented by prefixing them with a period.
-This sets the \fB\-x\fR option, because it treats the commented-out
+This sets the \fB\-x\fP option, because it treats the commented-out
 entries as user-defined names.
 If the source is termcap, accept the 2-character names required by version 6.
 Otherwise these are ignored.
 .TP
-\fB\-C\fR
+\fB\-C\fP
 Force source translation to termcap format.
-Note: this differs from the \fB\-C\fR
-option of \fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M) in that it does not merely translate capability
+Note: this differs from the \fB\-C\fP
+option of \fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M) in that it does not merely translate capability
 names, but also translates terminfo strings to termcap format.
 Capabilities
 that are not translatable are left in the entry under their terminfo names
 but commented out with two preceding dots.
 The actual format used incorporates some improvements for escaped characters
 from terminfo format.
-For a stricter BSD-compatible translation, add the \fB\-K\fR option.
+For a stricter BSD-compatible translation, add the \fB\-K\fP option.
 .IP
-If this is combined with \fB\-c\fR, \fB@TIC@\fR makes additional checks
+If this is combined with \fB\-c\fP, \fB@TIC@\fP makes additional checks
 to report cases where the terminfo values do not have an exact equivalent
 in termcap form.
 For example:
@@ -180,10 +180,10 @@
 the string will not convert completely.
 .RE
 .TP
-\fB\-c\fR
-tells \fB@TIC@\fP to only check \fIfile\fR for errors,
+\fB\-c\fP
+tells \fB@TIC@\fP to only check \fIfile\fP for errors,
 including syntax problems and bad use-links.
-If you specify \fB\-C\fR (\fB\-I\fR) with this option, the code
+If you specify \fB\-C\fP (\fB\-I\fP) with this option, the code
 will print warnings about entries which, after use resolution, are more than
 1023 (4096) bytes long.
 Due to a fixed buffer length in older termcap libraries,
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
 It does this check only for the predefined string capabilities;
 those which are defined with the \fB\-x\fP option are ignored.
 .TP
-\fB\-D\fR
+\fB\-D\fP
 tells \fB@TIC@\fP to print the database locations that it knows about, and exit.
 The first location shown is the one to which it would write compiled
 terminal descriptions.
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 it will print a diagnostic and exit with an error rather than
 printing a list of database locations.
 .TP
-\fB\-e \fR\fInames\fR
+\fB\-e \fP\fInames\fP
 Limit writes and translations to the following comma-separated list of
 terminals.
 If any name or alias of a terminal matches one of the names in
@@ -215,49 +215,49 @@
 The option value is interpreted as a file containing the list if it
 contains a '/'.
 (Note: depending on how @TIC@ was compiled,
-this option may require \fB\-I\fR or \fB\-C\fR.)
+this option may require \fB\-I\fP or \fB\-C\fP.)
 .TP
-\fB\-f\fR
+\fB\-f\fP
 Display complex terminfo strings which contain if/then/else/endif expressions
 indented for readability.
 .TP
-\fB\-G\fR
+\fB\-G\fP
 Display constant literals in decimal form
 rather than their character equivalents.
 .TP
-\fB\-g\fR
+\fB\-g\fP
 Display constant character literals in quoted form
 rather than their decimal equivalents.
 .TP
-\fB\-I\fR
+\fB\-I\fP
 Force source translation to terminfo format.
 .TP
-\fB\-K\fR
+\fB\-K\fP
 Suppress some longstanding ncurses extensions to termcap format,
 e.g., "\\s" for space.
 .TP
-\fB\-L\fR
+\fB\-L\fP
 Force source translation to terminfo format
-using the long C variable names listed in <\fBterm.h\fR>
+using the long C variable names listed in <\fBterm.h\fP>
 .TP
-\fB\-N\fR
+\fB\-N\fP
 Disable smart defaults.
 Normally, when translating from termcap to terminfo, the compiler makes
 a number of assumptions about the defaults of string capabilities
-\fBreset1_string\fR, \fBcarriage_return\fR, \fBcursor_left\fR,
-\fBcursor_down\fR, \fBscroll_forward\fR, \fBtab\fR, \fBnewline\fR,
-\fBkey_backspace\fR, \fBkey_left\fR, and \fBkey_down\fR, then attempts
+\fBreset1_string\fP, \fBcarriage_return\fP, \fBcursor_left\fP,
+\fBcursor_down\fP, \fBscroll_forward\fP, \fBtab\fP, \fBnewline\fP,
+\fBkey_backspace\fP, \fBkey_left\fP, and \fBkey_down\fP, then attempts
 to use obsolete termcap capabilities to deduce correct values.
 It also
-normally suppresses output of obsolete termcap capabilities such as \fBbs\fR.
+normally suppresses output of obsolete termcap capabilities such as \fBbs\fP.
 This option forces a more literal translation that also preserves the
 obsolete capabilities.
 .TP
-\fB\-o\fR\fIdir\fR
+\fB\-o\fP\fIdir\fP
 Write compiled entries to given database location.
 Overrides the TERMINFO environment variable.
 .TP
-\fB\-Q\fR\fIn\fR
+\fB\-Q\fP\fIn\fP
 Rather than show source in terminfo (text) format,
 print the compiled (binary) format in hexadecimal or base64 form,
 depending on the option's value:
@@ -273,10 +273,10 @@
 hexadecimal and base64
 .RE
 .TP
-\fB\-q\fR
+\fB\-q\fP
 Suppress comments and blank lines when showing translated source.
 .TP
-\fB\-R\fR\fIsubset\fR
+\fB\-R\fP\fIsubset\fP
 Restrict output to a given subset.
 This option is for use with archaic
 versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP-UX that do not support
@@ -284,9 +284,9 @@
 that have their own extensions incompatible with SVr4/XSI.
 Available subsets
 are \*(``SVr1\*('', \*(``Ultrix\*('', \*(``HP\*('', \*(``BSD\*('' and \*(``AIX\*('';
-see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for details.
+see \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) for details.
 .TP
-\fB\-r\fR
+\fB\-r\fP
 Force entry resolution (so there are no remaining tc capabilities) even
 when doing translation to termcap format.
 This may be needed if you are
@@ -294,37 +294,37 @@
 version 1.3 or BSD termcap through 4.3BSD) that does not handle multiple
 tc capabilities per entry.
 .TP
-\fB\-s\fR
+\fB\-s\fP
 Summarize the compile by showing the database location into which entries
 are written, and the number of entries which are compiled.
 .TP
-\fB\-T\fR
+\fB\-T\fP
 eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
 This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since the compiled
 descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
 .TP
-\fB\-t\fR
+\fB\-t\fP
 tells \fB@TIC@\fP to discard commented-out capabilities.
 Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap,
 untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
 .TP 5
-\fB\-U\fR
+\fB\-U\fP
 tells \fB@TIC@\fP to not post-process the data after parsing the source file.
 Normally, it infers data which is commonly missing in older terminfo data,
 or in termcaps.
 .TP
-\fB\-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fP
 reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits.
 .TP
-\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR
+\fB\-v\fP\fIn\fP
 specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace
-information showing \fB@TIC@\fR's progress.
+information showing \fB@TIC@\fP's progress.
 .IP
-The optional parameter \fIn\fR is a number from 1 to 10, inclusive,
+The optional parameter \fIn\fP is a number from 1 to 10, inclusive,
 indicating the desired level of detail of information.
 If ncurses is built without tracing support, the optional parameter is ignored.
-If \fIn\fR is omitted, the default level is 1.
-If \fIn\fR is specified and greater than 1, the level of
+If \fIn\fP is omitted, the default level is 1.
+If \fIn\fP is specified and greater than 1, the level of
 detail is increased.
 .RS
 .PP
@@ -351,22 +351,22 @@
 9
 All values computed in construction of the hash table
 .LP
-If the debug level \fIn\fR is not given, it is taken to be one.
+If the debug level \fIn\fP is not given, it is taken to be one.
 .RE
 .TP
-\fB\-W\fR
+\fB\-W\fP
 By itself, the \fB\-w\fP option will not force long strings to be wrapped.
 Use the \fB\-W\fP option to do this.
 .IP
 If you specify both \fB\-f\fP and \fB\-W\fP options,
 the latter is ignored when \fB\-f\fP has already split the line.
 .TP
-\fB\-w\fR\fIn\fR
+\fB\-w\fP\fIn\fP
 specifies the width of the output.
 The parameter is optional.
 If it is omitted, it defaults to 60.
 .TP
-\fB\-x\fR
+\fB\-x\fP
 Treat unknown capabilities as user-defined (see \fBuser_caps(\*n)\fP).
 That is, if you supply a capability name which \fB@TIC@\fP does not recognize,
 it will infer its type (boolean, number or string) from the syntax and
@@ -375,34 +375,34 @@
 whose name begins with \*(``k\*('' are treated as function keys.
 .SS PARAMETERS
 .TP
-\fIfile\fR
-contains one or more \fBterminfo\fR terminal descriptions in source
-format [see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)].
+\fIfile\fP
+contains one or more \fBterminfo\fP terminal descriptions in source
+format [see \fBterminfo\fP(\*n)].
 Each description in the file
 describes the capabilities of a particular terminal.
 .IP
-If \fIfile\fR is \*(``-\*('', then the data is read from the standard input.
-The \fIfile\fR parameter may also be the path of a character-device.
+If \fIfile\fP is \*(``-\*('', then the data is read from the standard input.
+The \fIfile\fP parameter may also be the path of a character-device.
 .SS PROCESSING
 .PP
-All but one of the capabilities recognized by \fB@TIC@\fR are documented
-in \fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
-The exception is the \fBuse\fR capability.
-.PP
-When a \fBuse\fR=\fIentry\fR\-\fIname\fR field is discovered in a
-terminal entry currently being compiled, \fB@TIC@\fR reads in the binary
-from \fB\*d\fR to complete the entry.
+All but one of the capabilities recognized by \fB@TIC@\fP are documented
+in \fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
+The exception is the \fBuse\fP capability.
+.PP
+When a \fBuse\fP=\fIentry\fP\-\fIname\fP field is discovered in a
+terminal entry currently being compiled, \fB@TIC@\fP reads in the binary
+from \fB\*d\fP to complete the entry.
 (Entries created from
-\fIfile\fR will be used first.
-\fB@TIC@\fR duplicates the capabilities in
-\fIentry\fR\-\fIname\fR for the current entry, with the exception of
+\fIfile\fP will be used first.
+\fB@TIC@\fP duplicates the capabilities in
+\fIentry\fP\-\fIname\fP for the current entry, with the exception of
 those capabilities that explicitly are defined in the current entry.
 .PP
-When an entry, e.g., \fBentry_name_1\fR, contains a
-\fBuse=\fR\fIentry\fR_\fIname\fR_\fI2\fR field, any canceled
-capabilities in \fIentry\fR_\fIname\fR_\fI2\fR must also appear in
-\fBentry_name_1\fR before \fBuse=\fR for these capabilities to be
-canceled in \fBentry_name_1\fR.
+When an entry, e.g., \fBentry_name_1\fP, contains a
+\fBuse=\fP\fIentry\fR_\fIname\fR_\fI2\fP field, any canceled
+capabilities in \fIentry\fR_\fIname\fR_\fI2\fP must also appear in
+\fBentry_name_1\fP before \fBuse=\fP for these capabilities to be
+canceled in \fBentry_name_1\fP.
 .PP
 Total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes.
 The name field cannot
@@ -499,31 +499,31 @@
 but that is obsolescent behavior from SVr2,
 and is not (for example) a documented feature of SVr3.
 .SS COMPATIBILITY
-There is some evidence that historic \fB@TIC@\fR implementations treated
+There is some evidence that historic \fB@TIC@\fP implementations treated
 description fields with no whitespace in them as additional aliases or
 short names.
-This \fB@TIC@\fR does not do that, but it does warn when
+This \fB@TIC@\fP does not do that, but it does warn when
 description fields may be treated that way and check them for dangerous
 characters.
 .SS EXTENSIONS
-Unlike the SVr4 \fB@TIC@\fR command, this implementation can actually
+Unlike the SVr4 \fB@TIC@\fP command, this implementation can actually
 compile termcap sources.
 In fact, entries in terminfo and termcap syntax can
 be mixed in a single source file.
-See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for the list of
+See \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) for the list of
 termcap names taken to be equivalent to terminfo names.
 .PP
-The SVr4 manual pages are not clear on the resolution rules for \fBuse\fR
+The SVr4 manual pages are not clear on the resolution rules for \fBuse\fP
 capabilities.
-This implementation of \fB@TIC@\fR will find \fBuse\fR targets anywhere
-in the source file, or anywhere in the file tree rooted at \fBTERMINFO\fR (if
-\fBTERMINFO\fR is defined),
-or in the user's \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR database
+This implementation of \fB@TIC@\fP will find \fBuse\fP targets anywhere
+in the source file, or anywhere in the file tree rooted at \fBTERMINFO\fP (if
+\fBTERMINFO\fP is defined),
+or in the user's \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP database
 (if it exists),
 or (finally) anywhere in the system's file tree of
 compiled entries.
 .PP
-The error messages from this \fB@TIC@\fR have the same format as GNU C
+The error messages from this \fB@TIC@\fP have the same format as GNU C
 error messages, and can be parsed by GNU Emacs's compile facility.
 .PP
 Aside from \fB\-c\fP and \fB\-v\fP, options are not portable:
@@ -532,24 +532,24 @@
 are not supported by SVr4 \fBtic\fP:
 .sp
 .RS
-\fB\-0\fR
-\fB\-1\fR
-\fB\-C\fR
-\fB\-G\fR
-\fB\-I\fR
-\fB\-N\fR
-\fB\-R\fR
-\fB\-T\fR
-\fB\-V\fR
-\fB\-a\fR
-\fB\-e\fR
-\fB\-f\fR
-\fB\-g\fR
-\fB\-o\fR
-\fB\-r\fR
-\fB\-s\fR
-\fB\-t\fR
-\fB\-x\fR
+\fB\-0\fP
+\fB\-1\fP
+\fB\-C\fP
+\fB\-G\fP
+\fB\-I\fP
+\fB\-N\fP
+\fB\-R\fP
+\fB\-T\fP
+\fB\-V\fP
+\fB\-a\fP
+\fB\-e\fP
+\fB\-f\fP
+\fB\-g\fP
+\fB\-o\fP
+\fB\-r\fP
+\fB\-s\fP
+\fB\-t\fP
+\fB\-x\fP
 .RE
 .bP
 The NetBSD \fBtic\fP  supports a few of the ncurses options
@@ -564,25 +564,25 @@
 (a feature which does the same thing
 as @INFOCMP@'s \fB\-e\fP and \fB\-E\fP options).
 .PP
-The SVr4 \fB\-c\fR mode does not report bad \*(``use=\*('' links.
+The SVr4 \fB\-c\fP mode does not report bad \*(``use=\*('' links.
 .PP
 System V does not compile entries to or read entries from your
-\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR database unless TERMINFO is explicitly set to it.
+\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP database unless TERMINFO is explicitly set to it.
 .SH FILES
 .TP 5
-\fB\*d/?/*\fR
+\fB\*d/?/*\fP
 Compiled terminal description database.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR(1M),
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M),
-\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR(1M),
-\fB@TOE@\fR(1M),
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBterm\fR(\*n).
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
-\fBuser_caps\fR(\*n).
+\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fP(1M),
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M),
+\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fP(1M),
+\fB@TOE@\fP(1M),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBterm\fP(\*n).
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
+\fBuser_caps\fP(\*n).
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Eric S. Raymond 
Index: man/toe.1m
Prereq:  1.34 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/toe.1m	2021-06-17 21:26:02.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/toe.1m	2021-12-25 17:39:16.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.34 2021/06/17 21:26:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.35 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $
 .TH @TOE@ 1M ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -54,41 +54,41 @@
 .ds n 5
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .SH NAME
-\fB@TOE@\fR \- table of (terminfo) entries
+\fB@TOE@\fP \- table of (terminfo) entries
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@TOE@\fR [\fB\-v\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB\-ahsuUV\fR] \fIfile...\fR
+\fB@TOE@\fP [\fB\-v\fP[\fIn\fP]] [\fB\-ahsuUV\fP] \fIfile...\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 With no options,
-\fB@TOE@\fR lists all available terminal types by primary name
+\fB@TOE@\fP lists all available terminal types by primary name
 with descriptions.
 File arguments specify the directories to be scanned; if no
 such arguments are given,
 your default terminfo directory is scanned.
-If you also specify the \fB\-h\fR option,
+If you also specify the \fB\-h\fP option,
 a directory header will be issued as each
 directory is entered.
 .PP
 There are other options intended for use by terminfo file maintainers:
 .TP
-\fB\-a\fR
+\fB\-a\fP
 report on all of the terminal databases which ncurses would search,
 rather than only the first one that it finds.
 .IP
-If the \fB\-s\fR is also given, \fB@TOE@\fR
+If the \fB\-s\fP is also given, \fB@TOE@\fP
 adds a column to the report,
 showing (like \fBconflict\fP(1)) which entries which
 belong to a given terminal database.
 An "*" marks entries which differ, and "+" marks equivalent entries.
 .IP
-Without the \fB\-s\fP option, \fB@TOE@\fR does not attempt to merge
+Without the \fB\-s\fP option, \fB@TOE@\fP does not attempt to merge
 duplicates in its report
 .TP
-\fB\-s\fR
+\fB\-s\fP
 sort the output by the entry names.
 .TP
-\fB\-u\fR \fIfile\fR
+\fB\-u\fP \fIfile\fP
 says to write a report to the standard output,
 listing dependencies in the given terminfo/termcap source file.
 The report condenses the \*(``use\*('' relation:
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 capabilities,
 followed by a newline
 .TP
-\fB\-U\fR \fIfile\fR
+\fB\-U\fP \fIfile\fP
 says to write a report to the standard output,
 listing reverse dependencies in the given terminfo/termcap source file.
 The report reverses the \*(``use\*('' relation:
@@ -111,15 +111,15 @@
 whitespace-separated primary names of all terminals which depend on it,
 followed by a newline.
 .TP
-\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR
+\fB\-v\fP\fIn\fP
 specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error,
-showing \fB@TOE@\fR's progress.
+showing \fB@TOE@\fP's progress.
 .IP
-The optional parameter \fIn\fR is a number from 1 to 10,
-interpreted as for \fB@TIC@\fR(1M).
+The optional parameter \fIn\fP is a number from 1 to 10,
+interpreted as for \fB@TIC@\fP(1M).
 If ncurses is built without tracing support, the optional parameter is ignored.
 .TP
-\fB\-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fP
 reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program,
 and exits.
 .SH EXAMPLES
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
 .NE
 .SH FILES
 .TP 5
-\fB\*d/?/*\fR
+\fB\*d/?/*\fP
 Compiled terminal description database.
 .SH HISTORY
 This utility is not provided by other implementations.
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@
 the ncurses \fBinfocmp\fP utility in 1995.
 .PP
 The \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-s\fP options were added to
-\fB@TOE@\fR several years later (2006 and 2011, respectively).
+\fB@TOE@\fP several years later (2006 and 2011, respectively).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR(1M),
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M),
-\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR(1M),
-\fB@TIC@\fR(1M),
-\fBcurses\fR(3X),
-\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
+\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fP(1M),
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M),
+\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fP(1M),
+\fB@TIC@\fP(1M),
+\fBcurses\fP(3X),
+\fBterminfo\fP(\*n).
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
Index: man/tput.1
Prereq:  1.72 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/tput.1	2021-10-02 21:41:00.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/tput.1	2021-12-25 21:31:59.000000000 +0000
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.72 2021/10/02 21:41:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.75 2021/12/25 21:31:59 tom Exp $
 .TH @TPUT@ 1 ""
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .ds n 1
@@ -41,77 +41,77 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fB@TPUT@\fR, \fBreset\fR \- initialize a terminal or query terminfo database
+\fB@TPUT@\fP, \fBreset\fP \- initialize a terminal or query terminfo database
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fIcapname\fR [\fIparameters\fR]
+\fB@TPUT@\fP [\fB\-T\fP\fItype\fP] \fIcapname\fP [\fIparameters\fP]
 .br
-\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] [\fB\-x\fP] \fBclear\fR
+\fB@TPUT@\fP [\fB\-T\fP\fItype\fP] [\fB\-x\fP] \fBclear\fP
 .br
-\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBinit\fR
+\fB@TPUT@\fP [\fB\-T\fP\fItype\fP] \fBinit\fP
 .br
-\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBreset\fR
+\fB@TPUT@\fP [\fB\-T\fP\fItype\fP] \fBreset\fP
 .br
-\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBlongname\fR
+\fB@TPUT@\fP [\fB\-T\fP\fItype\fP] \fBlongname\fP
 .br
-\fB@TPUT@ \-S\fR  \fB<<\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ \-S\fP  \fB<<\fP
 .br
-\fB@TPUT@ \-V\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ \-V\fP
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fB@TPUT@\fR utility uses the \fBterminfo\fR database to make the
+The \fB@TPUT@\fP utility uses the \fBterminfo\fP database to make the
 values of terminal-dependent capabilities and information available to
-the shell (see \fBsh\fR(1)), to initialize or reset the terminal, or
+the shell (see \fBsh\fP(1)), to initialize or reset the terminal, or
 return the long name of the requested terminal type.
 The result depends upon the capability's type:
 .RS 3
 .TP 5
 string
-\fB@TPUT@\fR writes the string to the standard output.
+\fB@TPUT@\fP writes the string to the standard output.
 No trailing newline is supplied.
 .TP
 integer
-\fB@TPUT@\fR writes the decimal value to the standard output,
+\fB@TPUT@\fP writes the decimal value to the standard output,
 with a trailing newline.
 .TP
 boolean
-\fB@TPUT@\fR simply sets the exit code
-(\fB0\fR for TRUE if the terminal has the capability,
-\fB1\fR for FALSE if it does not),
+\fB@TPUT@\fP simply sets the exit code
+(\fB0\fP for TRUE if the terminal has the capability,
+\fB1\fP for FALSE if it does not),
 and writes nothing to the standard output.
 .RE
 .PP
 Before using a value returned on the standard output,
 the application should test the exit code
-(e.g., \fB$?\fR, see \fBsh\fR(1)) to be sure it is \fB0\fR.
-(See the \fBEXIT CODES\fR and \fBDIAGNOSTICS\fR sections.)
+(e.g., \fB$?\fP, see \fBsh\fP(1)) to be sure it is \fB0\fP.
+(See the \fBEXIT CODES\fP and \fBDIAGNOSTICS\fP sections.)
 For a complete list of capabilities
-and the \fIcapname\fR associated with each, see \fBterminfo\fR(5).
+and the \fIcapname\fP associated with each, see \fBterminfo\fP(5).
 .SS Options
 .TP
-\fB\-S\fR
-allows more than one capability per invocation of \fB@TPUT@\fR.  The
-capabilities must be passed to \fB@TPUT@\fR from the standard input
+\fB\-S\fP
+allows more than one capability per invocation of \fB@TPUT@\fP.  The
+capabilities must be passed to \fB@TPUT@\fP from the standard input
 instead of from the command line (see example).
-Only one \fIcapname\fR is allowed per line.
-The \fB\-S\fR option changes the
-meaning of the \fB0\fR and \fB1\fR boolean and string exit codes (see the
+Only one \fIcapname\fP is allowed per line.
+The \fB\-S\fP option changes the
+meaning of the \fB0\fP and \fB1\fP boolean and string exit codes (see the
 EXIT CODES section).
 .IP
 Because some capabilities may use
 \fIstring\fP parameters rather than \fInumbers\fP,
-\fB@TPUT@\fR uses a table and the presence of parameters in its input
-to decide whether to use \fBtparm\fR(3X),
+\fB@TPUT@\fP uses a table and the presence of parameters in its input
+to decide whether to use \fBtparm\fP(3X),
 and how to interpret the parameters.
 .TP
-\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR
-indicates the \fItype\fR of terminal.
+\fB\-T\fP\fItype\fP
+indicates the \fItype\fP of terminal.
 Normally this option is
 unnecessary, because the default is taken from the environment
-variable \fBTERM\fR.
-If \fB\-T\fR is specified, then the shell
-variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR will also be ignored.
+variable \fBTERM\fP.
+If \fB\-T\fP is specified, then the shell
+variables \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP will also be ignored.
 .TP
-\fB\-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fP
 reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits.
 .TP
 .B \-x
@@ -121,11 +121,11 @@
 A few commands (\fBinit\fP, \fBreset\fP and \fBlongname\fP) are
 special; they are defined by the \fB@TPUT@\fP program.
 The others are the names of \fIcapabilities\fP from the terminal database
-(see \fBterminfo\fR(5) for a list).
+(see \fBterminfo\fP(5) for a list).
 Although \fBinit\fP and \fBreset\fP resemble capability names,
 \fB@TPUT@\fP uses several capabilities to perform these special functions.
 .TP
-\fIcapname\fR
+\fIcapname\fP
 indicates the capability from the terminal database.
 .IP
 If the capability is a string that takes parameters, the arguments
@@ -133,19 +133,19 @@
 .IP
 Most parameters are numbers.
 Only a few terminal capabilities require string parameters;
-\fB@TPUT@\fR uses a table to decide which to pass as strings.
-Normally \fB@TPUT@\fR uses \fBtparm\fR(3X) to perform the substitution.
+\fB@TPUT@\fP uses a table to decide which to pass as strings.
+Normally \fB@TPUT@\fP uses \fBtparm\fP(3X) to perform the substitution.
 If no parameters are given for the capability,
-\fB@TPUT@\fR writes the string without performing the substitution.
+\fB@TPUT@\fP writes the string without performing the substitution.
 .TP
-\fBinit\fR
+\fBinit\fP
 If the terminal database is present and an entry for the user's
-terminal exists (see \fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR, above), the following will
+terminal exists (see \fB\-T\fP\fItype\fP, above), the following will
 occur:
 .RS
 .TP 5
 (1)
-first, \fB@TPUT@\fR retrieves the current terminal mode settings
+first, \fB@TPUT@\fP retrieves the current terminal mode settings
 for your terminal.
 It does this by successively testing
 .RS
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 .TP
 (4)
 if present, the terminal's initialization strings will be
-output as detailed in the \fBterminfo\fR(5) section on
+output as detailed in the \fBterminfo\fP(5) section on
 .IR "Tabs and Initialization" ,
 .TP
 (5)
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
 contain the information needed for any of these activities,
 that activity will silently be skipped.
 .TP
-\fBreset\fR
+\fBreset\fP
 This is similar to \fBinit\fP, with two differences:
 .RS
 .TP 5
@@ -217,28 +217,28 @@
 (2)
 Instead of putting out \fIinitialization\fP strings, the terminal's
 \fIreset\fP strings will be output if present
-(\fBrs1\fR, \fBrs2\fR, \fBrs3\fR, \fBrf\fR).
+(\fBrs1\fP, \fBrs2\fP, \fBrs3\fP, \fBrf\fP).
 If the \fIreset\fP strings are not present, but \fIinitialization\fP
 strings are, the \fIinitialization\fP strings will be output.
 .RE
 .IP
-Otherwise, \fBreset\fR acts identically to \fBinit\fR.
+Otherwise, \fBreset\fP acts identically to \fBinit\fP.
 .TP
-\fBlongname\fR
+\fBlongname\fP
 If the terminal database is present and an entry for the
-user's terminal exists (see \fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR above), then the long name
+user's terminal exists (see \fB\-T\fP\fItype\fP above), then the long name
 of the terminal will be put out.
 The long name is the last
 name in the first line of the terminal's description in the
-\fBterminfo\fR database [see \fBterm\fR(5)].
+\fBterminfo\fP database [see \fBterm\fP(5)].
 .SS Aliases
-\fB@TPUT@\fR handles the \fBclear\fP, \fBinit\fP and \fBreset\fP
+\fB@TPUT@\fP handles the \fBclear\fP, \fBinit\fP and \fBreset\fP
 commands specially:
 it allows for the possibility that it is invoked by a link with those names.
 .PP
-If \fB@TPUT@\fR is invoked by a link named \fBreset\fR, this has the
-same effect as \fB@TPUT@ reset\fR.
-The \fB@TSET@\fR(\*n) utility also treats a link named \fBreset\fP specially.
+If \fB@TPUT@\fP is invoked by a link named \fBreset\fP, this has the
+same effect as \fB@TPUT@ reset\fP.
+The \fB@TSET@\fP(\*n) utility also treats a link named \fBreset\fP specially.
 .PP
 Before ncurses 6.1, the two utilities were different from each other:
 .bP
@@ -268,8 +268,8 @@
 redirecting their output to a file will capture only part of their actions.
 The changes to the terminal modes are not affected by redirecting the output.
 .PP
-If \fB@TPUT@\fR is invoked by a link named \fBinit\fR, this has the
-same effect as \fB@TPUT@ init\fR.
+If \fB@TPUT@\fP is invoked by a link named \fBinit\fP, this has the
+same effect as \fB@TPUT@ init\fP.
 Again, you are less likely to use that link because another program
 named \fBinit\fP has a more well-established use.
 .SS Terminal Size
@@ -295,124 +295,124 @@
 relying upon the operating system (or finally, the terminal database).
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ init\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ init\fP
 Initialize the terminal according to the type of
-terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR.  This
+terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fP.  This
 command should be included in everyone's .profile after
-the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR has been exported, as
-illustrated on the \fBprofile\fR(5) manual page.
+the environmental variable \fBTERM\fP has been exported, as
+illustrated on the \fBprofile\fP(5) manual page.
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ \-T5620 reset\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ \-T5620 reset\fP
 Reset an AT&T 5620 terminal, overriding the type of
-terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR.
+terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fP.
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ cup 0 0\fR
-Send the sequence to move the cursor to row \fB0\fR, column \fB0\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ cup 0 0\fP
+Send the sequence to move the cursor to row \fB0\fP, column \fB0\fP
 (the upper left corner of the screen, usually known as the \*(``home\*(''
 cursor position).
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ clear\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ clear\fP
 Echo the clear-screen sequence for the current terminal.
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ cols\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ cols\fP
 Print the number of columns for the current terminal.
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ \-T450 cols\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ \-T450 cols\fP
 Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal.
 .TP 5
-\fBbold=`@TPUT@ smso` offbold=`@TPUT@ rmso`\fR
-Set the shell variables \fBbold\fR, to begin stand-out mode
-sequence, and \fBoffbold\fR, to end standout mode sequence,
+\fBbold=`@TPUT@ smso` offbold=`@TPUT@ rmso`\fP
+Set the shell variables \fBbold\fP, to begin stand-out mode
+sequence, and \fBoffbold\fP, to end standout mode sequence,
 for the current terminal.
 This might be followed by a
-prompt: \fBecho "${bold}Please type in your name: ${offbold}\\c"\fR
+prompt: \fBecho "${bold}Please type in your name: ${offbold}\\c"\fP
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ hc\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ hc\fP
 Set exit code to indicate if the current terminal is a hard copy terminal.
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ cup 23 4\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ cup 23 4\fP
 Send the sequence to move the cursor to row 23, column 4.
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ cup\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ cup\fP
 Send the terminfo string for cursor-movement, with no parameters substituted.
 .TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ longname\fR
-Print the long name from the \fBterminfo\fR database for the
+\fB@TPUT@ longname\fP
+Print the long name from the \fBterminfo\fP database for the
 type of terminal specified in the environmental
-variable \fBTERM\fR.
+variable \fBTERM\fP.
 .PP
 .RS 5
-\fB@TPUT@ \-S < clear\fR
+\fB> clear\fP
 .br
-\fB> cup 10 10\fR
+\fB> cup 10 10\fP
 .br
-\fB> bold\fR
+\fB> bold\fP
 .br
-\fB> !\fR
+\fB> !\fP
 .RE
 .TP 5
 \&
-This example shows \fB@TPUT@\fR processing several capabilities
+This example shows \fB@TPUT@\fP processing several capabilities
 in one invocation.
 It clears the screen,
 moves the cursor to position 10, 10
 and turns on bold (extra bright) mode.
-The list is terminated by an exclamation mark (\fB!\fR) on a line by itself.
+The list is terminated by an exclamation mark (\fB!\fP) on a line by itself.
 .SH FILES
 .TP
-\fB\*d\fR
+\fB\*d\fP
 compiled terminal description database
 .TP
-\fB@DATADIR@/tabset/*\fR
+\fB@DATADIR@/tabset/*\fP
 tab settings for some terminals, in a format
 appropriate to be output to the terminal (escape
 sequences that set margins and tabs); for more
 information, see the
 .IR "Tabs and Initialization" ,
-section of \fBterminfo\fR(5)
+section of \fBterminfo\fP(5)
 .SH EXIT CODES
-If the \fB\-S\fR option is used,
-\fB@TPUT@\fR checks for errors from each line,
+If the \fB\-S\fP option is used,
+\fB@TPUT@\fP checks for errors from each line,
 and if any errors are found, will set the exit code to 4 plus the
 number of lines with errors.
-If no errors are found, the exit code is \fB0\fR.
+If no errors are found, the exit code is \fB0\fP.
 No indication of which line failed can be given so
-exit code \fB1\fR will never appear.
-Exit codes \fB2\fR, \fB3\fR, and
-\fB4\fR retain their usual interpretation.
-If the \fB\-S\fR option is not used,
-the exit code depends on the type of \fIcapname\fR:
+exit code \fB1\fP will never appear.
+Exit codes \fB2\fP, \fB3\fP, and
+\fB4\fP retain their usual interpretation.
+If the \fB\-S\fP option is not used,
+the exit code depends on the type of \fIcapname\fP:
 .RS 3
 .TP
 .I boolean
-a value of \fB0\fR is set for TRUE and \fB1\fR for FALSE.
+a value of \fB0\fP is set for TRUE and \fB1\fP for FALSE.
 .TP
 .I string
-a value of \fB0\fR is set if the
-\fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR (the value of
-\fIcapname\fR is returned on standard output);
-a value of \fB1\fR is set if \fIcapname\fR
-is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fR
+a value of \fB0\fP is set if the
+\fIcapname\fP is defined for this terminal \fItype\fP (the value of
+\fIcapname\fP is returned on standard output);
+a value of \fB1\fP is set if \fIcapname\fP
+is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fP
 (nothing is written to standard output).
 .TP
 .I integer
-a value of \fB0\fR is always set,
-whether or not \fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR.
-To determine if \fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR,
+a value of \fB0\fP is always set,
+whether or not \fIcapname\fP is defined for this terminal \fItype\fP.
+To determine if \fIcapname\fP is defined for this terminal \fItype\fP,
 the user must test the value written to standard output.
-A value of \fB\-1\fR
-means that \fIcapname\fR is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fR.
+A value of \fB\-1\fP
+means that \fIcapname\fP is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fP.
 .TP
 .I other
-\fBreset\fR or \fBinit\fR may fail to find their respective files.
-In that case, the exit code is set to 4 + \fBerrno\fR.
+\fBreset\fP or \fBinit\fP may fail to find their respective files.
+In that case, the exit code is set to 4 + \fBerrno\fP.
 .RE
 .PP
 Any other exit code indicates an error; see the DIAGNOSTICS section.
 .SH DIAGNOSTICS
-\fB@TPUT@\fR prints the following error messages and sets the corresponding exit
+\fB@TPUT@\fP prints the following error messages and sets the corresponding exit
 codes.
 .PP
 .ne 15
@@ -420,16 +420,16 @@
 l l.
 exit code	error message
 =
-\fB0\fR	T{
-(\fIcapname\fR is a numeric variable that is not specified in the
-\fBterminfo\fR(5) database for this terminal type, e.g.
-\fB@TPUT@ \-T450 lines\fR and \fB@TPUT@ \-Thp2621 xmc\fR)
+\fB0\fP	T{
+(\fIcapname\fP is a numeric variable that is not specified in the
+\fBterminfo\fP(5) database for this terminal type, e.g.
+\fB@TPUT@ \-T450 lines\fP and \fB@TPUT@ \-Thp2621 xmc\fP)
 T}
-\fB1\fR	no error message is printed, see the \fBEXIT CODES\fR section.
-\fB2\fR	usage error
-\fB3\fR	unknown terminal \fItype\fR or no \fBterminfo\fR database
-\fB4\fR	unknown \fBterminfo\fR capability \fIcapname\fR
-\fB>4\fR	error occurred in \-S
+\fB1\fP	no error message is printed, see the \fBEXIT CODES\fP section.
+\fB2\fP	usage error
+\fB3\fP	unknown terminal \fItype\fP or no \fBterminfo\fP database
+\fB4\fP	unknown \fBterminfo\fP capability \fIcapname\fP
+\fB>4\fP	error occurred in \-S
 =
 .TE
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -449,17 +449,17 @@
 (more than half the program) were incorporated from
 the \fBreset\fP feature of BSD \fBtset\fP written by Eric Allman.
 .bP
-SVr4 added color initialization using the \fIorig_colors\fP and
-\fIorig_pairs\fP capabilities in the \fBinit\fP subcommand.
+SVr4 added color initialization using the \fBorig_colors\fP and
+\fBorig_pair\fP capabilities in the \fBinit\fP subcommand.
 .PP
 Keith Bostic replaced the BSD \fBtput\fP command in 1989
 with a new implementation
 based on the AT&T System V program \fBtput\fP.
 Like the AT&T program, Bostic's version
-accepted some parameters named for \fIterminfo capabilities\fP
+accepted some parameters named for \fIterminfo\fP capabilities
 (\fBclear\fP, \fBinit\fP, \fBlongname\fP and \fBreset\fP).
-However (because he had only termcap available),
-it accepted \fItermcap names\fP for other capabilities.
+However (because he had only \fItermcap\fP available),
+it accepted \fItermcap\fP names for other capabilities.
 Also, Bostic's BSD \fBtput\fP did not modify the terminal I/O modes
 as the earlier BSD \fBtset\fP had done.
 .PP
@@ -502,20 +502,20 @@
 \fB@TPUT@\fP now uses a similar scheme,
 using functions shared with \fB@TSET@\fP
 (and ultimately based on the 4.4BSD \fBtset\fP).
-If it is not able to open a terminal, e.g., when running in \fBcron\fP,
+If it is not able to open a terminal, e.g., when running in \fBcron\fP(1),
 \fB@TPUT@\fP will return an error.
 .bP
 AT&T \fBtput\fP guesses the type of its \fIcapname\fP operands by seeing if
 all of the characters are numeric, or not.
 .IP
-Most implementations which provide support for \fIcapname\fR operands
-use the \fItparm\fP function to expand parameters in it.
+Most implementations which provide support for \fIcapname\fP operands
+use the \fBtparm\fP function to expand parameters in it.
 That function expects a mixture of numeric and string parameters,
 requiring \fB@TPUT@\fP to know which type to use.
 .IP
 This implementation uses a table to determine the parameter types for
-the standard \fIcapname\fR operands, and an internal library
-function to analyze nonstandard \fIcapname\fR operands.
+the standard \fIcapname\fP operands, and an internal library
+function to analyze nonstandard \fIcapname\fP operands.
 .IP
 Besides providing more reliable operation than AT&T's utility,
 a portability problem is introduced by this analysis:
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
 This implementation (unlike others) can accept both \fItermcap\fP
 and \fIterminfo\fP names for the \fIcapname\fP feature,
 if
-\fItermcap\fR support is compiled in.
+\fItermcap\fP support is compiled in.
 However, the predefined \fItermcap\fP and \fIterminfo\fP names have two
 ambiguities in this case (and the \fIterminfo\fP name is assumed):
 .bP
@@ -545,8 +545,8 @@
 The \fIterminfo\fP name \fBed\fP corresponds to
 the \fItermcap\fP name \fBcd\fP (clear to end of screen).
 .PP
-The \fBlongname\fR and \fB\-S\fR options, and the parameter-substitution
-features used in the \fBcup\fR example,
+The \fBlongname\fP and \fB\-S\fP options, and the parameter-substitution
+features used in the \fBcup\fP example,
 were not supported in BSD curses before 4.3reno (1989) or in
 AT&T/USL curses before SVr4 (1988).
 .PP
@@ -554,14 +554,14 @@
 documents only the operands for \fBclear\fP, \fBinit\fP and \fBreset\fP.
 There are a few interesting observations to make regarding that:
 .bP
-In this implementation, \fBclear\fP is part of the \fIcapname\fR support.
+In this implementation, \fBclear\fP is part of the \fIcapname\fP support.
 The others (\fBinit\fP and \fBlongname\fP) do not correspond to terminal
 capabilities.
 .bP
 Other implementations of \fBtput\fP on
 SVr4-based systems such as Solaris, IRIX64 and HPUX
 as well as others such as AIX and Tru64
-provide support for \fIcapname\fR operands.
+provide support for \fIcapname\fP operands.
 .bP
 A few platforms such as FreeBSD recognize termcap names rather
 than terminfo capability names in their respective \fBtput\fP commands.
@@ -609,12 +609,12 @@
 NetBSD curses documents different exit codes which do not correspond
 to either ncurses or X/Open.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fB@CLEAR@\fR(\*n),
-\fBstty\fR(1),
-\fB@TABS@\fR(\*n),
-\fB@TSET@\fR(\*n),
-\fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X),
-\fBterminfo\fR(5).
+\fB@CLEAR@\fP(\*n),
+\fBstty\fP(1),
+\fB@TABS@\fP(\*n),
+\fB@TSET@\fP(\*n),
+\fBcurs_termcap\fP(3X),
+\fBterminfo\fP(5).
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
Index: man/tset.1
Prereq:  1.58 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/tset.1	2021-09-18 21:21:55.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/tset.1	2021-12-25 21:27:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.58 2021/09/18 21:21:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.61 2021/12/25 21:27:03 tom Exp $
 .TH @TSET@ 1 ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -38,16 +38,16 @@
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
 ..
 .SH NAME
-\fB@TSET@\fR, \fB@RESET@\fR \- terminal initialization
+\fB@TSET@\fP, \fB@RESET@\fP \- terminal initialization
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@TSET@\fR [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fR] [\fB\-\fR] [\fB\-e\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-i\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-k\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-m\fR \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR]
+\fB@TSET@\fP [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fP] [\fB\-\fP] [\fB\-e\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-i\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-k\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-m\fP \fImapping\fP] [\fIterminal\fP]
 .br
-\fB@RESET@\fR [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fR] [\fB\-\fR] [\fB\-e\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-i\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-k\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-m\fR \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR]
+\fB@RESET@\fP [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fP] [\fB\-\fP] [\fB\-e\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-i\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-k\fP \fIch\fP] [\fB\-m\fP \fImapping\fP] [\fIterminal\fP]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS tset - initialization
 This program initializes terminals.
 .PP
-First, \fB@TSET@\fR retrieves the current terminal mode settings
+First, \fB@TSET@\fP retrieves the current terminal mode settings
 for your terminal.
 It does this by successively testing
 .bP
@@ -66,19 +66,19 @@
 Next, \fB@TSET@\fP determines the type of terminal that you are using.
 This determination is done as follows, using the first terminal type found.
 .PP
-1. The \fBterminal\fR argument specified on the command line.
+1. The \fBterminal\fP argument specified on the command line.
 .PP
-2. The value of the \fBTERM\fR environmental variable.
+2. The value of the \fBTERM\fP environmental variable.
 .PP
 3. (BSD systems only.) The terminal type associated with the standard
-error output device in the \fI/etc/ttys\fR file.
+error output device in the \fI/etc/ttys\fP file.
 (On System\-V-like UNIXes and systems using that convention,
-\fIgetty\fR does this job by setting
-\fBTERM\fR according to the type passed to it by \fI/etc/inittab\fR.)
+\fBgetty\fP(1) does this job by setting
+\fBTERM\fP according to the type passed to it by \fI/etc/inittab\fP.)
 .PP
 4. The default terminal type, \*(``unknown\*(''.
 .PP
-If the terminal type was not specified on the command-line, the \fB\-m\fR
+If the terminal type was not specified on the command-line, the \fB\-m\fP
 option mappings are then applied (see the section
 .B TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING
 for more information).
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 standard error output.
 .SS reset - reinitialization
 .PP
-When invoked as \fB@RESET@\fR, \fB@TSET@\fR sets the terminal
+When invoked as \fB@RESET@\fP, \fB@TSET@\fP sets the terminal
 modes to \*(``sane\*('' values:
 .bP
 sets cooked and echo modes,
@@ -151,16 +151,16 @@
 Set control characters and modes.
 .TP 5
 .BI \-e\  ch
-Set the erase character to \fIch\fR.
+Set the erase character to \fIch\fP.
 .TP
 .B \-I
 Do not send the terminal or tab initialization strings to the terminal.
 .TP
 .BI \-i\  ch
-Set the interrupt character to \fIch\fR.
+Set the interrupt character to \fIch\fP.
 .TP
 .BI \-k\  ch
-Set the line kill character to \fIch\fR.
+Set the line kill character to \fIch\fP.
 .TP
 .BI \-m\  mapping
 Specify a mapping from a port type to a terminal.
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 .TP
 .B \-Q
 Do not display any values for the erase, interrupt and line kill characters.
-Normally \fB@TSET@\fR displays the values for control characters which
+Normally \fB@TSET@\fP displays the values for control characters which
 differ from the system's default values.
 .TP
 .B \-q
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
 .TP
 .B \-s
 Print the sequence of shell commands to initialize the environment variable
-\fBTERM\fR to the standard output.
+\fBTERM\fP to the standard output.
 See the section
 .B SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT
 for details.
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
 Normally this has no effect,
 unless \fBsetupterm\fP is not able to detect the window size.
 .PP
-The arguments for the \fB\-e\fR, \fB\-i\fR, and \fB\-k\fR
+The arguments for the \fB\-e\fP, \fB\-i\fP, and \fB\-k\fP
 options may either be entered as actual characters
 or by using the \*(``hat\*(''
 notation, i.e., control-h may be specified as \*(``^H\*('' or \*(``^h\*(''.
@@ -206,35 +206,35 @@
 .SH SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT
 It is often desirable to enter the terminal type and information about
 the terminal's capabilities into the shell's environment.
-This is done using the \fB\-s\fR option.
+This is done using the \fB\-s\fP option.
 .PP
-When the \fB\-s\fR option is specified, the commands to enter the information
+When the \fB\-s\fP option is specified, the commands to enter the information
 into the shell's environment are written to the standard output.
 If
-the \fBSHELL\fR environmental variable ends in \*(``csh\*('', the commands
-are for \fBcsh\fR, otherwise, they are for \fBsh\fR.
-Note, the \fBcsh\fR commands set and unset the shell variable
-\fBnoglob\fR, leaving it unset.
-The following line in the \fB.login\fR
-or \fB.profile\fR files will initialize the environment correctly:
+the \fBSHELL\fP environmental variable ends in \*(``csh\*('', the commands
+are for \fBcsh\fP, otherwise, they are for \fBsh\fP(1).
+Note, the \fBcsh\fP commands set and unset the shell variable
+\fBnoglob\fP, leaving it unset.
+The following line in the \fB.login\fP
+or \fB.profile\fP files will initialize the environment correctly:
 .sp
     eval \`@TSET@ \-s options ... \`
 .
 .SH TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING
 When the terminal is not hardwired into the system (or the current
 system information is incorrect) the terminal type derived from the
-\fI/etc/ttys\fR file or the \fBTERM\fR environmental variable is often
-something generic like \fBnetwork\fR, \fBdialup\fR, or \fBunknown\fR.
-When \fB@TSET@\fR is used in a startup script it is often desirable to
+\fI/etc/ttys\fP file or the \fBTERM\fP environmental variable is often
+something generic like \fBnetwork\fP, \fBdialup\fP, or \fBunknown\fP.
+When \fB@TSET@\fP is used in a startup script it is often desirable to
 provide information about the type of terminal used on such ports.
 .PP
-The \fB\-m\fR options maps
+The \fB\-m\fP options maps
 from some set of conditions to a terminal type, that is, to
-tell \fB@TSET@\fR
+tell \fB@TSET@\fP
 \*(``If I'm on this port at a particular speed,
 guess that I'm on that kind of terminal\*(''.
 .PP
-The argument to the \fB\-m\fR option consists of an optional port type, an
+The argument to the \fB\-m\fP option consists of an optional port type, an
 optional operator, an optional baud rate specification, an optional
 colon (\*(``:\*('') character and a terminal type.
 The port type is a
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
 of the standard error output (which should be the control terminal).
 The terminal type is a string.
 .PP
-If the terminal type is not specified on the command line, the \fB\-m\fR
+If the terminal type is not specified on the command line, the \fB\-m\fP
 mappings are applied to the terminal type.
 If the port type and baud
 rate match the mapping, the terminal type specified in the mapping
@@ -260,27 +260,27 @@
 If more than one mapping is specified, the
 first applicable mapping is used.
 .PP
-For example, consider the following mapping: \fBdialup>9600:vt100\fR.
+For example, consider the following mapping: \fBdialup>9600:vt100\fP.
 The port type is dialup , the operator is >, the baud rate
 specification is 9600, and the terminal type is vt100.
 The result of
-this mapping is to specify that if the terminal type is \fBdialup\fR,
+this mapping is to specify that if the terminal type is \fBdialup\fP,
 and the baud rate is greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of
-\fBvt100\fR will be used.
+\fBvt100\fP will be used.
 .PP
 If no baud rate is specified, the terminal type will match any baud rate.
 If no port type is specified, the terminal type will match any port type.
-For example, \fB\-m dialup:vt100 \-m :?xterm\fR
+For example, \fB\-m dialup:vt100 \-m :?xterm\fP
 will cause any dialup port, regardless of baud rate, to match the terminal
 type vt100, and any non-dialup port type to match the terminal type ?xterm.
 Note, because of the leading question mark, the user will be
 queried on a default port as to whether they are actually using an xterm
 terminal.
 .PP
-No whitespace characters are permitted in the \fB\-m\fR option argument.
+No whitespace characters are permitted in the \fB\-m\fP option argument.
 Also, to avoid problems with meta-characters, it is suggested that the
-entire \fB\-m\fR option argument be placed within single quote characters,
-and that \fBcsh\fR users insert a backslash character (\*(``\e\*('') before
+entire \fB\-m\fP option argument be placed within single quote characters,
+and that \fBcsh\fP users insert a backslash character (\*(``\e\*('') before
 any exclamation marks (\*(``!\*('').
 .SH HISTORY
 .PP
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
 Other developers (e.g., Keith Bostic and Jim Bloom)
 continued to modify \fBtset\fP until 4.4BSD was released in 1993.
 .PP
-The \fBncurses\fR implementation
+The \fBncurses\fP implementation
 was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources for a terminfo environment by Eric
 S. Raymond .
 .SH COMPATIBILITY
@@ -324,21 +324,21 @@
 In fact, the commonly-used \fBreset\fP utility
 is always an alias for \fBtset\fP.
 .PP
-The \fB@TSET@\fR utility provides for backward-compatibility with BSD
-environments (under most modern UNIXes, \fB/etc/inittab\fR and \fBgetty\fR(1)
-can set \fBTERM\fR appropriately for each dial-up line; this obviates what was
-\fB@TSET@\fR's most important use).
+The \fB@TSET@\fP utility provides for backward-compatibility with BSD
+environments (under most modern UNIXes, \fB/etc/inittab\fP and \fBgetty\fP(1)
+can set \fBTERM\fP appropriately for each dial-up line; this obviates what was
+\fB@TSET@\fP's most important use).
 This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
 \fBtset\fP, with a few exceptions specified here.
 .PP
 A few options are different
-because the \fBTERMCAP\fR variable
-is no longer supported under terminfo-based \fBncurses\fR:
+because the \fBTERMCAP\fP variable
+is no longer supported under terminfo-based \fBncurses\fP:
 .bP
-The \fB\-S\fR option of BSD \fBtset\fP no longer works;
+The \fB\-S\fP option of BSD \fBtset\fP no longer works;
 it prints an error message to the standard error and dies.
 .bP
-The \fB\-s\fR option only sets \fBTERM\fR, not \fBTERMCAP\fP.
+The \fB\-s\fP option only sets \fBTERM\fP, not \fBTERMCAP\fP.
 .PP
 There was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature
 that invoking \fBtset\fP via a link named
@@ -346,17 +346,17 @@
 set the terminal to use upper-case only.
 This feature has been omitted.
 .PP
-The \fB\-A\fR, \fB\-E\fR, \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-u\fR and \fB\-v\fR
-options were deleted from the \fB@TSET@\fR
+The \fB\-A\fP, \fB\-E\fP, \fB\-h\fP, \fB\-u\fP and \fB\-v\fP
+options were deleted from the \fB@TSET@\fP
 utility in 4.4BSD.
 None of them were documented in 4.3BSD and all are
 of limited utility at best.
-The \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-d\fR, and \fB\-p\fR options are similarly
+The \fB\-a\fP, \fB\-d\fP, and \fB\-p\fP options are similarly
 not documented or useful, but were retained as they appear to be in
 widespread use.
 It is strongly recommended that any usage of these
-three options be changed to use the \fB\-m\fR option instead.
-The \fB\-a\fP, \fB\-d\fP, and \fB\-p\fR options
+three options be changed to use the \fB\-m\fP option instead.
+The \fB\-a\fP, \fB\-d\fP, and \fB\-p\fP options
 are therefore omitted from the usage summary above.
 .PP
 Very old systems, e.g., 3BSD, used a different terminal driver which
@@ -365,15 +365,15 @@
 \fB\-n\fP option to specify that the new terminal driver should be used.
 This implementation does not provide that choice.
 .PP
-It is still permissible to specify the \fB\-e\fR, \fB\-i\fR,
-and \fB\-k\fR options without arguments,
+It is still permissible to specify the \fB\-e\fP, \fB\-i\fP,
+and \fB\-k\fP options without arguments,
 although it is strongly recommended that such usage be fixed to
 explicitly specify the character.
 .PP
 As of 4.4BSD,
-executing \fB@TSET@\fR as \fB@RESET@\fR no longer implies the \fB\-Q\fR option.
-Also, the interaction between the \- option and the \fIterminal\fR
-argument in some historic implementations of \fB@TSET@\fR has been removed.
+executing \fB@TSET@\fP as \fB@RESET@\fP no longer implies the \fB\-Q\fP option.
+Also, the interaction between the \- option and the \fIterminal\fP
+argument in some historic implementations of \fB@TSET@\fP has been removed.
 .PP
 The \fB\-c\fP and \fB\-w\fP options are not found in earlier implementations.
 However, a different window size-change feature was provided in 4.4BSD.
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
 to set the window size if \fBtset\fP is not able to obtain the window
 size from the operating system.
 .bP
-In ncurses, \fB@TSET@\fR obtains the window size using
+In ncurses, \fB@TSET@\fP obtains the window size using
 \fBsetupterm\fP, which may be from
 the operating system,
 the \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLUMNS\fP environment variables or
@@ -400,11 +400,11 @@
 those variables must be recomputed and reassigned.
 To do this more easily, use the \fBresize\fP(1) program.
 .SH ENVIRONMENT
-The \fB@TSET@\fR command uses these environment variables:
+The \fB@TSET@\fP command uses these environment variables:
 .TP 5
 SHELL
-tells \fB@TSET@\fP whether to initialize \fBTERM\fP using \fBsh\fP or
-\fBcsh\fP syntax.
+tells \fB@TSET@\fP whether to initialize \fBTERM\fP using \fBsh\fP(1) or
+\fBcsh\fP(1) syntax.
 .TP 5
 TERM
 Denotes your terminal type.
@@ -434,5 +434,5 @@
 \fBenviron\fP(7)
 .hy
 .PP
-This describes \fBncurses\fR
+This describes \fBncurses\fP
 version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
Index: man/user_caps.5
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/user_caps.5	2021-06-17 21:30:22.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/user_caps.5	2021-12-25 21:09:22.000000000 +0000
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: user_caps.5,v 1.17 2021/06/17 21:30:22 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: user_caps.5,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:09:22 tom Exp $
 .TH user_caps 5
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 .RE
 .IP
 The memory lock/unlock capabilities were included because they were used
-in the X11R6 terminal description for \fBxterm\fP.
+in the X11R6 terminal description for \fBxterm\fP(1).
 The \fIbox1\fP capability is used in @TIC@ to help with terminal descriptions
 written for AIX.
 .PP
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
 to which a series of keys can be assigned,
 that is insufficient for more than a dozen keys multiplied by more than
 a couple of modifier combinations.
-The ncurses database uses a convention based on \fBxterm\fP to
+The ncurses database uses a convention based on \fBxterm\fP(1) to
 provide extended special-key names.
 .IP
 Fitting that into termcap's limitation of 2-character names
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
 XM
 \fIstring\fP,
 override ncurses's built-in string which
-enables/disables \fBxterm\fP mouse mode.
+enables/disables \fBxterm\fP(1) mouse mode.
 .IP
 ncurses sends a character sequence to the terminal to initialize mouse mode,
 and when the user clicks the mouse buttons or (in certain modes) moves the
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
 combinations of modified special keys.
 There is no standard for what those keys can send.
 .PP
-Since 1999, \fBxterm\fP has supported
+Since 1999, \fBxterm\fP(1) has supported
 \fIshift\fP, \fIcontrol\fP, \fIalt\fP, and \fImeta\fP modifiers which produce
 distinct special-key strings.
 In a terminal description, ncurses has no special knowledge of the
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
 .TS
 tab(/) ;
 l l .
-\fIName\fR/\fIDescription\fR
+\fBName\fP/\fBDescription\fP
 _
 kDC/special form of kdch1 (delete character)
 kDN/special form of kcud1 (cursor down)
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@
 .TS
 tab(/) ;
 l l .
-\fIValue\fR/\fIDescription\fR
+\fBValue\fP/\fBDescription\fP
 _
 2/Shift
 3/Alt
@@ -419,17 +419,17 @@
 .\"
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .PP
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M),
-\fB@TIC@\fR(1M).
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fP(1M),
+\fB@TIC@\fP(1M).
 .PP
 The terminal database section
 .I "NCURSES USER-DEFINABLE CAPABILITIES"
 summarizes commonly-used user-defined capabilities
 which are used in the terminal descriptions.
-Some of those features are mentioned in \fBscreen\fR(1) or \fBtmux\fR(1).
+Some of those features are mentioned in \fBscreen\fP(1) or \fBtmux\fP(1).
 .PP
 .I "XTerm Control Sequences"
-provides further information on the \fBxterm\fP features
+provides further information on the \fBxterm\fP(1) features
 which are used in these extended capabilities.
 .\"
 .SH AUTHORS
Index: man/wresize.3x
Prereq:  1.17 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/man/wresize.3x	2020-10-17 23:56:38.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/man/wresize.3x	2021-12-25 21:42:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright 2018,2020 Thomas E. Dickey                                     *
+.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey                                *
 .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                  *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
@@ -29,29 +29,29 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996
 .\"
-.\" $Id: wresize.3x,v 1.17 2020/10/17 23:56:38 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: wresize.3x,v 1.19 2021/12/25 21:42:57 tom Exp $
 .TH wresize 3X ""
 .SH NAME
-\fBwresize\fR \- resize a curses window
+\fBwresize\fP \- resize a curses window
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB#include \fR
+\fB#include \fP
 .sp
-\fBint wresize(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fR
+\fBint wresize(WINDOW *\fP\fIwin\fP\fB, int \fP\fIlines\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolumns\fP\fB);\fP
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This is an extension to the curses library.
-It reallocates storage for an \fBncurses\fR
+It reallocates storage for an \fBncurses\fP
 window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values.
 If either dimension is larger than the current values, the
 window's data is filled with blanks that have the current background rendition
-(as set by \fBwbkgdset\fR) merged into them.
+(as set by \fBwbkgdset\fP) merged into them.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
+The function returns the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success.
 It will fail if either of the dimensions less than or equal to zero,
 or if an error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the window.
 .SH NOTES
 The only restriction placed on the dimensions is that they be greater than zero.
-The dimensions are not compared to \fBcurses\fR screen dimensions to
-simplify the logic of \fBresizeterm\fR.
+The dimensions are not compared to \fBcurses\fP screen dimensions to
+simplify the logic of \fBresizeterm\fP.
 The caller must ensure that the window's dimensions fit within the
 actual screen dimensions.
 .SH PORTABILITY
@@ -61,6 +61,6 @@
 This extension of ncurses was introduced in mid-1995.
 It was adopted in NetBSD curses (2001) and PDCurses (2003).
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBresizeterm\fR(3X).
+\fBresizeterm\fP(3X).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988 for BSD curses).
Index: package/debian-mingw/changelog
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/package/debian-mingw/changelog	2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/package/debian-mingw/changelog	2021-12-24 20:26:19.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-ncurses6 (6.3+20211219) unstable; urgency=low
+ncurses6 (6.3+20211225) unstable; urgency=low
 
   * latest weekly patch
 
- -- Thomas E. Dickey   Sun, 19 Dec 2021 06:24:57 -0500
+ -- Thomas E. Dickey   Fri, 24 Dec 2021 15:26:19 -0500
 
 ncurses6 (5.9-20131005) unstable; urgency=low
 
Index: package/debian-mingw64/changelog
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/package/debian-mingw64/changelog	2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/package/debian-mingw64/changelog	2021-12-24 20:26:19.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-ncurses6 (6.3+20211219) unstable; urgency=low
+ncurses6 (6.3+20211225) unstable; urgency=low
 
   * latest weekly patch
 
- -- Thomas E. Dickey   Sun, 19 Dec 2021 06:24:57 -0500
+ -- Thomas E. Dickey   Fri, 24 Dec 2021 15:26:19 -0500
 
 ncurses6 (5.9-20131005) unstable; urgency=low
 
Index: package/debian/changelog
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/package/debian/changelog	2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/package/debian/changelog	2021-12-24 20:26:19.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-ncurses6 (6.3+20211219) unstable; urgency=low
+ncurses6 (6.3+20211225) unstable; urgency=low
 
   * latest weekly patch
 
- -- Thomas E. Dickey   Sun, 19 Dec 2021 06:24:57 -0500
+ -- Thomas E. Dickey   Fri, 24 Dec 2021 15:26:19 -0500
 
 ncurses6 (5.9-20120608) unstable; urgency=low
 
Index: package/mingw-ncurses.nsi
Prereq:  1.498 
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi	2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi	2021-12-24 20:26:19.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-; $Id: mingw-ncurses.nsi,v 1.498 2021/12/19 11:24:57 tom Exp $
+; $Id: mingw-ncurses.nsi,v 1.499 2021/12/24 20:26:19 tom Exp $
 
 ; TODO add examples
 ; TODO bump ABI to 6
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 !define VERSION_MAJOR "6"
 !define VERSION_MINOR "3"
 !define VERSION_YYYY  "2021"
-!define VERSION_MMDD  "1219"
+!define VERSION_MMDD  "1225"
 !define VERSION_PATCH ${VERSION_YYYY}${VERSION_MMDD}
 
 !define MY_ABI   "5"
Index: package/mingw-ncurses.spec
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/package/mingw-ncurses.spec	2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/package/mingw-ncurses.spec	2021-12-24 20:26:19.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 Summary: shared libraries for terminal handling
 Name: mingw32-ncurses6
 Version: 6.3
-Release: 20211219
+Release: 20211225
 License: X11
 Group: Development/Libraries
 Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz
Index: package/ncurses.spec
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/package/ncurses.spec	2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/package/ncurses.spec	2021-12-24 20:26:19.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Summary: shared libraries for terminal handling
 Name: ncurses6
 Version: 6.3
-Release: 20211219
+Release: 20211225
 License: X11
 Group: Development/Libraries
 Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz
Index: package/ncursest.spec
--- ncurses-6.3-20211219+/package/ncursest.spec	2021-12-19 11:24:57.000000000 +0000
+++ ncurses-6.3-20211225/package/ncursest.spec	2021-12-24 20:26:19.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Summary: Curses library with POSIX thread support.
 Name: ncursest6
 Version: 6.3
-Release: 20211219
+Release: 20211225
 License: X11
 Group: Development/Libraries
 Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz